gllir EMS' OBSERVATORY UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA. FROM THE LIBRARY OF WILLIAM M. PIERSON. GIFT OF MRS. PIERSON AND L. H. PifeRSON. No. Clarenimn r,ess Series ASTRONOMY. CHAMBERS. i III. THE STARRY HEAVENS. OL. I [I. ?ionOon HENKY FROWDE OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS WAREHOUSE AMEN CORNER, B.C. Fig. i. Plate I. Frontispiece. PART OF THE CONSTELLATION CASSIOPEIA, Keproduced, untouched, from a Photograph taken at the Paris Observatory, 1887. A HANDBOOK DESCRIPTIVE AND PRACTICAL ASTRONOMY. BY GEORGE F. CHAMBERS, F.R.A.S., OP THE INNER TEMPLE, BARRISTER-AT-LAW ; Author of "A Practical and Conversational English, French, and German Dictionary;' " The Tourist's Pocket-Buok; " "A Digest of the Law relating to Public Health;" " A Digest of the Law relating to Public Libraries and Museums;" "A Handbook for Public Meetings;" and other Works. By the Word of the Lord were the Heavens made ; and all the Host of them." Ps. xxxiii. 6. III. THE STARRY HEAVENS. FOURTH EDITION. jcfotrfc: AT THE CLARENDON PRESS. 1890. [AH rights reserved.} / 2 Ojforfc PRINTED AT THE CLARENDON PRESS IJY HORACE HART, PRINTER TO THE UNIVERSITY PREFACE TO THE FOURTH EDITION. TT^OR an explanation generally of the circumstances under ~ which the matter comprising this volume is now published dissociated from the matter of which it formed a part in former editions reference may be made to the Preface to Vol. I. Suffice it now to state generally that the contents of this volume have been thoroughly revised and brought up to date, and where necessary extended and re-arranged. Additional objects have been described as types in connection with the chapters on Clusters and Nebulae, but the most important new features are the chapters furnishing a Photometric Catalogue of Naked-eye Stars, and on finding the constellations during the different months of the year. These supply a hiatus which I have long regretted in the earlier editions of this Handbook. The remarkable developement of the study of Astronomy of late years amongst the middle classes in England has led to a demand for hints as to objects suited to telescopes of popular size, and I have great hopes that the additional woodcuts and letterpress explanation which are given in the text will meet the wishes and requirements of a wide circle of readers. The proofs have been read for press as before by the Rev. /. ti. Fletcher, M.A., and Mr. W. T. Lynn, F.R.A.S., whose zealous and valuable co-operation I desire again to acknowledge. No one will doubt that science owes a debt of gratitude to the Delegates of the Clarendon Press for undertaking the publication 70 vi PREFACE TO THE FOURTH EDITION. of this new edition in its so greatly enlarged form. Nor must some words of commendation be withheld from Mr. Horace Hart, the Controller of the Clarendon Press, for the skill and patience which he has shown in conducting through the press in such splendid typographical style the three handsome volumes now in the reader's hands. Their publication has been delayed longer than I expected or desired, but for technical reasons slow progress in the printing was deemed expedient. <>. JF. C. NORTHFIELD GRANGE, EAST-BOURNE, SUSSEX : May, 1890. CONTENTS. BOOK XIV. THE STARRY HEAVENS. CHAPTEE I. INTRODUCTION. The Pole-star. Not always the same. Curious circumstance connected with the Pyramids of Egypt. Stars classified into different magnitudes. List of i l magnitude Stars. Seidel's proposed standards of magnitudes. Antiquity of the custom of forming them into groups. Anomalies of the present system. Distances of the Stars. Stellar Parallax. Stellar Photometry. Experi- ments by Seidel, Pickering and Pritchard. Comparison drawn by Monck of Pickering's results with Pritchard's. The Stars how distinguished. Anti- quity of the custom of naming Stars. Invention of the Zodiac. Letters intro- duced by Bayer. Effects of the increased care bestowed on observations of the Stars. Ideas of the Ancients respecting the Stars. Remarks by Sir J. Her- schel. Do the Stars radiate heat ? Experiments by Stone. By Huggins. The expression "Fixed Stars." Proper motion of Stars. Motion of the sys- tem through space. Struve's conclusions. Wright's hypothesis of a Central Sun. Revived by Madler. Stars thought by Sir W. Herschel to be centres of systems. Twinkling of Stars. Humboldt's observations. Researches of Montigny. ... ... ... ' ... ... ... ... ... ... 1-27 CHAPTER II. DOUBLE STARS, ETC. But few known until Sir W. Herschel commenced his search for them. Labours of Sir J. Herschel and F. G. W. Struve. Examples. Optical Double Stars. Binary Stars. Discovered by Sir W. Herschel. Examples List of Optical Doubles. Coloured Stars. Examples. Generalisations from Struve's Cata- logue. Conclusions drawn by Niesten. Stars changing colour. Triple Stars. Quadruple Stars. Multiple Stars 28-42 viii Contents. CHAPTER III. VARIABLE STARS. Variable Stars. o Ceti. Algol. S Cephei. )3 Lyrae. R Coronae Borealis. TJ Argus. Miscellaneous remarks. List of prominent Variable Stars. Vari- able Stars of the Algol Type. U Ophiuchi. Chandler's generalisations on the colours and periods of Variable Stars. Statistics by Espin. Temporary Stars. Notices of Stars which have disappeared. Are Temporary Stars and Variable Stars identical in character ? ... ... ... ... 43~57 CHAPTER IV. CLUSTERS AND NEBULA. Arranged in three classes. Five kinds of Nebulae. The Pleiades. The Hyades. Mentioned by Homer. Praesepe. Opinion of Aratus and Theophrastus. Coma Berenices. List of Clusters. Annular Nebulae. Elliptic Nebulae. Spiral Nebulae. Planetary Nebulae. Nebulous Stars. List of irregular Clus- ters. Notes to the objects in the list. The Nubeculae major and minor. List of Nebulae in Sir J. HerscheFs Catalogue of 1864. Historical statement relating to the observation of Nebulae and Clusters. ... ... 58-98 CHAPTER V. VARIABLE NEB.UL.E. Variable Nebula in Taurus. Observations by Hind. Variable Nebula in Scorpio. Observations by Pogson and others. Notes of observations on the other Nebulae suspected to be variable. The controversy respecting the nebula surrounding 77 Argus. ... ... -J CHAPTER VI. THE MILKY WAY. Its course amongst the stars described by Sir J. Herschel. The " Coal Sack " in the Southern Hemisphere. Remarks by Sir W. Herschel as to the prodigious number of stars in the Milky Way. Computation by Sir J. Herschel of the total number of stars visible in an 1 8-inch reflector. Terms applied to the Milky Way by the Greeks. By the Romans. By our ancestors. 105-1 1 3 CHAPTER VII. THE CONSTELLATIONS. List of those formed by Ptolemy. Subsequent Additions. -Remarks by Herschel, &c, Catalogue of the Constellations, with the position of, and Stars in' 114-118 Contents. ix CHAPTER VIII. A USEFUL CATALOGUE OF NAKED EYE STARS 119-236 CHAPTER IX. ON FINDING THE STARS 237-253 CHAPTER X. A CATALOGUE OF CELESTIAL OBJECTS. 254-270 CHAPTER XL A CATALOGUE OF VARIABLE STARS 271-290 CHAPTER XII. A CATALOGUE OF "RED" STARS 291-317 CHAPTER XIII. A CATALOGUE OF BINARY STARS. 318-331 CHAPTE % R XIV. A CATALOGUE OF NEW STARS. 332-334 INDEX 335 GENERAL INDEX TO THE WHOLE WORK. . 337 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. Fig- Page 1. Part of the Constellation Cassiopeia . . . Plate I. Frontispiece. 2. Head of Hipparchus ...... Title-page. 3. Naked-eye view of part of the Constellation Gemini . .18 4. Telescopic view of the same locality . . . Plate II. 19 5. Double Star, 7 Leonis ....... 28 6. Triple Star, Librae . . . . . . .28 7. Quadruple Star 178 P. XX. Delphini . . . .28 8. The Triple Star t Cassiopeia) .... Plate III. 29 9. The Triple Star 1 1 Monocerotis . . . . . .29 10. The Triple Star 1 2 Lyncis . . ... 29 11. The Triple Star Cancri ....... 29 1 2. The Multiple Star Orion is . . . . . .29 13. The Multiple Star Lyrae ...... 29 14. Two Stars at different distances seen as a " double Star " . . 31 15. Ursae Majoris ...... .43 1 6. The Coloured Star y Andromeda? . . . Plate IV. faces 36 17. The Coloured Star K Leporis ... ,, 3 6 1 8. The Coloured Star e Bootis . . . . 3 6 19. The Coloured Star /3 Cygni . ., 3 6 20. The Coloured Star a Cassiopeia? . . . .. .. 3^ 21. The Coloured Star 77 Cassiopeiae . 3 6 22. f Lyrae. (Smyth.} . . v 4 1 23. Lyrae. (Prince.} ... 4 1 24. ( Lyrae. (A. Hall} . . 4 1 25. The Multiple Star a Orionis . 4 2 26. The Light Curve of rj Argus . 4 s 27. The Pleiades. (Miss Airy.} . 59 28. The Pleiades. (Jeaurat.} . 29. The Hyades 30. Praesepe, in Cancer xii List of Illustrations. Fig. Pa * 31. The Cluster 3 M Canum Venaticorum. (Smyth.} . 6 3 32. The Cluster 5 M Librae. (Sir J. Herschel.) . 63 33. The Cluster 13 M Herculis. (Bir J. Herschel.) . . 63 34. The Cluster 80 M Scorpii. (Smyth.} . 64 35. The Cluster 92 M Herculis. (Smyth.) . . 64 36. The Cluster 22 M Sagittarii. (Smyth.} . 64 37. The Cluster 1 1 M Antinoi'. (Smyth ) .64 38. The Cluster 15 M Pegasi. (Smyth.} 65 39. The Cluster 2 M Aquarii. (Sir J. Herschel. 65 40. The Cluster 2 M Aquarii. (Earl of Rosse.) 66 41. The Cluster 14 M OpMuchi. (Smyth.) . Plate V. 67 42. The Cluster 30 M Capricorni. (Smyth.) . ,,67 43. The Cluster 52 M Cephei. (Smyth.) . 67 44. The Cluster 56 M Lyra?. (Smyth.) . 67 45. The Cluster 64 M Comse Berenices. (Smyth.) . ,, 67 416. The Cluster 67 M Cancri. (Smyth.) . 67 47. The Annular Nebula 57 M Lyrae. (Sir J. Herschel.) . 69 48. The Annular Nebula 57 M Lyraa. (Earl of Rosse.) . 69 49. The Great Nebula in Andromeda. (G. P. Bond.) . . 70 50. The Nebula 65 M Leonis. (Sir J. Herschel) . . Plate VI. 71 51. The Nebula 65 M Leonis. (Earl of Rosse.) . . ,. 71 52. The Nebula 4058 H Draconis. (Earl of Rosse.) . . 71 53. The Nebula 42 ll V. Comse Berenices. (Sir J. Herschel.) ,, 71 54. The Nebula 42 $ V. Comas Berenices. (Earl of Rosse.) . ,. 71 55. The Spiral Nebula 51 M Canum Venaticorum. (Smyth.) . . 74 56. The Spiral Nebula 51 M Canum Venaticorum. (Sir J. Herschel.) ........ 75 57. The Spiral Nebula 51 M Canum Venaticorum. (Earl of Rosse.) ........ 76 58. The Spiral Nebula 57 $ I. Leonis. (Sir J. Herschel.) . Plate VII. 77 59. The Spiral Nebula 57 tyl I. Leonis. (Earl of Rosse.) . ,, 77 60. The Spiral Nebula 99 M Virginis. (Earl of Rosse.) . 77 61. The Spiral Nebula 55 $ I. Pegasi. (Sir J. Herschel.) . ,, 77 62. The Spiral Nebula 55 1$ I. Pegasi. (Earl of Rosse.) . ,, 77 63. The Planetary Nebula 97 M Ursaa Majoris. (Sir J. Herschel.) . . . . . . . -79 64. The Planetary Nebula 97 M Ursae Majoris. (Ear! of Rosse.) ........ 79 65. The Planetary Nebula 297 y II. Virginis. (Sir J. Herschel.) ........ 80 66. The Nebulous Star i OHonis. (Earl of Rosse.) . . . .82 67. The Nebulous Star 45 $ IV. Geminorum. (Key.) . . .82 68. The Crab Nebula in Taurus. (Sir J. Herschel.) . . . -84 List of Illustrations. xiii Fi S- Page 69. The Crab Nebula in Taurus. (Earl of Rouse.) . . . .84 70. The Great Nebula in Orion. ' (TempeL} .... 85 71. The Trapezium of Orion. (Huggins.} . . 86 72. The Nebula 30 Doradus. (Sir J. HerscheV, . . . .88 73. The Nebula surrounding 77 Argus. (Sir J, Herschel.} ... 89 74. The Nebula surrounding Crucis. (Sir J. Herschel.} . Plate VIII faces 90 75. The Nebula 17 M Clypei Sobieskii. (Chambers.} ... 91 76. The Dumb-bell Nebula in Vulpecula. (Smyth.} . . .92 77. The Dumb-bell Nebula in Vulpecula. (Sir J. Herschel.] . .92 78. The Dumb-bell Nebula in Vulpecula. (Earl of Rosse.~) . . .93 79. The Dumb-bell Nebula in Vulpecula. (Earl of Rosse.} . . .94 So. Diagram illustrating HerscheFs Stratum Theory of the Milky Way 110 8 1. Black void space in the Constellation Sagittarius . . .112 82. Apparent changes in the culmination of Stars .... 237 ADDITIONAL ADDENDA ET CORRIGENDA TO VOL. I. Page 53, line 2, for " oberved " read "observed." 88, line n. Schiaparelli has published a very interesting and im- portant paper on Mercury in which he alleges that its rotation- period is the same as that of its revolution round the Sun. (Ast. Nach., vol. cxxiii. No. 2944, Dec. 30, 1889.) 1 1 6, line n. Madler's calculation is however in error, for there are not 8646 but 8766 hours in a (Jaw The figures in the first column, " At the Equator," should stand : 4407 864 3495 and in the second, " At the Poles : "- 4450 2403 1913 200, line 8, for "the brothers Ball" read " Cassini/' 229, footnote *, for "king" read "ring." 304, line 10, for " Stephan" read " Stephan." 323, line 25, for 478 read 479. 348, line 20, for "lakutsk" read "Irkutsk." 409, line n, Brooks' s Comet of 1889, discovered after vol. i. went to Press, was seen at the Lick Observatory by E. E. Barnard on many occasions during the month of August to exhibit evident traces of a separation into parts. Besides the main comet, 4 offshoots were certainly visible. (Astron. Journal, No. 202.) 426, line 23, for "New Jersey" read "New York." 483, line 12, for 1611 read 1618. 537, line 8, " Date of Discovery," for " July i " read " July 2 ; " " Dis- coverer," for "Valz" read "Schmidt;" footnote, read ist clause thus, " Discovered by Tempel a few hours later on the same evening." xvi Addenda et Corrigenda. Page 547, line 5, for " March 31 " read " 1889, March 31. ' 548, line 2. Add to the list of known hyperbolic comets : 1889 (i). No. 391 in the Catalogue on p. 546. 551, line i, for "theoretique" read " theorique." 625, line 13, for 35-134 read 35^34- 648, line 2 1, for "Abbo" read "Abbe." 668, col. " Name," for " Anabita " read " Anahita." 670, line 2. Small planets discovered since Volume I. was published are : 282 Clorinde Charkns Nice Jan. 28, 1889. 283 [Unnamed] Feb. 8, 284 [Unnamed] ., May 29, 285 [Unnamed] Aug. 3, 286 [Unnamed] Palisa Vienna Aug. 3, 287 Nephthys Peters Clinton, U.S., Aug. 25, 288 [Unnamed] Luther Diisseldorf Feb. 20, 1890. 289 [Unnamed] Charlois Nice Mar. 10, ,, 290 [Unnamed] Palisa Vienna Mar. 20, VOL. II. 295, line 23, for " Hadley " read "Halley." 348, line 12, for "-second" read "third." 367, line 7, /or " 80 M. Capricorni ' read " 80 M. Scorpii. 495, Add to Catalogue of Stars : 1889. ELLERY, R. L. J., Second Melbourne General Catalogue 1211 Stars. [Epoch 1880.] 1 889. CHEISTIE, W. H. M., Ten- Year Catalogue of 4059 Stars observed at Greemvich. [Epoch 1880.] Figure 56, Plate VI, for (By Bardou.) read (By Secretan.) VOL. III. 158, line 15, for " Menkar " read " Menkab." BOOK XIV. THE STOREY HEAVENS. CHAPTEE I. INTRODUCTION. " O ye Stars of Heaven, bless ye the LOKD : praise Him, and magnify Him for ever." Benedicite. The Pole-star, Not always the same. Curious circumstance connected with the Pyramids of Egypt. Stars classified into different magnitudes. List of I st magnitude Stars. SeideVs proposed standards of magnitudes. Antiquity of the custom of forming them into groups. Anomalies of the present system. Distances of the Stars. Stellar Parallax. Stellar Photometry .Experiments by Seidel, Pickering and Pritchard. Comparison drawn "by Monck of Picker- ing'' s results with Pritchard' s. The Stars how distinguished. Antiquity of the custom of naming Stars. Invention of the Zodiac. Letters introduced by Bayer. Effects of the increased care bestowed on observations of the Stars. Ideas of the Ancients respecting the Stars. Remarks by Sir J. Herschel. Do the Stars radiate heat ? Experiments by Stone. By Huggins. The expression "Fixed Stars."" Proper motion of Stars. Motion of the system through space. Struve's conclusions. Wright's hypothesis of a Central Sun. Revived by Madler. Stars thought by Sir W. Herschel to be centres of systems. Twinkling of Stars. Humboldt's observations. Researches of Montigny. IF, on some clear evening, the reader will go out into the open air, and station himself, preferably (if that be possible), on the summit of any rising ground and look upwards, he will see the sky spangled with multitudes of brilliant specks of light; these are the fixed stars, so called, though we shall presently see that this appellation is not strictly correct. An attentive observer will soon notice, also, that the stars which he is contemplating seem to revolve in a body around one situated in the North, about (in England) midway between the horizon VOL. in. B 2 TJie Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. and the zenith ; this is the Pole-star, so designated from its being near the Pole of the celestial equator. Owing, however, to the Precession of the equinoxes*, the present Pole-star (a Ursse Minoris) will not always be such ; the true Pole is now about i^ c from this star, and this distance will gradually diminish until it is reduced to about 26' 30" in A.D. 2095 ; it will then increase again, and after the lapse of a long period of time, the Pole will depart from this star, w T hich will then cease to bear the name of, or serve the purposes of, a Pole-star. About 4600 years ago the star a Draconis fulfilled this office; 12,000 years hence, it will fall to the lot of a Lyree, a brilliant star of the I st magnitude, which is now 51 20' from the Pole, but which will then have approached to within less than 5 of the polar point b . Connected with this subject a curious circumstance was noticed during the researches which were made in Egypt many years ago by Colonel Vyse. Of the 9 pyramids which still remain standing at Gizeh, 6 have openings which face the North, leading to straight passages, which descend at inclinations varying from about 26 to 28, the direction of these passages being, in all cases, parallel to the meridian. Now if we suppose a person to be standing at the bottom of any one of these passages, and to look up it, as he would through the tube of a telescope, his eye will be directed to a point on the meridian 26 or 28 above the plane of the horizon. The altitude at which the star a Draconis must have passed the lower meridian, at the place in question, 4000 years before the present time, is 26 i. Now the present age of these pyramids (the great pyramid bears the date of 2170 B.C.) corresponds so nearly with this period (2170+1890 = 4060), that it can hardly be doubted that the peculiar direction given to these passages must have had reference to the position of a Draconis, the then Pole-star . C. P. Smyth however, pointing out the fact that * See vol. i. p. 374 (ante). c Phil. Mag., vol. xxiv. pp. 481-4. b For a list of possible Pole-stars be- June 1844. Pytheas of Marseilles, who tween 4800 B.C. and 13800 A.D. see a flourished about 330 B.C., was the first to paper in ,4s. Reg., vol. viii. p. 244. Nov. notice that the so-called Pole-star was 1870. not situated exactly at the Pole. CHAP. I.] Introduction. 3 the lower culmination of a Draconis alone would be recognised by this arrangement, and thinking that something connected with an upper culmination should assuredly be looked for, finds that something in the Pleiades, which would at the epoch alluded to culminate above the Pole coincidently with a Dra- conis below ; and he suggests moreover that the 7 chambers of the great pyramid commemorate the 7 Pleiads. The stars, on account of their various degrees of brilliancy, have been distributed into classes or orders. Those which appear largest are called stars of the i st magnitude; next to these come stars of the 2 nd magnitude; and so on to the 6 th , which are the smallest visible to the naked eye. This classifica- tion having been made long before the invention of telescopes, those stars which cannot be seen without the assistance of such instruments are called telescopic, and are classed in magnitudes varying from the 7 th to the i8 th or 2o th ; these latter, of course, being only visible in the most powerful instruments hitherto constructed ; nor does it seem reasonable to assign a limit to this progressive diminution, inasmuch as past experience has shown that every successive improvement in the construction, of telescopes brings to light new objects, previously unknown because small and faint. Some astronomers, when they wish to signify that a star occupies an intermediate place between 2 magnitudes, mark it thus: 1-2 : or thus : 2-1. These dots are not intended to be decimal points, but mean that the star is below the I st and above the 2 nd magnitude ; in the former case nearer the I st than the 2 nd , in the latter nearer the 2 nd than the i st . This is a very clumsy system, and its continuance is to be deprecated. It may be worth while here to give a list of the stars of the I st magnitude arranged as nearly as may be in the order of brightness : a Canis Majoris. (Sirius.) a Argfts. (Canopus.) a Centauri. a Bootis. (Arcturus.) ft Orionis. (Rigel.) a Aurigse. (Capella.) a Lyrae. (Vega.) a Canis Minoris. (Procyon.) a Orionis. (Betelguese.) a Eridani. (Achernar.) B 2 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. a Tauri. (Aldebaran.) Centauri. a Crucis. a Scorpii. (An tares.) aAquihe. (Altair.) a Virginis. (Spica.) a Piscis Australia. (Fomalhaut.) )8 Crucis. /3 Geminorum. (Pollux.) a Leonis. (Regulus.) These stars 20 in number will be found to be nearly equally divided between the Northern and Southern hemispheres, that is to say, 9 are Northern and 1 1 Southern stars. Seidel d has submitted the following as standard stars for their respective magnitudes : Mag. 1. a Aquilse, a Virginis, a Orionis. 2. a Ursse Majoris, 7 Cassiopeise, Algol (at max.). 3. 7 Lyrse, S Herculis, Aquilae. ( p Herculis, A Draconis, (too bright). 4 ' I p. Bootis, $ Herculis, (too faint). From the earliest ages of antiquity it has been the custom to arrange the stars in groups or constellations, for the purpose of more readily distinguishing them; each group having appro- priated to it some special figure to which the configuration of its stars may be supposed to bear a resemblance, though, in the majority of instances, this resemblance is imaginary. Modern astronomers have continued this arrangement chiefly on account of the confusion that would arise were it now to be abandoned. We often find that one constellation contains an isolated portion of another, just as one English county sometimes wholly sur- rounds a parish belonging to another. Stars, too, often occur under different names 6 . Many catalogue-stars have no exist- ence, but owe their creation to mistakes of observers. Con- stellations are recognised by some and not by others ; while the same names are repeated in different parts of the heavens : such are a few of the anomalies of the present system f . The constellations will again be referred to in a subsequent chapter. Concerning the comparative brilliancy of the stars, we know little for certain. Sir W. Herschel gave the following table of d Resultale, Munich, 1862. f See remarks by Baily in the Intro- e Baily, in the Brit. Assoc. Cat. of duction to the B.A.C., p. 52 et scq. Stars, p. 75, gives a list of some of these. CHAP. L] Introduction. 5 the light emitted by stars of different magnitudes, as deduced from his own observations, an average star of the 6 th magnitude being taken as unity. 6 t!l magnitude = i 3 rd magnitude = 12 5 th = 2 2 = 25 4 th =6 ist M = I00 Sir J. Herschel ascertained that the light of Sirius (the brightest of all the fixed stars) is about 324 times that of an average star of the 6 th magnitude. From direct photometrical experiments, Dr. Wollaston found that the light of the Sun, as received by us, exceeded by 20,000,000,000 times that of Sirius ; consequently, in order that the Sun might appear to us no brighter than Sirius, it must be removed from us not less than 13,433,000,000,000 miles a distance utterly beyond the limits of human comprehension . **L The different degrees of brilliancy observable in the stars might be due to one or other of the following reasons : Either (i) they are all of the same size, but situated at different distances ; or (2) they are of different sizes, but at the same distances. '-* If we suppose the first to be the true hypothesis, and take the light of a star of each magnitude to be half that & of the magnitude next above it, we find that the distance of a star of the i6 th magnitude cannot be less than 362 times that of "^ a star of the I st magnitude 11 ; and "as it has been considered probable from recondite investigations, that the average distance of a star of the I st magnitude from the Earth is 986.000 radii of our annual orbit," it follows that a ] 6 th -magnitude star is distant from us 32,634,292,000,000,000 miles a distance which light, with a velocity of 1 86,660 miles per second, would occupy more than 5000 years in traversing! But calculations such as this may be pronounced valueless, for the simple reason that all analogy impels us to suppose that stars, like other celestial objects, are both of diverse size and situated at diverse distances, e It must be pointed out that these different results. Further information experiments were made many years ago, on the brightness of particular stars will and that the progress of science and the find a place in a later chapter. (See chap, improved methods available for photo- VIII., post.} metric purposes might now lead to very h Sir J. Herschel. 6 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. The actual distances from the Sun of a few stars have how- ever been ascertained. The determination of the distance of the stars is effected by ascertaining by instrumental observations the amount of their annual parallax, or apparent displacement in the heavens. The non-detection of stellar parallax afforded for a long time a much resorted to, and certainly to some extent plausible, argument against the soundness of the Copernican theory of the universe. Since it happens that the stars, with few exceptions, do not exhibit parallax, and since also the fact of the orbital motion of the Earth round the Sun rests on the most undoubted evidence, it follows that the general absence of parallax can only be ascribed to the fact that the stars must be placed at such distances from us, that, comparatively speaking, the Earth's orbit, which has a diameter of 186,000,000 miles, is something utterly insignificant, a mere point, when considered in reference to the distances of the stars themselves. It might be supposed that since the character and laws of parallax are so clearly understood as they are, the discovery of its existence could present no great difficulty. Nevertheless, nothing in the whole range of astronomical research has more baffled the efforts of observers than this question. This has arisen altogether from the extreme minuteness of its amount. It is quite certain that the parallax does not amount to so much as i" in the case of any of the numerous stars which have been as yet submitted to the course of observation which is necessary to discover the parallax. Now, since in the deter- mination of the exact uranographical position of a star there are a multitude of disturbing effects to be taken into account and eliminated, such as refraction, precession, nutation, aberra- tion, and others, besides the proper motion of the star, which will be explained hereafter ; and since, besides the errors of observation, the quantities of these influences are all subject to more or less uncertainty, it will astonish no one to be told that they may entail, upon the final result of the calculation, an error of i" ; and, if they do this, it is vain to expect to discover CHAP. I.] Introduction. 7 such a residual phenomenon as parallax, the entire amount of which is less than i". An object, whatever be its size, subtends an angle of i" when removed to a distance of 206,265 times its own dimensions. If in any case the parallax could be determined, the distance of the star could be immediately inferred. For, if this value of the parallax be expressed in seconds, or in decimals of a second, and if r denote the semidiameter of the Earth's orbit, d the distance of the star, and p the parallax, we shall have 206262; d = r x '-' P If, therefore, p=i", the distance of the star would be 206,265 times the distance of the Sun ; and since it may be considered satisfactorily proved that no star which has ever yet been brought under observation has a parallax greater than this, it may be affirmed that the star in the universe nearest to the solar system is at a distance from it, at least, 206,265 times as great as that of the Earth from the Sun. Let us consider more attentively the import of this conclusion. The distance of the Sun, expressed in round numbers (and this is sufficient for our present purpose), is 93 millions of miles. If this be multiplied by 206,265, we shall obtain, not indeed the distance of the nearest of the fixed stars, but the inferior limit of that distance, that is to say, a distance within which the star cannot lie. This limit, expressed in miles, is : d = 206,265 x 92,890,000 -= 19,160,000,000,000 miles, or more than 19 billions of miles. In the contemplation of such numbers the imagination is lost, and no clear conception remains, except that of the mere arithmetical expression of the result of the computation. Astro- nomers themselves, accustomed as they are to deal with stupen- dous numbers, are compelled to seek for units of proportionate magnitude to bring the arithmetical expression of the quantities within moderate limits. The motion of light supplies one of the most convenient moduli for this purpose, and has, by common 8 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. consent, been adopted as the unit in all computations the object of which is to gauge the universe. It is known that light moves at the rate of 186,660 miles per second. If, then, the distance d above computed be divided by 186,660, the quotient will be the time, expressed in seconds, which light takes to move over that distance. But since even this will be an un- wieldy number, it may be reduced to minutes, hours, days, or even to years. In this manner we find that, if any star have a parallax of i'' ', it must be at such a distance from our system that light would take 3*247 years, or 3 years and 90 days, to come from it to the Earth. If then the space through which light moves in a year be taken as the unit of stellar distance, and p be the parallax expressed in seconds, or decimals of a second, we shall have P It will easily be imagined that astronomers have diligently ' directed their efforts to the discovery of some change of apparent position, however small, produced upon the stars by the Earth's motion. As the stars most likely to be affected by the motion of the Earth are those which are nearest to the system, and therefore probably those which are brightest and largest, it has been to such that this kind of observation has been chiefly directed ; and since it was certain that, if any observable effect be produced by the Earth's motion at all, it must be extremely small, it is only from the nicest and most delicate means of observation that any discovery of this nature could be expected. One of the earlier expedients adopted for the solution of this problem was the erection of a telescope, of great length and power, in a position permanently fixed attached, for example, to the side of a pier of solid masonry, erected upon a foundation of rock. This instrument was screwed into such a position that particular stars, as they crossed the meridian, would necessarily pass within its field of view. Micrometric wires were, in the usual manner, placed in its eye-piece, so that the exact point CHAP. I.] Introduction. 9 at which the stars passed the meridian each night could be observed and recorded with the greatest precision. The instru- ment being thus fixed and immoveable, the transits of the stars were noted each night, and a record was made of the exact places where they passed the meridian. This kind of observa- tion was carried on through the year ; and if the Earth's change of position, by reason of its annual motion, should produce any effect upon the apparent position of the stars, it was anticipated that such effect would be discovered by these means. After, however, making all allowance for the usual causes which affect the apparent position of the stars, no change of position was discovered which could be assigned to the Earth's motion 1 . A tube of this kind was used at Greenwich by Pond. Only a few stars are certainly known to possess a sensible parallax. Particulars of some of them are given in the table on p. 10, which has been calculated on the assumption that the Sun's parallax = 8*80, and that the velocity of light = 186,660 miles per second. Stars are distinguished from one another in various ways. The ancients were in the habit of indicating the locality of a star by its position in the constellation to which it belonged ^ thus Aldebaran was called Oculus Tauri. This custom was also followed by the Arabians, and, indeed, many of the names applied by them are still retained in a corrupted form; thus Betelgueze (a Orionis) is a corruption of ibt-al-jauza, signifying "the shoulder of tho Jauza (or 'Central one')." Bayer, the German astronomer, was the first to improve upon the old plan, which he did by publishing in 1603 a celestial atlas, in which the stars of each constellation were distinguished by the letters of the Greek alphabet ; but the common supposition that the brightest received the distinctive mark of a, the next ft and so on. is "only in some degree correct, except as regards the a's. Bayer's letters are still in common use, the name of the con- stellation in the genitive case being put after each ; thus Procyon i The preceding remarks on stellar parallax are taken (with slight alterations) from the Museum of Science. 10 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. is termed a Canis Minoris ; Vega, a Lyrse ; Arcturus, a Bootis. It should be understood that this alphabetical arrangement does not represent the relative brilliancy of the different stars in a constellation. To the stars observed by Flamsteed numbers were affixed by Baily, which numbers, referring to the order of R. A. in each constellation, are still in use. Star. Mag. Proper Motion. Parallax. Distance. Observer. Sun's distance = i. Time of its light reaching the Earth. a Centauri I ii 3<6 7 it Q-75 275,000 years. 4-34 Gill. 6 1 Cygni 6 7* 5-H 4-75 0-50 0-50 412,500 412,500 6.51 6-51 O. Struve. Winnecke. 21185 Lalande ... Sirius i 1-24 038 543,000 8'57 Gill. /* Cassiopeise ... ... o-34 606,000 9-57 O. Struve. 34 Groombridge . . . 8 2-81 0-29 711,000 11-23 Auwers. 9352 Lacaille 71 6-95 0-28 737,000 11-62 Gill. 21258 Lalande ... 8* 4.40 0-26 793,000 12.52 Kriiger. 6. Arg. 17415 ... 9 1.27 0<2 5 825,000 13-02 Krliger. Cassiop. . . o 42 4 74 66 Piscium o 48 6 -7 e Arietis . . 2 52 5 -64 e Trianguli i 56 5115 i Cassiop. . . 2 20 4i~7 y' 2 Androm. i 57 5-6* 2 Camelop. 4 31 54-74 t Trianguli 2 5 5 4-7 32 Eridani 3 48 5 7 52 Arietis . . 2 58 6|-7 52 Orionis . . 5 42 6 64 y Ceti . . 2 37 3 -6 M Eridani 4 39 : 5 32 Orionis 5 24 5 7 Cancri ..85 6 -7 12 Eridani.. 3 7 34-8 w Aurigae . . 451 59 w Leonis . . 9 22 6-7 i 2 Oancri . . 8 47 6 64 K Leporis ..58 5 -9 A Orionis . . 5 29 4 -6 (J Ursae . . 9 44 5-5* e Chamael... n 54 6 64 ? Orionis . . 5 35 3 -64 S Geminor. 7 13 34-9 42 Comae . . 13 4 5 5 yCentauri.. 12 35 4 4 e Hydrse . . 8 40 4 -84 a Geminor. 7 27 3 34 i Bootis . . 14 35 3*-4 y Circini . . 15 14 54-6 y Leonis . . 10 13 2 4 v Argtis . . 9 44 3 -8 n-Lupi .. 14 57 s4-64 Scorpii . . 15 58 4i~5 Ursae Maj. n 12 4 ~5\ a Crucis . . 12 20 I 4-2 T) Coronas B 15 18 5 -6 A Ophiuchi 16 25 4 -6 t Leonis .. n 18 4 -8 y Virginis . . 12 36 4 4 V Lupi . . 15 27 4 4 Herculis.. 16 37 3 7 /3 Hydrae . . 1 1 46 5 5 ir Bootis . . 14 35 34-6 y Coronae B 15 38 4 -64 T Ophiuchi 17 57 5 -6 M Canis Maj. 13 54 5*-9l Bootis . . 14 46 34-64 Draconis 18 18 5 7 y Cor. Aust. 18 59 6 -6 e Bootis . . 14 40 3 -6 44 Bootis .. 15 o 5 6 X Aquilae . . 19 36 6 7 5 Cygni . . 19 41 3-8 S Serpentis 15 29 3 5 Coronae B 15 35 5 6 A Cygni . . 20 43 5 -6 TT Aquilae . . 19 43 6-7 M -Draconis 17 3 4 -44 7 Lupi .. 15 52 4 -84 e Normae . . 16 19 5 7 y Delphini 20 41 4 7 /3 Scorpii .. 15 59 2 si 5 Herculis 17 10 4 -84 Cephei . 21 27 3 -8 6 1 Ophiuchi 17 39 6 -7 41 Draconis 18 o 5i-6 K Cor. Aust. 1 8 25 64-74 ; 0' Serpentis 18 49 4t-5 6I 1 Cygni . . 21 i 5h-6 CHAP. II.] Double Stars. 33 and angle of position which the parallax of the Earth's annual motion would produce he observed in many instances a regular progressive change; in some cases bearing chiefly on their distance, in others on their position, and advancing steadily in one direction, so as clearly to indicate a real motion of the stars themselves, or a general rectilinear motion of the Sun and whole solar system, producing a parallax of a higher order than would arise from the Earth's orbital motion, and which might be called systematic parallax." To put the matter in a few words, in 1802 Herschel announced to the Koyal Society, in a memorable paper, the existence of sidereal systems, consisting of 2 stars revolving about each other in regular elliptic orbits, and constituting binary stars a term introduced to distinguish them from optical double stars, in which no periodic change of place is discoverable c . The double stars which after the lapse of 25 years were found by Herschel to possess an orbital motion were about 50 in number ; subsequent observers have added many more, and fully 600 stars are now recognised to be thus in motion. But this phrase must not be taken to imply that in every case where 2 stars are observed to approach or recede from one another they form jointly a binary (&c.) system, because changes of distance may and frequently do result only from a difference in the proper motions of the 2 stars. The motion to be binary must be elliptic in its nature, not rectilinear. Fig. 15, which represents the binary star f Ursse Majoris at the respective epochs of 1865, 1873, and 1883, may be taken as typical of the character of the changes exhibited from time to time by a great number of binary stars. In a subsequent chapter information will be given concerning Phil. Trans., vol. xciii. p. 339, 1803 J Marian and published in French at Berlin see also vol. xciv. p. 353, 1804. It in 1784 under the title of Systlme du may be worth mentioning that Lambert Monde par M. Lambert : a translation of (Lettres Cosmologiques} and Mitchell this corrupted edition was made into (Mil. Trans., vol. Ivii. p. 234, 1767) both English by J. Jacque, and published at conjectured the existence of binary stars. London in 1800 under the title of Lambert's book was re- written by M. System of the World. VOL. HI. D 34 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. some of the more remarkable of these objects, together with the elements of their orbits determined on the principles of the Newtonian law of gravitation -a law which was first practically applied to this branch of sidereal astronomy by M. Savary in 1830, in the case of f Ursse Majoris d . The work of cataloguing double stars, initiated by Sir W. Herschel, was followed up with great assiduity by W. Struve. whose large catalogue of 31 12 stars the Mensnra Micrometrica was published at St. Petersburg in 1837. Other subsidiary cata- logues were also published at different times by this observer. The system which he adopted was to divide all the double stars Fig- I*. 1873- URS.E MAJORIS. 1883. measured by him into 8 classes, and each class into 2 sub-classes, according to the angular distance of the components. The 8 principal classes were as follows : * I. ... II. ... III. ... IV. . Dist. /' less than i between i 2 24 4-8 V. VI. VII VIII Dist. // between 8 12 ... 12 16 1624 24-32 The arrangement of the sub-classes had regard to the mag- nitudes of the component stars. The I st sub-class of every d Conn, des Temps, 1830, p. 56. Four observations in position and distance are necessary for laying down the orbit of a binary star. Encke's method will be found in the Berliner Astronomisches Jahrbach, 1832, p. 253, and Sir J. Herschel's in Mem. R.A.S., vol. v. p. 171, 1833. See also Arago's Pop. Ast., Eng. ed., vol. i. p. 301. CHAP. II.] Double Stars. 35 principal class consisted of conspicuous doubles, or, as Struve called them, duplices lucida ; the 2 nd of less important doubles, or duplices reliqua. The former comprised stars each component of which exceeded in brightness the 8 J magnitude ; the latter, stars between the magnitudes 8J and 12 which last was assumed to be the smallest visible in the telescope employed (the Dorpat refractor of 15 English inches aperture). Struve's system is arbitrary and inconvenient, for these reasons that double stars which are also binaries (as many are) frequently pass from one class to another in the course of a few years, and likewise that the magnitudes are not comparable with those assessed on the common scale. Neither Struve's classification nor his scale of magnitudes have been generally adopted by subsequent observers. References to W. Struve's catalogue are generally indicated thus 2. Stars observed and catalogued by his son Otto Struve are frequently indicated thus a-, or O2. Of late years the subject of double stars has received much attention from Smyth, Dawes, Jacob, Main, Wilson, Seabroke, and Gledhill in England ; from Secchi, Duner, and Dembowski on the Continent ; and from Burnham, O. Stone, A. Hall, and Pickering in America. A comprehensive general catalogue of all the known double stars (embodying the numerous observations of recent years) is now a desideratum, but it is understood that Burnham has one in hand. According to Smyth, of 653 stars in Struve's 8 orders there are probably only 48 which are optically double. Of the wider ones none have so changed in position as to enable any orbit to be determined, whence it is concluded that even where they have a physical connexion the period of revolution cannot be less than 20,000 years. This statement was made more than 40 years ago, and should perhaps now be qualified. The following are suggested by Smyth as a few of the more remarkable optically-double stars, but it is obviously absurd to speak of a star as composed of 2 stars where the minor con- stituent is upwards of 100" distant from its primary: D 2 36 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. Vega (a Lyrse) Aldebaran (a Tauri) . . . Altair (a Aquilse) Pollux (# Geminorum) Mags. I I I 1 12 l| 10 2 12 Dist. // 48 II 4 153 206 Many double stars exhibit the curious and beautiful pheno- menon of complementary colours. In such instances the larger star is usually of a ruddy or orange hue, and the smaller one blue or green. When complementary colours are found in a double star the components of which are of very unequal size, we may attribute the circumstance mainly to the effect of con- trast; yet it can hardly be doubted that in many cases colour truly exists. Single stars of a fiery red or deep orange are not uncommon, but isolated blue or green stars are very rare. Amongst the conspicuous stars /3 Librae (green) appears to be the only instance. The following may be cited as good examples of coloured pairs : Name. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Mag. of Compo- nents. Dist. Colour of A. Colour of B. h. m. s. / rj Cassiop. . . . o 42 26 + 57 J3-9 4 7* 5 (bin.) Yellow ... Purple. o Piscium . . . I 56 21 + 2 14-0 3 4 3 Pale Green Blue (or var.). 7 Androm. i 57 8 + 41 48.1 3*5* 10 Orange . . . Green. i Cancri ... 840 3 + 29 9-7 4*6* 30 Orange . . . Blue. f Bootis 1440 ii + 27 32-2 3 6 3 Pale orange Sea green. C Coronae . . . J 5 35 H + 3659-7 4 5 6 White Blue. a Herculis . . . 17 938 + 14 30-9 3 6 5 Orange . . . Emerald green. /SCygni 19 26 17 + 2743-7 3 7 34 Yellow ... Sapphire blue. ff Cassiop. . . . 2353 25 + 55 8.5 5 7 3 Greenish... Bright blue. The following are some generalisations from Struve's cata- logue e . Of 596 bright double stars there were : 375 pairs of the same colour and intensity. 101 pairs of the same colour but different intensity. 1 20 pairs of totally different colours. e Quoted in Smyth's Cycle of Gel. Ofy'., vol. i. p. 301. See the original. Figs. 1 6-2 1, Plate IV. 7 ANDROMEDA. B LEPORIS. BOOTIS. CYGNI. ff CASSIOPEIA. 17 CASSIOPEIA. COLOURED STARS. 38 The Starry Heaven*. [BOOK XIV. distance. Doberck further shows that a physical connection is most probable where the components are of about the same magnitude, and that most binaries have for their chief component a star between the 7 th and 8 th magnitudes. Moreover, very few pairs of stars are physically connected where the distance is greater than 6J'' '. It would be interesting to extend Doberck's analysis of Struve's stars to all the known binary stars in order to see whether his conclusions are of universal application. Niesten has approached this question from another standpoint with the view of ascertaining whether the colours of binary stars depend in any way on the position in its orbit of the smaller companion. He drew up in 1879 a table of colours of 20 binary groups observed during a period of nearly a century, and the results of his inquiries were to this effect: (i) In systems with well-marked orbital motion, and especially in those of short period, the two components have ordinarily the same yellow or white tints. (2) In systems, as to which we have colour observations sufficient to enable us to connect the colour with the position of the satellite in its orbit, the principal star is white or pale yellow, when the companion is at its periastron, whereas, in the other positions, it is yellow, gold- yellow, or orange. (3) The companion follows the principal star in its fluctuation of colour, and often surpasses that in colour as it withdraws from periastron. (4) The same similarity of tints in the two stars appears both in binary groups with rectilinear motion, and in those with orbital motion and long periods of revolution. (5) In perspective binary groups, the companion is almost always blue. This last observation is thought to point to a super-position of tint (as in the case of distant mountains looking blue). From these groups, the small star may be reasonably supposed much further distant than the large one ; in fact, near the confines of the visible universe. May not this blue colour (it is asked) be due to a gaseous medium expanded in celestial space, acting on luminous rays which traverse it quite like our own atmosphere, of which it is perhaps merely the continuation ? CHAP. II,] Double Stars. 39 Of isolated stars which are both large in size and noticeable in colour the following may be mentioned : White stars. a. Canis Majoris, a Leonis, Leonis, a Piscis Australis, a Urao Minoris. Red stars. a Tauri, a Scorpii, a Orionis. Blue stars. a Aurigae, Orionis, 7 Orionis, a Canis Minoris, a Virginis. Green stars. a Lyrae, a Aquike, a Cygni. Yellow stars. a Bootis. The question of change in the colour of stars must perhaps be answered in the affirmative, though the examples are few and the evidence not very conclusive. Ptolemy and Seneca ex- pressly declare that in their time Sirius was of a reddish hue, whereas now, as is well known, it is of a brilliant white. Capella which was formerly red is now blue. It would also seem that y Leonis and y Delphini have changed since they were first ob- served by Sir W. Herschel. He says h that they were perfectly white, whereas the larger components of each were seen by Smyth both to be yellow, and the smaller both green, but I am much inclined to view all such statements as these with distrust. Admiral Smyth once published 1 a diagram of coloured discs to guide observers in assigning colours to stars. The diagram contained 4 shades of each of the following colours, viz. : red, orange, yellow, green, blue, and purple but it was of no practical use as an adjunct to the telescope : for one cannot compare a glittering and flashing point with a wafer-like circle of dead and opaque colour. But it might suggest the preparation of a series of similar discs in transparent coloured glass to be used with the aid of a lighted lamp behind them. Such a series of discs mounted in a frame might be available in making comparisons of colour. Struve was of opinion that his 9 th was the smallest magnitude in which he could recognise colour, but Smyth considered that he could detect blue in stars smaller than that magnitude. When very powerful telescopes are directed upon some stars which with smaller ones are only seen as single stars or doubles, h Quoted mSmyth'sCtycZe, vol. i. p. 303. Lond. 1864, p. 54. Keproduced in 1881 I have been unable to find the original. in my edition of Smyth's Cycle of Celts- 1 In his Sideieal Chromatics, 8vo. tial Objects. 40 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. they will be found to consist of 3 or more stars grouped together : such are termed triples, quadruples, quintuples, or multiples, as the case may be. The following are examples, but some of the triples (e. g. y Argus) might with propriety be ranked as quad- ruples : Name. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Magnitudes. Distance. TRIPLES. h. m. s. o / ^ Cassiopeiae i 18 10 + 67 33-3 4l 9 n 2 9 2 7 Andromedae i 57 8 + 41 48-1 3| 51 6 10.3 0-4 3760 H Col umbse 5 21 58 -35 26-7 7 7 ii 7-3 20 ii Monocerotis 6 23 29 - 6 57-7 6| 7 8 7-2 9.6 1 2 Lyncis 6 36 30 + 59 33-i 6 6 I 7| 1-6 8-7 3928 H Puppis 7 i 34 -34 36-i 6| 8| 10 5'5 37 Cancri 8 5 54 + 18 0-9 6 7 71 0-8 5-3 7 Argfta 868 -47 0.4 2 6 8 42 62 2837 B.A.C. Volantis... 8 20 9 -7i 9-5 6 6| 7 65 A Velorum 8 25 35 -47 33-6 6 9 10 4-4 20 1604 2 Crateris 12 3 46 ii 14-0 7 9l 8 II 40 y Centauri 14 14 44 -57 57-o 6 8| ii 9-6 35 51 Librae 15 S 8 19 -ii 4-1 4l 5 71 LI 7.1 379 South, Sagittarii ... 1 7 55 4 -23 2.7 7118 5 15 QUADRUPLES. w 2 Canis Majoris 6 50 18 -20 15-9 6 9! 9! 10 45 52 125 5112 H Sagittarii 19 17 4 18 12-0 88 8 12 23 20 25 178? XX. Delphini... 20 25 56 + 'o 53-3 7 7? 8 12 14 23 0-7 ^ 8 2 Lacert83 22 30 58 + 39 3-9 6| 6| ii 10 22 82 28 QUINTUPLE. /SLyrae 18 46 i + 33 H- 1 3-5 8 13 81 9 45 46 66 85 MULTIPLES. a Orionis 5 33 3 - 2 38-0 {4,11, 8,7, 8J/I 1 (D) 9 ,8 / r!2", 12, 42,) an ; D 9,> [8i" 3 D 8.68") 45 Leporis 5 34 2 5 -17 56-6 7, 8, 8, 8, 12, 13 [See Cycle.-] a Crucis 12 2O 28 -62 29.3 fll, 2, 5, 12,1 I 14, 13 J |5, 90, 60, ioo,l I 125 J Lyrse 18 40 41 + 39 33-2 {5, 6|, 5, 5 i,l 1 9j> 13. 13 J /3 Capricorni 20 13 42 -15 n-4 3|, 7 205 CHAP. II.] Double Stars. 41 Several of the above are known to be binary &c. systems, and perhaps as time goes on and observers multiply we shall find that others will have to be ranked in the same category. For Fig. 22. LYR.E. (Smyth, 1842.) (Prince, 1873.) instance, respecting e Lyrse, Prince notes not only a " consider- able increase of brilliancy " in the largest of the trio of small stars which lie between the two principal pairs, but also points out that if Smyth's drawing and description are to be relied on, a change of position has certainly taken place between 1842 and 1 873. " The central acolyte is more nearly midway between the 2 pairs than formerly, while the largest forms with them, very Fig. 24. LYR.E. (A. Hall.} nearly, the apex of a triangle k ." This object deserves careful scrutiny, for the position angle of both pairs is changing slowly k Month. Not., vol. xxxiv. p. 86. Dec. 1873. 42 The Starry Heaven*. [BOOK XIV. in a retrograde direction. The largest star of the central trio is of magnitude 93 l ; the other two of magnitude 13. Fig. 25 represents a sextuple star of almost as great interest as e Lyrse. It comprises, as will be seen, two triplets of stars, one of which consists of a 4 th magnitude with two companions Fig. 25. THE MULTIPLE STAB a ORIONIS of magnitudes 8 and 7 ; whilst the other triplet has as its chief star an 8J magnitude with a 9 th magnitude near, and an 8 th magnitude at a distance. There really are 10 stars altogether in the group, but the other members are very small and difficult. 1 A. Hall in 1881 called it mag. i r, wa^ of mag. 16. (Observatory, vol. iv. and said that lie could see 6 others on p. 281, Oct. 1881.) the preceding side the smallest of which CHAP. III.] Variable Stars. 43 CHAPTEK III. VARIABLE STARS. VnrinUe Stars. o Ceti. Algol. 8 Ce/iheL Lyrce.R Corona? . r] Argus. Miscellaneous remarks. List of prominent Variable Stars, Variable Stars of the Algol Type. U OpMuchi. Chandler's generalisations on the colours and periods of Variable Stars. Statistics by Espin. Temporary Stars. Notice* of Stars which have disappeared. Are Temporary Stars and Variable Star* identical in character ? THERE are many stars which exhibit periodical changes of brilliancy : these are termed Variable stars. About 200 stars are now known to belong to this class, and many more still are put down as " suspected." One of the most interesting, as also the first that was recog- nised, of these curious objects, is o Ceti, or Mira [sc. stella]. It appears about 12 times in n years ; remains at its greatest brightness for about a fortnight, when it sometimes equals in brilliancy a star of the 2 nd magnitude ; decreases during about 3 months, till it becomes totally invisible ; remains so for about 5 months, and then gradually recovers its brilliancy during the remaining 3 months of its period. Its maximum brightness is not always the same, nor does it always increase or diminish by the same gradations; nor are the successive intervals of its maxima equal. The mean period is 33 i d 8 h , but it would appear from, the researches of Argelander a that this is subject to a cyclical variation embracing 88 such periods, which has the effect of gradually lengthening and shortening alternately these periods a Ast. Nach., vol. xxvi. No. 624. Jan. 22, 1848. 44 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. to the extent of 25 days one way and the other. It is not im- probable too that the irregularities of its maximum brilliancy are also periodical, that is to say, that at every 1 1 th maximum the star's brightness is above the average. On Oct. 5, 1839 (the epoch of maximum for that year, according to Argelander), Mira was unusually bright, excelling a Ceti and equalling /3 Aurigse. On the other hand, according to the testimony of Hevelius, between Oct. 1672 and Dec. 1676 it did not appear at all" . The average duration of the naked-eye visibility is about 18 weeks, but in 1859-60 Mira was observed with the naked eye during 21 weeks, whilst in 1868 the term was but 12 weeks. I append a few details connected with the history of this star : On Aug. 13, 1596, David Fabricius noted a star in Cetus to be of the 3 rd magnitude, and that in October of the same year it had disappeared. Seven years later, or in 1603, Bayer affixed the letter omicron (o) to a star in Cetus placed exactly where the star of Fabricius had disappeared. He observed it to be of the 4 th magnitude, but not comparing the former observations of Fabri- cius with his own he failed to make the discovery which was within his grasp. In the beginning of Dec. 1638, Phocylides Holwarda of Franecker saw this star shining brighter than one of the 3 rd magnitude. In the summer of the following year he was unable to find any trace of it, but on Oct. 7 he again perceived it ; and to him may be assigned the honour of having first discovered the existence of a variable star. In 1648 Hevelius commenced a careful series of observations, which were carried on till 1662, during which time he placed the certainty of the discovery beyond a doubt, and made a first approximation to a knowledge of the attendant circumstances d . In the following century, between the years 1779 and 1790, b Lalande, Astronomie, Art. 794. But c Kepler, De Stella Novd, cap. xxiii. it has been suggested that this was p. 115. because the maxima occurred during d Historiola Mirce Stella. Fol. Gedan, months when the constellation Cetus 1662. \^as lost in the Sun's rays. CHAP. III.] Variable Stars. 45 Sir W. Herschel observed this star with his wonted diligence, and materially added to our knowledge of it e . In more recent times the name of Argelander may be singled out as specially associated with o Ceti. Algol, or /3 Persei, is a variable star of short period, which from its Northern position may often be under the notice of observers in Great Britain. It is commonly of the 2 nd magni- tude : from that it descends to the 4 th magnitude in a period of about 3i h , and at this it remains for about 2o m . Another period of 3i h then brings the star up to the 2 nd magnitude, at which it remains for another period of 2 d i3 b , when similar changes recur. Near the epoch of maximum and minimum the variations of brilliancy proceed slowly, but at the intermediate stages they are much more rapid, and therefore more noticeable. The exact period in which all these changes take place is 2 d 2O h 48 55". Pickering suggests that the range of variability is less than that stated above, and that it is no more than about i magnitude. The observations of Argelander, Heis, and Schmidt tend to show that the period of Algol is less than it was in former years, but that this diminution is not uniformly progressive, inasmuch as an augmentation has now set in ; and it may be inferred that future and long-continued observations will result in the dis- covery that this change of period is itself periodical. The variability of Algol was discovered by Montanari in 1669 and confirmed by Maraldi in 1 694 : its period was determined by Goodricke in 1782, who also may be said to have re-discovered its variability f . 8 Cephei is another variable star which derives additional interest from the fact that its position in the heavens permits frequent observation of it in England. Its period is 5 d 8 h 47, counting from minimum to minimum, and its range is from mag. 3i to mag. 4\. The interval between the maximum and minimum is greater than that between the minimum and e Phil. Trans., vol. Ixx. p. 338. 1780. Algol by means of original observations f The Saxon farmer Palitzch, noted made by himself. (Phil Trans., vol. for his early detection of Halley's comet Ixxiv. p. 4, 1784.) in 1758, also investigated the period of 46 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. maximum, the former being 3 d i9 h , the latter only i d i4 h . The variability of this star was discovered by Goodricke in 1784. /3 Lyrse is a variable star, remarkable as having a double maximum and minimum within its simple period. Goodricke, the discoverer, assigned to it a period of about 6f d , but the more recent observations of Argelander show that the true period is double this; or, more exactly, I2 d 2i h 53 thus set forth : Starting from a maximum when the star is of mag. 3^ it reaches the first minimum of mag. 4 ; then follows a second maximum, and after that a second minimum, but at this second period of least light the star is fainter than before, being only equal to a 4\ mag. Argelander further ascertained that, as in the case of o Ceti, the period of /3 Lyrse is itself variable ; that down to the year 1840 it was increasing, but that from that period it began to decrease, and was continuing to do so at the time the remark in question was made (1866). The annual amount of the increment gradually diminished till the stationary epoch, whence we may anticipate by analogy that now the decrement will gradually become more rapid. The variable star R Goronse Borealis is noticeable from the fact that on some occasions the fluctuations in brightness be- tween the maximum and minimum epochs are so inconsiderable as to be scarcely perceptible, but that after some years of these almost insensible variations, the fluctuations become so great that at its minimum the star either descends to some such inag. as 13, or entirely disappears. The period of this star is com- monly put at 323 days, but it cannot be said that that period is conclusively accepted. At its maximum its brilliancy is that of a star of the 6 th magnitude. Its variability was discovered by Pigottin 1795. Perhaps the most remarkable variable star with which we are acquainted is f] Argus an object unfortunately not visible in England. The following historical notes, down to 1850, were brought together by Humboldt h . B Argelander, Ast. Nach., vol. xxvi. h Quoted in Arago's Pop. Ast., vol. i. No. 624. Jan. 22, 1848. p. 258, Eng. ed. CHAP. III.] Variable Stars. 47 As early as the year 1677, Halley, on his return from St. Helena, frequently expressed a doubt respecting the constancy of the brightness of the stars in the constellation Argo ; he had espe- cially in his mind those belonging to the prow and the deck, the magnitudes of which had been indicated by Ptolemy. But the uncertainty of the ancient designations, the numerous varia- tions of the manuscript of the Almagest, and especially tho difficulty of obtaining exact evaluations of the brightness of the stars, did not permit him to transform his suspicions into a cer- tainty. In 1677 he classed rj Argus among the stars of the 4 th magnitude; in 1751 La Caille found it to be of the 2 nd magni- tude. Subsequently it resumed its original appearance, for Burchell, during his residence in South Africa from 1811 to 1815, noted it to be of mag. 4. From 1822 to 1826 it appeared to be of mag. i to Brisbane in New South Wales, and to Fallows at the Cape. In 1827 Burchell, then residing at St. Paul in Brazil, found it to be of mag. i, and almost as bright as a Crucis. A year afterwards it had decreased to the 2 nd magnitude. To this class it still belonged on Feb. 29, 1828, when Burchell observed it at Goyaz, and it is under this magnitude that Johnson and Taylor have entered it in their catalogues, 1829-1833. When Sir J. Herschel was at the Cape between 1834 and 1837 he placed it constantly between mags. 2 and i : but on Dec. 16 in the latter^year, whilst scrutinising the stars lying around the great nebula in Argo, his attention was attracted towards a strange phenomenon r? Argus, which he had so frequently ob- served on former occasions, had so rapidly increased in brightness as to equal a Centauri, surpassing every other star in the heavens except Canopus and Sirius. Its maximum brilliancy occurred on or about Jan. 2, 1838. Thenceforward it began to fade away; in April, however, it was still as bright as Aldebaran. This diminution went on till April 1843, though at no time did the star fall below the I st magnitude. In April a rapid augmentation set in, and according to the observations of Mackay at Calcutta and Maclear at the Cape, rj Argus surpassed Canopus and scarcely fell short of Sirius in brilliancy. Under date of Feb. 1850 48 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. Lieut. Gilliss, then in Chili, reported >; Argus to be of a reddish yellow colour, somewhat darker than that of Mars, and very nearly as bright as Canopus. Since 1850 much has been done, especially by E. B. Powell and Tebbutt *, towards elucidating the anomalous irregularities (as they were long deemed to be) in the light of rj Argus, and a diagram submitted in 1869 to the Royal Astronomical Society by Loomis k seems to make the matter fairly clear. On the whole we are justified in assuming that rj Argus varies from Fig. 26. DIAGRAM REPRESENTING THE LIGHT-CURVE OF T) ARGt>S. ( mag. i to mag. 6 or 7 during a period of about 70 years or more, though Schonfeld considers that it has no regular period at all. The maximum phase appears to be complicated, and to consist of three maxima which jointly occupy about 25 years of the 70, during whjch sub-period the oscillations are restricted to mags. i and 2, this sub-period falling as near as may be in the mid- interval between every 6 th mag. minimum of the star. Some remarkable circumstances connected with TJ Argus and the nebula surrounding it will more appropriately be related in the next chapter. Several explanations have been offered to account for the vari- ability of stars, but all are unsatisfactory because the irregularities of the periods offer a bar to any hypothesis which supposes a regular series of changes. Boulliaud, in the case of o Ceti, as- cribed its variability to its being a globe of irregular luminosity rotating on an axis, by which different portions of the differently illuminated surface were successively turned towards us 1 . Pigott suggested that an opaque body revolving round a ! Month. Not., vol. xxvi. p. 83, Jan. k Ibid., vol. xxix. p. 298, May 1869. 1866; and vol. xxviii. p. 266, October 1 Ad Astrono-mos monita duo. 4to. 1868. Paris, 1667. CHAP. III.] Variable Stars. 49 variable star as its primary, whose light would be cut off from time to time after the manner of an eclipse of the Sun, would produce the phenomenon ; and this explanation, old as it is, has not yet been superseded by any better one. The following are some of the more important and prominent periodic stars visible to the naked eye : Name. R.A. 1890 Decl. 1890. Period. Changes of Magnitude. Persei h. m. s. 3 I 2 1 + 40 31.9 d. 2.86 From to 2-2 3-7 S Cephei 22 25 5 + 57 5'-i 5-36 3-7 4-8 77 Aquilae I 9 46 52 + o 43.5 7.17 3-6 4-7 Lyrae 18 46 i + 33 M-i 12-91 ti 4 a Herculis 17 9 38 + H 30-9 88-5:irreg. 3- 1 3-9 o Ceti 2 13 47 - 3 28.7 330 2 o KHydrse 13 23 42 -22 42-7 436 4 10 77 Argfts 10 40 47 -59 6-5 70 years ? i 6 The following is a list of Variables which have been described as of the "Algol type" owing to the fact that their light variations take place in the course of a few hours, followed by a period of constant light. The number of stars of this type is very limited. No. Name. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Period. Variation. h. m. s. / d. h. m. I U Cephei o 5 2 34 + 81 16-0 2 12 7-2 109.19-4 2 ft Persei 3 i i + 40 31-9 2 20 48 2.2 tO 3-7 3 ATanri 3 54 35 + 12 10-8 3 22 4 8 3.4 4.2 4 155 Uran. Arg. Can. Maj. 7 H 29 -16 ii. 3 i 3 6-2 68 5 S Cancri 8 37 39 -f 19 25-9 9 ii 37 8-2 to 9.8 1 1-7 6 8 Libra H 55 5 - 8 4-9 2 7 5i 4.9 to 6-i 7 U Coronae 15 13 42 + 32 3-i 3 10 5 1 7.6 to 8-8 8 XI Ophiuchi 17 10 59 + i 19-9 o 20 7 6-0 to 67 i U Ophiuchi is a variable which presents some features of interest in that it has the shortest known period of any variable m Phil. Trans., vol. Ixxiii. p. 482, 1783. VOL. III. E 50 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. star, and is of a magnitude capable of being dealt with by any telescope however small. Its period is 2o h 7 m 41. It remains at its maximum (6) for 16 hours, and all its changes from maximum to minimum (6|) and back again to maximum are accomplished in about 4 h . This star is sometimes called Sawyer's Variable, from its period having been worked out by E. F. Sawyer in 1881, but its variability was suggested by Schjellerup as far back as 1863, and a variation of magnitude from 6 to 6-5 was observed by Davis at Cordoba in 1871. Hind has called attention to the fact that variable stars, especially the smaller ones, are frequently of a ruddy colour. The same observer has noticed that when at their minimum they appear surrounded by a kind of fog. Arago remarked that if this latter opinion should turn out to be well founded it might give us a clue, none other than that the diminution of brilliancy is due to the interference of clouds which cut off a part of the stellar light n . It may here be noted as an undoubted fact that with respect to red variable stars as they lose light they gain colour and vice versa, which circumstance favours the hypothesis that absorption of light is the cause of the phenomenon. Chandler has endeavoured, and with a considerable measure of success, to connect together the colours and periods of variable stars. He has laid down the 3 following preliminary laws : (i) Variable stars are generally red ; (2) They increase in bright- ness more rapidly than they decrease ; (3) The more red they are, the longer their periods . Taking 112 variables whose colours and periods are recorded with fair certainty, Chandler found himself able to frame the following table : Periods in days. White or yellow. ^ Red or reddish. per cent. per cent. Under loo 52 48 100-200 22 78 200-300 26 74 300-400 8 92 Over 400 o 100 *' Pop. AsL, vol. i. p. 260, Eng. eel. Quoted in Observatory, vol. vii. p. 340, Nov. 1884. CHAP. III.] Variable Stars. 51 In another form his data yield the following results : Colour of Star. Average. White ...... x6 Yellow ...... I24 Yellow-red ... ... 212 Red ............ 288 Intense red ... The progressive increase in the periods with the increase in the intensity of the colour cannot be fortuitous p . Espin has framed <* some statistics concerning the distribution of variable stars in the heavens, and concerning their periods, which are so extremely interesting that a brief summary of them must be given in this place: (i) Variable stars are to be found in a well-marked zone inclined 15 or 20 to the Equator; (2) This zone crosses the preceding side of the galactic circle N. of the Equator, and the following side S. of it ; (3) In crossing the preceding side the zone is not many degrees broad, and is very clearly marked, but where it crosses the following side it is broken up into 2 streams ; (4) The division into 2 streams occurs where the galaxy is also divided into 2 streams ; (5) In this part the variable stars are intimately connected with the galaxy, often occurring in the gaps, and constantly on the edges of the gaps, but rarely in the centre of the star-sprays from the galaxy ; where the zone crosses the preceding part of the galaxy it is marked sharply and clearly and seems unconnected with the galaxy ; (6) It is noteworthy that with one or two exceptions all the temporary stars have appeared in the region where the galaxy and the variable star zone are both broken into 2 streams ; (7) The stars which do not belong to the above-named zone are chiefly the bright and short-period variables $ (8) If the stars strongly suspected to be variable are taken into account the foregoing conclusions become still more obvious. Following up these results Espin has proceeded to consider whether any and what conclusions may be drawn from an i' Science Observer, July 1878. 1881 ; Ib., vol. v. p. 77, March 1882 ; lb., * Observatory, vol. iv. p. 250, Sept. vol. vi. p. 180, June 1883. E 2 52 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. examination of the known variable stars grouped in periods. He found in 1882 that the variables then known readily fell into 1 classes, as follows : (i.) Period less than 70 days. (2.) Period more than 135 days. Further, that there were no stars with periods between 71 and 135 days; that no such gap occurs anywhere else between the shortest and the longest known periods respectively; and that the number of stars decreases rapidly on one side of the gap and increases on the other side thereof. Other considera- tions also point to a division into 2 classes. For instance, Chandler's results, given above, adapted to Espin s method of classification, yield the following figures : Period. Total No. White: yellow. Red : reddish. Percent. Less than 71 days ...... 27 14 13 49 More than 135 days ... 84 11 74 88 It thus appears that white or yellow stars slightly predomi- nate in the i sfc class or short-period group ; whilst they form but a small minority in the 2 nd class or long-period group. Again in the' I* 5 * class there are a large number of bright stars (15 out of 32 being above the 4 th magnitude) ; whereas in the 2 ml class there are but few bright stars (only 5 out of 87 being above the 4 th magnitude). The general conclusions derivable from Espin and Chandler's investigations are, that taking into account the attributes of period, colour and magnitude, the known variable stars may be divided into 2 principal classes : (i.) Period, less than 70 days; colour, white or red in tolerably even numbers ; magnitude, large. (2.) Period, more than 135 days; colour, mainly red; mag- nitude, small. What has been said up to this point concerns variable stars as a whole, but it appears possible to draw some further conclusions from an examination of them class by class. For instance, tabulating the 32 stars in Espin's I st class in periods of 10 days, we find that 16 out of the 32 have periods of less than 10 days. CHAP. III.] Variable Stars. 53 Tabulating them according to the number of magnitudes through which they vary, we find that 26 vary one magnitude ; 4 vary through 2 magnitudes ; 2 vary through 3 magnitudes ; so that the greater the extent of the variation the fewer the stars. The average period of the 26 stars which vary one magnitude is i87 d ; of the 4 stars which vary 2 magnitudes, is 327 d ; of the 2 stars which vary 3 magnitudes, is 48-8 d ; so that increase of variation is attended by increase of period. Hence it follows that : (i.) If the variation is small, the period will probably be short. (2.) If the star is a bright one, the period will probably .be short. Treating in a somewhat similar manner the stars in his 2 nd class, Espin finds as follows with respect to the number of stars in relation to the period : Period, d. 135-170 170-220 220-270 270-320 No. of Stars. 7 ... 9 10 .. 15 Period. d. 320-370 370-420 420-470 470-520 No. of Stars. 21 15 7 . 3 Tabulating them according to the number of magnitudes through which they vary, we find : - Vary in Mag. 1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 No. of Stars. Vary in Mag. No. of Stars. 3 5 ... 27 3 6 25 6 7 6 14 8 and 9 3 Hence it follows that : ( i.) Up to a period of (say) 420 days the number of stars increases with the length of the period. (2.) Up to a range of 6 magnitudes the number of stars increases with the variation in magnitude. Espin has carried his statistics beyond this point, but, as it seems to me, on data not sufficient for trustworthy conclusions to be drawn. I will therefore only add that he thinks there 54 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. are indications that there are a certain number of stars in the heavens which should be formed into a class by themselves by reason of the fact that their light is constant for long periods of time (years) in succession, then alters a magnitude or so, and after a very short space of time (weeks) returns to its normal value for another long period of time. Somewhat similar in character to the variable stars are the " temporary" stars stars which suddenly blaze out in the heavens and after a while fade away. The first on record was observed by Hipparchus. Pliny informs us that it was the appearance of this star which induced Hipparchus to construct his catalogue of stars, the first which was ever executed. This statement was by many regarded as a fiction, but E. Biot found that a new star in Scorpio is recorded in the Chinese chronicles under the date of 134 B.C., so that there is no longer any ground for rejecting Pliny's statement. It may be added that the date commonly assigned to Hipparchus's catalogue is 125 B.C. Brilliant stars are said to have appeared in or near Cassiopeia in the years 945, 1264 r , and 1572. The last was a very remark- able one, and a most elaborate and graphic account of it is given by Tycho Brahe s , some extracts from which will be found in Humboldt's Cosmos. The substance of his description is as follows: The star lasted from November 1572 to March 1574, or 1 7 months. It was brighter than Sirius, and rivalled Venus. Its colour was successively white, yellow, red, and white again, and it remained stationary all the while in the position which it occupied when discovered. It has been suggested that the stars of 945, 1264 and 1572 are identical, being apparitions of a variable star of long period. There exists at this moment (as was pointed out by D' Arrest in 1864*), within i' of the place assigned by Argelander to Tycho' s star, a small star sensibly r As to the star of 1264, Lynn has s Progymnasmata, lib. i. given good reasons for doubting whether * D'Arrest published a map of the there ever was such a star ( Observatory, neighbourhood. It will be found in vol. vi. p. 126, April 1883); and the Oversigt over det Kgl. dansJce Videmka- "star" of 945 rests upon no authenticated bernes Selskabs For handling er og dets record. But in both years large comets Medlemeis Arbeider i Aaret 1864, p. i. were visible. CHAP. Ill ] Variable Stars. 55 variable in its light, according to the observations of Hind and Plummer in 1873". The star assumed by those observers to be Tycho's follows a 9 th magnitude at a distance of 29-6", and 10' 4" to the S. This 9 th magnitude may be found by noting that it follows 10 Cassiopeia (a star of magnitude 6) at a distance of i7 m is 8 and is 6-4' to the N. of it. The following should be the position for 1890 of Tycho's star, according to Argelander : h. m. s. o / K.A. o 18 40 Decl. +63 32-3 In November 1876, presumably between the 2o th and 24 th (for general bad weather rendered the precise day uncertain), a remarkable outburst of stellar energy took place in Cygnus. Soon after sunset on November 24 Schmidt at Athens observed in this constellation a new star of the 3 rd magnitude and of a yellow colour. Unfortunately much delay occurred in com- municating the discovery of this star to the astronomers of Western Europe, and when its existence became generally known early in December it had sunk to the 5 th magnitude. It con- tinued to diminish day by day, and by the end of December was no brighter than a 7 th magnitude star. It was of a decidedly orange-red tint. The position of this star (for 1890-0) is : R.A. 21 37 24 Decl. +42 20 26 Temporary stars of considerable brilliancy shone forth in 1604 and 1670. The former appeared in the constellation Ophiuchus, and became nearly as bright as Venus ; it lasted 1 2 months or more x . The latter appeared in Cygnus, and attained the 3 rd magnitude ; it lasted altogether 2 years, but faded away and then blazed out again more than once before its final disappear- ance y . On April 28, 1848, a new star of the 5 th magnitude was seen by Hind in Ophiuchus 2 . It rose to the 4 th magnitude a few u Month. Not., vol. xxxiv. p. 168. * PMl. Trans., vol. v. p. 2087 etscq., Feb . I874 . 1670 ; also vol. vi. p. 2197 * *-. - Kepler, De Stelld nova in pede Ser- z Month. Not, vol. viii. p. M& ' pentarii. 1848. 56 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. weeks later ; subsequently its light diminished, and now it is usually of the 1 1 tb or 1 2 th magnitude a . The remarkable star which blazed forth in the constellation Corona Borealis in May 1866 needs a brief mention here in order to make this chapter complete, although the star itself is treated now as a recognised variable ( = T Coronse), and is entered accordingly in the catalogues. This star, recorded by Argelander in 1855 as being of magnitude 9^, was seen by Birmingham at Tuam on May 1 2, 1866, as a star of magnitude 2. Combining the negative testimony of Schmidt of Athens with the positive testimony of Birmingham, it would seem that the star rose from the 4 tb to the 2 nd magnitude in about 3 hours on the evening in question. It soon began to fade away, and by the end , of May had fallen to magnitude 8. It continued below magnitude 9 all through the following summer, but rose to magnitude 7! in September, and remained nearly stationary in brightness for the remainder of the year. Sir J. Herschel remarked : " It is worthy of especial notice, that all the stars of this kind on record, of which the places are distinctly indicated, have occurred, without exception, in or close upon the borders of the Milky Way, and that only within the following semicircle, the preceding having offered no example of the kindV Numerous instances are on record of stars formerly known which are now not to be found , and vice versa of new stars appearing which were never before noticed. There once were stars to the number of 4 in Hercules, i in Cancer, i in Perseus, i in Pisces, i in Hydra, i in Orion, and 2 in Coma Berenices, which seem now to have disappeared. Several stars in the catalogue of Ptolemy do not appear in that of Ulugh-Beigh ; 6 of these were near Piscis Australis, and as 4 were of the 3 rd magnitude, Baily concludes that they were visible in Ptolemy's a Arago and other writers say that of variable stars, and treated as such, this star disappeared; but Hind has b Outlines of Ast., p. 605. expressly stated this to be incorrect. c Sir W. Herschel, Phil. Tram., vol. Month. Not.,\ol.xxi. p. 232. June 1861. Ixxiii. pp. 250-3. 1783. It is now regularly included in catalogues CHAP. III.] Variable Stars. 57 time, but disappeared before the time of Ulugh-Beigh. Many discrepancies have, no doubt, arisen from mistaken entries, yet there are other instances in later times which it seems out of the question to explain in this way. Thus 55 Herculis, mag. 5, was observed by Sir W. Herschel in 1781 and 1782, but 9 years afterwards it could not be found, and has not been seen since. In May 1829 Sir J. Herschel missed one of De Zach's stars in Virgo. Montanari remarked, in 1670, as follows: "There are now wanting in the heavens 2 stars of the 2 nd magnitude, in the stern and yard of the Ship Argo. I and others observed them in the year 1664, upon the occasion of the comet that appeared that year. When they first disappeared, I know not ; only I am sure that on April 10, 1668, there was not the least glimpse of them to be seen d ." Two suggestions may here be submitted: (i) all the "tem- porary " stars on record, and (2) such of the " missing " stars as do not depend on errors of observation, would be found to be ordinary "variable" stars could their history be properly traced. Nevertheless Kirkwood considers the theory that temporary stars are long-period variables to be unsound, and that the suddenness of their apparition, the short duration of their brightness, and the great length of their supposed periods are all so many reasons for treating them as distinct from what are commonly known as "variable stars 6 ." d Phil. Trans., vol. vi. p. 2202. 1671. [Translated.] e Amer. Acad., Art and Sciences, 1884. 58 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. CHAPTER IV. CLUSTERS AND NEBULA. Arranged *' tfoee classes. Five kinds of Nebulae. The Pleiades. The llymle*. Mentioned by Homer. Prcesepe. Opinion of Aratusa^td Theophrastus. Coma Berenices. List of Clusters. Annular Nebula?. Elliptic Nebulae. Spiral Nebulas. Planetary Nebula?. Nebulous Stars. List of irregular Clusters. Notes to the objects in the list. The Nubeculce major and minor. List of Nebulae in Sir J. HerscheVs Catalogue of 1864. Historical statement relating to the observation of Nebula? and Clusters. IF we examine the heavens on a clear evening when the Moon is not shining, we shall find here and there groups of stars which seem to be compressed together in such a manner as to present to the naked eye or under inadequate optical power a hazy cloud-like appearance ; these are termed clusters and nebula, and may be conveniently classed as follows : 1. Irregular groups, visible more or less to the naked eye. 2. Clusters resolvable into separate stars with the aid of ti telescope. 3. Nebulae, for the most part irresolvable with the tele- scopes which we at present possess. The objects forming the 3 rd class may in their turn be sub- divided into i. Annular nebulae, ii. Elliptic nebulse. iii. Spiral nebulse. v/iv. Planetary nebulse. v. Nebulous stars. Of the I st class there are several examples to be found, with all of which the reader is probably more or less familiar. The CHAP. IV.] Clusters and Nebula. 59 cluster of the Pleiades, in Taurus, is doubtless the best known 4 . When examined directly few persons can see more than 6 stars, but by turning the eye sideways, more may be seen. Thus, Miss Airy has noted 12, and Mostlin, according to Kepler, 14. Be- tween 50 and 60 stars, to say the least of it, are visible in a telescope. The following are some of the different estima- tions : Kepler La Hire 32 64 Hooke De Eheita 78 118 Fig. 27. THE PLEIADES, IN TAURUS. NAKED-EYE VIEW. (M&8 Airy.) These totals have been greatly exceeded by subsequent observers* and indeed photography has registered fully 1400 stars in the Pleiades. The most brilliant star in the group is Alcyone, or rj Tauri, of the 3 rd magnitude ; next in order come Electra and Atlas, of the 4 th ; Maia and Taygeta, of the 5 th ; Pleione and Celeno, which are a The Pleiades and Hyades are among the few stars mentioned by Homer. (Odyssey, lib. v. ver. 270.) The engrav- ing by Jeaurat is taken from Hist, de VAcad. Koyale des Sciences, 1779, p. 55 > published in 1782. A good lithograph by Tempel will be found in Month. Not., vol. xl. p. 622, 1880. 60 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. between the 6 th and 7 th ; A%terope> between the 7 th and 8 th ; and finally, a great number of smaller stars. N THE PLEIADES, IN TAURUS. TELESCOPIC VIEW. (Jeaumt.) Fig. 29. THE HYADES, IN TAURUS. CHAP. IV.] Clusters and Nebulae. 61 The Hyades is another loose group in Taurus, near Aldebaran, and somewhat similar in character is the cluster near A. Orionis, neither of them of much account as telescopic objects, the stars being too scattered to make a good field. Pr&sepe, or the "Bee-hive," in Cancer, is one of the finest objects of this kind for a small telescope ; it is an aggregation of little stars, which has long borne the name of a nebula, its components not being visible to the naked eye ; indeed, before the invention of the telescope, it must have been almost the only Fig. 30. PllvESEPE, IN CANCER. recognised one. Aratus b and Theophrastus c tell us that its be- coming dim and ultimately disappearing was regarded as an indication of rain. The group forming the constellation Coma Berenices has fewer stars, but they are of larger size and more diffused. As Webb well remarks, " This is a gathering of small stars, which ob- viously at a sufficient distance would become a nebula to the naked eye." b Diosemeia, ver. 160. See Lamb's c De Signis Plnviarum, p. 4'9- translation, p. 70, where the passage is Bias's ed., Lugd. Batavor. very prettily rendered into English verse. 62 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV, In reference to globular clusters and the hypothesis that they are formed of stars evenly distributed in space, Guillemin re- marks : " But the increase of brightness from the border to the centre is often more rapid than the hypothesis of an equal distribution of the stars in the interior will sanction. It has been held therefore that besides the apparent or purely optical condensation, there exists a real condensation, which is produced doubtless by the influence of the central forces, resulting from the separate attractions of each of the suns which compose these systems d ." The following objects will serve as representatives of the 2 nd class e : No. Name. Dreyer. H.'s Cat. of 1864. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. 1). m. s. / I 31 $ VI Cassiopeiae . . 663 392 i 38 39 + 60 41.3 2 33 yVITersei 869 5 J 2 2 II 20 + 5 r > 38-5 3 35 Geminorum 2168 1360 6 2 4 + 24 21-2 4 3 M Canum Venat. . . 5272 3636 13 37' 3 + 28 55.3 5 5 M Librae 594 4083 15 12 57 + 2 30-1 6 80 M Scorpii 6093 4 J 73 16 10 26 -22 43-2 7 13 M Herculis .. 6205 4230 16 37 45 + 3<> 39-9 8 92 M Herculis 634 1 4294 17 13 46 + 43 I5' 1 9 2 2 M Sagittarii 6656 4424 18 29 28 -23 59-4 10 ii M Antinoi .. 6705 4437 18 45 13 - 6 .4.1 ii 1 5 M Pegasi 7078 4670 21 24 38 + 11 40.3 12 2 M Aquarii 7089 4678 21 27 44 - i 19-1 No. i is a somewhat conspicuous object, that is to say, it is readily visible with a telescope of 2 in aperture. No. 2 lies in immediate proximity to 34 fl VI Perser, and the two objects are frequently taken together and spoken of as " the cluster in the sword-handle of Perseus." These two clusters have been well termed by Webb "gorgeous," and by Smyth were . d The Hecwens, Eng. ed., p. 377. c Most of the clusters and nebulae en- graved in this chapter but not separately mentioned will be found alluded to in the Catalogue of Celestial Objects in Chapter X (post). CHAP. IV.] Clusters and Nebula. 63 Fig. described as " affording together one of the most brilliant tele- scopic objects in the heavens." No. 4 (3 M Canum Venaticorum) was described by Smyth as " a brilliant and beautiful globular congregation of not less than 1000 small stars." There is a sensible concentration of stars near the centre of the cluster. No. 5 (5 M Librae), in the words of Webb, is a "beautiful assem- blage of minute stars greatly compressed in centre." Sir W. Herschel with his 4O-ft. reflector made out about 200 stars ; Sir J. Herschel notes that the stars range between mags. 11-15. No. 6 (80 M Scorpii) much re- sembles a telescopic comet. Sir W. Herschel called it the richest and most condensed mass of stars in the firmament. Near its centre, or, as Webb suggested, Fig. 32. Fig. 33. 3 M CANUM VENATICORUM. (Smyth ) 5 M LIBRAE. (Sir J. Herschel} 13 M HERCULIS. (Sir J. Herschel} " between it and us," is a remarkable variable star, particulars of the sudden apparition of which in 1860 will be found else- where (see Chap. V., post). 64 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. N' 7 ( L 3 M Herculis) is commonly regarded as the finest of the globular clusters. Smyth called it " an extensive and mag- nificent mass of stars, with the most compressed part densely Fig. 34- Fig. 35- 80 M SCOEPII. (Smyth.} 92 M HERCULIS. (Smyth.} compacted and wedged together under unknown laws of aggre- gation," a very good description. Sir J. Herschel spoke of thousands of stars and "hairy-looking curvilinear branches," Fig. 36. Fig. 37- 22 M SAGITTARII. (Smyth.} 1 I M ANTINOI. which features the Earl of Rosse interpreted as indicative of a spiral tendency; he also perceived several dark rifts in the interior of the cluster. In 1887 Harrington at Ann Arbor was CHAP. IV.] Clusters and Nebulce. 65 able to see Rosse's rifts not only with a 1 2-inch but with a 6-inch refractor f . Huggins finds the spectrum to be continuous. This cluster was discovered by Halley in 1714, and is visible in one sense with any telescope, however small. No. 8 (92 M Herculis) is a fine globular cluster, inferior however to the preceding. It has a marked central condensa- tion, and exhibits a continuous spectrum. No. 9 (22 M Sagittarii) is a fine globular cluster, so situated that in England it is rarely possible to do justice to it. Webb remarked that this object is "interesting from the visibility of the components (the largest, 10 and n mags.), which makes it Fig. 38. Fig. 39. 15 M PEGASI. (Smyth.) 2 M AQUABii. (Sir /. Serschel.) a valuable object for common telescopes, and a clue to the structure of more distant or difficult nebulae." No. 10 (n M Antinoi) is an interesting cluster of uncommon form. Smyth likened it to a flight of wild ducks a simile more appropriate than many of those met with in astronomical writings, which it may be fairly said often abound in wordy exaggerations. Three stars of mag. 8 help to enhance the beauty of the field. No. ii (15 M Pegasi) is a moderately bright and resolvable cluster. Large apertures are required to make it worthy of much attention. VOL. III. f Ast. Journ., vol. vii. p. 157. Dec. 14, 1887. F 66 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. 12 (2 M Aquarii) is with small telescopes a round nebula exhibiting, in Webb's words, " a granulated appearance, the pre- cursor of resolution." The truth of this remark will become more manifest if we compare Lord Rosse's figure with Sir J. Herschel's. Sir John compared this object to a heap of fine sand, and considers it to be composed of thousands of 15 -mag. stars, a statement which is probably a little over-drawn. Pis 2 M AQUARII. (Earl of Rosse.} I now pass on to another order of objects which present them- selves much less clearly to our eyes than the brilliant clusters enumerated above the nebula properly so called. Some of them are resolvable in large telescopes, but the greater number defy the utmost efforts made to separate them into component stars, though probably most of them are stellar. They are usually faint misty objects, many of them not unlike comets or specks of luminous fog. It has been found convenient to subdivide them into five classes, which I shall now proceed to consider briefly. Figs. 41-46. Plate V. RESOLVABLE CLUSTERS. (Drawn by Smyth.) F 2 CHAP. IV.] Clusters and Nebula. 69 Of annular nebulae the heavens afford only four examples. The most remarkable one occurs in Lyra, R.A. i8 h 49 28", Decl. + 3253 t6/ (Messier's 57 th : D 6720). It is situated about midway between the stars (3 and y, and may be seen with a telescope of moderate power, a statement which can be made of no other annular nebula 8 . Sir J. Herschel, in his description of it, said: " It is small and particularly well defined, so as to have more the appearance of a flat oval solid ring than of a nebula. The axes of the ellipse are to each other in the proportion of about 4 to 5, and the opening occupies about half, or rather more than half, the diameter. The central vacuity is not quite dark, but is filled in with faint nebula like a gauze stretched over a hoop. Fig. 47- (Sir J. Herschel.} (Earl of Rvsse.] THE ANNULAR NEBULA 57 M The powerful telescopes of Lord Rosse resolve this object into excessively minute stars, and show filaments of stars adhering to its edges h ." Chacornac also, with a ai-ft. reflector by Foucault, resolved this nebula into stars. Yet, in contradiction to these circumstantial details, Huggins claims that his spectroscope shows the whole to be gaseous probably nitrogen. The most recent account of this nebula is due to Holden. Using the great Lick Telescope he says : " One's first idea is not so much that the aspect is unfamiliar, as that it is distinctly As the nebula a r peared to me on nebula was by no means con8ide ^ ble , Sept. 23, 1864, in an 8|-in. refractor, h Outlines of Ast., p. 644. the difference between the luminosity of sentence of this extract seems i the central and marginal portions of the accurate. 70 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. different, that its simple structure has suddenly become complex, and finally that the task of depicting it completely is practically impossible by the ordinary methods. . . . The N. end of the minor axis is much the best terminated. From the whole S. edge faint filaments of nebulosity radiate out. . . . The preceding Fig. 49. THE GREAT NEBULA IN ANDROMEDA. (&. P. Bond.) edge of the major axis is the best terminated. There are several bright patches in the nebulosity, especially at the end of the minor axis. . . . Neither the outer nor the inner boundary curves of the nebula are smooth ovals. Inside the ring it is at once seen that the space on the S. and preceding side is darker than the rest 1 ." 1 Month. Not., vol. xlviii. p. 385. 1888. Figs. 50-54. Plate VI. (Sir y. Herschel.) (Earl ofRosse.} NEBULA, 65 M LEONIS. R.A. n h i2 m 40 s , Decl. +13 45-0', NEBULA, 4058 H DRACONIS. R.A. 1511 3' 24 s , Decl. + 56 11-4'. (Earl of Rosse.) (Sir y. Herschel.) (Earl of Rosse.) NEBULA, 42 ^ V. COM.E BERENICES. K. A. 1 2 h 36 so 8 , Decl. + 33 8-8'. VARIOUS NEBULJE. CHAP. IV.] Clusters and Nebulce. Other annular nebulge will be found as follows : 73 No. Name. Dreyer. H.'s Cat. of R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. 1864. h. m. s. o / I 4290 H Scorpii 6337 4290 J 7 J 4 43 -38 22-0 2 1 1 y IV Scorpii . . . 6369 4302 17 22 39 -23 39-4 3 .StflVCrenl ... 6894 4565 20 ii 57 + 30 8-7 Elliptic nebulae of various degrees of eccentricity are not un- common ; the well-known " Great Nebula in Andromeda," RA. o h 36 47 s , Decl. +40 40-1' (Messier's 31**: D 224), is an object of this kind. Its ellipticity is considerable ; it is likewise very long, and has a bright central condensation sufficient to make it visible to the naked eye. A drawing by G. P. Bond portrays this nebula under an aspect differing much from that which it is commonly recognised as possessing. That observer traced it to a length of 4 and to a breadth of 2i, and was the first to draw attention to the two curious black streaks, or longitudinal vacuities, which run nearly parallel to the major axis of the oval on the South side. Telescopes of large size are required to show these and other details mentioned by the American ob- server in question k . No telescope has yet resolved this object, though several hundred stars (shown in the annexed engraving), have been counted within its limits. Huggins has noticed its spectrum to be continuous (though cut off at the red end), and therefore whatever it is, seemingly it is not gaseous. Mr. I. Koberts has recently obtained photographs of this object which seem to combine the features exhibited by Sir J. Herschel in the engraving appended to his Outlines of Astronomy with the rifts recorded by Bond. Several elliptic nebula are remarkable as having double stars at or near each of their foci : the nebula 4395 H Clypei Sobieskii, situated in R.A. i8 h io m 34 s , and DecL-i8 54-8', is an example. k Mem. Amer. Acad., New Ser., vol. iii. p. 80. 1848. 74 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. Other elliptic nebulae will be found as follows : No. Name. Dreyer. H.'s Cat. of 1864. R.A. 1890. Dec!. 1890. h. m. s. o ' I I y VCeti 2 53 138 o 42 13 -25 53-7 2 3706 H Centauri 5367 3706 13 5i 8 39 26-6 3 4419 H Draconis 6648 .441 9 18 35 12 + 64 53-2 The discovery of spiral or whirlpool nebulae is due to the late Earl of Rosse. The best known is in the constellation Canes Venatici, R.A. J3 h 25 m 1 3 s , Decl. ! 55- , , ^o ,_,.// \/r ;__'_-. st. D 5194). To Sir J. Her- schel it presented' the appearance of a large and bright globular cluster, surrounded by a ring at a considerable distance from the globe, which varied very much in brightness in its different parts, and through about two-fifths of its circum- ference was subdivided as if into 2 laminae, one of which appeared turned up towards the eye out of the plane of the rest. Near it (at about a radius of the ring distant) is a " small bright round nebula V In Lord Rosse's telescope the aspect of this object is entirely altered. The ring passes into a distinct spiral coil of nebulous matter, and the out- lying portion is seen to be connected with the main mass by a curved band, the whole showing indications of resolvability into THE SPIRAL NEBULA 5! M CANUM VENATICORUM (Smyth.*) 1 Outlines of Ast., p. 649. CHAP. IV.] Clusters and Nebulae. 75 stars. A small telescope utterly fails to grasp any of these features. All it can do is to exhibit a misty spot of light. Huggins finds the spectrum to be non-gaseous m . Fig. 56. THE SPIRAL NEBULA 5! M CANUM VENATICORUM. \j$ir J. Hersc/iet.) Other spiral nebulae will be found as follows : No. Name. Dreyer. H.'s Cat. of 1864. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. h. m. s. o / I 2 33 M Trianguli 57 y I. Leonis . . 598 2QO* 35 2 1863 I 27 38 9 25 57 + 30 6-8 + 21 59-1 3 4 99 M Virginia 55 y I. Pegasi" 4 2 54 7470 2838 4892 12 13 13 22 59 27 + 15 6-9 + ' I 43-9 m For other drawings of this see Mem. be much better than the one given here. E.A.S. vol. xxxvi. PI. VI. Fig. 27 [not n The spiral (or annular) mass of 2 7 a] (Lassell); Scientific Trans. Roy. nebula engraved in Fig. 62 post has Dub. Soc., New Ser., vol. ii. PI. IV. been made by the engraver far too (Rosse). All these are said by Dreyer to definite and bright. 76 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV- Planetary nebulse received their name from Sir W. Herschel on account of their resembling in form the larger planets of our system. They are either circular or slightly elliptical ; some have Fig. 57- THE SPIRAL NEBULA 51 M CANUM VENATJCORUM. (Earl of Eosse.} well-defined outlines ; in others the edges appear hazy; they are throughout uniformly bright, without any traces of nuclei. One of the most striking of this class is 97 M [D 3587] Ursre Majoris, KA. n h 8 m 19 s , Decl. + 55 367', close to the star /3 of that con- Figs. 58-62. Plate VII. (Sir J. HerscM.} (Earl of Eosse.} THE SPIRAL NEBULA 57 $ I. LEONIS. THE SPIRAL NEBULA 99 M VIRGINIS. (Earl o/jBosse.) (Sir J. HerscJiel.-) (Earl of Zosse.) THE SPIBAL NEBULA 55 # I. PEGASI. SPIRAL NEBULJE. CHAP. IV ] Clusters and Nebulce. 79 stellation, that is to say, 2 *f. It was discovered by Me'chain in 1781, and is described as "a very singular object, circular and uniform, and after a long inspection looks like a condensed mass of attenuated light." Sir J. Herschel gave it a diameter of 2' 40" Fig. 63. Fig. 64. (Sir J. Herschel.} (Earl of ftosse). PLANETARY NEBULA, 97 M UBS^B MAJORIS. The late Earl of Rosse detected perforations and a spiral tendency in it. To Huggins it yields a gaseous spectrum. Other planetary nebulae will be found as follows : H.'s No. Name. Dreyer. Cat. of R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. 1864. h. m. s. o / I 26 y IV. Eridani... 1535 826 4 9 10 -13 i-3 2 39 y IV. Argils ... 2 43 8 1565 7 36 49 -14 29-1 3 1843 H Argus (Car.)... 2867 1843 9 18 18 -57 50-6 4 27 # IV. Hydra ... 3242 2102 10 19 25 -18 5-1 5 2581 H Centauri 39^ 2581 ii 44 51 -5 6 34- 1 6 297 y II. Virginia ... 5M7 3 r >'4 13 32 7 -17 19-3 7 4234 H Herculis 6210 4234 16 39 5i + 24 o-o 8 50 # IV. Herculis 6229 4 2 44 16 43 56 + 47 48-0 9 37 y IV. Draconis 6543 4373 17 5 8 35 + 66 38-0 10 743 y III. Aquilse. . 6781 4487 19 i3 5 + 6 14-0 ii 51 ^ IV. Sagittarii 6818 45 10 19 37 45 -14 24-8 12 73 y IV. Cygni ... 6826 45H 19 41 56 + 50 14-7 13 i y IV. Aquarii... 7009 4628 20 58 10 -ii 47-7 H 1 8 y IV. Androm. 7662 4964 23 20 35 + 4 T 55-5 No. i was described by Lassell as the most interesting and extraordinary object which he had ever seen: an n th -mag. star 80 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. standing in the centre of a circular nebula, itself placed centrally upon a larger and fainter circle of hazy light. To Huggins it yields a non-gaseous spectrum, though deficient at the red end. No. 2 is a faint object near 46 M Argus, which Lassell and the late Earl of Rosse found to be annular rather than strictly " planetary." No. 4 was described by Smyth as resembling Jupiter. Secchi's large refractor at Rome entirely altered the features of this object as seen with less powerful in- struments. Spectrum, gaseous. No. 9 is large and bright of its class, according to Webb, and "much like a considerable star out of focus." Spec- trum, gaseous. So found in 1864 by Huggins, and the first of his discoveries in this field. Some interesting conclusions R.A. i3 h 32 m 7 s , the great Lick telescope. He says: Decl.-i7 19.3'. j bears magnifying well, losing only (Sir J. Hersckel.) J to . / its characteristic and remarkable ['light blue '] colour with the higher powers. The nebula is apparently composed of rings overlying each other, and it is difficult to resist the conviction that these are arranged in Space in the form of a true helix. Holden consequently proposes to term this a ' Helical Nebula ' the first of its class." No. ii has been found by Huggins to exhibit a gaseous spectrum. No. 13 is a somewhat oval and fairly bright nebula. As in so many other like instances, the "planetary" features disappear in very large telescopes. It yields a gaseous spectrum Holden describes this as a "truly wonderful object. . . . The colour is pale blue. . . . The central oval is not bounded by a smooth curve. It looks like an elastic link which has been warped, so that the preceding one-quarter appears beyond the median plane (further away from the eye) ; the central one-half appears Month. Not., vol. xlviii. p. 388, 1888. CHAP. IV.] Clusters and Nebulas. 81 on the hither side of the median plane (nearer the eye) ; and the following one-quarter, again, appears to be beyond the median plane. . . . The central ring lies upon an oval of much fainter nebulosity. This outer nebulosity is fairly uniform in brightness, except that there is a defalcation of light at its S. preceding edge, and -one at its N. following edge. The latter is very remarkable as seen. A dark band lies just N. of the bright central ring, and one not quite so dark lies just S. of the same ring. The two satellites preceding and following nearly in the major axis of the nebula appear to be faintly connected with the main nebula p ." No. 14 is a small but bright object. Lassell noticed it to comprise a nucleus and 2 oval rings, out of which the late Earl of Rosse evolved a spiral structure. Huggins obtains a spectrum of 4 gaseous lines, the form of the nebula being annular. Some peculiarities may be mentioned as connected with planetary nebulae : three-fourths of those known are situated in the Southern hemisphere ; they are mostly gaseous (if spectro- scopy is to be relied on), and several are noticeably of a blue tinge. Among other peculiarities which characterise gaseous nebulae it may be mentioned that they are nearly all in or close to the Milky Way. D' Arrest remarked in 1872, that of 12 un- doubtedly gaseous nebulas in the Northern hemisphere 10 are inside and only 2 outside the Milky Way as seen with the naked eye. In the Southern hemisphere, out of 20 nebulae there are 15 inside and 5 outside the Milky Way ; and of the 5 outsiders one is very close to it. Nebulous stars are so called because they are surrounded by a faint nebulosity, usually of a circular form, and sometimes several minutes in diameter. Hind remarks that the nebulosity is, in some cases, well defined, but in other cases quite the reverse. He also says that " the stars thus attended have nothing in their appearance to distinguish them from others entirely destitute of such appendages ; nor does the nebulous matter in which they are situated offer the slightest indications of resolvability into P Month. Not., vol. xlviii. p. 39 T - l888 - VOL. III. G 82 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. stars with any telescopes hitherto constructed." The following stars are instances of this kind : No. Name. Dreyer. H.'s Cat. of 1864. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. h. m. s. 1 l i Orionis 1980 1183 5 3 3 - 5 59' 2 f Orionis 1990 "93 5 30 38 - i 16-4 3 45 1$ IV. Geminorum 2393 1532 7 22 41 + 21 8-1 No. i is a triple star, A 34, B 8, and C n, dist. 11*5" and 49", the whole being involved in a large nebulous ring 3' in diameter. No. 2 is a 2i-mag. star, said to have been seen " involved in an immense nebu- lous atmosphere," but later observations by more than one observer throw doubts on the accuracy of this statement. NEBULOUS STAB, t ORIONIS. No. 3 is an 8 tll -mag. star, which, according to Sir J. Herschel, lies "exactly in the centre of an exactly round bright atmosphere 25" in diameter." NEBULOUS STAE, 45 J$ IV. GEMINORUM. (Rev. H. C. Key.} CHAP. IV.] Clusters and Nebulce. 83 The Rev. H. C. Key who paid special attention to this object, described it as "a bright but somewhat nebulous star closely surrounded by a dark ring; this again by a luminous ring; then an interval much less luminous, and, finally, at some distance an exterior luminous ring," a description which accords well with the late Earl of Rosse's, derived from his much more powerful telescope. Only with large telescopes can nebulous stars be scrutinised with any satisfactory result. Besides the clusters and nebulse belonging to the foregoing classes, there are others for the most part of irregular form and large dimensions, which it is convenient to class by themselves. Under this head may be included the following : No. Name. Dreyer. H.'s Cat. of 1864. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. li. m. s. o / 1 47 Toucani I0 4 5 2 o 19 9 -72 41-6 2 i M Tauri 1952 "57 5 27 51 -f 21 56-6 3 42 M Orionis 1976 1179 5 29 52 - 5 27-7 4 30 Doradfts 2070 1269 5 39 29 -69 9-4 5 i) Argfts 3372 2197 10 4 o 47 -59 6 '5 6 K Crucis 4755 3275 12 47 7 -59 45-2 7 (a Centauri 5139 353 1 13 20 10 -46 44.3 8 20 M Sagittarii 6514 4355 17 55 4i -23 1-8 9 SMSagittarii 6523 43^1 i7 57 8 24 22-6 10 17 M Scuti Sobieskii 6618 443 18 14 16 -16 14-9 ii 27 M Vulpeculse 6853 4532 19 54 48 + 22 25-0 12 46i8HCygni 6995 4618 20 52 34 + 3 33-9 The remarks which follow in inverted commas are nearly all by Sir John Herschel, though an actual reference to that effect is not in every case given. No. i (47 Toucani) was described by Sir J. Herschel as " a superb globular cluster, immediately preceding the Nubecula Minor; it is very visible to the naked eye, and one of the finest objects Month. Not., vol. xxviii. p. 154. G 2 March 1868. 84 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. in the heavens. It consists of a very condensed spherical mass of stars, of a pale rose colour, concentrically enclosed in a much less condensed globe of white ones 15' or 20' in diameter." In his account of this cluster Sir John remarked that he could not Fig. 68. (Earl of Rouse.) THE "CRAB" NEBULA IN TAURUS. remember a single elliptical nebula which is resolvable, all the resolvable clusters being more or less circular in their outlines. " Between these 2 characters then (ellipticity of form and difficulty of resolution) there undoubtedly exists some physical connexion. . . It deserves also to be noticed that in very elliptic nebulae which CHAP. IV.] Clusters and Nebulae. 85 have a spherical centre (as in 65 M), a resolvable or mottled character often distinguishes the central portion, while the branches exhibit nothing of the kind r ." Fig. 70. THE GREAT NEBULA IN OEION. (Tempel.) No. 2 is frequently called the "Crab Nebula in Taurus." It has an elliptic outline in mcst instruments, but in Lord Rosse s r Results ofAsf. Obs., p. 19. An exception to this rule is i M Tauri. 86 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. reflector " it is transformed into a closely-crowded cluster, with branches, streaming off from the oval boundary, like claws, so as to give it an appearance that in a measure justifies the name by which it is distinguished." This is Sir J. Herschel's para- phrase of the original observations of J 844, but by all accounts it is a veritable paraphrase because all the later Parsonstown observations seem to negative the existence of the " claws s ." It was the accidental discovery of this nebula in 1758, when he c North, THE TRAPEZIUM OF ORION, January 1866. (Huyyins.} was following a comet, that led Messier to form his well-known Catalogue of Nebulae, practically the first of its kind, for Halley's published in 1715 contained but 6 objects. No. 3 is the " Great Nebula in the sword-handle of Orion," surrounding the multiple star in that constellation. It was mentioned by Cysatus of Lucerne as known to him in 1618, though often spoken of as discovered by Huyghens about the year 1656. "In its more prominent details may be traced some s See Trans. Roy. Dub. Soc., New Ser., vol. ii. p. 47. I UNIVERSITY x. oir CHAP. IV.] Clusters a^^^fc^ 87 slight resemblance to the wing of a bird. In the brightest portion are 4 conspicuous stars forming a trapezium. The nebulosity in the immediate vicinity of these stars is flocculent, and of a greenish white tinge ; about half a degree northward of the trapezium are 2 stars involved in a bright branching nebula of singular form, and southward is the star t Orionis, also situated in a nebula. Careful examination with powerful telescopes has traced out a continuity of nebulous light between the great nebula and both these objects, and there can be but little doubt that the nebulous region extends northwards as far as e in the belt of Orion, which is involved in a strong nebulosity, as well as several smaller stars in the immediate neighbourhood." Secchi, in fact, says that the nebulous mass in Orion has, speaking roughly, a triangular outline with a base of about 4, and a height of about 5i, reaching downwards from the apex (with a break, however, at vo1 - xxi - P- 2 3> xxvi - P- 7 1 - Jan> l866 ' 88 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. the Lick 36-inch x . The discordant opinions may however be reconcileable on the supposition that all the interior stars are variable. No. 4 (30 Doradus) is a singular nebula, faintly visible to the naked eye, situated within the limits of the Nubecula Major ; it was noticed by La Caille as resembling the nucleus of a comet, and is one of the most singular and extraordinary objects in the heavens. Fig. 72. THE NEBULA 30 DORAD0S. (Sir J. HerscJiel.} No. 5 is a very large nebula surrounding the star 77 Argus, and occupying a space equal to about 5 times the area of the Moon. Sir J. Herschel, who carefully examined this object when he was at the Cape of Good Hope in 1833 and following years, said that "viewed with an 1 8-inch reflector no part of this strange object shows any sign of resolution into stars, nor in the brightest and most condensed portion, adjacent to the singular oval vacancy in the middle of the figure, is there any of that curdled appearance, or that tendency to break up into bright knots with intervening * Month. Not., vol. xlix. p. 352. April 1889. CHAP. IV.] Clusters and Nebula. 89 darker portions, which characterise the nebula of Oiion and indicate its resolvability It is not eas y for language to convey a full impression of the beauty and sublimity of the spectacle which this nebula offers, as it enters the field of the telescope (fixed in R.A.) by the diurnal motion, ushered in as it is by so glorious and innumerable a procession of stars, to which it forms a sort of climax y." Some recent observations on a Fig. 73- THE NEBULA SURROUNDING T) AKGUS. (Sir J. Herschel.) point of great importance concerning this nebula will be alluded to hereafter. No. 6. The cluster surrounding K Crucis was described by Sir J. Herschel as one of the most beautiful objects of its class: it consists of about no stars from the 7 th magnitude downwards, 8 of the more conspicuous of them being coloured various shades of red, green, and blue. The accompanying plate is the result of observations made by Mr. H. C. Russell at Sydney, N. S. W., in March and April 1872. The lines on the edges of the en- y Sir J. Herschel, Outlines of Ast., p. 652 ; see also Results of Ast. 06*., pp. 32-47. 90 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. graving represents scales of distance reckoned from the principal star. Mr. Russell remarks that " many of the stars have drifted " since the drawing by Sir J. Herschel was made, and he has seen 25 stars not noted by Herschel, although using a smaller telescope than the Cape one. "The colours of this cluster are very beautiful, and fully justify Herschel's remark that it looks like a ' superb piece of fancy jewellery 2 .' " No. 7 (o> Centauri) is visible to, the naked eye, and resembles a tail-less comet : its brilliancy is about equal to that of a 4!- magnitude star, but, " viewed In a powerful telescope, it appears as a globe of fully 20' in diameter, very gradually increasing in brightness to the Centre, and composed of innumerable stars of the 13 th and 15 th magnitudes a ." No. 8 (20 M Sagittarii) is the chief member of an important group of nebulae. "One of them [1991 h] is singularly trifid, consisting of 3 bright and irregularly formed nebulous masses, graduating away insensibly externally, but coming up to a great intensity of light at their interior edges, where they enclose and surround a sort of three-forked rift or vacant area, abruptly and uncouthly crooked, and quite void of nebulous light. A beau- tiful triple star is situated precisely on the edge of one of these nebulous masses, just where the interior vacancy forks out into two channels 1 *." No. 9 (8 M Sagittarii). "A collection of nebulous folds and masses, surrounding and including a number of oval dark vacancies, and in one place coming up to so great a degree of brightness as to offer the appearance of an elongated nucleus. Superposed upon this nebula, and extending in one direction beyond its area, is a fine and rich cluster of scattered stars, which seem to have no connexion with it, as the nebula does not, as in the region of Orion, show any tendency to congregate about the stars c ." Webb describes this as a " splendid galaxy object visible to naked eye." z Month. Not., vol. xxxiii. p. 66, Dec. b Sir J. Herschel, Outlines of Ast., 1872. p. 653. a Sir J. Herschel, Outlines of Ast., p. c Outlines of Ast., p. 654. 637; see also Results of Ast. Obs., p. 21. Fig. 74. Plate VIII. THE CLUSTER NEAR K CRUCIS. CHAP. IV.] Clusters and Nebulce. 91 No. 10 is frequently but not very judiciously termed the "Horse-shoe nebula" from a certain peculiarity in its form: this name, however, can only be ap- plied to the most prominent por- Fig. 75. tion, for there is an important outlier; and when this is seen, and also the bright lens-like band which unites it with the principal mass, the whole object resembles a pair of capital Greek omegas connected at their bases. In ordinary telescopes the outline resembles that of a swan minus its legs! Huggins finds it to be THE NEBULA 17 M CLYPEI SOBIESKII. gaseous (Chambers.} -tiolden has investigated with much care and detail the history of this nebula between 1833 and 1875 as recorded in numerous drawings by Sir J. Herschel, Lamont, Mason, Lassell, Trouvelot and himself. As a final result he concludes that " the drawings, whether taken as a whole, or considered according to their relative importance, show that the ' Horse-shoe ' has moved with reference to the stars [in the nebula], while the Messierian streak has not moved ; and that, therefore, we have evidences of a change going on in the nebula. This may be a veritable change in the structure of the nebula itself, such as was suspected by Schroter, confirmed by 0. Struve, and again confirmed by myself in the nebula of Orion; or it may be the bodily shifting of the whole nebula in space, in some plane inclined to the line of sight d ." No. ii is a curious object near the 5 tb -magnitude star 14 Vul- peculse ; it is shaped like a double-headed shot, or dumb-bell, and is usually known as the " Dumb-bell " nebula. In a small telescope it appears like two roundish nebulosities, in contact d American Journ. Arts and Sc., 3rd looked up by the possessors of large tele- Ser., vol. xii. p. 360. June 1876. Swift scopes. (Sidereal Messenger, vol. iv. has given a sketch and some descriptive p. 38. March 1885.) notes on this nebula which deserve to be 92 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. the one with the other, or nearly so. Sir J. Herschel saw it Fig. 76. THE "DUMB-BELL" NEBULA IN VULPECULA. (Smyth.} Fig- 77- THE " DUMB-BELL " NEBULA IN VULPECULA. (Sir J. Herschel.) with " an elliptical outline of faint light enclosing the two chief 93 CHAP. IV.] Clusters and Nebula. masses," but Lord Rosse's reflectors materially change the ap- pearance of the object: his 3-ft. reflector destroys the regular elliptic outline seen by Sir J. Herschel, and his 6-ft. instru- THE " DUMB-BELL " NEBULA IN VULPECULA. (Earl of Rosse : 3-ft. Keflector.) ment makes the general outline to resemble that of a chemical retort, and reveals many stars. The history of the successive stages in the observation of this nebula affords a striking 94 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. comment on the "Nebular Hypothesis," which was so much under discussion a few years ago. No. 13 (4618 H Cygni). "A most wonderful phenomenon. A very large space, 20' or 30' broad in P.D. and i m or 2 m in R.A., full of nebula and stars mixed. The nebula is decidedly at- tached to the stars, and is as decidedly not stellar. It forms irregular lacework marked out by stars, but some parts are decidedly nebulous, wherein no sjiars can be seen." In the Southern hemisphere, and not far from the Pole, are the Magellanic clouds, or Nubecula Major and Minor, so called Fig. 79. THE "DUMB-BELL" NEBULA IN VULPECULA. (Earl of Eosse : 6-ft. Reflector.) from their cloud-like appearance. The former is situated in the constellation Dorado, and the latter in Toucan. They are of a somewhat oval shape, and are both visible to the naked eye when the Moon is not shining; but the smaller disappears in strong moon-light. Sir J. Herschel, when at the Cape, examined these remarkable objects with his large telescope, and described them as consisting of swarms of stars, clusters, and nebulae of every description. The larger one covers an area of about 42 square degrees, and the smaller of 10 square degrees. e This illustration (from Phil. Trans., the illustration in Phil. Trans., vol. cli. vol. cxl.) is described by Dreyer as " out- is " very good and agrees well with those rageous." On the other hand, he says that of other observers." CHAP. IV.] Clusters and Nebulce. 95 The nebulse are very far from being uniformly distributed in the heavens, but congregate especially in a zone crossing at right angles the Milky Way. They are exceedingly abundant in the constellation Virgo. Sir J. Herschel's Catalogue of 1 864 contains 5079 of these objects, which are thus distributed through the different hours of R. A. : o Hour 211 N I ' 278 II 161 III 163 IV 198 V 352 VI 139 VII 132 VIII ..- ... 135 IX 252 X 294 XI 4 21 XII Hour ... ... 686 Neb. XIII ... ... 252 > XIV ... ... 263 :> XV ., ... ... 114 M XVI ... ... 109 XVII ... ... 1 08 tt XVIII ... ... 92 5> XIX ., ... ... 79 w XX ... ... 90 XXI ... ... 120 > XXII ... ... I 4 2 XXIII ... ... 163 )J On the distribution of the nebulae f , Guillemin remarks as follows : "This is very unequal in the Northern hemisphere, and in those parts of the Southern one visible in the Northern tem- perate zone. The greatest number is found in a zone which scarcely embraces the eighth part of the heavens. The con- stellations Leo, Ursa Major, Camelopardus, Draco, Bootes, Coma Berenices, and Canes Venatici, but principally Virgo, form this zone, which extends as far as the middle of Centaurus: it is known under the name of the nebulous region of Virgo. Nearly at the opposite pole of the sky, another agglomeration of nebulas embraces Andromeda, Pegasus, and Pisces, and extends lower than the first-named constellation into the Southern heavens. "It is noteworthy that the regions nearest the Milky Way are the poorest in nebulse, whilst* the two richest regions lie at the two poles of that great belt in which the stars are so numerous and condensed. The nebulae are more uniformly spread over the zone which surrounds the South Pole ; they are at the same f Headers interested in this matter E. A. Proctor in Month. Not., vol. xxix. should study an elaborate paper by C. p. 357 (Oct. 1869): and by S. Waters Abbe in Month. Not., vol. xxvii. p. 257 (May 1867), followed by others by in Month. Not., vol. xxxiii. p. 558 (Oct. i873\ 96 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. time much less numerous. On the other hand, there are two magnificent regions there, which alone contain nearly 400 nebulae and star-clusters g ." In connection with the distribution of the nebulae it may here be mentioned that almost all the nebulae indicated by the spec- troscope to be gaseous are situated either within or on the borders of the Milky Way, whilst in the regions near the poles of the Milky Way such nebulae are wanting, though of other nebulae there is no lack there. These facts may hereafter prove to be of great significance. The first who paid much attention to clusters and nebulae was the French astronomer Messier, who formed the well-known and important, though small Catalogue, the constituents of which are still distinguished by his initial M. After him came Sir W. Herschel, who classified the nebulae which he observed in the following way : I. " Bright nebulae "288 objects. II. " Faint nebulse " 909 objects. III. " Very faint nebulae " 984 objects. IV. " Planetary nebulae, stars with bars, milky chevelures, short rays, remarkable shapes," &c. 79 objects. V. " Very large nebulae " 52 objects. VI. "Very compressed rich clusters" 42 objects. VII. " Pretty much compressed clusters " 67 objects. VIII. " Coarsely scattered clusters "88 objects. Grand total : 2509. Objects catalogued by this observer are usually indicated by the symbol Ijtl, with the number of the class in Roman capitals ; thus : 33 JJL VI. Persei. References to Sir John Herschel's Catalogue of 1833, and his Cape extension of it, are indicated by the letter "h" with the number prefixed. For Sir John Herschel's combination Catalogue of 1 864, " H " has been taken as the designating letter in this volume. A large and important reconstruction of that Catalogue was published by Dreyer in i888 h , and there can be no doubt that this (which contains 7840 objects) will be the standard Catalogue for many years to come. The other observers who must be cited as having- devoted g The Heavens, Eng. ed., p. 395. h Mem. R.A.S., vol. xlix. CHAP. IV.] Clusters and Nebula. much attention to nebulse and clusters are the late Earl of Rosse and Dreyer in Ireland, and MM. D'Arrest, Schonfeld, Schultz and Stephan on the Continent. The late Earl of Rosse laid before the Royal Society, in 1861, a large and valuable Cata- logue of 989 nebulae observed by himself at Parsonstown * ; and his son, the present Earl, has developed his father's efforts by observations since brought together in a valuable and important catalogue communicated in 1878 to the Royal Dublin Society 11 . Some further information respecting the work done of late years in this branch of sidereal astronomy may be gleaned from the list of Catalogues *. The following abbreviations relate to words which were made special use of by Sir J. Herschel in his Catalogues of Nebulae, and as they have been adopted by various observers writing in various languages, a statement of Sir John's terminology will frequently be found useful m : ab about. aim almost. am among. app appended. att attached. B bright. b brighter. bet between. biN bi-nuclear. bn brightest towards the North side. bs brightest towards the South side. bp brightest towards the preceding side. bf brightest towards the following side. C compressed. c considerably. co coarse, coarsely. com cometic. cont in contact. cluster, double, diameter. 1 Phil. Tram., vol. cli. p. 68 1. k Scientific Transactions, Roy. Dublin Soc., New Ser.,*vol. ii. 1880. 1 See vol. ii. p. 500. m This table has been taken from his General Catalogue, p. n,but I have ex- VOL. ITT. dime difficult. dif diffused. dist distance, distant. def defined. E extended. e extremely. ee excessively. er easily resolveable. exc excentric. F faint. f following. g gradually. gr group. inv involved. i irregular. iF irregular Figure. L large. 1 long, or little. M in the middle. m much. mm mixed magnitudes. eluded a few words which are of limited applicability, and I have varied the order a little in some cases to facilitate refer- ence. These designations were first given in Sir J. Herschel's 1833 Catalogue. (Phil. Trans., vol. cxxiii. p. 359-) 98 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. mn milky nebulosity. N nucleus, or to a nucleus. neb nebula. nr near. n North. np north preceding. nf north following. P poor. p pretty (before F, B, L, S, &c.) ; otherwise, it means preceding. pg pretty gradually. pm pretty much. ps pretty suddenly. pos angle of position. R round. RR exactly round. Ri rich. r resolvable, barely (mottled as if with stars). rr partially resolved same stars vi- sible. rrr well resolved clearly seen to con- sist of stars. S small. sm smaller. s south, suddenly. sp south preceding. sf south following. st stars. sc scattered. sev several. susp suspected. sh shaped. stell stellar. sw sweep. tri-N tri-nuclear. trap trapezium. v very. vv very exceedingly. ( moon above the horizon. ( ( moon very bright. * star. a star of the io th magnitude. double star. triple star. ! a remarkable object. !! very much so. !!! a magnificent or otherwise exceed- ingly interesting object. ? doubtful. ?? very doubtful either as to accuracy of place or reality of existence. A Dunlop; or forms a triangle with. globular cluster. O planetary nebula. annular nebula, st. 9... stars from the 9 th (or other) mag- nitude downwards. st. 9... 1 3 stars from the 9 th down to the 13 th magnitude. *io ** * * * Sir J. Herschel adopted the following scales of brightness, size and form : 1 . Excessively faint 2. Very faint 3. Faint 4. Considerably faint 5. Pretty faint 6. Pretty bright 7. Considerably bright 8. Bright 9. Very bright 10. Excessively bright excessively small ; 3" to 4" diam. very small 10" to 12" diam. small considerably small pretty small pretty large considerably large large very large excessively large On this Dreyer remarks: "In estimating clusters of well- separated and scattered stars a wider acceptation must be understood, so that, e.g. a cluster of i' in extent would be very small, and one of 15' or 20' large. 20" to 30" diam. 50" to 60" diam. 3' to 4' diam. 8' to 10' diam. 20' and upwards. CHAP. V.] Variable Nebulce, 99 CHAPTER V. VARIABLE NEBULA. Variable Nebula in Taurus. Observations by Hind. Variable Nebula in Scorpio. Observations by Pogson and others. Notes of observations on the other Nebulae suspected to be variable. The controversy respecting the nebula surrounding T) Argils. URIOUS and interesting as are those stars which undergo periodical changes of brilliancy, it seemed at one time not unlikely that we should have to accept the idea that they do not stand alone, but that variations sometimes occur in the light of nebulse more or less analogous in character to those already recognised in the case of numerous single stars. Subsequent consideration of the available evidence, however, leaves the matter in great doubt, and it cannot be said that any periodical changes have yet been proved in the case of nebulse a . So much as is known on the subject will however now be set out. The following is a summary of a communication by Hind. On Oct. n, 1852, that observer discovered, at the Regent's Park Observatory, a small nebula about i' in diameter, with a central condensation of light. Its position (reduced to 1860) was R.A. 4 h 13 47 s , and Dec!. + 19 ira', and therefore it was in the constellation Taurus, about i^ distant from e. From 1852 to 1856 a star of the io th magnitude almost touched the nf edge of the nebula ; this star was first noticed on the night of the discovery of the nebula, and from the fact that it had escaped observation on many previous occasions when a See on this subject as a whole an important paper by Dreyer, Month. Not., vol. xlvii. p. 412. May 1887. H 2 100 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. the same locality had been under examination, Hind was induced to suspect its variability a suspicion which eventually was shown to be well-founded, as the star afterwards dwindled down to the 12 th mag. But the most singular thing remains to be told : namely, that on Oct. 3, 1861, D' Arrest, of Copenhagen, found that the nebula had totally vanished. This statement was not credited at the time on account of its apparent improbability, notwithstanding the known reputation of the observer who made it; and it was assumed, too hastily, that some error of observation had crept in, though D' Arrest's good faith was not at all questioned. Let it be noted, moreover, that a small nebula 4' preceding Hind's was seen in 1868 by O. Struve, was verified by D'Arrest shortly afterwards, and has now disappeared. On Jan. 26, 1862, Le Verrier turned the large equatorial of the Paris Observatory (of 12*4 inches aperture) on the place of the nebula ; not a single trace, however, could be obtained of it either by Le Verrier or by his assistant, Chacornac, and on the following night Secchi, at Rome, was similarly unsuccessful ; thus was confirmed beyond a doubt the statement of D'Arrest. Chacornac, whilst engaged in 1854 in forming a chart of the stars in the neighbourhood of the nebula, saw it, but in going over the locality again in 1858, with a much more powerful instrument, he did not see it, though the reason why he did not announce the disappearance is not known. Hence Hind infers that the disappearance of the nebula took place either during 1856 or during the following year. He further remarks : " How the variability of a nebula and a star closely adjacent is to be explained, it is not easy to say in the actual state of our knowledge of the constitution of the sidereal universe. A dense but invisible body of immense extent inter- posing between the Earth and them might produce effects which would accord with those observed ; yet it appears more natural to conclude that there is some intimate connexion between the star and the nebula upon which alternations of visibility and invisibility of the latter may depend. If it be allowable to suppose that a nebula can shine by light reflected from a star, CHAP. V ] Variable Nebulce. 101 then the waning of the latter might account for the apparent extinction of the former ; but in this case it is hardly possible to conceive that the nebula can have a stellar constitution b ." On Dec. 29, 1861, the nebula was again seen in the 1 5-inch refractor at Pulkova, and by March 22, 1862, it had so far in- creased in brightness as to bear a faint illumination. But on Dec. 12, 1863, Hind and Talmage carefully looked for it with the telescope with which it was originally observed, and failed to establish any trace of its visibility. The telescope in ques- tion (Mr. Bishop's) has only half the aperture of the one at Pulkova. It is satisfactory to know that the preceding instance does not altogether stand alone, but that something at least analogous is on record. In the autumn of 1860 Mr. N. Pogson, then assistant at the Hartwell Observatory, and now Director of the Madras Observatory, communicated to the Royal Astronomical Society a paper, of which the following is the substance. The 8o tb object in Messier's Catalogue of Nebulae, although described as a compressed cluster, had always presented to Pogson the appearance of a well-defined nebula, and as it was in the same field of view with R and S Scorpii, had frequently come under his notice. On May 28, 1860, when seeking for these two variables, neither of which was then visible, his attention was arrested by the startling fact, that a star of about the 7 th mag. was in the place previously occupied by the nebula. The power used was i 1 8 on the Hartwell equatorial ; and so recently as May 9 (the last night on which R Scorpii was visible) Pogson saw the nebula, and is positive that it appeared exactly the same as usual, without anything stellar about it, the self- same instrument and power being employed. On June 10, with a power of 66, the stellar appearance had nearly vanished, but the cluster still shone with unusual brilliancy, and with a marked central condensation. Pogson's remarkable observations b Letter in the Times, Feb. 4, 1862. D' Arrest's paper in Ast. \ack., vol. Ivii. See a further communication in Month. No. 1366, June 26, 1862. Not., vol. xxiv. p. 65, Jan. 1864, and 102 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. were fully confirmed by the independent testimony of E. Luther and Auwers c . The last-named observer first saw the star on May 21, 1860 d . Pogson concludes with the following remarks : " It is therefore incontestably proved, upon the evidence of three witnesses, that between May 9 and June 10 [1860] the cluster known as 80 Messier changed apparently from a pale cometary-looking object to a well-defined star, fully of the 7 th magnitude, and then re- turned to its usual and original appearance. It seems to me absurd to attribute this phenomenon to actual change in the cluster itself, but it is very strange if a new variable star, the third in the same field of view, should be situated between us and the centre of the cluster. Should such be the true explana- tion, the midway variable star must be similar in nature, but of greater range, than Mr. Hind's wonderful U Geminorum. The cluster should be closely watched e ." On June i, 1869, Schonfeld thought he saw some trace of the star, but no further information is on record. I looked for it but failed to see it on July 29, 1 885, with a 6-inch refractor. On Sept. i, 1859, H. P. Tuttle discovered a nebula in Draco (D. 6643, Position for 1890, R.A. i8 h 22 m 44 s , Decl. + 74 31-2'), which D'Arrest and others stated to be so bright as to make it inexplicable how it should have escaped the notice of Sir W. and Sir J. Herschel, if it had always been of uniform brilliancy. D'Arrest described this nebula as oval, 2' long and i' 20" broad. Dreyer thinks that this nebula ought not to be included here, on the ground that its having escaped the notice of the Herschels proves very little, because neither of those 2 astronomers paid much attention to the North Polar regions of the heavens. On Oct. 19, 1859, Tempel observed in Taurus an object which he took to be a new telescopic comet. The next evening, how- ever, finding it still in the same position, he was able to determine that it was not a comet, but a nebula f . On Dec. 31, 1860, it c Ast. Nach., vol. liii. No. 1267. July e Month. Not., vol. xxi. p. 32. Nov. 1860. 1860. d Ast. Nach., vol. cxiv. No. 2715. f Ast. Nach., vol. liv. No. 1290. Jan. March 6, 1886. 10, 1861. CHAP. V.] Variable Nebula. 103 was seen again by Tempel and Pape, though with some difficulty. Auwers, who has also seen it, describes it as triangular in form, and 15' in extent, but he thinks that it might have escaped notice owing to its proximity to a bright star Merope, one of the Pleiades. Schiaparelli, at Milan, trying a new telescope on Feb. 25, 1875, saw this nebula very clearly, and was much surprised at its size. He noted it to extend from the star Merope, beyond Elect ra and as far as Celaeno g . It may be added that Hind states that he has often suspected nebulosity about some of the smaller outlying stars of the Pleiades. The position of this nebula (which is 1435 D.) is R.A. 3 h 39 38", and Decl. + 23 2 5'5' (1890). Its variability seems not clearly established. On October 19, 1855, Chacornac discovered a nebula also in Taurus, which had not been previously observed. This object, which is D. 1988, Position for 1890, R.A. 5 h 3O m 51", Decl. + 21 6-4', was so conspicuous that he felt some difficulty in understanding how it could have escaped earlier notice if it had always possessed the same brilliancy h . Dreyer however states, on the authority of Tempel, that this nebula is a myth ; that is to say, that it arose from a false image of the star in Chacornac's telescope. The foregoing observations may be said to have relation to objects of small size, but there are some slight grounds for the opinion that there is one example of a large and important nebula having undergone changes of form. The great nebula in Argo, when observed by Sir J. Herschel in 1838, contained within its area a vacuity of considerable size. The star 17, then of the I st magnitude, was situated in the most dense part of the nebula, and was completely encompassed by nebulous matter. In 1863, according to Abbott of Hobart-Town, the star, which had K Asf. Nach., vol. Ixxxvi. No. 2045, sketch the nebula trends away to the S. July 10, 1875. A translation appears in quite in the opposite direction to Electra Ast. Reg., vol. xiii. p. 194, Aug. 1875. and Caeleno, and therefore Tempel is in Further observations by Tempel, together conflict with Schiaparelli. Tempel how- with a lithograph, will be found in Month. ever was a very careful artist. Not., vol. ad. p. 622, 1880. It is to be h Bulletin Meteorologiqiie, April 28, noted however that according to Tempel's 1 863. 104 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. dwindled down to the 6 th magnitude (a matter already alluded to '), was entirely free from nebulosity. This observer also stated k that the outline of the vacuity was materially different from the representation given by Herschel. Mr. E. B. Powell, of Madras, confirmed these remarks generally, but also stated that the nebula as a whole had varied much in brilliancy during the time it had been under his notice *. Consequent on the publication^of Abbott's several communica- tions, Capt. J. Herschel in India and Dr. Gould at Cordoba in South America directed their attention to this nebula in 1868 and following years. Capt. Herschel's own observations were compared by himself m , by Sir J. Herschel 11 , by. Sir G. B. Airy , and Mr. Lassell with Sir John Herschel's observations at the Cape in 1834, &c., and with Abbott's comments thereon, and the general opinion of astronomers may be gathered from the Report of the Council of the Royal Astronomical Society of 187 2, where Dr. Gould's words are quoted with evident approval p . That observer had stated that he was strongly impressed " with the conviction that the alleged change is altogether imaginary," and astronomers are now agreed to pass an unfavourable opinion on Mr. Abbott's assertions q . The most recent detailed observations of this nebula are due to C. E. Peek, who carefully studied it in November and December, 1882, with a 6-inch refractor. He thus summarises his conclusions: "I am aware that recent observers have described and delineated it as completely changed since the days of Sir John Herschel ; but so far as I was able to perceive, its details agree in a remarkable manner with his plate r ." * See p. 88, ante. n Month. Not, vol. xxix. p. 84, Jan. k Month. Not., vol. xxi. p. 230, June 1869 ; vol. xxxi. p. 228, June 1871. 1861 ; vol. xxiv. p. 5, Nov. 1863; vol. Month. Not., vol. xxxi. p. 233, June xxv. p. 192, April 1865 ; vol. xxviii. 1871. p. 200, May 1868; and vol. xxxi. p. 226, P Month. Not., vol. xxxii. p. 178, Feb. June 1871. Sir J. Herschel's earliest 1872. comment on Abbott's statements will be * See, for instance, a memorandum by found in vol. xxviii. p. 225, June 1868. Proctor in Month. Not., vol. xxxii. p. 62, 1 Month. Not., vol. xxiv. p. 171, May Dec. 1871. 1864. r Astronomical Observations, 1882-85, m Month. Not., vol. xxix. p. 82, Jan. by C. E. Peek. 4to. Lond. 1886. 1869. CHAP. VI.] The Milky Way. 105 CHAPTER VI. THE MILKY WAY*. Its course amongst the stars described by Sir J. Herschel. The " Coal Sack" in the Southern Hemisphere. Remarks by Sir W. Herschel as to the prodigious number of stars in the Milky Way. Computation by Sir J. Herschel of the total number of stars risible in an iS-inch, reflector. Terms applied to the Way by the Greeks. By the Romans. By our ancestors. FOREMOST amongst the clusters of stars which we see in the heavens stands the Milky Way, which has pre- eminently occupied the attention of philosophers from the earliest ages of antiquity. The course of the Milky Way amongst the constellations is well sketched by Sir J. Herschel, whose description I shall give, with a few verbal alterations b . Neglecting occasional deviations, and following the line of its greatest brightness as well as its varying breadth and intensity will permit, its course conforms nearly to that of a great circle inclined at an angle of about 63 to the equinoctial, and cutting that circle in R.A. 6 h 47, and i8 h 47 m ; so that its Northern and Southern poles respectively are situated in R.A. i2 h 47, Decl. N. 27 and R.A. o h 47, Decl. S. 27. Throughout the region where it is so remarkably subdivided this great circle holds an intermediate situation between the two great streams ; with a nearer approximation, however, to the brighter and con- tinuous stream than to the fainter and interrupted one. If a An extremely interesting article on Parsonstown, presented to the Royal the Milky Way by J. 0. Houzeau will Astronomical Society in 1889 a very be found in the Annuaire de VObser- beautiful and elaborate series of drawings vatoite de Bruxelles, 1880, p. 233. Mr. of the Milky Way which deserve notice. Boddicker, Lord Rosse's assistant at b Outlines of Ast., p. 569. 106 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. we trace its course in order of Right Ascension, we find it traversing the constellation Cassiopeia, its brighter part passing about 2 North of the star b of that constellation, i. e. in about 62 of North Declination. Passing thence between y and e Cassiopeise, it sends off a branch to the south-preceding side, towards a Persei, very conspicuous as far as that star, prolonged faintly towards e of the same constellation, and possibly trace- able towards the Hyades and Pkiades as remote outliers. The main stream, however (which is here very faint), passes on through Auriga, over the 3 remarkable stars e, ?/ of that constellation preceding Capella (a Aurigge), and called the Ha?di, between the feet of Gemini and the horns of the Bull (where it intersects the elliptic, nearly in the solstitial colure), and thence over the club of Orion to the neck of Monoceros, intersecting the equinoctial in E.A. 6 h 54. Up to this point, from the offset in Perseus, its light is feeble and indefinite, but thence- forward it receives a gradual accession of brightness, and when it passes through the shoulder of Monoceros, and over the head of Canis Major, it presents a broad, moderately bright, very uniform, and, to the naked eye, slender stream up to the point where it enters the prow of the ship Argo, nearly in the Southern Tropic. Here it again subdivides (about the star m Puppis), sending off a narrow and winding branch on the pre- ceding side as far as y Argus, where it terminates abruptly. The main stream pursues its southward course to the 33 rd parallel of South Declination, where it diffuses itself broadly and again subdivides, opening out into a wide fan-like expanse, nearly 20 in breadth, formed of interlacing branches, all of which terminate abruptly, in a line drawn nearly through A and y Argus. At this place the continuity of the Milky Way is interrupted by a wide gap, and when it recommences on the opposite side it is by a somewhat similar fan- shaped assemblage of branches which converge upon the bright star ry Argus. Thence it crosses the hind feet of the Centaur, forming a curious and sharply- defined semi-circular concavity of small radius, and enters the Cross by a very bright neck or isthmus not more than 3 or 4 CHAP. VI.] The MilEy Way. 107 in breadth this is the narrowest portion of the Milky Way. After this it immediately expands into a broad and bright mass, enclosing the stars a and /3 Crucis, and /3 Centauri, and ex- tending almost up to a of the latter constellation. In the midst of this bright mass, surrounded by it on all sides, and occupying about half its breadth, occurs a singular dark pear-shaped vacancy, so conspicuous and remarkable as to attract the notice of the most superficial gazer, and to have acquired, amongst the early Southern navigators, the uncouth but expressive appella- tion of the " Coal Sack." In this vacancy, which is about 8 in length and 5 in breadth, only one very small star visible to the naked eye occurs, though it is far from devoid of telescopic stars, so that its striking blackness is simply due to the effect of contrast with the brilliant ground with which it is on all sides surrounded. This is the place of the nearest approach of the Milky Way to the South Pole. Throughout all this region its brightness is very striking, and when compared with that of its more Northern course, already traced, conveys strongly the impression of greater proximity, and would almost lead to a belief that our situation as spectators is separated on all sides by a considerable interval from the dense body of stars com- posing the Galaxy, which in this view of the subject would come to be considered as a flat ring of immense and irregular breadth and thickness, within which we are eccentrically situ- ated, nearer to the Southern than to the Northern part of its circuit. At a Centauri the Milky Way again subdivides, sending off a great branch of nearly half its breadth, but which thins off rapidly at an angle of about 20 with its general direction towards the preceding side to >? and d Lupi, beyond which it loses itself in a narrow and faint streamlet. The main stream passes on, increasing in breadth to y Normse, where it makes an abrupt elbow, and again subdivides into one principal and con- tinuous stream of very irregular breadth and brightness on the following side, and a complicated system of interlaced streaks and masses on the preceding, which covers the tail of Scorpio, 108 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. and terminates in a vast and faint effusion over the whole extensive region occupied by the preceding leg of Ophiuchus, extending Northwards to a parallel of 13 of South Declination, beyond which it cannot be traced, a wide interval of 14, free from all appearance of nebulous light, separating it from the great branch on the North side of the equinoctial, of which it is usually represented as a continuation. Returning to the point of sepasation of this great branch from the main stream, let us now pursue the course of the latter. Making an abrupt bend to the following side, it passes over the stars i Arse, 6 and i Scorpii, and y Telescopii to y Sagittarii, when it suddenly collects into a vivid oval mass about 6 in length and 4 in breadth, so excessively rich in stars that a very moderate calculation makes their number exceed 100,000. Northward of this mass this stream crosses the ecliptic in longitude about 276, and proceeding along the bow of Sagittarius into Antinoiis, has its course rippled by 3 deep concavities, separated from each other by remarkable protuberances, of which the larger and brighter (situated between Flamsteed's stars 3 and 6 Aquilye) forms the most conspicuous patch in the southern portion of the Milky Way visible in our latitudes. Crossing the equinoctial at the 19 th hour of Right Ascension, it next runs in an irregular, patchy, and winding stream through Aquila, Sagitta, and Vulpecula, up to Cygnus ; at e of which constellation its continuity is interrupted, and a very confused and irregular region commences, marked by a broad dark vacuity, not unlike the Southern " Coal Sack," occupying the space between e, a, and y Cygni, which serves as a kind of centre for the divergence of 3 great streams : one which I have already traced ; a 2 nd , the continuation of the i st (across the interval) from a Cygni Northward, between Lacerta and the head of Cepheus to the point in Cassiopeia whence we set out ; and a 3 rd branching off from y Cygni, very vivid and con- spicuous, running off in a Southern direction through (3 Cygni and s Aquilse, almost to the equinoctial, when it loses itself in a region thinly sprinkled with stars, where in some maps the CHAP. VI.] The Milky Way. 109 modern constellation Taurus Poniatowskii is placed. This is the branch which, if continued across the equinoctial, might be supposed to unite with the great Southern effusion in Ophiu- chus, already noticed. A considerable offset, or protuberant appendage, is also thrown off by the Northern stream from the head of Cepbeus directly towards the Pole, occupying the greater part of the quartile formed by a. /3, i, and 6 of that constellation. It is impossible to give any idea of the enormous number of stars in the Milky Way, but Sir W. Herschel recorded some facts that will assist us. That observer stated that on one occasion he estimated that 1 16,000 stars passed through the field of his telescope in $ hour c ; and again that on Aug. 22, 1792, he saw 258,000 stars pass in 4i m . d The surprising character of this result will be more adequately appreciated when corn- pared with the number of stars that are visible to the naked eye. The common estimation gives between 3000 and 4000, though Struve augments the number to 6000 for persons of very acute vision 6 . Sir John Herschel computed that the total number of stars visible in an 1 8-inch reflector cannot be less than 5^ millions, and may probably be many more f . Struve's estimate for Sir W. Herschel's 2o-ft. reflector is 20^ millions. A brief reference must here be made to what is commonly known as Sir W. Herschel's theory of the Milky Way. He con- jectured that the stars were not indifferently scattered through the heavens, but were rather arranged in a certain definite stratum, comprised between 2 plane surfaces parallel. to and near each other but prolonged to immense distances in every direction, the thickness of which stratum, as compared with its length and breadth, was inconsiderable; and that the Sun occupies a place sgme where about the middle of its thickness, and near the point where it subdivides into 2 principal streams, < Phil. Trans., vol. Ixxv. p. 244. 1785. f Results of Attron. 06*., &c., p. 381. i Ib'uJ., vol. Ixxxv. p. 70. 1795. For more on this subject, see < e Etudes iVAstrononiieStellnire, p.6i. qfAtt. 110 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. inclined to each other at a small angle. It is clear, then, that to an eye viewing the stratum from S, the apparent density of the stars would be least in the direction S D, or S E, and greatest in the direction S A, SB, SO, and this corresponds generally to the observed facts g . " Such is the view of the construction of the starry firmament taken by Sir William Herschel h , whose powerful telescopes first effected a complete analysis of this wonderful zone^and demonstrated the fact of its consisting entirely of stars i ." Fig. 80. HERSCHEL'S STRATUM THEORY. Though we talk of the "starry" heavens, and especially associate the Milky Way with the idea of stars, yet it must be remembered that there exist in the Milky Way certain places which seemingly are absolutely devoid of stars. When Sir John Herschel was preparing for his well-known expedition to the Cape of Good Hope in 1833, his aunt Caroline Herschel wrote and requested him to pay particular attention to the tail of the * Hind, in Atlas of Astronomy. h Thomas Wright, of Durham, first started this idea in 1734 (see his Original Theory or New Hypothesis of the Uni- verse, London, 1751). An analysis by Prof. De Morgan of this curious work will be found in the Phil. Mag., 3rd ser., vol. xxxii. p. 241. April 1848. 1 This paragraph is in substance taken from Sir John Herschel's Outlines ofAst., p. 569, a source of information selected for the obvious reason that Sir John ought to have known better than any man what his father's views were; but Proctor has pointed out with some force that there are grounds for the opinion that this " Stratum Theory " of Sir W. Herschel (which dates back to about 1784) was in part abandoned in after years by its author. It is not a little strange that if this be the case no one should have found it out for nearly ^ths of a century. Proctor relies especially on a passage in Phil Trans., vol. ci. p. 269. 1811. (See Month. Not., vol. xxxiii. p. 541. Oct. 1873.) CHAP. VI.] The Milky Way. Ill Scorpion, because Sir William Herschel had been much struck with the absence of stars there, and with the altogether ab- normal disposition of the nebulous matter which exists there. Sir John, writing to his aunt on June 6, 1834, replied that he had examined parts of the constellation Scorpio as requested, and that he had found many clusters of stars, and a nebula of remarkable shape. His aunt in thanking him said : " It is not to clusters of stars that I was referring. One night your father, after a long and painful silence, cried out, Hier ut wahrhaftig ein Loch im Himmel, and after having dwelt a long time on it he left it not knowing what to make of it." On the strength of this statement Sir John Herschel seems to have returned to the subject, with the result that he found in the following positions patches of sky absolutely devoid of all stars : B.A. Decl. h. m. o / 16 15 -23 56 16 19 26 3 16 23 24 25 16 26 24 14 16 27 -24 o Ultimately it would seem that he found no fewer than 49 such void spaces. Figure 81 represents a black void in the heavens observed and described by Trouvelot in August, 1876. It is situated in the constellation Sagittarius, in R.A. i; h 56 m and Decl. -27 51'. This black hole is almost circular; on the north-west of it there are 4 stars, the brightest of which is orange-coloured. To the East of this hole there is another void space, in shape a narrow crescent, but this space is less black and less sharply defined than the former k . By the Greeks the Milky Way was termed the TaAa^'as or KVK\O$ yaXaKTiKos, and by the Romans the Circiilus lacteus or Orbis lacteus ; from our ancestors it received the names of "Jacob's Ladder," the " Way to St. James's," " Watling Street," &c. The diversity of the ancient names was equalled only by the diversity k L'Astronomie, vol. iii. p. 421. Nov. 1884. 112 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. of opinions that prevailed as to what it was, Metrodorus con- sidered it to be the original course of the Sun. but that it was abandoned by him after the bloody banquet of Thyestes ; others, that it pointed out the place of Phaethon's accident; whilst a 3 rd class thought that it was caused by the ears of corn dropped by Isis in her flight from Typhon. Aristotle imagined it to be the result of gaseous exhalations from the Earth, which were Fig. 81. BLACK SPACE VOID OF STARS IN THE CONSTELLATION SAGITTARIUS. set on fire in the sky. Theophrastus declared it to be the soldering together of two hemispheres ; and finally, Diodorus conceived it to be a dense celestial fire, showing itself through the clefts of the starting and dividing semi-globes. The speculations of Democritus 1 and Pythagoras were to the effect that the Galaxy was neither more nor less than a vast assemblage of stars. Ovid speaks of it as a high road " whose groundwork is of stars." Manilius uses similar language. In 1 Plutarch, T)c Plant., lib. iii. cap. i. CHAP. VI.] The Milky Way. 113 an English version of Manilius m his allusion to the Milky Way runs as follows : " Or is the spacious bend serenely bright From little stars, which there their beams unite, And make one solid and continued light ? " It is singular that Ptolemy has in none of his writings expressed any opinion on it. Our own ancestors supported the star theory. In Milton we find mention of that " broad and ample road, Whose dust is gold, and pavement, stars." m Astronomicon, lib. i. cap. xv. VOL. III. 114 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. CHAPTER VII. - THE CONSTELLATIONS. List of those formed by Ptolemy. Subsequent Additions. Remarks by Herschel, &c. Catalogue of the Constellations, with the position of, and Stars in, each. constellations have already been referred to generally in this chapter they will be set out more particularly. Ptolemy enumerates 48 constellations: 2i northern, 12 zodi acal, and 15 southern, as follows : Northern. 1. Ursa Minor. The Little Bear. 2. Ursa Major. The Great Bear. 3. Draco. The Dragon. 4. Cepheus. 5. Bootes, or Ardophylax. The Bear Keeper. 6. Corona Borealis. The Northern Crown. 7. Hercules, Engonasin. Hercules kneeling. 8. Lyra. The Harp. 9. Cygnus, Gallina. The Swan. 10. Cassiopeia. The Lady in her Chair. 11. Perseus. 12. Auriga. The Charioteer. 13. Ophiuchus (Serpentarius). The Serpent Bearer. 14. Serpens. The Serpent. 15. Sagitta. The Arrow. 16. Aquila, Vultur volans. The Eagle. 17. Delphinus. The Dolphin. 1 8. Equuleus. The Little Horse. 19. Pegasus, Equus. The Winged Horse. 20. Andromeda. The Chained Lady. 21. Triangulum. The Triangle. Zodiacal. 1. Aries. The Earn. 2. Taurus. The Bull. 3. Gemini. The Twins. CHAP. VII.] The Constellations. 115 4. Cancer. 5. Leo. 6. Virgo. 7. Libra, Chelce. 8. Scorpio. 9. Sagittarius. 10. Capricornus. 11. Aquarius. 12. Pisces. 1. Cetus. 2. Orion. 3. Eridanus, Fluvius. 4. Lepus. 5. Canis Major. 6. Canis Minor. 7. Argo Navis. 8. Hydra. 9. Crater. 10. Corvus. 11. Centaurus. 12. Lupus. 13. Ara. 1 4. Corona Australis. 15. Piscis Australis. The Crab. The Lion. The Virgin. The Balance. The Claws [of Scorpio]. The Scorpion. The Archer. The Goat. The Water Bearer. The Fishes. Southern. The Whale. Eridanus, The River. The Hare. The Great Dog. The Little Dog. The Ship " Argo." The Snake. The Cup. The Crow. The Centaur. The Wolf. The Altar. The Southern Crown. The Southern Fish. Tycho Brahe (d. 1601) added 1. Coma Berenices. 2. Antinous. (Both Northern Constellations.) Bayer (circa 1603) added a The Hair of Berenice. 1. Pavo. 2. Toucan. 3. Grus. 4. Phoenix. 5. Dorado, XipMas. 6. Piscis Volans. 7. Hydros. 8. Chamseleon. 9. Apis. 10. Avis Indica. 11. Triangulum Australe. 12. Indus. The Peacock. The American Goose. The Crane. The Phoenix. The Sword Fish. The Flying Fish. The Water Snake. The Chameleon. The Bee. The Bird of Paradise. The Southern Triangle. The Indian. (All Southern.) a Perhaps it would be more correct to say that Bayer "adopted" rather than "added," which might seem to imply I original design on his part. With this, Lynn asserts, he must not be credited. (Observatory, vol. ix. p. 255, July 1886.) 116 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. Royer, in 1679, added b 1. Columba Noachi. 2. Crux Australis. 3. Nubes Major. 4. Nubes Minor. 5- Lilium. The Dove of Noah. The Southern Cross. The Great Cloud. The Little Cloud. Fleur-de-Lys. The Lily. (All Southern Constellations.) Halley, about the same period, added i. Robur Caroli. Charles's Oak. (A Southern Constellation.) Flamsteed's maps also contain 1. Mons Maeualus. The Mountain Msenalus. 2. Cor Caroli. Charles's Heart. (Both Northern Constellations.) Hevelius, in 1690, added 1. Camelopardus. 2. Canes Venatici, Asterion et Cham. 3. Vulpecula et Anser. 4. Lacerta. 5. Leo Minor. 6. Lynx. 7. Scutum, or Clypeus, Sobieskii. 8. Triangulum Minor. 9. Cerberus. (All Northern 10. Monoceros. n. Sextans Uraniee. The Cameleopard. The Hunting Dogs. The Fox and the Goose. The Lizard. The Little Lion. The Lynx. The Shield of Sobieski. The Little Triangle. and) The Unicorn. The Sextant of Urania. (Southern Constellations.) La Caille, in 1752, added 1. Apparatus Sculptoris. 2. Fornax Chemica. 3. Horologium. 4. Reticulus Rhomboidalis. 5. Gael a Sculptoris, 6. Equuleus Pictoris. 7. Pyxis Nautica. 8. Antlia Pneumatica. 9. Octans. 10. Circinus. 11. Norma, alias Quadra Euclidis. 12. Telescopium. 13. Microscopium. . 14. Mons Mensae. The Apparatus of the Sculptor. The Chemical Furnace. The Clock. The Rhomboidal Net. The Sculptor's Tools. The Painter's Easel. The Mariner's Compass. The Air Pump. The Octant. The Compasses. The Rule, alias Euclid's Square. The Telescope. The Microscope. The Table Mountain. (All Southern Constellations.) b Lynn has challenged the accuracy of this statement, asserting that the first 4 of these constellations were simply bor- rowed by Royer. (Observatory, vol. ix. p. 313, Sept. 1886.) CHAP. VII.] The Constellations. 117 Le Monnier, in 1776, added 1. Tarandus. The Rein Deer 2. Solitarius. The Solitaire. (The former in the Northern, the latter in the Southern hemisphere.) In the same year Lalande placed Messier's name in the heavens, by forming a constellation in his honour, near Ta- randus. Poczobut, in 1777, added Taurus Poniatowskii. The Bull of PoniatowsH. (Between Aquila and Ophiuchus.) Hell formed in Eridanus Psalterium C4eorgianum. George's Lute. And, finally, in Bode's maps we meet with 1. Honores Frederici. The Honours of Frederick. 2. Sceptrum Brandenburgicum. The Sceptre of Brandenburg. 3. Telescopium Herschelii. Herschel's Telescope. 4. Globus Aerostaticus. The Balloon. 5. Quadrans Muralis. The Mural Quadrant. 6. Lochium Funis. The Log Line. 7. Machina Electrica. The Electrical Machine. 8. Officina Typographica. The Printing Press. 9- Felis. The Cat. Making in all 109 constellations. This number by no means exhausts the list of those which have been proposed by different persons 6 . A writer in the English Cyclopedia very pertinently remarks : " In fact, half-a-century ago, no astronomer seemed comfortable in his position till he had ornamented some little cluster of stars of his own picking with a name of his own making." Sir J. Herschel said: "The constellations seem to have been almost purposely named and delineated to cause as much confusion and inconvenience as possible. Innumerable snakes twine through long and contorted areas of the heavens, where no memory can follow them ; bears, lions, and fishes, small and large, northern and southern, confuse all nomenclature," &c. Many of the above smaller constellations are very properly rejected by modern uranographers, and in the list which follows c There appear to be 2 Musca's : ono tion for Bayer's Apis ; and the other so named by La Caille by way of substitu- formed by Bode out of stars near Aries. 118 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. in the next chapter only those asterisms will be found which are generally acknowledged in the present day, and even some of these were rejected by Argelander d . Argelander has given the following numbers as representing the stars of the magnitudes stated : I st mag. = 20 65 190 4 tn mag. = 5 th - 6 th , 425 noo 3200 7 th ma<: 8 fch = 13,000 = 40,000 = 142,000 Grant's figures for the first 6 magnitudes are : 18, 68, 102, 428, i zoo, and 2878. According to Argelander the number of stars visible to the naked eye at Berlin is 3256. The number, of course, increases as we approach the equator, owing to the wider expanse of heavens opened up by the diurnal movement. C. Von Littrow 6 for the Northern hemisphere has made an enumeration as follows : 9* h mag. --= 237,131 Nebulous = 62 Variable = 64 d Proctor attempted a Reform of the originals which he condemned. Constellations on his own account, but e Ast, Nach., vol. Ixxiii. No. 1741. his proposed modifications of existing Feb. 20, 1869. names were far more barbarous than the I st mag. = 10 5 th mag. = 1 001 2" J = 37 6 th = 4386 3 55 = 130 7 th = 13,823 4 th = 312 8 th = 58,095 CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 119 CHAPTEE VIII. A USEFUL CATALOGUE OF NAKED EYE STARS. information which now follows respecting the constella- tions is designed to serve but a single purpose ; to facilitate their study and the identification of their stars by the naked eye. Materials for the guidance of observers working with the telescope must be sought in Chapters X to XIII (post}. The French and German names of the constellations are given because they will often be useful to readers consulting books in those languages, and those names are not always to be found correctly rendered in common Dictionaries. The term " meridional centre of constellation " may be thus explained. Project a line through the given R.A., and another through the given Declination, and their point of intersection will fall on a central part of the constellation, a celestial globe or map being employed. It frequently happens in dealing with astronomical matters of various kinds that it is necessary to mention particular stars either by their names or by the letters or numbers commonly employed to indicate them. The reader or the listener whose attention is thus called to a particular star will often find it diffi- cult on the spur of the moment to hunt it up in a catalogue, or in works such as Smyth's Cycle. Accordingly he will often find it con- venient to have at hand a catalogue of the principal stars arranged, not in the true scientific order of Right Ascension, but gathered together in groups according to their constellations. Hence the raison d'etre of the present catalogue in the form given to it. It is intended to exhibit all stars whatsoever down to the 5 th magnitude, with a certain number of the more important of 120 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. those which are usually ranked as being between the 5 th and the 6 th magnitudes. It fortunately happens that astronomers have now at command 2 or 3 very important works reducing into shape and order the question of star magnitudes in a way which has never before been attained. I am alluding more especially to Pickering's Harvard Photometry and Pritchard's Uranometria Nova Oxoniensis as regards the Northern hemisphere ; and to Gould's Uranometria Argentina as regards the Southern hemisphere. The 2 former works have already been mentioned as regards the principles upon which they are constructed a . It suffices for the purposes of the present chapter to be able to record the fact that they have been constructed on definite principles. This remark does not with perfect strictness apply to Dr. Gould's work, for that is based on the old-fashioned method of eye estimates and not on anything instrumental, which is a great misfortune, having regard to the scarcity of information re- specting the stars of the Southern hemisphere. However, it is abundantly evident that very great care and trouble was expended on it, and the results, so far as eye estimates of star magnitudes are concerned, are worthy of a high degree of con- fidence. I wish that my praise of Dr. Gould's labours could extend beyond this, but that is impossible, for he has given to the world the results of the labours of himself and his staff in a form which combines the maximum of confusion with the minimum of convenience. It has already been pointed out in these pages b that the astronomers of the last century left the constellations of the Southern hemisphere in a condition of much ambiguity and confusion. Attention was called to this fact by Sir John Herschel after his return from the Cape in 1837. He propounded c a scheme of reform which was deemed at the time far too radical to be reasonable or necessary. But F. Baily took advantage of his opportunities to do something ; in point of fact he accomplished a very large measure of reform in his capacity of Editor of the Catalogues of Lacaille and of La Lande and of a See p. 12, ante. b See p. 17, ante. c Cape Obs. p. 305. CHAP. VIIL] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 121 the compilation so widely known and appreciated as the British Association Catalogue. On these works Gould remarks in the following terms: " The notation employed in these three works is essentially the same, and whatever may be thought of its merits, it has mos't assuredly tended to reduce the amount of discordance and to simplify the nomenclature, especially for the Southern stars. For, although it has been employed only to a very limited extent by the astronomers of other nations, a very large proportion of the practical astronomers in the Southern hemi- sphere has been supplied by England d ." It is passing strange that the man who could have written the foregoing remarks should have sought to perpetrate the extravagant changes in the settlement accepted by all his pre- decessors which Gould has done. The result is a series of anomalies and monstrosities in the boundaiies of his Southern constellations and in the lettering of the stars therein wholly unparalleled in the annals of astronomy. The reader will not be surprised to hear that, holding these views, and hoping that Gould's mischievous innovations will not command the assent of astronomers generally, I have wholly disregarded them in this and the other Catalogues of this volume, in which nothing has been drawn from Cordoba sources except information applicable to the physical circumstances of particular stars examined by the Cordoba observers. This information, thus for the first time made accessible to the general reader in England, will no doubt be highly appreciated. Nor is it possible to praise too highly the value and importance of the Harvard results, albeit that the Harvard Catalogue is printed by no means in the most con- venient form possible as regards the arrangement of the matter which appears in its pages. Very much more convenient indeed is the form of the Urano- metria Oxoniensis^ but that work came into my hands too late for me to make as much- use of it as I should have liked to have done. I frequently found it a matter of considerable difficulty to pick out the Cordoba stars which I wanted to identify, and no d Introduction to the Uranometria Argentina, p. 59. 122 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. wonder, having regard to what has gone before. The difficulty of finding any particular star was only equalled by the difficulty of finding any particular constellation, as will be readily under- stood from the fact that Gould states the " order " in which the constellations are arranged " is such that, beginning with Octans, which includes the south pole, they follow the order of the polar distances of their southern limits, proceeding spirally around the celestial sphere in the direction of Jlight Ascensions." The inconvenience of this will be best understood by a reader who wishes to consult the Argentine volume, and has only 2 hours at his disposal for hunting up a dozen stars. It does not appear necessary to offer any detailed remarks with respect to the construction of the present Catalogue. Flam- steed's Catalogue and the B. A. C. are the basis of it generally, whilst the lettering depends, with scarce a single exception, on the authority of Baily. The stars chosen, the magnitudes were then attached to them from the Harvard Photometry when the stars were to be found therein : after that recourse was had to the Uranometria Argentina. It was then found that those two works together included virtually the whole of the stars required, with only one or two exceptions. The places are more or less those of Harvard for the Northern hemisphere, and of Stone's Cape Catalogue for the Southern hemi- sphere. The constellations in their names conform to the lists already given e The selection of the stars here given has been made on the following principle. The Catalogue was (as stated above) in- tended to include all stars down to the 5 th magnitude. To make sure of this I included all stars ranked by the Harvard observers down to 5-2, or by the Cordoba observers down to 5-5- All other Harvard stars between 5-3 and 5-5 inclusive, and all remaining Bayer's stars down to 5-9 if lettered with Greek letters, and all other Cordoba stars between 5-6 and 5-9 inclusive, have been put together by constellations in paragraph form by e See p. 114 et seq., ante. CHAP. VIII] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 123 way of supplement to the Tables. But in a few cases, in order not to exclude stars which have long borne a Greek letter as their designation, the 5-9 limit has been disregarded, and accord- ingly a few stars marked as 6-0 or something less will be found here and there. The various lists taken together should, if my work has been properly performed, embrace every star in the heavens down to the magnitude of 5-5 ; but owing to the extreme difficulty experienced in collating the Cordoba lists (for the reasons already given), I am not fully confident that the record is absolutely complete. In the column headed " Magnitude," when there is only one entry its source will be indicated by the entry in col. 5; that is to say, a group of figures only in the 5 th column are Harvard figures ; but a group of figures with A prefixed are Cordoba figures from the Uranometria Argentina. But if there is a second entry in the " Magnitude " column, or within the same parenthesis in the Supplementary Lists, it is from the Uranometria Nova Oxoniensis. The estimates in that work are given to 2 places of decimals, but in transcribing the results I have been content to take the nearest first decimal, in excess or defect, as the case might be. Inasmuch as the magnitudes of a very large number (perhaps of two-thirds) of the stars here given are photometric, whilst the remainder depend only on eye-estimates, it seemed expedient to take some steps to indicate which were which. It has been already pointed out in a previous paragraph that the Cordoba estimates can in the Tables be immediately discriminated from the Harvard and Oxford photometric values by reason of the fact that a capital A is everywhere prefixed to the reference numbers of the Cordoba stars. The question then arose, how to indicate the diverse origins of the magnitudes of the stars in the supplementary lists prepared to complete the muster roll of each constellation up to mag. 54 or thereabouts (which was the task I proposed to myself) without inconveniently multiplying symbols or marks in the printing. I think the distinctions will be discoverable without difficulty 124 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. if the following facts are borne in mind. The Harvard Photometry extends from the N. Pole to Decl. 30, and also embraces occasionally a star which is a degree or two more to the S. The Uranometria Oxoniensis also extends from the N. Pole beyond the the Equator, but terminates very exactly at Decl. 10. The Uranometria Argentina extends from the S. Pole beyond the Equator up to Decl. + 10. It therefore overlaps Harvard to the extent of 40 and Oxford to the extent of 20. But notwith- standing this overlap, 1 have made absolutely no use whatever of the Argentine figures except in their own proper territory (so to speak) of the Southern hemisphere through the 60 of Declin- ation from 30 to 90. Within those limits all the values of magnitude (excepting, as above mentioned, a few Harvard stars lying between 30 and 34) are Argentine ones. It only remains then to be added that the position of a constellation, whether it be wholly N. or wholly S. of Decl. 30, determines the authorship of its star magnitudes. Constellations which are cut by the 30 line of Declination are of course of mixed origin as regards their star magnitudes. Where any particular star bears a Greek or a Koman letter of designation, the reader must exercise a little discrimination of his own in deciding whether the magnitude assigned in this chapter is photometric or esti- mated ; but when it is a question of a numbered star, there need be no uncertainty, because I have adopted the following rule : No B. A. C. number is applied to a star whose magnitude is given estimated ; no Lacaille or Brisbane number is given to a star whose magnitude is photometric. I think it will be found, on a full examination, that to this rule no exception has in any case been made. As to certain of the stars, some annotations are desirable in order to reconcile or to point out doubts and uncertainties which exist ; but to have worked up the available materials exhaustively would have required more time and more space than was at my command. Many such annotations will be found in the 3 works already so often cited the Harvard Photometry, the Uranometria Oxoniensis, and the Uranometria Argentina and the reader desirous of pursuing the matter in detail must consult those works. CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 125 1. ANDROMEDA. Ft: Andromede ; Germ. Andromeda. Meridional Centre of Constellation f Preceding . . . Following ... North Approximate Boundaries, 1900. R.A. h. m. O 40 23 o 2 2 South Decl. + 38 + 55 -f 20 Andromeda is one of the largest and most important con- stellations in the Northern hemisphere. It comprises the following conspicuous stars : Mag. Mag. a (Alpheratz) (Mirach) 7 ( Almaac) . . . 2-1 2-2 2-2 3-4 37 3-8 3-9 It includes also 30 stars between mags. 4 5-2, and is rich in telescopic objects of interest and importance. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. Harv. . oxford. b. m. / I o I 8023 4073 22 56-4 + 41 41 3'8 37 2 ... 2 8028 4076 22 57'I + 42 7 5' 1 5'2 3 3 8036 4079 22 58-8 + 49 24 4'9 4'9 4 ... 7 8082 4104 23 7-1 + 48 45 47 4'9 5 8 8114 4120 23 I2'2 -f- 48 22 4'9 5'o 6 A. 16 8224 4'74 23 317 + 45 48 4' 37 7 I 17 8229 4176 23 32-3 + 42 36 4'3 4'5 8 K '9 8237 4183 23 34'5 + 43 40 4'4 4'3 9 t 20 8261 4!97 23 4' i + 45 45 5' 5' 10 a 21 4 5 O 2'2 + 28 26 2*1 2'O ii ... 22 * 16 13 o 4-1 + 45 24 4'9 5 <0 12 13 e 2 4 25 52 58 40 42 o 10-8 O I2-O + 38 i + 36 7 4*3 4'4 4-6 4-4 M TT 29 155 83 30*5 + 33 4 4-4 4-2 IS 30 164 90 o 32-2 + 28 40 4*6 4'3 126 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. K.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. o'rTrg.: Oxford. 16 5 31 166 9 2 h. m. o 32-9 / + 30 12 3'4 3'2 17 c 34 215 II 9 o 41-0 + 23 37 4-4 4 -I 18 I/ 35 227 I2 7 o 43-2 + 40 26 4'4 4' 6 '9 /* 37 259 I 4 8 o 50-1 + 37 5 1 3*9 4'Q 2O 9 38 264 ISO p 50-8 + 22 47 4-6 4-4 21 42 330 182 i 2-5 + 46 36 4' 3 4'4 22 43 334 l8 5 I 3-0 + 34 59 2'2 2'2 23 f 46 404 214 I 15-3 + 44 54 4'9 5'2 24 o> 48 432 228 I 20-5 + 44 47 4'8 4'9 25 A 49 441 234 I 22'9 + 46 23 5'2 5'4 26 50 480 2 4 8 I 297 + 40 48 4-2 4-2 27 ii 5 1 487 251 i 30' 6 f 48 i 37 3-8 28 X 52 492 254 i 32-6 + 43 46 5'i 5'2 29 T 53 502 259 i 33'6 + 39 58 4'9 5-o 30 ... 5 10 261 ' 34'5 + 4 2 i 5*2 5'4 31 ... 54 522 269 i 36-1 + 50 5 4' 2 4'3 32 7 57 628 324 i 56-5 + 4 1 45 2'2 2'I 33 ... 58 649 334 2 I'3 + 37 '8 4-8 5-1 34 ... ... IOO 59 o 21-8 + 43 44 5'2 5*4 35 6 60 676 349 2 5-8 + 43 40 5'i 5'i 36 c 62 706 364 2 n'5 + 46 49 5'2 5'4 37 ... 65 735 38i 2 i7'7 + 49 44 4'9 5'i Fl. ii (5-3); Fl. 14 (5-3)5 Fl. 15 (5-5); Fl. 18 (5.3); p (5-3); Fl. 28 (5.3); B.A.C. 152 (5-4) J Fl. 36 (5-4) J Fl. 41 (5-3) ; Fl. 47 (5-5) ; Fl. 64 (5.5). 2. ANTLIA PNEUMATICA. Fr. La Machine Pneumatique ; Germ. Die Luftpumpe. R.A. Decl. h. m. o Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding . . . Following Approximate Boundaries, 10 O 9 25 11 20 South 35 - 2 5 CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 127 This is a small constellation destitute of conspicuous stars, the largest, a, being only of mag. 4-5. There are only 2 others which are brighter than mag. 5-2. It lies immediately to the N. of Argo, to which constellation its stars are sometimes regarded as belonging. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. o?Ar V g. : Oxford. h. m. o / 1 1 ... 3M4 A 2 9 24-3 35 25 5'0 2 e 3332 1746 9 38-9 -27 13 4'9 3 a ... 3578 1842 IO 21'7 30 27 4'5 rj (5.6); Lac. 4234 (5.8); Lac. 4278 (5.7); 8 (6-0); Lac. 4358 (5.9); Lac. 4415 (5.9) ; Lac. 4483 (5-8) ; Lac. 4527 (5.1) ; Lac. 4580 (5-8). 3. APUS. FT. L'oiseau de Paradis ; Germ. Der Paradiesvogel. R.A. Decl. h. m. o Meridional Centre of Constellation 15 30 76 Preceding 13 o Following ... 17 30 North -70 1 9- f x South -84 Apus is a small southern constellation with only one star (a) i bright as mag. 3-9, though it has 7 of mags. 4 $? Approximate Boundaries, No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. SZi <*' h. m. / I e ... 4660 A 4 13 537 76 13 Si 2 n ... 4692 A 6 H 3'3 80 26 5'3 3 e 4712 A 9 14 8-1 - 79 33 5*5 4 a ... 4833 A 14 14 33'o -78 32 4-0 5 5 ... 5339 A 40-1 16 2-5 78 23 4-6 6 7 5439 A 44 16 15-0 -78 38 3'9 7 ft ... 55' A 47 16 26^0 77 l6 4'5 8 t ... 5810 A 60 17 9'5 67 39 5'4 (5-8) ; 2 (5-9) ; S 1 (5-2) ; 8 a (5-5) 5 < (5'8). 128 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. 4. AQUARIUS. Fr. lie Verseau ; Germ. Der Wassermann. Meridional Centre of Constellation . / Preceding ... Approximate Following Boundaries, R.A. h. m. 22 2O 20 35 23 50 South Decl. + I -25 The two brightest stars, /3 and a, are only of mags. 3-1 and 3-2 respectively, but of stars between 4 5-2 mags, there are an unusual number (30), and many interesting telescopic objects. The principal stars are the following : Mag. 3-2 3-4 Mag. 3-6 3-8 3-8 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. oJ a Irg : Oxford - I 2 7196 3647 h. m. 20 41-2 o / 9 5 6 3-8 2 ... 3 7201 3649 20 41-4 - 5 28 4'6 4-8 3 P- 6 7 2 39 3666 20 46-2 9 26 4'8 4-9 4 V 13 7344 3723 21 3' I -n 51 4'6 5 * 22 74/8 3795 21 25-2 6 6 3-i .Vi 6 t 23 75H 3811 21 31-4 - 8 24 4-8 47 7 31 7672 3889 21 57'i 2 44 4-7 4-6 8 ... 32 7685 3896 21 58*6 - i 29 5' 2 5'6 9 a 34 7688 3899 21 59-6 - o 54 3-2 3-0 10 I 33 7691 3901 22 O'O 14 27 4'3 ii 43 7773 394 o 22 I0'5 - 8 23 4'3 = 4'4 12 7 48 7795 395 22 15-5 J 59 4-1 : 4-0 3 7T 52 7814 3960 22 19-1 + o 46 4-6 : 4-8 14 c 55 7832 3970-1 22 22'7 o 38 3.8J4^J3.7 15 (T 57 7840 3978 22 24*2 n 18 4-8 CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 129 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. 16 V 59 7864 399 i h. m. 22 28-1 / 21 19 S' 2 17 V 62 7868 3994 22 29-2 o 44 4-2 : 4-1 18 9 66 7922 4018 22 37-1 19 28 4-8 19 r' 2 7 1 7954 403 1 22 43'2 -14 14 4-i 20 X 73 7970 4040 22 46-4 - 8 13 3'8 : 3'8 21 S 76 7980 4047 22 48-3 16 28 3'4 22 c l 86 8047 4083 23 0'2 24 23 4-8 23 c* 88 8062 493 23 3'I 21 49 3-6 24 c 3 89 8069 4096 23 3'5 -23 6 4'9 25 f 90 8085 4106 23 8-1 - 6 41 4' 2 : 4'3 26 V 9i 8095 4109 23 9'6 9 44 4' ', 27 X 92 8102 4ii3 23 107 8 22 5'2 : 5'5 28 f* 93 8109 4119 23 117 9 5<> 4'5 29 tf 95 8116 4124 23 127 10 16 5' 1 30 94 8117 4125 23 12-8 -14 7 5' 2 31 V 98 8144 4139 23 167 20 45 4' i 32 b* 99 8161 4H5 2 3 J9'7 21 18 4'4 33 V 101 8202 4157 23 27-0 21 34 47 34 a 1 IO2 8232 4178 23 33' 6 H 53 5'2 35 A 2 104 8242 4187 23 35'5 18 29 4-8 36 CU 2 05 8246 4190 23 3 6 '5 -15 12 47 Fl. i (5-4); Fl. 5 (5-5); Fl. 18 (5-4); d (5-4); (5-4). Fl. 4* (5-5) J P (5-4)5 Fl. 47 (5-4); * (5-5)5 Fl. 38 (5-5)5 Fl. 68 (5-5); h (5-4) 5 Fl. 97 (5-3) J H.P. 4189 (5.5); i 1 (5.3) ; t 2 (5-4); Fl. 108 (5-3)- 5. AQUILA, [with ANTINOUS]. Fr. L'Aigle; Germ. Der Adler mit dem Antinous. R.A. Decl. h. m. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding ... Following . . . North Approximate Boundaries, 1900. 19 30 18 40 20 25 South + 2 + 16 12 VOL. III. 130 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. Aquila is but a small constellation ; it is, however, rich in large stars and double stars. The conspicuous stars are : Mag. 8 3-5 A 3-6 1 3-9 a ( Altair) . . . 7 C Mag. I-<3 2-8 3-4 There are 21 stars of mags. 4 5-2. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. oX.: Oxford. I 4 6379 3158 h. m. 18 32-8 o / + I 56 5' 1 5'o 2 ... ... ... 3227 18 52-9 + 17 12 5'2 5-o 3 ... II 6483 3229 1 8 53'6 + 13 28 5'2 5'2 4 13 6487 3231 18 54-2 + 14 54 4-1 3-8 5 ... 12 6492 3240 18 55'3 5 54 4-0 4-0 6 c 17 6528 3259 18 59-9 + 13 4i 3'i 3'i 7 \ 16 6526 326o 1 8 59-9 5 4 3'6 3'3 8 ... 18 6543 3264 19 1-3 + 10 53 5' 1 S'o 9 21 6572 3284 19 7-7 + 2 5 5' 2 5'2 10 ft) 25 6 595 3305 19 I2'2 + ii 23 5' 1 5*3 ii / 26 6614 3315 19 14-1 - 5 38 5'2 5'2 12 5 30 6646 3343 19 19-4 + 2 53 3'5 3*4 13 V 32 6653 3349 19 20-4 + 06 4'8 5'i '4 e 36 6679 336o 19 24-4 3 2 5*2 5' 2 '5 * 38 6701 3368 19 28-2 + 7 8 4'7 5'i 16 K 39 6 7 J 3 338o 19 30-4 - 7 18 4'9 5'o 17 I 4i 6715 338i 19 30-5 i 33 4'3 4'5 18 a 44 6729 3394 19 33-3 + 5 8 5'Q 4'9 19 7 50 6772 34 '8 19 40^6 + 10 19 2-8 2-8 20 a 53 6802 3429 19 44-9 + 8 33 I'O I'O 21 54 6805 3432 19 45*3 + 10 7 5'2 5'i 22 ? 55 6811 3436 19 46-4 + o 42 3'9 4'2 23 59 6825 3444 19 48-5 + 89 4'9 4'9 24 60 6833 3450 19 49-4 + 66 4' 3'7 2 5 65 6934 35H 20 5-1 in 3*4 3'3 CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 131 No. - Letter. " Flam- steed. . B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. ^ ""^ R.A. 1880. - ^ Decl. 1880. ^ Magnitude, or Arg. : Oxford - 26 P 67 6952 3523 h. m. 20 87 / + 14 50 5'i : 5'i 27 ... 69 7058 3580 20 23-4 - 3 17 5' 2 : 5-2 28 aa^j. 71 m_ 7122 1 3608 " 2O 32-1 i 31 4'4 : 4'6 fc'hi l-'aSC 5-4) J A ); Fl. ic (5-4) ; & (5-3); Fl 5); FI. 22 ( 1. 45 ffi._O : i 5-4); H.P. 3298 k' (K.-A) : t> (e..R} 57 (5-3); 0(5-4); r (5.6); 6. ARA. r. L'Autel; Germ. Der Altar. Meridional Centre of Constellation / Preceding Approximate i -n, . 1 Following . Boundanes, R.A. h. m. 16 50 16 10 18 o South Decl. o -55 -46 -66 Ara is a constellation small in size, but nevertheless possessed of a number of important stars. The chief of these are : Mag. 8 3-7 r] 3-8 Mag. 2-8 2.9 3-2 3-6 3-9 Of stars between 4 5i mags, there is but i, a remarkable disproportion. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. I , 5609 A 13 h. m. 16 39-4 / -58 49 3-8 2 c ... 5683 A 23 16 48-7- -55 48 3'2 3 6 1 5697 A 25 16 50*0 52 59 4-2 4 7 ... 5850 A 50 i7 I5-3 56 16 3-6 5 e ... 5852 A 51 17 15*3 -55 25 2-8 K 2 132 Th,e Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. o?Arg. = ^ford. 6 5 5877 A 60 h. m. 17 20'3 o / 60 35 3'7 7 a 5899 A 62 17 22'6 49 47 2'9 8 6 6105 A 84 17 57'3 50 6 3'9 Lac. 6824 (5-8); Lac. 6912 (5-6); e 2 (5.9$; i (5.8); ' (5-8); a (5.5); TT (5.8); (5-6); /* (5-7)- 7. ARGO. . Le Navire Argo ; Germ. Das Schiff Argo. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding Following ... North South Approximate Boundaries, 1900. R.A. h. m. 8 O 6 20 II O Decl. o - 4 - 9 -70 The constellation Argo in consequence of its great size has been by common consent divided into four divisions, respectively called Carina, Malus, Puppis and Vela, to which some add a fifth, Pyxis Nautica, a part of Malus. But for star-gazing purposes it is preferable to regard the constellation as one whole. The conspicuous stars are : (Canopus) Mag. 0-4 2-O 2-1 2-2 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-7 2.7 2-9 2.9 Mag. 2-9 3-o 3.2 3-3 3-4 3-5 3-5 3-6 3-7 3-7 39 These will be found scattered all over the constellation. The first-named, Canopus, is the second brightest star in the heavens, CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 133 being but slightly inferior to Sirius, which it precedes by only i8 m in RA. The Milky Way runs through the main part of Argo. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. DecL 1880. Magnitude. szi. <*** I a 2096 A 7 C. h. m. 6 21-3 / 52 38 0-4 2 V ... 2188 A 20 P. 6 34-1 -43 4 3-5 3 T 2256 A 39 P. 6 47-0 50 28 3-2 4 IT ... 2414 A 82?. 7 12-9 36 53 27 5 a ... 2482 A 99 T. 7 25-4 -43 4 3-5 6 7 2602 '474 7 44*3 24 34 3-4 7 X 2665 A 65 C. 7 537 5 2 39 37 8 f ... 2710 A 248 P. 7 59'4 39 40 2'5 9 /> 15 2728 i5'5 8 2-4 -23 58 2-9 10 7 ... 2755 A 9V. 8 5'8 ' 46 59 3 - o 1 1 1 I .. . 2833 A 890. 8 20-1 59 7 2'I 12 o 2950 A 56V. 8 36-9 52 29 4-0 1.3 5 2979 A 65 V. 8 41-4 54 16 2'2 14 \ ... 3126 A looV. 9 3'6 -42 57 2'5 T 5 a ... 3177 A i2 3 C. 9 11-9 69 14 2'O 16 t 3186 A 1270. 9 I3-9 - 58 46 2'5 ! 7 K 3213 A 129 V. 9 i8'4 54 30 27 18 * 3257 A 140 V. 9 26-0 -39 57 37 9 V 3365 A i6oC. 9 44' 1 64 31 3'3 20 4> ... 3410 A T7iV. 9 527 -54 o 3'9 2 I OJ 35 16 A i8 5 C. 10 10-9 ! 69 26 3-6 22 e 3686 A 2230. 10 38-7 -63 46 2-9 23 1 3695 A 231 C. 10 40-4 -59 3 Var. 2 4 /* 37 2 A 229V 10 41*6 -48 47 2-9 134 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. (i.) Carina. Meridional Centre of the sub- division i Preceding ... Following North South R.A. h. m. 8 40 6 20 II O The bright stars appropriated to CaAna are : 3-3 3-6 There are 30 stars between 4 54 mags. Decl. o -62 -53 -70 Mag. 3-8 32 var. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. DecL 1880. Magnitude. I 2176 A II b. m. 6 32-3 o / -52 52 4-8 2 B ... 2259 A 18 6 47-2 -53 29 4-8 3 Q ... 2524 A 50 7 327 52 16 5*5 4 ... 2694 A 73 7 57'5 60 15 5'5 5 D l 27'3 A 77 7 58-8 63 14 5'2 6 B a 2770 A 82 8 7-0 -60 56 5'3 7 e 2921 A 96 8 32-5 -57 35 5'4 8 d ... 2962 A 99 8 38-0 -59 19 47 9 f 2998 A 103 8 43-6 -56 19 5' 1 10 C 3064 A 108 8 52-3 60 1 1 4-0 ii b 1 ... 3>73 A 109 8 54-0 -58 46 5 '4 12 E ... 3134 A 115 9 4-6 7 3 5' 2 13 G 3136 A 1 1-6 9 4-8 -72 8 4'8 14 a 3'49 A 117 9 7'8 59 29 3-8 15 i 3152 A 119 9 8-6 61 50 4'3 16 U ... 3179 A 125 9 12-8 57 2 4'5 17 k ... 3212 A 132 9 1 8-0 61 53 5'5 18 h 3289 A 147 9 29-0 -58 42 4'9 19 m 3320 A 150 9 36'0 -60 47 5' 1 20 I 3353 A 157 9 41*9 -61 57 3l Var - CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 135 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. RA. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. ?1- : Oxford. h. m. o / 21 ? 3526 A 187 10 13-1 60 44 3'3 22 L 3564 A 191 10 19-4 66 17 5'4 23 I* ... 3585 A 193 10 22'0 73 25 4*3 24 8 3594 A 196 10 23-5 -58 8 4-6 2 5 K 3617 A 202 10 27-3 71 22 5-o 26 P 3619 A 203 10 27-8 -6, 4 3'6 27 r 3^35 A 208 10 30-9 -56 56 5'3 28 t* ... 3642 A 210 10 31-8 -58 56 5*5 2 9 e ... 3655 A 213 io 34-2 -58 34 5' 2 3 ... 3688 A 224 10 39-0 59 5 6 5'2 3' u 3740 A 246 io 48-6 -58 13 4'i 32 s 1 3805 A 257 ii 1-6 -61 46 5'3 33 X 3818 A 260 u 3'5 -58 19 4-6 34 y ... 3835 A 263 n 7*5 59 39 5' 2 Lac. 2601 (5-8); Lac. 2642 (5-7); Lac. 2783 (5-9); Lac. 2829 (5.7); Lac. 3046 (5-9); Lac. 3275 (5-7); 6 2 (5.7); Lac. 3846 (5-7); H (5.9); 2871 Brisb. (5.7); M (5.7) ; Lac. 4367 (5-6); Lac. 4375 (5.7); Lac. 4440 (5.7); Lac. 4455 (5.6) ; Lac. 4475 (5-8) ; Lac. 4657 (5.7). (ii.) Malus, with Pyxis Nautica. Meridional Centre of sub-division . / Preceding ... Approximate Following _ Boundaries, I North '9 00 ' South R.A. h. m. 9 8 20 9 20 Decl. o -30 21 -38 Some of the stars usually allotted to Malus were by Lacaille formed into a small sub-constellation by themselves and desig- nated Pyxis Nautica, the Mariner's Compass, but this has not been so generally accepted as all LacaiUe's other designations. The only bright star appropriated to Malus is a of mag. 3-6. There are 9 stars between 4 5i mags. 136 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. i 80. Dec!. 1880. Magnitude. o^Ar^ : Oxford - , f 2916 1590 h. m. 8 327 o / 25 5 5*0 2 ... 1593 8 33*9 22 l6 5' 1 3 / ... 2932 1595 8 347 29 8 4'9 4 6 ... 2935 A22Pyx. 8 35'4 34 53 4'4 5 2964 1604 8 39-2 32 45 3-6 6 c ... 3010 1621 8 45'4 27 16 4' 3 7 d 3051 i633 8 50-4 27 13 4'8 8 ... 3 I2i 5 66 3 9 2-8 -25 22 4-8 9 A 3195 1690 9 16-2 -25 27 4'9 10 3207 1693 9 i8'o 28 19 4'9 B.A.C. 2868 (5.4) ; Lac. 3549 (5.8) ; B A.C. 3130 (5-4)- (iii.) Puppis. Meridional Centre of sub-division Preceding ... Following North Approximate Boundaries, R.A. h. m. 7 40 6 20 8 20 Decl. 1900. South -32 ii -50 The only bright star appropriated to Puppis is c of mag. 3-6. There are 52 stars between 4 5J mags. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. oX : Oxford. h. m. / I T 933 A 66 Col. 5 55'5 42 49 4-0 2 z 2137 A 16 6 26-8 So 9 5'5 3 V 2193 A 21 6 35'5 48 6 5'3 4 X ... 2231 A 31 6 43'3 -37 48 5'3 5 X ... ... A 38 6 46-5 46 29 5'4 6 ... ... 2289 A 47 6 53'o -48 33 5'5 7 t ... 2295 A 49 6 54' 33 57 5 '4 8 c ... 2327 A 59 7 0'3 42 10 5'5 9 H ... 2332 A 61 7 0-8 49 2 4 5'3 10 A ... 2355 A 67 7 4'8 39 28 5'3 CHAP. VIII. J Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 137 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or A'-gsnt. Reference. E.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. o?Arg. : ^ford. h. m. o / II I ... 2389 A 71 7 9'T 46 34 4'8 12 L l 2392 A 72 7 97 44 50 5-3 13 .. 2404 A 78 7 ii'3 -48 3 5'0 H 2422 A 83 7 H'o 3 6 30 5 '3 15 ... 2 4 2 5 A 84 7 '4'4 36 3* 5'4 16 ... .. . 1416 7 24-8 22 46 4-8 T 7 ... ... 2484 1420 7 26-0 30 43 4-8 18 ... ... 1429 7 28-3 14 16 5'0 19 ... I43 1 7 29-0 22 2 4' 5 20 w 1 ... 2497 H32 7 29-3 -23 13 5'2 21 P ... 2508 H33 7 30*6 28 6 4'4 22 f 2523 A 127 7 32*9 34 4 2 4-8 23 m 2525 H43 7 33'3 -25- 6 4'3 24 &' 2530 M45 7 33'9 26 32 4-6 25 F ... 2531 1446 7 33'9 26 32 4-6 26 2538 *447 7 34'9 14 59 5' 2 27 - ; Lac. 3131 (5-8) "- (5-5). (iv.) Vela. Meridional Centre of sub-division Preceding Approximate ( Following Boundaries, R.A. h. m. 9 30 8 o II O Decl. South -38 -57 The only bright star appropriated to Vela is N, of mag. 3-2, There are 27 stars between 4 5i mags. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. DecL 1880. Magnitude. o?17g. : Oxford. h. m. o / I ... 2642 A 216 P. 7 49'7 49 18 5' 2 ... 2670 A 233 P. 7 54-8 -48 55 5'0 3 B 2823 A 26 8 18-8 48 6 5*4 4 ... 2866 A 34 8 25-4 -44 19 5'5 5 2926 A 48 8 33'4 4 2 34 4-6 CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 139 No. Lette Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent Reference R.A. 1880. Dec!. 1880. Magnitude. ,3S ' * h. m. o / 6 6 2947 A 53 8 36-7 46 13 4' i 7 2 9S5 A 58 8 37'3 46 S3 5'2 8 d 2973 A 64 8 40-1 -42 13 4'4 9 a 2 9 8l A 66 8 42-0 -45 36 4' i 10 H 3066 A 88 8 527 -52 15 5'4 1 1 ... 3081 A 91 8 55'6 -40 47 5 >2 12 c 3110 A 97 9 0*0 46 37 4-6 3 I 3163 A 115 9 10-9 -38 4 5'S H F 3165 A 117 9 10-9 -36 54 5'i '5 N 3269 A 144 9 27-6 56 30 3-2 16 L ... 3280 A 146 9 30-0 50 43 5*5 17 M 3300 A 148 9 32'6 -48 49 4'9 18 m 33^2 A 163 9 47-2 45 59 4'8 '9 Q 3472 A 186 10 4-4 5 1 '3 5'3 20 ? 3509 A 191 10 9-7 4 1 32 4-0 21 V 3536 A 2OI 10 I 5 'I 54 25 5'4 22 T 3546 A 203 10 i6'4 55 26 S'o 23 r ... 3552 A 204 to 17-2 4i 3 5'3 24 P ... 3589 Ai 95 C. 10 23-0 -57 i 5'4 25 * 3613 A 216-7 10 26-8 -44 27 5*4 26 ^ 3644 A 222 IO 32'2 47 36 4'i 2 7 X 3658 A 225 10 34'5 -54 58 48 28 * 3772 A 239 10 54'6 -4 1 34 4'5 Lac. 3180 (5.9); Lac. 3187 (5.9); Lac. 3228 (5-8); Lac. 3337 (5-7); F (5-7); C (5.6); Lac. 3486 (5.9); Lac. 3492 (5.9); D (5-8); g (5.7) ; / (5-6) ; Lac. 3596 (5-8) ; Lac. 3635 (5.9),- Lac. 3667 (5-9) ; Lac. 3723 (5-6); z (5.9); Lac. 3764 (5-6) ; Lac. 3765 (5.8); Lac. 3786 (5.8); I (5-8); Lac. 3894 (5.9); 391 7 (5-6); (5-8); (5-6); Gilliss 1186 (5.7); Lac. 4206 (5-8); Lac. 4336 (5-6); t (5-6); Lac. 4648 (5-8). 140 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. 8. ARIES. Fr. Tje Be"lier j Germ. Der Widder. Meridional Centre of Constellation / Preceding . . . Approximate Following Boundaries, < R.A. h. m. 2 30 I 40 3 20 South Decl. o 20 + 30 + IO In the head of Aries there are 3 stars which serve to indicate the position of the constellation, but otherwise it offers to the naked eye nothing to attract notice. These 3 stars are : Mag. 2-O 2-8 7 4-i 41 Arietis is of mag. 3-8, and besides y there are 13 stars between 4 5-2 mags. No. Letter. Flam- steed. RA.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. DecL 1880. Magnitude Harv. . oxford. h. m. o / I y 5 572 291 I 46-9 + 18 42 5 '1 2 7 2 5 573 292 I 46-9 + 18 42 5'J 4I 3 (9 6 577 295 I 48-0 + 20 13 2-8 2-7 4 7 8 592 299 I 50-8 + 17 U 5'2 5'2 5 \ 9 593 303 I 5I-I -{- 23 i 4'9 4'9 6 K 12 644 332 i 59'8 + 22 5 5'2 5'3 7 a 13 648 333 2 0-4 + 22 54 2'O 2*1 8 ... M 657 337 2 2-6 + 25 23 5'i 5' 9 ... 35 831 432 2 36-4 + 27 12 47 4'5 IO 38 844 435 2 38'4 + ii 57 5'2 5'4 1 1 ... 39 861 439 2 40-8 + 28 45 4-6 5-1 T2 ... 4i 8/2 445 2 42*9 + 26 46 3'8 3'6 13 6 48 921 472 2 52-4 + 20 52 4-6 4-2 14 5 57 986 505 3 4'8 + 19 16 4' 5 4'5 '5 c 58 999 515 3 8-0 + 20 5 6 4-9 4-8 CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 141 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Dec]. 1880. Magnitude. oX: Oxford. h. m. o / 16 ... 1025 528 3 '3'i + 28 37 47 : 4'8 !? T l 61 K>34 535 3 H'3 + 20 43 5'2 : 5'4 18 T 2 63 '45 542 3 15-8 -f- 20 19 5'2 : S'4 n (5-4) ; * (5-6) 5 (5-4) ; " (5-4) ; l. 55 (5-5) 5 Fl. 56 (5-5). 33 (5.4) ; f, (5.8) ; o (5-8) ; a (5.5) ; p (5.5) . 9. AURIGA. Fr. lie Cocker ; Germ. Der Fuhrmann. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding . . . Following North South Approximate Boundaries, 1900. R.A. h. m. 6 o 4 40 7 20 DecJ. o 42 + 57 + 27 Auriga is a constellation of large extent and with one star in particular, Capella. which in the absence of all others would suffice to make the constellation conspicuous. The chief stars are: Mag. a (Capella) ... 0-2 & ... 2-1 2-7 2-7 There are 28 stars between 4 5-2 mags. 3-3 3-8 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. DecL 1880. Magnitude, or Arg. I I 1476 835 h. m. / + 37 17 5' 2 5'3 2 2 1492 844 4 44'6 + 36 31 5' 5' 3 t 3 1520 862 4 49' 2 + 32 58 27 2-9 4 ... 4 1530 873 4 5 1 ' 1 + 37 4 2 5*' 5'3 5 7 1540 877 4 53'4 + 43 39 J2 3-6 6 c 8 1541 879 4 54' 1 + 40 54 4-o 3-8 7 9 1554 8 9 I 4 S7'3 + 51 26 4'9 5'i 142 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. E.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. ofATg. Oxford. h. m. o / 8 *? IO ,1558 896 4 58-1 + 4i 4 3'3 3'5 9 /* II 1602 922 5 5'2 + 38 20 4'9 5' 1 10 ... M 1614 930 5 7-6 + 32 33 5'2 5'3 ii a 13 1613 932 5 7'8 + 45 52 O'2 O'l 12 ... 16 1627 942 ..S 10-3 + 33 '5 5'o 5'o 13 A J 5 1631 944 5 10-7 + 4 o 5'o 5'o 14 '9 1636 949 5 I2 *i + 33 5 5'i S'4 5 /> 20 1645 954 5 I3H + 4* 4i 5'i 5'4 16 (5.3); o (5.4); Fl. 36 (5-5); Fl. 40 (5-3) ; Fl. 45 (5-5); Fl. 53 (5-5); ^ (5-4) J t* (5-3); H.P. 1274 (5.3) ; p (5-4); t* (5-9)5 Fl. 65 (5.3) ; Fl. 66 (5.3). CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 143 10. BOOTES. Fr. lie Bouvier ; Germ. Bootes. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding Following . . . North Approximate Boundaries, 1900. R.A. h. m. H 35 13 4 15 20 South Decl. o + 30 + 55 + 6 Bootes is one of the largest and most important of the Northern constellations, and possesses in Arcturus one of the most brilliant, perhaps the most brilliant, of the Northern stars, its rivals being Capella (a Aurigse) and Vega (a Lyrse). Its chief stars are : a (Arcturus) ... Mag. o-o 2-6 2.9 Mag. 3-5 3-6 3-6 3-8 There are 28 stars between 4 5-3 mags. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. JX 0rfOTi h. m. o / I T 4 4597 2333 13 41-6 + '83 4*5 4' 6 2 V 5 4615 2343 13 43'7 + 16 24 4'' 3-9 3 e 6 4618 2344 13 44' + 21 52 S'o 4'9 4 T] 8 4648 2360 13 49-0 + 19 o 2-9 27 5 ... 9 4656 2365 13 S 1 ' 1 + 28 5 5' 1 5' 6 d 12 4706 2385 14 4-9 + 25 40 4-8 4'8 7 ... !5 4724 2394 14 9-0 + 10 40 5'2 5'4 8 K 17 4726 2 395 14 9-2 + 52 21 4'4 4'5 9 a. 16 4729 2400 14 IO'2 + 19 48 o'o 0*3 10 \ 19 474i 2403 14 n-8 + 46 38 4'3 4'2 ii t 21 4742 2404 14 11-9 + 51 55 4-8 4'6 12 A 4747 2409 14 130 + 36 4 4'8 S'o *3 18 475i 2 4 I1 14 !3'5 + 1.3 34 5-2 5-2 14 20 4753 24 T 3 14 14-1 + 16 51 4-9 4'6 15 ... 4766 2420 H I7-5 + 9 o <5'o 5'3 144 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Letter Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference E.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude, or Arg. * 01 h. m. / 16 ... ... 4773 2423 14 l8'2 + 6 22 5'0 5'2 '7 P 23 4789 2426 14 2ro + 5 2 24 4'2 4-0 18 p 25 4808 2433 I 4 267 + 30 54 3-6 3-6 19 7 2 7 4812 2436 14 27-2 + 38 50 3-1 3-2 20 9 28 4823 2442 14 29-5 + 30 16 4'5 4'6 21 it 2 9 4847 2449 * M 35'i + 16 56 4-6 4-6 22 C 30 4849 2452-3 H 35'4 + M 15 3 ' 8 J4 4|- r9 23 31 4850 2454 14 35-8 + 8 41 5' 5' 24 34 4864 2459 14 38-2 + 27 3 4-9 48 25 35 4873 2466 H 397 + 17 29 4-8 4-6 26 6 36 4876 2467 H 39'8 + 27 35 2 6 2-5 27 37 495 2489 H 45'9 + 19 36 4-6 4-6 28 a; 4 1 4953 2513 14 56-9 + 25 29 4'9 47 29 )3 42 4958 2515 '4 57'4 + 40 5 2 3-6 3-6 30 * 43 4969 2520 M 59'3 + 27 25 4'5 4'4 31 t 44 4974 2 5 2I 14 59-8 + 48 7 4*9 4'6 32 c 45 4981 2527 15 2-0 f 25 20 5'0 5'i 33 5 49 5 r >36 2541 15 107 + 33 46 3'5 3'4 34 /< 5 1 5084 2561 15 20'0 + 27 48 4'4 4'5 35 */* 52 5122 2583 15 266 + 41 14 5-1 4-6 36 > 2 53 5130 2584 15 27-5 + 41 18 5'o 5'o Fl. 10 (5.3) ; B.A.C. 4699 (5-5) ; Fl. 13 (5.5) ; Fl. 14 (5-5) J / (5'4) J Fl. 3 3 (5-3) l. 39 (5-5) J B.A.C. 4906 (5.5); Fl. 40 (5-4) ; X (5-3) J (5'4)- 11. C^ELA SCULPTORIS -. Les Burins ; Germ. Der Grabstichel. Meridional Centre of Constellation Precedin J? Followi Norfch South A * Approximate Boundaries, R.A. h. m. 4 4 4 20 5 10 Decl. o - 4 2 -30 CHAP. VIIL] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 145 Caela Sculptoris, more generally known as Cgelum (a graving tool), is a small Southern constellation the brightest star of which, (a), is only of mag. 4-6, y being 4.7 ; and there are 2 others brighter than 54. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Eeference. E.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. oX : ^ h. m. o / I 8 H13 A 7 4 27-2 45 13 5*o 2 a ... 1458 A 9 4 367 -42 6 4-6 3 j8 ... 1464 A 10 4 37'8 37 23 5'i 4 y' *573 A 28 5 o-i 35 39 4*7 No stars within the limits 5.5 to 5.9. 12. CAMELOPARDUS. Fr. La Girafe ; Germ. Die Giraffe. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding Approbate -^ Boundaries, R.A. li. m. 5 40 3 o 8 o Decl. o + 70 South +53 Camelopardus is a long straggling constellation with a large number of medium stars (mags. + 4), but no conspicuous ones ; the 2 brightest of all (B.A.C. 1058, and (3) only attaining to mag. 4-2. Altogether there are 22 stars between 4 5-2 mags. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Eeference. E.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. Ha- g : oxford. h. m. / I ... IOOI 516 3 9'5 + 6 5 13 4'8 47 2 ... ... 1058 551 3 I9H + 59 3i 4' 2 4'5 3 1062 553 3 20-3 + 58 28 4-8 47 4 ... 1065 557 3 20-9 + 55 2 5'0 5' 1 5 ... III ( 583 3 3i-8 + 62 50 5'2 5'2 6 ... ... "33 59 6 3 35'6 + 62 58 5' 5' 2 7 7 "37 607 3 377 + 7<> 58 4-6 4*5 VOL. III. 146 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. E.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. JX Oxford. h. m. o / 8 ... "44 612 3 38-5 + 65 9 4-6 47 9 ... 1203 6 39 3 46-8 + 62 43 4'8 5' 10 ... 1204 641 3 46-9 + 60 45 5'i 5*2 ii ... 1237 659 3 54'6 + 58 49 4'9 5' 1 12 1293 711 . 4 7'4 + 53 18 5'2 5*i 13 a 9 1474 836 4 42-i + 66 8 4'4 4'5 14 ... 7 1504 856 4 477 + 53 34 4*5 47 *5 ft 10 r 53 6 876 4 52-7 + 60 16 4'2 4'3 16 ... ir I54 6 885 4 557 + 58 48 5'f 5'2 17 ... ... 1565 9 '3 5 2-8 + 79 5 5'i 5* 18 3i 1849 1078 5 44'2 + 59 52 5'2 5'5 9 ... 1980 "55 6 5-6 + 69 22 47 4'6 20 ... 42 2198 1270 6 38-4 + 67 42 4'9 4'9 21 43 2209 1279 6 40-8 + 69 i 5'i 5'0 22 ... ... 22IO 1288 6 42-6 + 77 8 4-6 47 H.P. 598 (5-3)5 B.A.C. 1300 (5.5); Fl. i (5.5); Fl. 2 (5.5); Fl. 3 '5-0 Fl. 4 (5.4); B.A.C. 1549 (5-5); Fl. 16 (5-3); Fl. 37 (5.3); Fl. 36 (5.3); Fl. 40 (5.5) B.A.C. 2095 (5.5); B.A.C. 2326 (5.3); B.A.C. 2590 (5.3); Fl. 55 (5.5); B.A.C 3528 (5-3). 13. CANCER. Fr. Cancre or L'^crevisse ; Germ. Der Krebs. R.A. Decl. h. m. Meridional Centre of Constellation 830 +20 . / Preceding 7 50 Approximate ( Followi "| 2O Boundanes, j North + I 9- ( South + 9 Cancer.has no more conspicuous star than /3 of mag. 3-8, but the cluster Prsesepe (M 44) will serve to indicate this asterism to the naked-eye observer. There are 14 stars between 4 5-2 mags. CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 147 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. E.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. o? a lrg. Oxford. h. m. / I ... 6 2672 *5&5 7 56-0 + 28 8 5'o 5' 1 2 8 2690 1507 7 58-4 + 13 28 5'i S'i 3 A* IO 2714 1511 8 07 + 21 S^ 5'2 5'5 4 ( 16 2744 1521 8 5'3 + 18 i 47 4'9 5 17 2778 1533 8 io'o + 9 33 3'8 37 6 X 18 2786 1536 8 12-8 + 27 37 5'i 5'2 7 ... 2822 1553 8 19-5 + 7 57 5' 1 5 : 4 8 7 43 2Q37 1597 8 36-3 + 21 55 4-8 4'9 9 5 47 2953 1602 8 37'9 + 18 36 4'3 4'3 10 t 48 2965 1605 8 39'4 +,29 I 2 ! 4-2 4'2 ii P ? 58 3026 1626 8 48-5 - +28 23 5' 2 5'3 12 o 62 3047 if>34 8 50-6 + IS 47 5' 2 S'S 13 a 65 3055 1639 8 Si'9 + 12 19 4' 3 4*4 '4 K 76 3111 1659 9 i'3 + U9 5'0 5'2 '5 77 3H7 1661 9 2-5 + 22 31 5'2 5'2 * (5-7) ;

ii 7042 3575 20 22'O l8 12 5'0 7 * 16 7U7 3638 2O 39*O 25 42 4'3 8 M 18 7227 3661 20 447 27 22 4'4 9 9 22 7305 3706 25 57'6 20 2C 5' 2 10 23 7322 3712 20 59 -2 ' 7 43 4'3 11 A 24 7328 3715 21 O'l 25 29 4-6 12 t 32 74>7 3756 21 T5'6 -17 21 4'4 13 C . 34 7445 3779 21 19-9 22 56 3-8 M 7, 36 7460 3783 21 21-8 22 2O 4'5 is t 39 7506 3809 21 30-4 2O O 4'5 16 7 40 7525 3818 21 33'4 17 12 3-8 7 4i 7539 3822 21 35'2 -23 4 8 5'2 152 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. E.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. 0?^.: Oxford. h. m. o / 18 K 43 7543 3824 21 36-0 I 9 2 4 47 19 c 46 7563 3838 21 38-6 9 38 5'2 20 8 49 7580 3848 21 40-4 1 6 40 3-0 21 V- 5i 7618 3864 21 46-8 -14 7 5'2 * (5-6) ; o (5.6) ; T (5.3) ; v (5.3) ; X Fl. 4 2(5. 3 ); A (5-4). (5'3) ; F1 - 2 9 (S'5) 5 (5-4) 18. CASSIOPEIA. Fr. Cassiope'e ; Germ. Cassiopeia. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding . . . Following North Approximate Boundaries, 1900. R.A. h. m. I O 23 o 3 10 South Decl. o + 60 + 77 + 4 6 Cassiopeia is a constellation of great extent and of great telescopic interest, owing to the fact that a rich part of the Milky Way runs through it, but the interest of its naked-eye stars chiefly resides in its well-known W group. The chief stars of the constellation are : 2-2 2 -3 2.4 2-8 c Mag. 3-6 3-6 3-7 and there are 31 stars between 4 5-2 mags. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. E.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. o?A5. ^ford. h. m. o / I I 8054 4086 23 i'5 + 58 47 5' 5' 2 2 4 8162 4144 23 I9-5 + 61 37 5' 2 5'5 3 ... 8188 4 J 53 23 24-5 + 57 53 4-8 4-9 4 T 5. ' 8268 4201 23 41-2 + 57 59 5' 2 5' 1 5 P 7 8310 4224 2 3 48-4 + 56 50 4-6 4-8 6 a 8 8330 4237 23 53'o + 55 5 5'0 5' 7 j8 ii 7 9 o 2-8 + 58 29 2-4 2-3 CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 153 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. B,A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. o?17g. i 955 493 2 58-9 + 73 56 47 4-8 37 ... 1001 5i6 3 9'5 + 65 13 4'8 38 ... I2II 650 3 5' -f 80 22 5' 2 Fl. 2 (5-4); B.A.C. 8083 (5-5) 5 Fl. 6 (5-5); B.A.C. 8322 (5-5) 5 Fl. ' (S-5); B.A.C. 79 (5-4); Fl. 12 (5-4); B.A.C. 197 (5-5) 5 B.A.C. 201 (5-4) 5 Fj. 23 ,5.3 ; B.A.C. 228 (5.4); B.A.C. 255 (5-5); Fl. 31 (5-3) J BA - C - 335 (5-4); Fl. 32 I Fl. 40 (5-5); Fl. 43 (5-5); Fl. 4 4 (5-5); Fl. 47 (5-4) J Fl. 49 (5-3) J Fl. 5 3 (f B.A.C. 777 (5-3). 154 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. 19. CENTAURUS. Fr. La Centaur ; Germ. Der Centaur. R.A. h. m. Meridional Centre of Constellation 1320 / Preceding ... 10 45 Approximate Followi Boundaries, Decl. -47 -33 -62 ( South Centaurus is a large and important Southern constellation, rich in bright stars, the whole of which are unfortunately in- visible in England. The prominent stars are : Mag. I'O 1.2 i-7 2.4 2-5 2-6 2.7 Mag. 2-8 3-3 3-4 3-4 3* 3-7 and there are 42 stars between 4 5J mags. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Keference. B.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. o?Ar V g. : Oxford. h. m. 1 I 7T 3866 A 24 II 15-6 53 50 4'3 2 ... 397 A 34 II 22-8 42 o 5'4 3 Lac.4774 ... A 37 II 262 -58 46 5-2 4 ... Lac.477 S ... A 38 II 26-3 -58 51 5'5 5 ... ... 3935 A 42 II 288 53 34 5'2 6 7 \ J Brisb. [3663 } 3938 394' A 45 A 46 II 30-1 II 30-3 -46 58 62 21 5'5 3'4 8 ... 3986 A 65 II 407 60 30 47 9 ... 3988 ' A 66 II 4O'8 -39 5o 5'4 10 ... ... 4000 A 69 ii 43-8 -63 7 4'9 ii ... 4007 A 71 ii 45*i 44 30 5'o 12 5 ... 4087 A 94 12 2'I 50 3 2-8 '3 /> ... 4 J 3 A 101 12 5-4 5 42 4'5 H K 1 ... 4174 A 113 12 I7'3 34 44 5'5 !5 a ... 4197 A 121 12 21'6 -49 34 4'3 CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 155 No. Lette Flam steed. B.A.C. ___ Harvard or Argen Beferenc ^ E.A. 1880. ^ __ Decl. 1880. . Magnitude. orAj. : Oxford - h. m. o / 16 T ... 42.SI Ai3i 12 31-1 47 53 4'4 J 7 ... ... 4262 A 132 12 33'4 39 20 r 18 7 4264 A 134 12 34'9 -48 18 r 4 19 ... ... 4272 A 136 12 35'9 -48 9 5 -4 20 4309 A 143 12 44-2 33 20 53 21 ... 4317 A 149 12 46-3 -48 17 50 22 4321 A 150 12 46-8 39 32 4-4 23 ... ... 4325 fA 52 1 Cruc. 12 47-6 56 32 4H 2 4 ... 4377 A 171 12 59'3 47 49 5-3 2 5 & 4379 ^ 173 12 59'9 49 16 4-8 26 ... 4412 A 183 13 4'8 59 16 5'4 27 ... 4417 A 185 r 3 5*3 37 10 5 '3 28 t 4458 A 204 13 13-9 -36 5 3*o 29 ... 44 6 3 A 208 13 H'9 60 21 5'2 30 4507 A227 13 24-1 -38 47 4-5 31 e 4549 A 2 45 13 32-3 5 2 5 1 2-6 32 i I 4579 A 265 13 38-9 32 26 4'5 33 4580 A 266 13 39'i 50 50 5'2 34 V 4601 A 272 3 42-3 4i 5 37 35 V- 4602 A 273 13 42-4 -4 1 53 3 '4 36 9 2 4603 A 274 I 3 42-5 33 5 1 4-6 37 k 3 4623 A 280 13 44 - 9 32 24 47 38 h 4 4629 2349 '3 46-3 31 20 47 39 c ... 4638 A 289 13 48-0 46 42 27 40 ... 4653 A 296 13 5!-o 41 32 4'i 4i u l ... 4654 A 297 13 5i'3 -44 13 4-2 4 2 t, 2 4668 A 303 13 54'2 45 i 5'o 43 jS 4669 A 304 J 3 55'4 -59 48 J'2 44 X 4681 A 31 1 13 587 40 36 4-8 45 e 5 4686 2 379 13 59'6 35 47 17 46 ... 4 6 95 A 321 14 1-9 52 5i 5 '4 47 ... 4735 A 336 14 11-9 55 49 5' 48 * 4745 A 338 J 4 i3'3 37 20 4'4 49 4759 A 342 M 157 - 38 58 4*9 5 *? ... 4811 A 356 14 27-9 41 38 25 1 156 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. E.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. * A 7 g . : Oxford. h. m. o / 51 a 1 4831 A 363 H 3i-4 60 2O 3i 5 2 a 2 ... 4832 A 364 J 4 3i-5 60 20 ro 53 ... 4842 A 368 H 34'5 37 16 4-2 54 4852 A 37i 14 36-3 34 39 4'3 55 ... 4858 A 372 H 37'6 34 4 5'4 56 K ... 4928 A 386 J 4 5' '4 4i 37 3'3 Lao. 4603 (5.5); Lac. 4649 (5.8); Lac. 4747 (5.7); Lac. 4785 (5.7); Lac. 4816 (5.9) ; Lac. 4815 (5.9) ; Lac. 4856 (5.7) ; Lac. 4868 (5-8) ; Lac. 4878 (5-9) ; Lac. 4992 (5.7) ; Lac. 5029 (5-8) ; Lac. 5037 (5.9) ; Lac. 5069 (5-8) ; Lac. 5092 (5.8) ; Lac. 5142 (5.8) ; Lac. 5150 (5.7); Lac. 5164 (5.9); Lac. 5211 (5-7) ; Lac. 5331 (5-8); ? (5-8) ; Lac. 5422 (5-7); Lac. 5437 (5.9); B.A.C. 4437 (5.5) ; Lac. 5531 (5-9); a (4); Lac. 5552 (5-8); Lac. 5632 (5.7); Lac. 5676 (5-8); Lac. 5700 (5.9); Lac. 5733 (5-7); Lac. 5850 (5-6) ; Lac. 5875 (5.9) ; Lac. 5893 (5-6) ; Lac. 6146 (5-8). 2O. CEPHEUS. Fr. C' (5-Sj J ** (5-8) ; m. 28 (5.4); Fl. 46 (5-3) 5 Fl. 49 (5-5) 5 *1. 5 (5-5) ; H.P 60 (5.4); Fl. 67 (5-5)5 H.P. 377 (5-5); H.P. 386 (5-5)5 B.A.C. 776 (5-5) 5 (5-5). 160 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. 22. CHAMELEON. Fr. Camele"on ; Germ. Das Chamaleon. K.A. Decl. h. m. o Meridional Centre of Constellation ... ... 10 40 78 Preceding ... ... ... 80 Following ... ... ... 13 o North ... 73 South .. -83 Approximate Boundaries, 1900. Chamseleon is a small and unimportant constellation not far from the South Pole which has no star brighter than a of mag. 4-2. It contains however 6 other stars nearly as bright, that is to say between 4-4 5i niags. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. K.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. SS. : ^- h. m. t I a ... 2849 A 4 8 21-6 7 6 32 4-2 2 9 2870 A 5 8 24-2 -77 6 47 3 c 3334 A 14 9 37'4 80 24 5'5 4 7 3660 A 23 10 34-1 77 59 4'4 5 S 2 37H A 26 10 44-6 -79 54 4'9 6 6 4048 A 37 " 537 77 33 4'9 7 ft 4 T 3i A 40 12 II'3 - 78 39 4-6 (5-6);* (5-8) ;* (5-6). 23. CIRCrNTTS. Fr. Le Compas ; Germ, Der Zirkel. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding . . . Following ... North Approximate Boundaries, 1900. B.A. h. m. I 4 5 14 10 15 20 South Decl. o -63 -55 -68 Circinus is a very small constellation with one fairly bright star a of mag. 3-5, and 3 others between 4 5i mags. CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 161 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.CL Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. oX : Oxford. h. m. o / I a ... 4835 A 17 14 32-8 -64 27 3'5 2 1 5007 A 43 15 7'5 63 9 5 '5 3 5011 A 44 15 8-1 58 21 47 4 7 ... 5

4 26 17 5-o VOL. III. 162 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Keference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. OX' Oxford. h. m. o / II e 1982 A 79 6 34 37 H 5'3 12 K 2034 A 84 6 12-3 -35 6 4-8 Lac. 1868 (5-9); Lac. 1895 (5-8); Lac. 1941 (5-7); Lac. 1936 (5-9); Lac. 1964 (5.7); Lac. 2067 (5-8); a (5.6); Lac. 2124 (5-8); Lac. 2130 (5-9); v* (5-8); Lac. 2217(5-8). 25. COMA BERENICES. Fr. La Chevelure de Berenice ; Germ. Das Haupthaar der Berenice. Meridional Centre of Constellation ! Preceding Following North South R.A. Decl. h. m. o 12 40 +27 II 50 13 30 + 32 + 14 Coma Berenices is a small constellation exhibiting a con- siderable number of medium-sized stars distributed over its whole area at something approaching equi-distant intervals. The brightest is /3 of mag. 4-4, but besides that there are 1 7 stars as bright as or brighter than 5-2. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Eeference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. oX. : Xf0rd - h. m. / I ... 6 4125 20/9 12 9-9 + 15 34 5'i 5' 1 2 T I 4127 2081 12 I0'3 + 24 37 5' 2 S'4 3 I I 4156 20 94 12 147 H- 18 27 4'9 47 4 ... 12 4169 2098 12 16-5 4-26 31 4-8 4-6 5 13 4181 2103 12 l8'3 f 26 46 5- 1 5'5 6 ... M 4191 2IO9 12 2O'4 + 27 54 5'' 5' 1 7 7 15 4'95 21 IO 12 2I'O -h 28 54 4*7 4'5 8 16 4196 211 I 12 21'0 + 27 29 S'i 5'4 9 ... *7 4207 2II 7 12 22'9 + 26 35 5'2 5' 10 ... 23 4240 2136 12 28-9 + 23 17 4'9 4-9 CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 163 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. o^Arg Oxford - h. m. / II 24 4242 2137 12 29-1 + 192 5-0 4-8 12 ... 31 4315 2181 12 45'9 + 28 12 5-0 5 -I 13 35 4328 2184 12 47-4 + 21 54 5 -I 5-0 14 ... 36 4351 2201 12 53-0 + 18 4 5 -0 5-2 J 5 37 4360 22O4 12 54*5 + 31 26 5-i 5'o 16 ... 4i 439 22l8 13 i'4 + 28 16 4'9 So T 7 a 42 4406 2226-7 13 4-2 + 18 10 4- 4 ! 5 JU'4 18 43 4421 2232 J 3 6-3 + 28 29 4'4 4'2 Fl. 18 (5-5); Fl. 21 (5.5); Fl. 26 (5.4); Fl. 27 (5.3). 26. CORONA AUSTRALIS. .Fr. La Couronne Australe ; Germ. Die Sudliche Krone. R.A. Decl. h. m. o Meridional Centre of Constellation ...... 18 30 41 Preceding ......... 17 55 Following . Approximate Boundaries / ate ies, South -45 Corona Australia is sometimes designated by foreign astro- nomers Corona Austrinus, but Australis is undoubtedly to be preferred. The brightest star is fi of mag. 4-1 : next follows a, which is 4-2. Six of the naked-eye stars, including the 2 just mentioned, near the following border are disposed in a curved line which Gore speaks of as a good example of a " star stream." Altogether there are 8 stars above the magnitude of 5i. No. Letter. Flam- steed, B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. H A 7 g . : Oxford. h. m. o r I 6 ... 6296 A 15 18 25-0 4 2 24 5' 1 2 ... 6378 A 24 1 8 39'3 40 31 5'5 3 e 6458 A 34 1 8 50-6 -37 '5 5'5 4 C ... 6484 A 39 18 54-6 42 15 5' 2 5 7 6511 A 41 18 5 8> 3 37 H 4-6 M 2 164 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Keference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. 5S.: Oxford. h. m. o / 6 5 ... 6523 A 43 14 o-o 40 41 5'Q 7 a ... 6535 A 44 19 1-3 -38 5 4'2 8 e ... 6541 A 46 19 r8 39 32 4'i 50 (5.6); Lac. 7621 (5.9); Lac. 7671 (5-6); Lac. 7680 (5.7); Lac. 7748 ;-4) ; Lac. 7790 (5-8) ; A (5-4); Lac. 7829 (5$) ; rf (5.7) ; Lac. 7909 (5-8) ; (5-7). Lac. 7550 (5-6) ; K (5 tf , Lac. 7916 (5-7). 27. CORONA BOREALIS. Fr. La Couronne Bore"ale ; Germ. Die Nordliche Krone. R.A. Decl. h. m. o Meridional Centre of Constellation 1540 +30 /' Preceding ... ... ... 15 10 Approximate Followi l6 2O Boundaries, North 1 9' South + 40 + 21 Corona Borealis is a constellation respecting which Webb remarked that it resembles "more than usual the object whose name it bears." The brightest stars are the following : Mag. 2-4 3-8 and there are 13 other stars between 4 52 mags. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude, o^rg. Oxford. h. m. o / I 9 2 5075 2559 15 18-2 + 30 43 5'o 5'o 2 3 5098 25/2 15 22'9 + 29 3i 3'8 3'8 3 4 5'3I 2 5 88 15 28M + 3i 46 4" 3 4'2 4 a 5 5M3 2594 15 29-6 + 27 7 2'4 2'2 5 c 7 5178 2614-5 15 34'9 + 37 2 4' 8 {~ 2J47 6 7 8 5'9 2 2625 5 377 + 26 41 4-2 3-9 7 8 10 5244 2643 >5 44'6 + 26 26 4-6 4-9 8 K ii 5259 2652 '5 467 + 36 2 47 5' 9 10 P 13 5302 53 T 9 2673 2685 15 52-6 J S 5 6< 5 + 27 H + 33 40 4-1 4-2 CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 165 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. h. m. / II 1 J 4 5321 2686 15 567 + 30 II 5'l 5'0 12 T 16 5385 2710 16 4-6 + 36 47 5' 2 5'' 13 19 5473 2750 l6 17-4 + 3' 10 4*5 4' 6 14 1 20 5479 275 1 16 17-8 + 35 5 5' 1 5'i 15 " 2 21 5480 2752 16 18-0 + 33 59 5 5' 1 ) ; /* (5-4) ; (5-7) ; (5-6) ; * (5-3) ; 28. CORVUS. Fr. Le Corbeau; Germ. Der Babe. Meridional Centre of Constellation / Preceding Approximate Following ... Boundaries, R.A. h. in. 12 30 II 55 1 3 O South Decl. -IS Corvus, though a small constellation, contains an unusual proportion of bright stars, several of which are suspected of variability. The principal stars are : Mag. Mug. /3 2-8 These form a trapezium. The star lettered a is now only of mag. 4-3, which seems remarkable, and it is difficult to believe that Bayer could have allotted that letter to that star if it had been in 1603 as small as it now is. Besides the foregoing stars there are 3 others as bright as 5-3 mag. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. Ha A rVt : Oxford, or Arg. h. m. . o r j a I 4090 2060 12 2'2 -24 3 4'3 2 2 4097 2063 12 4-0 2i 57 3' 1 3 3 4IOI 2066 12 4'9 22 56 | 5' 2 4 7 4 4124 2078 12 96 16 53 2-8 5 ^ 8 7 - 4211 . 2120 i 12 237 - 15 5' 3 -l 166 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV, No. Letter. Flam. steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Eeference. R.A. 1880. Dec!. 1880. Magnitude. Si ' 7 23 6847 3455 19 50-8 + 57 12 5'( 5'3 18 22 6849 3458 I 9 51-6 + 38 10 47 5-i 19 n 21 68 5 I 3460 19 51-8 + 34 46 4-0 4' i 20 * 24 6856 34 6 3 19 52-5 + 52 7 4-8 4'8 21 25 68 75 3479 19 55'5 + 36 43 5' 2 5'5 22 e 26 68 95 3486 19 580 + 49 4<5 5'2 5'3 23 b 2 28 6937 35 1 3 20 5'0 + 36 29 4-8 5-0 24 o' a 30 6962 3527 20 9'5 + 46 7 4'9 4'7 2 5 ;o lh 3 1 6965 3528 20 9'9 + 46 23 3-8 4-2 26 b 3 29 6967 3529 20 IO'I + 36 27 5'o 5'0 27 ... 33 6976 3532 20 io*6 + 56 12 4'4 4'5 28 ... 32 6983 354 1 20 I1'8 + 47 21 4'i 4'5 2 9 P 34 6990 3547 20 13-4 + 37 39 4'9 30 ... 35 6 99 8 3551 20 14-0 + 34 37 5'2 5'3 3 1 7 37 7022 35 6 4 20 17-9 + 39 52 2'3 2'2 3 2 39 7029 35 6 9 20 19-1 + 3i 48 4-6 4' 33 ^ - 4 1 L 7067 35 8 3 20 24-5 + 29 58 a 4-1 4-3 ^ 170 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Letter Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. *- : Oxford. h. m. / 34 cw 2 45 7085 3587 20 26-3 -I- 48 33 5-0 : 5-0 35 ... 47 7 J 3 3599 20 29-3 + 34 5i 4-8 : 5-0 36 a 5 7171 3631 20 37'3 + 44 5 1 i'5 : i'3 37 52 7'94 3 6 43 20 407 + 30 17 4'3 : 4*5 38 53 7204 3648 20 41-4 + 33 3i 27 : 2-4 39 T ... ... 3654 20 42-4 + 33 56 5*2 40 X 54 7213 3655 20 427 + 36 3 4-6 : 4-9 4i ... 55 7233 3662 20 44-9 + 45 40 5'o : 5'4 42 ... 5^ 7241 3665 20 45-9 + 43 36 5-0 : 5-2 43 57 7253 3673 20 49'0 + 43 56 4'6 : 4-8 44 p 58 7277 3687 20 527 + 4 42 4-1 : 4-2 45 / l 59 730i 3701 20 557 + 47 3 4'6 : 47 46 60 7306 3/05 20 57'0 + 45 4i 5'2 : 5*3 47 62 7333 37!6 21 0-6 + 43 27 37 : 4' 48 ... 61 7336-7 3717-8 21 I'5 + 38 10 5'i : S'o 49 r 2 63 7345 372i 21 2'5 + 47 10 5'i : 5'3 50 c 64 7368 3732 21 7'8 + 29 44 3'5 : 3'i 5i r 65 7385 374i 21 IOO + 37 32 3'9 : 3'6 52 a 67 7398 3745 21 I2'7 + 38 53 4'3 : 4'5 53 V 66 7399 3747 21 I3-0 + 34 24 4'4 : 4' 3 54 A 68 7402 3750 22 14'! + 43 26 5-0 : 5-0 55 ... /o 7462 3784 21 22'4 + 36 36 5'i : 5'i 56 P 73 753 3807 21 29-5 + 45 4 4-2 : 4-1 57 72 75t>5 3808 21 2 9 - 9 + 38 o S'o : 5' 2 58 ... 74 752i 3814 21 32-1 + 39 52 5'i : 5'2 59 7T 1 80 7560 3833 21 37'8 + So 38 4-9 : 4-9 60 /* 78 7568 3840 21 38-8 + 28 12 4'4 : 4'5 61 7T 2 8 1 759 8 3 8 56 21 42-4 + 48 45 4'4 : 4'8 CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. Ill 32. DELPHINUS. Jr. Le Dauphin ; Germ. Der Delphin. R A. h. m. Meridional Centre of Constellation 20 35 f Preceding , 20 15 Approximate ^ Following Boundaries, < North I 9- South 21 IO Decl. o ! 12 + 20 + 3 Delphinus is a small and compact constellation of no great interest to the naked-eye observer. The principal star is /3 of mag. 3-7, and there are 7 stars ranging from 4 5' 2 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. *3' Oxford. h. m. o / I 6 2 7088 359 2 20 27-5 + 'o 54 4- 1 3-6 2 1 3 7094 3597 20 28-3 4- 12 38 5' 2 5'3 3 f 4 7107 3600 20 297 -j- 14 16 47 4'8 4 6 7121 3605 20 31-9 + 14 H 37 3'5 5 K 7 7141 3620 20 33'3 + 94 S-i 5-i 6 7 a 5 9 1 1 7149 7'73 3624 3 6 35 20 34*1 20 3 7 '9 + 15 2 9 + H 39 4' 3'9 4-6 4-6 8 7 1 12 7199 3645 20 40' I -f J 5 4 2 56 1 r4"o 9 7' 7200 3646 20 40' I + iS 42 4 - 6j \5'o (5-3) 5 Fl. 13 (5-5) J K. 17 (5-4) J Fl- 16 (5-4)- 33. DORADO. JPr. Dorade ; Germ. Dorado. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding . . . Following . . . North Approximate Boundaries, 1900. South The chief stars in this constellation are : R.A. h. m. 5 3 45 6 30 Mag. 3- 1 3-9 and there are 7 stars ranging from 45-2 mags, Decl. -60 -49 -7 172 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Eeference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. o? AS. ' 0** h. m. o / I 7 1331 A 3 4 12-9 Si 47 4'4 2 a ... 1438 A 8 4 3*'3 -55 '8 3'i 3 f 1600 A 20 5 3'4 -57 38 4'8 4 ... 1659 A 22 5 !3'9 -67 19 5-i 5 /8 ... 1791 A 29 ( 5 32-6 62 34 3'9 6 S ... 1868 A 33 5 44'5 -65 46 4'5 7 e ... 1905 A 34 5 50-0 -66 55 4'9 8 ... ... , 1926 A 36 5 53'2 -63 7 5'i 9 i/ 2025 A 39 6 9'5 -68 49 5'2 10 *" ... 2031 A 40 6 I I'D 65 33 5'5 (5-6) ; Lac. 1772 (5.7) ; A (5-6) ; Lac. 1949 (5-9)5 7r 2 (5-9). 34. DRACO. Fr. Le Dragon; G-enn. Der Drache. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding , . . Following . . . North Approximate Boundaries, 1900. R.A. h. m. 16 o 9 o 20 20 South Dccl. o + 60 + 82 + 5 Draco is one of the most difficult constellations in the heavens to deal with from a topographical point of view, because of its great length and of its being always within the circle of perpetual apparition to an observer in British latitudes. It extends through nearly 12 hours of R.A., and the study of its con- stituent stars is rendered doubly difficult to an observer in England by reason of the fact that it passes the meridian in the zenith. Its chief stars are : Mag. 2-4 2-8 3-o 3-2 3-3 3-4 Mag. 3-6 37 3-8 3-9 3-9 There are no fewer than 41 stars ranging from 4 5-3 mags. CHAP. YIIL] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 173 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Keference. R.A. 1880. Dec!. 1880. Magn ude. Ha f V ' Oxford. h. m. o / I ... ... 3'99 1695 9 19-8 + 81 5* 4-6 4-4 2 ... 3593 1851 10 24-9 -f- 76 20 5'I 4'9 3 A I 39 H 1988 ii 24-3 + 7 o 4-1 3-8 4 ... ... 4112 2070 12 6-6 + 78 17 5'i S'l 5 K 5 4239 2135 12 28-4 + 70 27 3'8 37 6 6 4246 21 4 I 12 297 + 7 42 S'l 7 i 10 4646 2356 13 47'9 + 65 19 47 4-8 8 a ii 4696 2381 14 I-I + 64 57 3-6 3-6 9 ... 4949 25fO '4 557 + 66 25 4-8 10 ... ... 4992 2529 15 2-9 + 55 i 5'2 5'3 ii t 12 597 2569 15 21-8 + 59 23 3'4 3' 2 12 ... 5249 2644 15 44'8 + 62 58 5'2 "3 53i3 2680 15 54'9 + 55 5 5'0 5'2 14 e 13 5348 2696 15 59' 6 + 58 53 4' 2 3'9 '5 v H 5512 2766 16 22-4 + 61 47 2-8 2-8 16 A 15 5545 2781 16 28-2 + 69 2 5' 4'9 17 ... 17 5575 2794-5 1 6 35-4 + 53 10 5' 2 5' 2 18 9 18 5628 2813 16 40-1 + 64 49 5-0 5-0 '9 ... ... 5643 2820 1 6 43-0 + 57 o 4'9 4'9 20 V 19 5740 2843 16 S5'4 + 65 19 47 4'9 21 21 5785 2865 17 2-8 + 54 38 5' 2 5'o 22 c 22 5823 2878 17 8-4 + 65 52 3-3 3*3 2 3 23 5937 2937 17 27-7 + 52 23 3'Q 3' 24 V 1 24 5950 2945 17 29-8 + 55 16 4'9 47 2 5 % r 2 25 595 1 2946 17 29-9 + 55 15 4-8 47 26 cu 28 6006 2964 17 377 + 68 49 4'9 4-8 27 ^ 31 6047 2985 17 41-1 + 7 2 12 4'5 4'8 28 30 6052 2989 17 46-2 + 50 50 5-2 5'2 29 32 6079 3003 i7 51*5 + 5 6 54 3'9 3'9 30 7 33 6091 3009 17 53-8 + 5 1 3 2-4 2-4 31 35 6114 3019 J 7 54' 8 + 7 6 59 5'i 5-' . J 8 : 57 32 ... 40-1 6206,8 3071-2 18 9-0 + 79 58 5 2 \ 2 : 6-0 33 ... 36 6224 3081 18 13-2 -j- 64 21 5-0 5-0 34 ... ... 6255 3106 1 8 18-5 + 49 4 5'i 5' 1 ?> 39 6289 3116 l8 22-2 + 58 44 48 4'8 174 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XI V No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. 5S. <*** h. m. o / 36 43 6297 3120 18 22-5 + 7i 16 4-2 4-2 37 X 44 6302 3 I22 1 8 23-2 + 72 41 3-7 3-9 38 ... 42 6316 3126 18 25-6 + 65 29 5-0 5-1 39 d 45 6348 3136 18 30-5 + 56 57 4'8 4'9 40 c 46 6395 3 l66 , 1 8 40-3 + 55 25 5'2 5'3 4 1 47 6463 3206 1 8 49-4 + 59 H 4-6 4-7 42 ... 6470 3214 18 5-3 + 50 34 4'9 5'i 43 V 52 6510 3242 18 55'9 + 71 8 4-8 5-0 44 53 6583 3289 19 9-4 + 56 39 5'2 5'2 45 8 57 6612 3307 19 12-5 + 67 27 3-2 3-0 46 ... 59 6625 33 1 3 19 '3'5 + 76 21 4'9 5'2 47 T 60 6650 3328 19 17-9 + 73 8 4'5 4'6 48 7T 58 6662 3345 19 2O'I + 65 29 4-6 4-8 49 67 6926 356 20 2'3 + 67 32 4' 6 4'5 S 2 ... 73 7'56 3614 20 33'I + 74 33 5'i 5'4 Fl. 2 (5.5) ; Fl. 3 (5.5) ; Fl. 4 (5.3) ; Fl. 8 (5.3) ; B.A.C. 5404 (5-4) ; B.A.C. 5459 (5.4); B.A.C. 5514 (5-4); B.A.C. 5599 (5'5); B.A.C. 5840 (5.5) ;/ (5.3) ; Fl. 26 (5.3) ; B.A.C. 6350 (5.4) ; H.P. 3153 (5.5) ; B.A.C. 6469 (5.4) ; H.P. 3249 (5.4) ; Fl. 51 (5-4); Fl. 54 (5-3); e (5-4); B.A.C. 7299 (5-4) ; Fl. 78 (5-4). 35. EQUUIiEUS. Jr. Le Petit Cheval; Germ. Das Fullen. R.A. Decl. h. m. o . Meridional Centre of Constellation 2110 +6 Preceding ... ... ... 20 45 Following ... ... ... 21 30 North ... ... ... +ii South + i Approximate Boundaries, 1900. Equuleus is a small constellation of which the brightest star is a, of mag. 4-1. There are 3 other stars between that and mag. 5-2. CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 175 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Keference. P.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. oX : Xf0rd - h. m. o / I 7 5 7350 3726 21 4'5 + 9 39 4'8 : 4'4 2 S 7 7372 3735 21 87 4- 9 3i 4'6 : 4' 5 3 a 8 738o 3739 21 9-8 + 4 45 4*i : 3'9 4 10 7421 37 6 5 21 16-9 + 6 18 4-9 : 5-0 l. i (5-4). 36. ERIDANUS. Fr. L'Eridan; Germ. Der Fluss Eridanus. R.A h. m. Meridional Centre of Constellation ... ... 3 50 . / Preceding ......... I 30 Approximate Following g o Boundaries, North '9 00 - South ......... Decl. o 30 -57 Eridanus is a very long straggling constellation, of which a large part is invisible in England, reaching as it does from the Equator to 60 of S. Declination ; and it is the southern part of the constellation which contains the brightest stars. The chief stars are : a (Achernar) 10 2-6 2 -9 3-o 3-3 3-5 8 12 V 1 T 4 3-7 3-7 3-8 3-8 3-8 3-9 There are also 44 stars ranging from 4 5-2 mags. No. Latter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. H- : <*. h. m. / I a ... 507 A 2 I 33'3 -57 5i 10 2 9 + 28 23 5' i 5' 1 23 W 65 2469 1412 7 22-4 + 28 10 5'i 5'0 24 68 2486 1421 7 26-8 + 16 5 5' 5' 2 ,\ ol 25 a 2 66 2485 1423- 7 27-0 + 32 9 i-6j gji'5 26 V 69 2493 1430 7 28-5 + 27 10 4'2 4-4 27 71 2509 1436 7 31-3 + 34 5 2 47 5 <0 28 / 74 2 5'9 1440 7 32-6 + '7 58 5'2 5' 2 2 9 75 2540 1453 7 35'8 + 29 10 4*1 4'i 3 K 77 255' 1457 7 37' 2 + 24 4i 3'6 3'6 31 78 2555 1459 7 38-0 + 28 19 i-i 1-4 3 2 81 2558 1463 7 39' 2 + 18 48 5'i 5'3 33 m^Bm H^Mi 83 - 2617 1481 7 46-2 -^ ^^ + 27 5 4'9 5' ^ ^ Fl. 28 (5-4); Fl B.A.C. 2489 (5.4) ; 33 (5-4) J (5-3) 5 Fl. 47 (0*) (5-3) J (5-4) J Fl. 85 (5-3). X 3 Fl. 51 (5-4); Fl. 63 r ;, 180 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. 39. GRUS. Fr. La Grue ; Germ. Der Kranich. Meridional Centre of Constellation i Preceding . . . Following ... North South R.A. h. m. 22 20 21 2O 23 30 Decl. o 4/ -37 -57 Grus, though a small constellation, contains a considerable number of important stars, the chief of which are as follows : Mag. 2.2 Mag. 3-5 3-9 There are 9 stars between mags. 4 5J. Most of the con- spicuous stars of Grus, exceping a, are arranged in a gently curved line. No. Letter. Flam- sleed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. E.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. H^- : Oxford. h. m. / I 7 ... 7 6l 3 A 18 21 467 -37 58 3'o 2 X ... 7684 A 27 21 58-9 40 7 47 3 a. ... 7692 A 28 22 O'6 47 33 1-9 4 H l ... 7756 A 35 22 8-4 41 56 5'o 5 f 7763 A 36 22 9'2 42 13 5'4 6 8 l 7828 A 42 22 22'I -44 7 4*2 7 5 2 ... 7830 A 43 22 22'6 44 22 4'4 8 ... 7904 A 57 22 35-6 47 32 2'2 9 P 7916 A 59 22 36-5 42 2 5' 2 10 >7 7925 A 61 22 38-3 -54 8 5'i ii 7946 A 68 22 41-3 5i 57 .rS 12 c ... 8008 A 77 22 53-8 53 24 4-0 13 ... 8043 A 84 23 o-i 44 10 4-2 14 ( 8067 A 90 23 3-6 45 54 3'9 Lac. 8912 (5-8); Lac. 8964 (5-8) ; Lac. 8976 (5.8) ; Lac. 9076 (5.7) ; IT (5.9) ; Lac. 9136 (5-6); Lac. 9229 (5-9); Lac. 9275 (5-8); Lac. 9328 (5-9); Lac. 9353 (5-6); Lac. 9369 (5.7); Lac. 9367 (5.9) ; (5-8) ; Lac. 9457 (5.9) ; Lac. 9470 (5-7). CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 181 40. HERCULES. Fr. Hercule ; Germ. Hercules. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding Following North Approximate Boundaries, 1 900. R.A. h. in. 17 10 15 55 18 55 South Decl. 27 + 51 + 4 Hercules is a large and important constellation, distinguished alike by its naked-eye and its telescopic objects. The chief stars are : Mag. 2-8 3- 1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 Fl. 109 There are 37 stars of mags. 4 5-2. Mag. 3-7 3-8 3-9 3-9 3-9 3-9 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Keference. B.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. o'rTg. : ^ ri h. m. 1 I X I 527 1 2658 I 5 48-6 + 42 47 4'5 4'5 2 V 6 5338 2694 '5 59' 1 + 46 22 47 4'6 3 K 1 7 5367 2706 16 2*7 + 17 22 5'i 5'o 4 * ii 5388 2713 1 6 5-0 + 45 T 5 4-2 4-1 5 T 22 54 6 3 2745 16 16- 1 + 46 36 3'9 3'6 6 7 20 5466 2747 16 16-6 + 19 26 3-8 3-6 7 0f 2 4 5490 2757 16 19-9 + H J 9 47 47 8 9 30 55 2 3 2772 16 24-7 + 42 9 S'i 5' 1 9 & 27 5525 2774 16 25-1 + 2f 45 2-8 2-7 10 s 55 2 7 2776 16 25-4 + 20 45 47 4'9 ii h 29 5532 2780 1 6 27-0 + " 45 5' 5' 2 12 a 35 5552 2787 1 6 30-2 + 42 42 4*2 4'i 13 42 , 559 6 2802 1 6 3.5 '5 + 49 20 5-2 : 4-9 182 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. RA. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude, or Arg. ' x ' h. m. / 14 c 4 5604 2807 16 36-8 + 3 1 49 3-1 2-6 15 9 44 5617 2810 16 38 8 + 39 9 37 3' 6 16 ... 52 5667 2826 16 457 + 46 12 5' 5' '7 18 5' 58 56/7 5731 2830 2844 16 46 8 16 557 + 24 52 + 3 1 6 5*2 5'o 4-0 3-8 19 ... [32] 5749 2849 16 57-6 + 14 18 5' i 5*3 20 60 5765 2859 16 59-8 + 12 54 4'9 4'9 21 ... ... ... 2872 17 57 + 4 56 5'i 22 a 64 5821 2879 17 9-2 + 14 32 3-2 : 3-0 23 5 65 5828 2880 17 io-i + 24 59 3*3 : 3'2 24 7T 67 5834 2885 17 10-9 + 36 57 3-4 : 3-6 25 It 68 5842 2890 17 12-9 + 33 U 4*9 : 5'i 26 e 68 5847 2893 I 7 i3'5 + 37 25 4'9 : 4' 5 27 ... ... 5856 2900 17 15-0 + 18 ii 5' 1 : 5' 28 p 75 5886 29H-5 17 19-6 + 37 '6 4' I { 5 !fU'3 29 X 76 5922 2933 17 25-9 -f 26 12 4'3 : '4-7 30 t 85 5990 2959 17 36-1 + 46 4 3-9 : 4-1 31 p 86 6021 2976 17 41 8 + 27 48 3'5 : 3'5 32 ^ 9 1 6082 3004 17 52-1 + 37 16 4'o : 37 33 f 92 6084 3007 J 7 53' i + 29 16 3-9 : 4-0 34 i/ 94 6087 3010 '7 53'9 + 3 12 4-6 : 4-6 35 ... 93 6094 3018 J 7 547 -f 16 46 4'5 : 4'5 36 ... 95 6106 3026-7 17 56-4 + 21 37 4-6 : 4-4 37 ... 96 61 10 3033 17 57-3 + 20 50 5'i = 5'2 38 39 ' 100 6150 6151-2 3048 3049-5 18 2-9 1 8 3-0 + 28 45 + 26 5 4 : 37 .. 2 J5-9J 6 - 40 ... 102 6157 35I 1 8 3-6 + 20 49 4'5 : 4-3 4 1 101 6159 3053 18 37 + 20 3 5'2 : 5'3 42 ... 6162 3055 18 4-0 + 43 27 5'i : 5'o 43 A 104 6178 3065 18 7-4 + 31 22 4'9 : 5'i 44 ... 106 6231 3091 18 15-2 + 2i 55 4-8 : 5-0 45 t 107 6238 3097 1 8 16-3 + 28 49 5' : 5' 2 CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 183 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. B.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. 46 109 6251 3107 h. m. 18 18-6 , + 21 43 39 : 4'2 47 no 6387 3I7 1 18 40-5 + 20 26 4-2 : 4-0 48 ... III 6397 317 8 18 417 + 18 3 4'5 : 4' 2 49 113 6453 3209 28 497 + 22 30 4-6 : 4-8 Fl. 2 (5.5); r (5-3); B.A.C. 5460 (5-5)5 Fl. 25 (5.5) ; n (5-5) ; H.P. 2782 (5.3); i (5-5) ; I (5-5) 5 * (5-4) ; Fl. 53 (5-4) 5 Fl. 54 (5-5) ; d (5-3) ; e (5-5) ; Fl. 66 (5.5) ; H.P. 2902 (5-4) ; Fl. 70 (5-3) ; w (5.4) ; B.A.C. 5900 (5.4) ; y (5-5) ; Fl. 87 (5-4) ; / (5-3) ? Fl. 98 (5-4) 5 & (5-4) J B.A.C. 6245 (5.5) ; Fl. 1 1 2 (5-5). 41. HOROLOGIUM. Fr. L'Horloge ; Germ. Die Pendeluhr. Meridional Centre of Constellation / Preceding Approximate Following ... Boundaries, Norfch South R.A. h. m. 3 20 2 O 4 20 Decl. -42 Horologium has one conspicuous star, a, of mag. 3-8, and 4 stars of mags. 4 $\. No.' Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. B.A. 1880. Decl. Magmtude. 1880. Harv - : Oxford, or Arg. h. m. / , c 839 A 14 2 36^9 55 4 5'5 2 ... 95 6 A 32 2 56-5 64 33 5' 2 ^ 972 A 33 3 0-8 60 12 5-3 4 8 1299 A 63 4 6-8 42 18 5'3 5 a ^OM. - 1315 A 66 , 4 ro'o 4 2 35 3' 8 A (5-8) ; r, (5-6) ; Lac. 859 (5-6) ; R. 87 (5-7) J Lac - "44 (5-9) 5 Lac. 1424 184 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. 42. HYDRA. Fr. Hydre ; Germ. Die "Wasserschlange. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding Following North South Approximate Boundaries, 1900. R.A. h. m. II O 8 10 4 5o Decl. -12 + IO -35 Hydra is a long and straggling constellation, extending through more than 6 h of R.A. in a direction nearly E. and W. The fol- lowing are its chief stars, and of these one only is at all prominent : a (Alphard) Mag. 2-O 3-3 3-3 3-4 There are 32 stars of mags. 4 5*2- Mag. 3-5 3-6 3-9 3-9 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. B.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. o?r g . : Oxford. h. m. o / I 5 4 2901 I 5 88 8 3I-3 + 6 7 4-1 : 4-2 2 a 5 2911 1589 8 32-5 + 3 46 4'4 : 4'4 3 ... 6 2929 1594 8 34'3 12 3 5-2 4 9 2940 1596 8 36-2 15 3i 5' 5 >7 7 2945 1599 8 37'o + 3 5 4-2 4-4 6 ii 2971 1608 8 4o-4 + 6 52 3-6 3'5 7 ... 12 2 975 1610 8 407 -13 6 4*4 8 2976 i6r i 8 41-2 i 27 5'i 5'i 9 P 13 2978 1613 8 42-1 + 6 17 4'3 4'7 IO ... H 2987 1614 8 43'3 3 o 5'i 5'i ii c 16 3032 1629 8 49-1 + 6 24 3'3 3'4 12 6 22 3M 6 1676 9 8-1 + 2 49 3'9 4' 13 ... 26 3184 1687 9 *4'o ii 28 4'9 H 27 3188 1688 9 *4' 6 9 3 4'9 5'Q 15 a 30 3223 1698 9 217 8 8 2'0 2'2 CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 185 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard r Argent. Reference. B.A. 1880. DecL 1880. Magnitude. SCt:"*-- h. m. o / 16 1700 9 21-8 21 49 5*o 17 T 1 31 3237 1704 9 23-1 2 15 4-9 : 5-0 18 T 2 3 2 3253 1714 9 25 9 o 39 4'6 : 4-8 T 9 1720 9 2 77 20 36 5'2 20 | 35 3303 1734 9 33'9 o 36 4*2 : 4*4 21 K 38 3311 1739 9 34'6 -13 47 4'9 22 ... ... 1741 9 35'8 23 4 4-6 23 ... ... 1743 9 36-8 23 23 4'9 24 U l 39 337 2 1759 9 457 14 17 4*3 25 ... 339 1 1768 9 48-8 -2 5 22 S-i 26 V 2 40 3444 1789 9 59'3 12 29 47 27 X 4 1 3473 1800 10 4-7 II 46 3'9 28 /* 42 3568 1837 10 20-3 16 13 4' i 2 9 ... ... 3638 1870 10 31*6 -26 47 5'2 3 57 2366 13 5 I- 8 -2 4 23 5'i 35 7T 49 4685 2378 13 59' 6 26 6 3-5 36 ... 5 47o8 2387 H 5'9 26 42 5'2 37 ... 5 1 4763 2417 14 16-2 27 12 4'9 38 5 2 4784 2427 14 2PI -28 57 5' 39 54 4865 2463 H 39' i 24 56 5' 40 ... 58 4891 2477 14 43'2 -27 27 S'o Fl. 15 (5-5) ; 54 A 2 20 35'2 52 20 47 3 C ... 7192 A 4 2O 41*2 -46 40 5'3 4 ... 7228 A 6 20 45-4 -58 54 3'7 5 ... 7388 A 25 21 1 1 -3 53 57 4-6 6 7 ... 74*3 A 34 21 177 55 J 3 5 var. 7 8 7 6 33 A 60 21 497 55 34 4-8 8 ... 7656 A 64 21 54'2 57 l6 5-2 " l (5-6) ; i (5- Lac. 9337 (5-8). ; /* (5-8) ; o (5-7) ; (e 5- 2 ) J " 2 Lac - 9 8 2 (5-7) J Lac - 9 XI 7 (5-9) 45. LACERTA. J>. Le Lizard ; Germ. Die Eidechse. R.A. Decl. h. m. .o Meridional Centre of Constellation ...... 2225 +43 Preceding ......... 21 55 Following ......... 22 55 North ......... +55 South ... +35 Approximate Boundaries, 1900. Lacerta is a small Northern constellation, with little to dis- tinguish it. Its largest star, a, is only of mag. 3-9, but there are no less than 15 stars of mags. 4 5-2. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. B.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. ^ : oxfoni. h. m. o / I 7765 3935 22 87 + 39 7 4-6 : 4-9 2 I 7777 3944 22 I0'7 + 39 9 4- 1 : 46 3 2 7800 3953 22 l6'I + 45 56 4-8 : 4'6 188 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV, No. Letter. Flam- steed, B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. E.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. 4 , 3 78J5 3959 h. m. 22 189 o / + 51 38 4'5 4'5 5 ... 4 7820 3962 .22 197 + 48 52 4-6 4-9 6 ... 5 7845 3980 22 24*6 + 47 6 4'6 4'5 7 ... 6 7850 3985 22 25-3 + 4 2 30 4-6 47 8 a 7 7855 3987 22 26-4 + 49 40 3'9 4'i 9 ... 9 7888 4001 22 32-5 + 5 56 4-8 4-9 10 10 7901 4005 22 33-9 + 38 26 5' 5'2 ii ii 7906 4011 22 35'3 + 43 39 47 4-8 12 12 7915 4014 22 36'! + 39 37 5'i 5'3 13 1.3 7932 4022 22 387 + 41 ii 5-' 5'' 1 4 ... 15 7972 4042 22 467 + 42 39 5'i 5'3 15 ... 7995 4058 22 51-2 + 49 6 5-2 5-2 16 ... ... 7999 4060 22 51-8 + 48 2 5' 1 5*3 B.A.C. 7705 (5-3) ; B.A.C. 7746 (5.4) ; Fl. 8 (5.3). 46. LEO. Fr. Le Lion ; Germ. Der Lowe. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding Approximate Following Boundaries, R.A. h. m. 10 30 9 20 11 55 South Decl. o + 15 + 30 + 4 In Leo we have an important and interesting constellation, one prominent feature of which, the group of stars forming "The Sickle," is known to most star-gazers. The chief stars are : a (Regulus) 7 j8 (Denebola) 5 , Mag. 1-4 2-2 2-2 2-8 3- 1 Mag. 3-5 3-6 3-6 3-8 There are 23 stars of mags. 4 5-2. CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 189 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent, ieference. E.A. 1880. DecJ. 1880. Magnitude, or Arjr ' Oxford. h. m. f I K I 3204 1692 9 >77 + 26 42 4'6 : 47 2 \ 4 3246 1710 9 2 4'9 + 23 30 4*4 : 4'5 3 5 3250 I7II 9 25-5 + 11 50 5' 2 : 5'2 4 o H 3312 1740 9 34'8 + 10 26 38 : 37 5 e i? 3331 1747 9 39' 1 + 24 20 : 3'i : 3'4 6 2 4 337^ 1760 9 45'9 + 26 34 4- 1 : 3-9 7 7T 29 3415 1782 9 53'9 + 8 37 5'0 : 5-2 8 * 30 3453 !793 10 0-8 + '7 21 3'6 : 3'5 9 A 3i 3457 1795 10 1-5 + 10 35 4'6 : 4-9 10 a 32 3459 1797 10 2'O + 12 33 1-4 : 1-2 ii 36 35 8 1811-2 IO lO'O + 24 i 3-6J5-8J3-4 12 ... 40 3522 1821 10 13-3 + 20 5 5'o 13 7 4 1 3523 1823-4 10 13-4 + 20 27 2'2J^J2-I M /> 47 3609 1859 10 26-5 + 9 56 4-0 : 4-0 15 ... 48 3621 1863 10 28-5 + 7 34 5'2 : 5'o 16 ... 54 3742 1908 10 49-1 + 25 23 4'3 : 4*5 17 d 58 3/68 1921 10 54-4 + 4 16 5-0 : 5-0 18 c 59 3/69 1922 10 54'5 + 6 44 5'i : 5' 1 '9 P l 61 3775 1924 10 557 + i 50 5'o : 5' * 20 b 60 3776 1925 i 55'9 + 20 49 4'5 : 4' 6 21 X 63 3/88 i 93 , 10 58-8 + 7 59 47 : S' 22 5 68 3834 1949 n 7-7 + 21 II 2-8 : 2-5 23 e 70 3838 i95 r n 7-9 + 16 5 3'5 : 3'4 24 72 3842 1952 ii 8-8 + 23 45 4-9 : 5-0 ?5 74 3848 1956 n io'6 + 30 4'5 : 4'3 26 a 77 3862 1965 ii 150 + 6 41 4-1 : 4-1 27 i .78 3877 1969 ii 177 + II 12 4-0 : 4-2 28 T 84 3900 1978 II 21-8 + 3 3 1 5'i : 5'2 29 e 87 3916 1987 II 24-2 2 20 5'0 : 5' 1 30 V 9i 3946 2003 ii 30-8 - o 10 4-5 : 4'3 3J ... 93 3990 2O22 ii 41-8 +20 53 4-6 : 4-4 32 e 94 3995 2025 ii 42-9 + 15 *5 2-2 : 2-1 " (5-6) ; h (5-4) ; ^ (57) ; 9 (5-3) J " (5-3) : I (5-3) ; F 5 (5'S) J (5-5) ; F1 - 75 (5'4) J l. 79 (5-4); Fl. 81 (5-5) 5 Fl- 9 2 (5'S) 5 (5-4). 190 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. Approximate Boundaries, 1900. 47. LEO MINOR. JFV. Le Petit Lion ; Germ. Der kleine L6we. R.A. h. m. 10 2O 9 20 11 O Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding Following North South Decl. + 33 + 44 + 23 Leo Minor lies to the N. of fteo Major. Its brightest star is Fl. 46 of mag. 3-9. There are 7 stars of mags. 4 5-2. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. o*Arg. ^ford. h. m. o / I IO 3261 1717 9 26-9 + 36 56 47 4' 6 2 '9 3399 1771 9 50-3 + 4 r 38 5'2 5'2 3 ... 21 344 6 1792 10 0-4 + 35 50 4-6 4-4 4 ... 30 356o 1834 10 19-0 + 34 25 5-1 4-8 5 31 3572 1840 10 20-9 + 37 J 9 4'4 4' 2 6 ... 37 3640 1872 10 32-0 + 32 36 4-8 4-9 7 4i 3 6 7' 1884 10 36-9 + 23 49 5'i 5' 1 8 46 3728 1902 10 46-6 + 34 52 3-9 : 4-0 Fl. 8 (5-5); Fl. ii (5.5); Fl. 15 (5.3); Fl. 23 (5.4); Fl. 34(5-5); Fl. 42 (5-4). 48. LEPTJS. Fr. Le Li^vre ; Germ. Der Hase, Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding . . . Following North South Approximate Boundaries, 1900. R.A. h. m. 5 25 4 55 6 5 Decl. o -20 - 9 -27 Lepus is a small constellation immediately south of Orion, with the following conspicuous stars : There are 2.7 3-3 3-3 stars of mags. 4- Mag. 3-7 3-7 3-8 5-2. CHAP. VII L] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 191 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. B.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. 5. ' Ox ^- h. m. o / I ... '553 88 9 4 56-2 2O 14 5'0 2 ... ... 1559 892 4 57'3 26 27 5'0 3 2 157.5 901 5 o'4 22 32 3'3 4 I 3 1608 9 27 5 67 12 I 47 5 H 5 1616 929 5 7'5 l6 21 3'3 6 K 4 1617 93' 5 7'6 13 5 4-6 7 1634 943 5 10-6 2 7 5 47 8 \ 6 1653 959 5 H'i 13 18 4'3 9 V 7 1654 960 5 M'4 12 26 5' 2 10 ... ... 9^3 5 i5'3 21 21 4-6 IT ... 8 1679 972 5 18-0 14 2 5'i I 2 9 17!5 994 5 2 3'i 20 51 3'o 13 a ii 1741 1014 5 27-4 I/ 55 2 7 H 7 '3 1823 1057 5 39'5 22 29 3'8 15 c M 1840 1065 5 4>'5 '4 5i 37 16 , 5 15 1871 1086 5 46-2 20 53 4-0 '7 ^ 16 1901 IIOI 5 50'9 -14 n 37 18 17 955 1 130 5 59' 6 1 6 29 4'9 '9 18 1959 U34 6 0-7 -H 55 4-6 H.P. 897 (5-5); B.A.C. 967 (5.3) ; Fl. 10 (5-4); B.A.C. 1965 (5.4) ; Fl. 19 (5-5) H.P. 1143(5-5). 49. LIBRA. Fr. La Balance 5 Germ. Die Wage. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding . . . Following ... North South Approximate Boundaries, 1900. R.A. h. m. 15 10 14 20 16 O Decl. I -3 Libra is situated so low down towards the Southern horizon as regards England that it is not always easy to get hold of it. 192 The Starry Heavens [BOOK XIV. especially as it is a summer constellation. The chief stars are :- a ... Fl. 20 Mag. 2-7 3-2 Fl. 39 Fl. 40 There are 13 stars of mags. 4 5-2. Mag. 3-9 3-9 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. E.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude, o^g. : Oxford. h. m. o / I a 9 495 2480 14 44-2 15 32 3'0 2 ... ii 4898 2483 I 4 44-8 - I 4 8 5'2 3 ... 16 4927 2499 14 50-9 3 5i 4-5 4 8 9 4939 2506 14 54-6 8 2 4-9 5 ... 20 4950 25H H 57' 1 -24 48 3-2 6 t 1 24 4995 253' i5 5'4 19 20 4*9 7 27 5>34 2539 15 10-6 8 56 2-7 8 6 3^ 50/4 2557 15 177 9 53 5' 2 9 37 5125 2586 15 29-6 9 39 4'9 10 ... ... 5129 2587 15 27-9 - 47 5'0 IT 7 38 5 '34 2589 15 28-8 -14 23 4-0 12 39 5'3 8 2595 15 29-7 -27 44 3'9 13 ... 40 6*$i 2601 15 3i-3 29 23 39 14 ... 42 5166 2610 15 33'3 23 26 5'2 J 5 K 43 5'76 2618 15 35'0 19 J 7 S'o 16 A 45 5251 2650 15 46-4 -19 48 5' J 7 46 5257 2655 15 47'0 16 23 4'3 18 ... 48 5290 2670 15 5 r 5 13 5 6 4-8 /* (5-4); Fl. 8 (5.3); (5-8); v (5-4); B.A.C. 5109 (5-4); C(5-4); Fl. 36 (5-3) (5.5) ; H.P. 2708 (5-5). 50. LUPUS. Fr. Le Loup ; Gertn. Der "Wolf. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding Following North Approximate Boundaries, 1900. R.A. h. m. 15 o I 4 O 16 o South Decl. o -40 -29 -55 CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 193 Lupus is a Southern constellation, practically invisible in England, but with a large number of conspicuous stars, of which an unusual proportion are doubles. Its chief stars are: Mag. 2-6 2-8 3-2 3-6 3-6 There are 23 stars of mags. 4 Mag. 3-7 37 37 3-8 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Arg3nt. Reference. E.A. 1880. DecL 1880. Magnitude. o? a lrg. : Oxford. h. m. / I t 4734 A i I 4 II'7 45 30 3'8 2 T 1 4768 A 9 I 4 l8- 4 44 4 1 5'3 3 T ... 477 A 10 14 18-5 44 50 4'9 4 a ... 4801 A 15 H 24-5 49 56 5'2 5 P 4821 A 20 14 29-8 -48 54 4'5 6 a ... 4839 A 27 H 34' 46 52 2-6 7 o 4892 A 35 H 43'8 43 5 5' 8 ft ... 4924 A 4, H 57 42 39 2-8 9 TT 4948 A 47 T 4 57' 4 6 35 4'3 10 A 4973 A 57 15 0-8 44 49 4-8 ii K 4986 A 62 iS 3'6 -48 17 4'i 12 c 4989 A 64 15 37 5' 38 3'6 13 ... ... 4994 A 66 15 4-8 44 2 5'5 J 4 I 5009 A 69 i5 7'3 3i 4 5*5 15 2 5032 2540 15 10-0 -29 42 47 16 P- 5028 A 75 15 10-2 -47 26 5'o 17 5 ... 5046 A 83 15 !3'5 4 J 3 37 18 2 ... 5060 A 92 15 5'5 36 26 5' 1 21 5069 A 97 IS 17-5 -38 18 5' 1 22 7 5118 A 113 15 27-2 40 46 3* 2 23 5 I2 3 A 1 14 15 27-6 -44 33 5'i 2 4 i 5 J 39 A 117 15 3' 42 10 47 2 5 0* 3 5160 2605 15 3 2 ' 1 34 f 4-6 VOL. III. 194 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. P.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. 26 5 l6 5 A 121 h. m. 5 33-o / 44 16 5*2 27 ^ 4 5*73 A 125 15 35' 34 19 5'* 28 X 5 5227 2637 ,*5 43'3 33 1 6 4-0 29 5268 2659 J 5 49' 2 33 37 4'5 30 ... 5282 A 144 15 5i-3 -4 1 23 5-5 31 , 5292 A 146 '5 52-2 -38 3 37 32 e ... 533' A 157 15 587 -36 28 4'9 Live. 5891 (5-7); Lac. 5950 (5-9); Lac. 6070 (5-8); Lac. 6124 (5-7); Lac. 6198 (5.8); Lac. 6209 (5.7); Lac. 6280 (5-8); Lac. 6322 (5-8); Lac. 6356 (5.9); Lac. (5-9); Lac. 6486 (5-8) ; Lac. 6514 (5.9, ?Var.); Lac. 6644 (5.6). 51. LYNX. Fr. Le Lynx; Germ. Der Luchs. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding Boundaries, 1900. / Preceding Approximate Following "RrniTirla ti'2 10 36 4'8 3 ... 1994 H57 6 6-0 - 632 5-0 : 4-9 4 5 2015 1170 6 9-0 - 6 15 4-0 : 4-4 5 7 2040 1188 6 13-9 - 7 4 6 5'i : 5'2 6 ... ! 1189 6 14-0 - 2 53 5' 1 : S'o 7 8 2059 1200 6 r 7'4 +4 39 4-4 : 4-9 8 9 TO 10 ii 2094 2105 1217 I 2 2O- 1 I22 4 6 22'0 6 23-0 6 25-1 4 41 - 6 57 + ii 38 5-0 : 4-8 "{#} 4'9 : 4'9 II 13 2126 1231 6 26-4 + 7 26 4'3 : 4'8 12 ... ... 1238 6 27-6 - ' 7 S'o : 47 13 ... ... 1246 6 30-7 5 7 5-2 : 5-6 M s 15 2185 1256 6 34'4 4- TO I 4-6 : 4-6 15 17 2216 1280 6 40-8 + 8 10 5' : 5' 16 18 2222 1284 6 41-6 + 2 33 4'8 : 4'9 17 ... 13<>7 6 48-3 - 8 58 5'2 18 19 2307 1336 6 57-0 4 4 4-8 : 4'8 19 ..: 20 2348 1354 7 4'3 - 4 3 5'i : 4*9 20 ... j 22 2358 !359 7 5'7 o 18 4-6 : 4-5 21 ... 2 5 2513 J 437 7 3i-3 3 5o 5' 1 : 4'9 22 7 26 2542 H52 7 35'6 9 16 4-2 : 4.4 23 27 2660 1498 7 53'7 3 21 S'i : 5'2 24 28 2668 i53 7 55'i i 3 4-9 : 4-8 25 29 27 2 S 1516 8 2-6 - 2 38 4'5 : 5'3 CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 199 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. P.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude, o* Arg. ' *^- h. m. o / 26 3 2825 1554 8 197 3 31 .V9 : 3-6 27 ... 3' 2 9S4 1600 8 37-8 - 6 48 4-8 : 4-6 H.P. 1196(5-3); H.P. 1204(5.5); H.P. 1262 (5.4); H.P. 1286 (5-3); H.P. 1330 (5.4); B.A.C. 2373 (5.5); H.P. 1527 (5.3). 56. MUSCA AUSTRALIS. Fr. La Mouche Australe ; Germ. Die siidliche Fliege. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding Approximate Followi Boundaries, B.A. Ij. m. 12 30 II 2O 13 4 South Decl. -68 -63 -74 Musca Australis is a small Southern constellation marked by several rather conspicuous stars spread about. The chief are : Mag. 2. 9 3-4 5 B.A.C. 3984 Mag. 3-7 3-8 There are 7 stars of mags. 4 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. Ha . rv - : Oxford, or Arg. h. m. o / , ... 3984 A I S j i 40^0 66 4 3-8 2 3993 A 16 ii 42-5 66 8 5M .1 4011 A 18 ii 46-0 -64 32 5'4 4 6 ... 4129 A 35 12 II'I 67 17 47 5 7 4224 A 44 12 25-3 71 28 4-0 6 a ... 4245 A 45 12 30-0 68 28 2-9 7 $ 4280 A 51 12 38-9 67 27 3 '4 8 8 ... 4353 A 54 12 54-1 70 54 37 9 T] 4426 A 59 13 7' 1 -67 15 5'3 10 ... 4434 A 62 13 9' 1 -66 8 5'5 1 1 4469 fA2i 4 1 \ Cent. J 13 1 6-0 63 54 5'2 Lac. 4907 (5-6) ; C 2 (5-8) 5 * (5 -9) 5 J (5' 6 )- 200 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. 57. NORMA. Fr. L' iBquerre ; Germ. Das Winkelmass. R.A. h. m. Meridional Centre of Constellation ... ... 16 o Preceding ......... 15 o ......... jfi . . Approximate Boundaries, North ( South Decl. -49 -40 -59 Norma is a small and unimportant Southern constellation, the brightest star of which, y 2 , is only of mag. 4-6. There are 7 other stars between that and mag. 5J. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Keference. B.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. t t 1 5301 A 28 h. m. IS 53'8 / 57 26 S'4 2 V ... 5305 A 30 ^5 54'4 -48 S3 S' 2 3 8 ... 5323 A 33 15 58-o -44 Si 4'9 4 K ... 5373 A 40 1 6 4 p o -54 19 5'5 5 e ... 539 A 42 16 6-5 -47 3 5'4 6 7 1 ... S4>4 A 46 16 8-0 49 45 5 '4 7 7 2 5425 A 49 16 10*9 49 5 2 4-6 8 /* ... 55- A 60 16 25-5 -43 47 5*5 Lac. 6437 (5-8) ; \ (5.7) ; Lac. 6790 (5.9) ; Lac. 6841 (5-9). 58. OCTANS. Fr. L' Octant ; Germ. Der Oktant. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding ... Following . . . North Approximate Boundaries, 1900. R.A. h. m. Polar Polar Polar South Decl. o -73 -90 Octans includes the South Pole, but that Pole is marked by no conspicuous star, the nearest being a- of mag. 5-8. The brightest star in the constellation is v of mag. 3-8. There are only 4 other stars as bright as mag. 5J. CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 201 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. "25. : Oxford. h. m. o / I 5 ... 4705 A 19 14 7'8 -83 7 47 2 ff ... 5959 A 34 18 24-5 -89 17 5'8 3 V ... 7481 A 60 21 28*0 77 55 3'8 4 ... 7886 A 75 22 337 82 i 4'4 5 7 1 8290 A 86 2 3 45' 82 41 5*5 6 8343 A 88 23 55*4 - 77 43 5*4 T 3 Cv 6 ) ; C(5-7); (5-7); Brisb - 54 6 (5-9)5 Lac. 6006 (5.9); p (5.9); Lac. 7001 (5.8) ; Lac. 7559 (5-8) ; o (5-6) ; \ (5.7) ; e (5-6); Lac. 9022 (5.9). 59. OPHIUCHUS. Fr. Le Serpentaire ; Germ. Der Schlangentrager. R.A. h. m. Meridional Centre of Constellation 17 10 Preceding ... ... ... 16 5 Following ... ... ... 18 40 North South Approximate Boundaries, 1900. Decl. o - 4 + 16 -30 Ophiuchus is a constellation much mixed up with Hercules, and it is not always easy to distinguish their respective boundaries. The following are the chief stars : Mag. 2-2 2-6 2-8 2-8 2.9 3-4 7 Fl. 72 Mag. 3-4 3-4 3-5 3-8 3-8 There are no fewer than 30 stars of mags. 4 5' 2 - No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. H- : Oxford. h. m. o / I 5 I 54H 2726 16 8-1 3 23 2-8 : 2-6 2 2 5437 2736 16 12-0 - 4 24 3'4 : 3'3 3 t 4 54 6 7 2748 16 17-1 19 45 4-6 4 P 5 5477 2755 16 18-4 23 10 4-8 5 X 7 5489 2758 l6 20'I 18 ii 5-o 202 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. B.A. 1880. Dc'd. 1880. Magnitude. 55i ' xf - d - h. m. o / 6 V 3 5495 2762 1 6 2 1 '3 8 6 4'6 : 4*6 7 8 55i6 2771 1 6 24-3 - 16 21 4-4 8 A IO 5520 2/73 16 24-9 + 215 4-0 : 3-8 9 W 9 55 '9 2775 16 25-0 21 12 4-7 10 jf J 3 5548 2788 1 6 30-6 10 19 2-8 : 2-8 1 1 5579 2797 16 347 17 30 5-2 12 ... 20 5637 2821 1 6 43-2 10 34 47 *3 1 25 5692 2832 1 6 48-3 -f 10 22 4-4 : 4-2 M K 27 5 70S 2838 16 52-0 + 9 34 3-4 : 3-2 15 ... 3 5724 2842 16 54'7 4 2 5-0 : 5-0 i 1 6 >? 35 578i 2868 17 3'5 15 34 2-6 : 2-4 17 A 1 36 5808 2877 '7 7*5 26 25 47 18 ... 4' 5830 2882 17 10-5 o 18 5-0 : 5-1 '9 39 5827 2884 17 10-7 - 24 9 5'2 20 f 4 5844 2895 17 '3'8 20 59 4-5 21 42 585' 2899 17 M'7 24 53 3'4 : 2-8 22 b 44 5876 2909 17 19-1 - 24 4 4'5 23 d 45 5881 2916 17 19-7 29 45 4'4 2 4 ... 5890 2918 17 20-3 - 4 59 4-6 : 4-7 2 5 rr 49 5893 2921 17 20-6 + 4 15 4*4 = 4*4 26 593 2925 17 22-7 + o 27 5' 2 : 5*3 27 c 2 5i 597 2927 17 24-1 23 52 4'9 28 a 55 594i 2944 17 29-4 + 12 39 2-2 : 2'2 2 9 /* 57 5953 2949 i/ 3i'3 8 2 47 : 47 30 ... 58 5987 2960 i7 3^3 21 37 5*o 31 59 599 6 2962 i/ 37'6 + 4 37 2-9 : 2-9 32 7 62 6020 2979 17 41-9 + 2 45 3-8 : 3-8 33 V 64 6078 3c5 17 52-4 9 45 3'5 : 3'5 34 . ... 66 6089 3oi4 i7 54'3 + 4 23 4'8 5 47 35 67 6092 3017 i7 54'7 + 2 5 6 4'0 : 4'3 36 ... 68 6101 3023 J7 557 -I- i 18 4'4 : 47 37 T 69 6104 3028 9 17 56-6 8 IT 4'9 : 5' 1 CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 203 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. oX : * tOTd ' h. m. o / 38 ... 70 6123 3037 17 59'4 + 2 32 4' i : 4'3 39 71 6142 3044 18 r6 + 8 43 4-8 : 4'9 40 ... 7 2 6143 3045 18 17 + 9 33 3-8 : 3-9 4< 74 6227 3089 18 15-0 + 3 20 S'o : 5'i B.A.C. 5494 (54) ; Fl. 21 (5-5) ; Fl. 37 (5.5) ; B.A.C. 5910 (5.4) ; H.P. 2940 (5.5) ; H.P. 3i38(5-5); H.P. 3139 (5-3). 60. ORION. Fr. Orion; Germ. Orion. Meridional Centre of Constellation ! Preceding ... Following North South R.A. h. m. 5 20 4 35 6 10 Decl. + 21 12 Orion, though not in area the largest, is without doubt the most brilliant and most interesting of all the constellations, distinguished alike for its naked-eye stars and for its telescopic objects. The chief stars are: (Rigel) ... a (Betelgeuze) 7 (Bellatrix) c Mag. o-3 0-9 j.8 1.9 1-9 2-2 8 (Mintaka) ... 2-4 There are no fewer than 44 stars of mags. 4 5-2. Mag. 3-o 3-3 3-5 3-5 3-6 3-7 3-9 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Dec!. 1880. Magnitude. 5%. <>" h. m. o / I 7T 1 ! 1486 840 4 43'3 + 6 45 3'3 3*6 2 7T 2 2 1491 8 4 I 4 44-1 + 8 42 4 - 4 4'9 3 7T 3 3 H95 845 4 44'8 + 5 24 4-0 4'Q 4 ir r> 8 '5H 857 4 48-0 + 2 15 3'9 4'i 5 9 6 I5i5 858 4 48-2 -f u 14 5' 2 S' 204 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Beference. B.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitiide. o?A7g. Oxford. h. m. o / 6 7T* 7 1516 859 4 48-3 + 9 59 4-8 5-0 7 o 2 9 1525 86 5 4 49' 6 + J 3 '9 4'3 4*5 8 7T 6 10 1538 875 4 52-3 + * 33 47 47 9 ii 1557 894 4 577 + 15 M 47 47 10 ... '5 i59i 914 5 2-8 + 15 27 4-8 4-8 ii P 17 1611 928 5 7'o + 2 43 4*5 4'4 12 J 9 1623 936 5 8-8 8 20 o'3 + i-o 13 T 20 1638 948 5 i r8 6 59 3-6 3-9 H 22 1660 964 5 I5-6 o 30 4'6 4-8 '5 in 23 1665 966 5 '6'5 + 3 26 5'0 5'2 16 e 2 9 1680 973 5 18-2 7 55 4'3 4' 2 J 7 P 2 7 1682 974 5 18-4 I O 5'2 5' 2 18 V 28 1684 975 5 18-4 2 31 3*5 37 19 p 25 1685 977 5 18-5 + i 44 4-6 4-6 20 7 24 1687 979 5 18-7 + 6 14 1-9 1-8 21 p 30 1700 988 5 20-6 + 2 59 47 4'6 22 ... 31 1717 997 5 23-6 in 4'9 5'o 23 A 32 1722 IOOO 5 24-4 + 5 5i 4*3 4'4 24 8 34 1/30 1005 5 25-9 o 23 2'4 2'O 25 V 36 i73i 1007 5 26-1 - 7 23 47 5'2 26 ... ... IO1O 5 26-7 - i 41 5'2 5' 2 27 1 37 1748 1017 5 28-2 + 9 24 4'4 4'5 28 \ 39 1749 1019 5 28-5 + 9 5* 3'5 3'5 29 1752 1021 5 29-2 - 6 5 4' 5 30 f 4 1 1758 1023 5 29-4 5 28 4*4 4'6 31 * 43 1760 IO24 5 29-5 5 30 4'9 5'i 32 c 42 1759 1025 5 29-5 4 55 4' 6 5'4 33 I 44 1762 IO27 5 29-6 5 59 3-0 3-2 34 f 46 1765 1029 5 30*1 - i 17 18 1-8 35 ^ 40 1766 1030 5 30-3 + 9 T 3 4*4 47 36 ff 48 1780 1039 5 327 2 40 37 3'9 37 ca 47 1782 IO4O 5 32-9 + 43 4' 5 4'3 38 d 49 1785 104! 5 33' i 717 5'o 5'2 39 C 5o 1794 1045-6 5 347 20 r9J^jr8 40 1047 5 34'8 Ill 5'i 5'3 CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 205 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Eeference. B.A. 1880. DecL 1880. Magnitude. 4 1 K 53 1843 1068 h. m. 5 42*1 / 9 43 2'2 2'4 42 56 1869 1085 5 46*2 + i 49 5' 5' 1 43 x 1 54 1876 1089 5 47'3 -f- 20 16 4-6 5-1 44 a 58 1883 1091 5 48'7 + 7 23 0-9 -f o-o 45 ... 60 1913 1 109 5 527 + o 32 5'2 5-i 46 ... III4 5 54*i - 3 5 47 5'o 47 h 61 1928 1116 5 55' 8 + 9 39 4'3 47 48 x 3 64 1934 1119 5 5 6 '4 + 19 42 5' 1 5*o 49 x 4 62 J 939 1122 C CO*O + 20 9 4-8 4-9 5 ... ... 1124 5 5 8 '4 - 6 42 5'0 5'3 5 1 V 67 1958 1132 6 07 + H 47 4'4 4'4 52 ... ... U33 6 07 - 4 ii 5'2 5'3 53 /* 69 1989 II 5 2 6 5-1 + 16 9 5'0 5' 2 54 70 1990 i '53 6 5-1 + 14 14 4-2 4-4 55 ... 7 1 2004 1162 6 7-8 + 19 12 5-i 5-3 56 F 74 2017 1174 6 97 + 12 19 5' 1 5*3 57 / 75 2022 1178 6 10-5 H- 9 59 5'2 5'3 58 77 2086 1214 6 21-1 + 22 5' 2 5' B.A.C. 1460 (5-3); o 1 (5-4); i (5-4); h (5-3); B.A.C. 1601 (5.3); Fl. 21 (5-4); ^ (5-5); n 2 (5-3); H.P. 1018 (5.5); c (5-0); b (5.3); Fl. 52 (5-3); Fl. 55 (5-3) > H.P. 1 142 (5-5) ;/ 2 (5-4); Fl. 73(5-4). 61. PAVO. Fr . Le Paon ; Germ. Der Pfau. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding . . . Following . . . North Approximate Boundaries, 1900. R.A. h. m. 19 JO I 7 20 21 20 South Decl. -56 -74 Pavo is a Southern constellation, the chief stars of which are the following : Mag. 2-1 Mag. 3-5 3-8 There are 17 stars of mags. 4 206 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. E.A. 1880. Dec!. 1880. Magnitude. o^Cg. Xf01 ' d - h. m. o / I *7 5963 A 2 17 34'0 64 40 3'8 2 7T 6lOO A 16 17 57-0 63 40 4-6 3 ... ... 6198 A 26 18 12 9 61 32 4'4 4 J/ 6253 A 33 l8 20-2 62 21 4-8 5 c 6315 A 35 l8 29-0 71 32 4-2 6 635 2 A 39 18 337 64 59 5M 7 A ... 6383 A 45 18 41-1 62 20 4'3 8 K ... 6405 A 46 18 44-6 67 23 4 var. 9 0} 6436 A 51 18 47-9 60 21 5'4 10 ... 6766 A 74 '9 4* S 59 2 9 5'5 ii ... 6801 A 78 19 467 - 73 13 4-0 12 ... 6807 A 80 19 47-0 59 J 3 5'5 13 14 '5 5 a ... 6873 6885 7004 A 88 JA 78! JTelesc.j A 99 19 56-9 19 58-2 2O l6'2 66 29 53 '3 57 7 3'5 5'5 ri 16 f 1 7066 A 104 20 25*6 60 59 4'9 *7 /> 7082 A 107 20 27-5 -61 56 4'9 18 ^ 7099 A IOQ 20 30-1 -60 56 5'5 19 ... 7129 A in 20 34'I 66 38 3*3 20 o ... 7331 A 123 21 2'O 7 36 5'5 21 7 ... 7409 A 128 21 l8'5 6 5 55 4'5 Brisk 6303 (5-8) ; Lac. 7944 (5-7); Lac. 7980 (5-8); Lac. 7997 (5-6) ; Lac. 8156 (5.7) ; Lac. 8226 (5.9) ; ^ (5.9) ; M 2 (5-6) ; Lac. 8269 (5.7) ; v (5-6 Var) ; a (5.7); Lac. 8550 (5-9) ; Lac. 8625 (5.9) ; Lac. 8782 (5.9). 62. PEGASUS. Fr. P6gase ; Germ. Der Pegasus. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding Approximate Followin Boundaries, R.A. h. in. 22 30 21 TO O IO Decl. 35 South CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 207 The " Square of Pegasus/' though one star in Andromeda (a, which is also sometimes known as b Pegasi) helps to form it, is a group well known to all star-gazers. The chief stars are : Mag. Mag> f 2.4 2-6 2-6 a (Markab) . /3 (Scheat) . 7 (Algenib) ... 3-0 There are 30 stars of mags. 4 5-3, 3-6 3-7 3-8 No. Letter.- Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Eeference. B.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. Si o^ h. m. o / I ... I 7418 37 6 I 21 16-5 + 19 18 4'3 4'3 2 ... 2 7474 3792 21 24-5 + 23 6 4'3 4*5 3 ... s 7520 3813 21 32M + 18 47 5'2 4 e 8 756i 3836 21 38-3 + 9 20 2-4 2-4 5 9 7567 3842 21 38-8 + 16 48 4'4 4'4 6 K 10 757i 3843 21 39-2 + 25 4 4-2 4-2 7 14 7607 386l 21 44'5 4- 29 37 5-o 5'2 8 16 7627 3867 21 476 + 25 22 5*o 5'J 9 V 22 7689 3898 21 59'6 + 4 28 4-8 4-8 10 I 24 7706 39 7 22 I- 4 + 24 46 4-0 4-2 ii e 26 7723 39 ' 3 22 4 -2 + 5 36 3'8 3'5 12 7T 2 29 773i 39*7 22 47 + 32 35 4'4 4*o '3 ... 30 7788 3948 22 14-4 + 5 " 5'2 5'o T 4 31 7796 395 i 22 15-6 + 11 36 5'i 5'i '5 32 7798 3952 22 I 5 -8 + 27 44 4'9 5' 1 16 35 7827 39 6 5 22 2T-8 + 4 6 5'o 5'0 J 7 r 42 7908 4 OI 3 22 35'5 + 10 12 3'6 3*3 18 43 79'4 4015 22 36-1 + 28 4 4'9 5' i *9 >7 44 7923 4020 22 37-4 + 29 35 3-1 2-9 20 46 7943 4024 22 407 + 11 33 4'2 4'2 21 X 47 7945 4026 22 40-9 + 22 56 4-2 4-0 22 ^ 48 7958 434 22 44-2 + 23 58 3*7 3'6 2 3 p 50 7988 45i 22 49'2 + 8 ii 5'0 5'0 2 4 53 8032 4078 22 58-0 + 27 26 2-6 2-5 25 a 54 8034 4080 22 58-8 + H 34 2 6 2-3 208 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. or'Ar' Oxford - 26 55 8051 4084 h. m. 23 ro o / 4- 8 46 4-6 47 27 56 8052 4085 23 i'3 + 24 49 4'9 47 28 ... 59 8078 4102 23 57 + 8 4 5'i 5*3 2 9 T 62 8131 4132 23 H7 + 23 5 47 47 30 ... 66 8149 4140 23 1 7' + ii 39 5'2 5'4 31 V 68 8160 4 '43 23 19*4 + 22 45 4-6 4-6 32 q 7o 8l82 4151 23 23-1 + 12 6 4-6 5-0- 33 72 8206 4162 23 28-0 + 30 40 5'2 5'4 34 78 8256 4194 23 38-0 + 28 42 4'9 5' 35 * 81 8299 4217 23 46-4 + 18 27 5'2 5'4 36 # 84 8324 4233 23 S I- 6 4- 24 28 4-6 47 37 7 88 26 23 o 7*0 + H 3i 3'Q 2-5 38 X 89 32 28 o 8-4 + I 9 33 4'9 4'9 Fl. 7 (5-5); PL 12 (5-4); Fl. 13 (5-3)5 Fl. 17 (5-5) 5 Fl. 23 (5-5); B.A.C. 7753 (5.4) ; Fl. 37 (5-3) ; Fl. 38 (5-5) J * (5'3) ; Fl. 58 (5.3) ; Fl. 64 (5.4) ; Fl. 67 (5.5) ; Fl. 71 (5-4); Fl. 75 (5-4) 5 Fl. 77 (5.4) ; Fl. 82 (5.3). 63. PERSEUS. Jr. Persia; Germ. Perseus. Meridional Centre of Constellation ! Preceding . . . Following North South R.A. h. m. 3 20 I 30 4 4 o + 42 + 58 + 30 Perseus is a very brilliant constellation in consequence of its embracing a very rich portion of the Milky Way. Its chief stars are : a (Mirfac) (Algol) Mag. 1-9 2-3 Mag. 3-i 3-2 3-7 3-9 There are 38 stars of mags. 4 5-2. Algol is a well-known short-period variable, which is now treated as the type of a class of Variables. CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 209 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. B.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. H-. Oxford. b. m. / I 9 4 6l 4 3H I 54'4 + 53 55 4'9 5' i 2 i 9 721 373 2 14-0 + 55 18 5'2 5'5 3 ... 12 821 427 2 34-8 + 39 4 1 4'9 5'0 4 e '3 827 429 2 36-0 + 48 43 4' 2 4'3 5 "n 15 863 443 2 41'9 + 55 24 3'9 4' i 6 ... 16 8 7 I 446 2 43'0 + 37 49 4'4 4'8 7 ... IJF 8 77 449 2 44-2 + 34 34 4'8 4-9 8 T 18 88 5 454 2 45'8 + 52 16 4-0 4-1 9 ... 21 904 461 2 50-0 + 3i 26 5'2 5'4 10 7T 22 9 I2 465 2 SI'I + 39 ii 4' 7 4'9 ii . .. 24 9'5 468 2 517 + 34 42 5'o 5*3 12 ... 918 470 2 52-4 + 5i 54 5'i 5'2 13 7 23 947 . 483 2 S^' I + 53 2 3'i 3'i 14 ... 948 484 2 5 6 '5 + 56 H 5'o S'o 15 p 25 953 489 2 57'5 + 38 22 3'7 4'2 16 i 1 962 495 3 o*4 + 49 9 4-1 4'4 17 ft 26 9 6 3 496 3 o*4 + 40 30 2-3 2-4 18 K 2 7 967 498 3 i '4 + 44 2 4 4-0 4-1 19 U 28 981 503 3 3-6 + 39 9 47 4'9 20 995 5*3 3 7'6 + 50 2 9 5'2 5'2 21 ... 2 9 1007 521 3 io'i + 49 47 5'3 5*4 22 ... 31 ion 522 3 10-7 + 49 40 5'o 5'i 23 ... .. . 1017 5M 3 ii'3 + 33 46 4'8 4'9 24 I 32 1026 532 3 13-5 + 4 2 54 4-8 5-0 25 ... ... 1035 537 3 147 + 48 47 5'2 26 a 33 1043 54i 3 15-8 + 49 26 1-9 1-9 27 I0 59 552 3 i9'6 + 48 39 5-0 S'o 28 ... 34 1066 555 3 20-8 + 49 7 4'8 S'o 29 i + 32 43 5*2 5*4 36 f 44 1207 638 3 46-6 + 3 1 34 3' i 3*1 37 45 1219 649 " 3 49-8 + 39 4 3'o 3' i 38 46 1228 6 S 2 3 Si' 2 + 35 27 4'i 4'3 39 X 47 1254 6 7 I 3 577 + 5 i 4'5 4'4 40 c 48 1266 682 4 o-o + 47 2 4 4'3 4'3 4i A* 5i 1287 702 4 6-1 + 48 6 4-2 4-2 42 / 52 1291 707 4 6-7 + 40 ii 4'9 4-8 43 & l ... 1301 719 4 9' 2 + 50 o 4-6 4-8 44 ... 54 1322 733 4 12-6 + 34 17 5'i 5'3 45 d S3 1323 735 4 i3'o + 46 13 4'9 4'9 46 e 58 1414 793 4 28-4 + 41 i 4-4 4-6 Fl. i (5.5) 5 Fl. 2 (5.4) ; Fl. 6 (5.4) ; X (neb.) ; Fl. 20 (5.4) ; H.P. 514 (5.5) ; Fl. 30 (5.4); H.P. 556(5.5); Fl. 36(5-4); B.A.C. 1 2 10 (5.4); A. (5.5); H.P. 647 (5-5); B.A.C. 1314 (5-4) ; B.A.C. 1364 (5.4) ; Fl. 59 (5.3). 64. PHCENIX. Fr. Ph6nix ; Germ. Der Ph6nix. Approximate Boundaries, 1900. R.A. h. m. 1 O 23 20 2 15 Decl. o -48 Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding ... Following ... North 38 South ... ... ... 59 Phoenix is a Southern constellation, with the following as its chief stars : Mag. Mag. a 2.4 e 3.8 3-3 * 3-9 7 3-4 There are 13 stars of mags. 4 CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 211 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. P.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. o'X.: Oxford. h. m. / I ( ... 8210 A 9 23 28-6 43 17 4'4 2 9 5.V4 + J 9 10 3'6 37 6 OBWUHi H 6890 M^ 3487 19 58-0 4 J5 42 ^^^^^^ S'2 5-5 (5.6); Fl. 10 (5-5); Fl. . 13 (5-5)5 1 (5-4). 216 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. 70. SAGITTARIUS. Fr. Le Sagittaire ; Germ. Der Schiitze. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding Approximate Followi Boundaries, R.A. h. m. 19 o 17 3 20 20 South Decl. o -25 12 -45 Sagittarius is a more important constellation than most dwellers in England are aware of, and the Milky Way materially adds to its attractiveness. The chief stars are : Mag. 2-1 2-3 2-8 2-9 Mag. 3-i 3-3 3-5 3-5 3-8 3-9 3-9 There are also 34 stars of mags. 4 5-2. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent Keference. B.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. o^Arg. ^xford. h. m. / I 2 3 ... 3 6008 6016 6074 2972 I A 170! \Scorp.J A 14 17 4O'O 17 41'3 17 5IH -27 47 31 39 30 14 4'9 5'5 5'4 4 4 6077 3006 17 52-5 -23 48 4-6 5 y ... 6107 3035 17 57'4 29 35 4'9 6 7 2 10 6115 3036 17 58-1 30 25 3'0 7 ... 6127 3039 18 0-5 28 28 47 8 /* 13 6168 3062 18 6-6 -2i 5 4' 1 9 V 6186 3074 1 8 9-5 - 36 48 3'0 10 ... ... 6194 3076 18 10-5 -27 5 47 ii 8 19 6209 3084 18 13-3 2 9 53 2-8 12 f 20 6233 3095 18 16-2 34 26 2'I CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 217 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. B.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude Xi:<**d. h. m. o / 13 ... 21 6247 3105 18 18-2 20 36 4*9 H A 22 6263 31" 18 20'6 2 5 29 3'i *5 ... 6279 3"9 18 22'4 H 39 47 16 ... ... 6294 3124 18 24-4 18 29 5'2 '7 27 6371 3157 18 38-2 -27 7 3'3 18 v l 32 6434 3196 1 8 46-9 22 53 5'0 19 ... 3198 18 47-8 '5 45 5'i 20 a 34 6440 3199 18 47-8 26 27 2-3 21 V 35 6441 3200 18 47-9 22 49 5'2 22 f 1 36 6454 3213 18 50-2 20 49 5'0 23 2 37 6461 3218 18 50-6 21 16 3-5 24 c 38 6489 3237 '8 55-0 30 3 2-9 25 39 6507 3252 18 57'5 -21 55 3*9 26 T 40 6521 3258 '8 59'5 27 51 3'5 27 7T 4i 6548 3270 19 2-6 21 13 3'i 28 ? 42 6575 3287 19 8-2 25 28 5'2 2 9 d 43 6584 3296 19 io-6 19 10 4'9 30 1 6608 Ai68 19 14-0 -44 4i 3'8 31 /3 2 6610 A 172 19 M-S 45 2 4'4 32 />' 44 6619 3319 19 14-7 -18 4 3'9 33 v 46 6621 3321 19 14-8 16 ii 47 34 a 6622 Ai 7 7 19 15-6 40 51 4-0 35 X 47 6633 3331 19 18-0 -2444 5' 1 36 ... ... 6689 [A 6 4 1 jTelesc.f 19 26-3 - 4 8 21 5'4 37 A 2 52 6706 3373 19 29-4 25 9 4-6 38 e 2 55 6742 3403 19 35'7 16 24 S'o 39 / 56 6760 3414 19 39'4 20 3 5' 1 40 t 6812 A 241 19 47-0 42 ii 4'3 4' (a 58 6823 344 6 19 48-5 26 37 5' 42 I 59 6832 345 1 19 49-6 27 29 47 43 9 61 6840 3456 19 51-1 15 49 5' 218 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Keference. B.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude, or Arg : Oxford - 44 A 60 6842 3459 h. m. 19 51-6 / 26 31 5'0 45 ... ... 6843 346i 19 SI'9 35 36 4'2 46 c 62 6870 3477 19 55*3 -28 3 47 47 ... 6872 A 268 19 55*5 38 16 5*o 48 ... ... 6877 3484 19 56-7 32 23 s-i Fl. 7 (5.4) ; B.A.C. 6161 (5.3) ; Lac. 7746 (5-8) ; Lac. 7761 (5.6) ; Lac. 7830 (5-2) ; Fl. 29 (5-5) ; H.P. 3226 (5-3) ; B.A.C. 6499 (5-5) ; B.A.C. 6536 (5-5) ; Lac. 8037 (5-9) ' Fl. 50 (5-5) ; B.A.C. 6746 (5.5); Lac. 8239 (5-6) ; Lac. 8*85 (5-9) ; Lac. 8296 (5.9) ; Lac. 8362 (5.7); Lac. 8415 (5-5) ; Lac. 8417 (5-6). 71. SCORPIO. Fr. lie Scorpion ; Germ. Der Scorpion. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding Approximate I Following Boundaries, R.A. h. m. 16 20 15 30 J 7 55 South Decl. o -26 - 7 -45 Scorpio is also a much richer and more important constellation than many persons imagine. Besides its leading star Antares there are no fewer than 15 of its stars brighter than mag. 3-9. These are : a (Antares) A. Mag. I- 1 2-1 2.2 2-5 2-6 2-8 2.9 C 2 1 Mag. 2-9 3.0 3-i 3-3 3-6 3-6 3-6 3-9 On the other hand, its stars of mags. 4 5-2 are disproportion- ately few, for there are only 16 of them. CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 211) No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. B.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. o^Arg. : Oxford ' h. m. o / I I I 5232 2640 IS 43'8 ~ 2 5 23 4-8 2 A 2 5250 2651 IS 4 6< 4 -24 58 47 3 P 5 5272 2662 J 5 49'5 -28 52 4-0 4 7T 6 5289 2671 !5 5 T '6 25 46 3'i 5 5 7 5303 2674 15 53-2 22 17 2 '5 6 * 5 1 5324 2688-9 J 5 577 II 12 -63 1 l 8 5329 2690-1 15 58-5 19 29 2 '9J3.o} 8 cu 1 9 5337 2698 15 59*8 29 21 4' 1 9 or 10 5242 2700 16 0-4 20 33 4-6 10 ... 5374 2709 1 6 3-6 20 6 5'i 1 1 c 2 13 538i 2711 1 6 4-9 -27 37 47 12 V H 5382 2714 16 5-0 19 9 4-2 13 + 15 5386 27^5 16 5-4 - 9 45 4-8 I 4 ... ... 54 2 9 2732 16 10*9 28 19 5'o 15 ... 19 5445 2737 16 13-4 23 53 47 16 a 20 5447 2738 16 13-9 25 18 3-o 7 a 21 5498 2764 16 22-1 26 10 n : ri 18 22 5501 2769 16 22-9 24 5 1 46 I9 ... 5508 A 72 16 23-5 -34 27 4-6 20 T 23 5539 2783 16 28-4 -27 58 2-9 21 5538 A 76 1 6 28-5 35 * 4*4 22 6 26 5632 2818 16 42-4 34 5 2'2 23 ^ 5638 A 98 16 43*8 37 5 3-6 24 M 2 ... 5640 A 99 16 44-2 37 49 3'9 25 C 2 ... 5661 A 104 16 46-1 42 9 3'6 26 5735 A 120 1 6 56*9 -33 57 5'5 27 77 5778 A 1 26 1 7 3-6 -43 5 3-6 28 v 34 59 01 2924 17 22-6 37 12 2-8 29 A 35 59'5 2932 17 2 5'5 -37 * 17 30 ... 5932 A 159 17 28-3 38 32 47 31 J 5935 Ai6o 17 287 42 55 ri 32 5970 A 165 17 34' 2 - 38 5? 2-6 i i 220 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Eeference. B.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude, o^g.: Oxford. h. m. o / 33 t' ... 6004 A 1 69 17 39'2 -4 5 3'3 34 ... ... 6055 A 181 17 48-0 44 19 5'4 35 ... 6061 A 183 '7 49'3 41 41 5'3 B.A.C. 5254 (5-4)5 Fl. 4 (5-5); B.A.C. 5286 (5.4); B.A.C. 5314 (5-4) ; Fl. 12 (5.5); Fl. 16 (5-5); B.A.C. 5435 (5-4); X (5'6); Lac. 6810 (5-8); Lac. 6816 (5.7); B.A.C. 5464 (5-4) ; Lac. 6854 (5-9) J Lac - 68 59 (4' 6 ) 5 Lac. 6949 (5-9) ; Lac. 7000 (5.9); Lac. 7016 (5.8); Lac. 7089 (5.7); B.A.C. 5718 (5-3); Lac. 7147 (5.7); Lac. 7*59 (5-9); Lac - 7 J 79 (5-8); Lac. 7202 (5-9); Lac. 7247 (5-8); Brisk 6125 (5-8); ' 2 (5-6). 72. APPARATUS SCULPTORIS (SCULPTOR). Fr. L'Atelier du Sculpteur ; Germ. Die Bildhauerwerkstatte. Decl. o R.A. h. m. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding ... Following ... North South Approximate Boundaries, 1900. 30 23 o 1 40 -35 -27 -42 The constellation Apparatus Sculptoris is now universally called " Sculptor," the tools being discarded and their owner raised to the place of dignity. The brightest star, a, is only of mag. 4-1. There are TO stars between that and' the limit. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. B.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. o?Ar V g. : Oxf - d - h. m. / I 7 8113 4 I2I 23 I2'3 33 ii 4-6 2 ... 8201 A 16 23 26-5 -38 19 4-8 3 V- ... 8236 A 23 23 34'3 32 44 S'5 4 8 ... 8275 4205 23 42-7 -28 48 4-6 5 c 8.352 4248 23 56-2 30 23 5'o 6 ... 10 ii o 3-2 -28 39 5'2 7 ... 23 18 o S'5 28 28 5-5 8 e ... 24 A 53 o 5-6 -35 48 5 '4 CHAP. VIII.J Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 221 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. B.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. A. : Oxford h. m. o / 9 1 ... 72 SO I5'5 -29 39 5'5 10 ... 103 62 22-0 33 4 4'8 ii a ... 272 158 o 52-8 30 o 4* 1 12 1 ... 541 274 I 4O'O 25 39 5' 2 Lac. 9675 (5.8) ; Lac. 9735 (5.7) ; Lac. 22 (5.9) ; Lac. 125 (5-8) ; \ 2 (5.8) ; a (5.6) ; Lac. 447 (5-8) ; Lac. 462 (5.9) ; Lac. 500 (5-6) ; Lac. 501 (5-9). 73. SCUTUM SOBIESKII. Fr. L'^cu de Sobieski ; Germ. Der Sobieskische Schild. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding ... Following ... North Approximate Boundaries, 1900. B.A. h. m. 18 30 18 o 18 55 Decl. o -10 - 3 South This constellation is sometimes called Clypeus Sobieskii, but Scutum simply is now its more usual designation. Its brightest star is B.A.C. 6325, of mag. 4. There are 5 other stars between thafc and mag. 5-2. Nos. 2 6, below, are assigned to Aquila in B.A.C. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Beference. B.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. o'rTg. Oxford. h. m. o / I ... ... . .. 3102 18 17-1 - 9 o 5'0 5' 1 2 ... ... 6325 3134 18 28-7 8 20 4-0 4-2 3 ... 2 6361 3*5* 18 357 9 10 4'8 5'o 4 .. 3 6367 3 I 54 1 8 37' - 8 25 5'i 5' 2 5 ... 6 6388 3i74 18 40-8 4 53 4'4 4'5 6 9 6464 3219 18 507 - 6 o 5' 1 5*6 B.A.C. 6324 (5-3). 222 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. 74. SERPENS. Fr. Le Serpent; Germ. Die Schlange. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding . . . Following ... North South Approximate Boundaries, 1900. R.A. h. in. 15 35 15 o 16 15 Decl. o + 8 + 23 - 4 Serpens is a long rambling constellation much mixed up with Ophiuchus, whence the name Serpentarius (= serpent-bearer) sometimes applied to Ophiuchus. The chief stars are : Mag. 27 3-4 3-5 There are 19 stars of mags. 4 5-2. Mag. 3-7 3-7 3-8 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Keference. B.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude, o^g. Oxford. h. m. / I ... 5 5047 2544 15 I3'2 + 2 I 3 5'i 5'i 2 10 595 2571 15 22-6 + 2 l6 5'i 5' 2 3 8 13 5135 2 59 15 29-I + T O 57 4-0 3-8 4 X 20 5'85 2620 15 36'I + 13 H 5* 1 5'o 5 1 21 5187 2621 15 36-2 + 20 3 4-6 4-6 6 a 24 5196 2627 15 38-4 + 6 48 2-7 2-7 7 & 28 5216 2632 IS 40-6 + 15 48 3'8 3'5 8 \ 27 5 2 H 2633 15 40-6 + 7 44 4*4 47 9 K 35 5234 2636 J 5 4.V3 + '8 31 4' 2 3'9 10 A* 32 5 2 30 2638 15 43 '4 3 4 3'5 3'3 ii - 2 44 5*2 5'3 H /> 38 5252 2649 15 46-0 -f- 21 2O 4-8 5-0 15 7 4i 5284 2666 ! 5 5'9 4-i6 3 4-0 3-8 CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 223 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. B.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. 2Si <*. h. m. o / 16 TT 44 5322 2687 15 57'i + 23 8 5'0 4'5 J 7 . VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 225 No. Letter. ^lam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard r Argent. Reference. E.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. o?Ar' Oxford- h. m. o / II e 30 1174 622 3 417 + 10 46 S'l 51 12 27 1176 625 3 42-0 + 23 41 3-8 4-0 '3 \ 35 1241 657 3 54'0 + 12 9 36 3'4 '4 V 38 1251 665 3 56*8 + 5 39 40 4-1 15 A 1 37 1257 670 3 57' 6 + 21 45 4'4 4'8 16 # 42 1265 680 3 59'6 + 28 41 5*2 5'3 17 47 1298 7 12 4 7*4 + 8 58 5' 5'i 18 ... 7 J 3 4 8-1 + 9 42 5' 5 '3 19 A* 49 1304 7.6 4 9' + 8 36 4'3 4' 3 20 a, 2 So 13 1 I 722 4 IO'2 + 20 17 4-6 5-1 21 S 2 1326 736 4 13-0 + 27 4 5-i 5^ 22 7 54 1328 737 4 13*0 + 15 20 3'9 3'5 23 58 1332 742 4 13-8 + I 4 4 8 5' 2 4 8 l 61 1346 75 4 16-0 + '7 '5 4' 3'9 25 5 2 64 1356 756 4 i?' 2 + 17 10 47 S'o 26 f 66 '357 757 4 T 7'3 + 9 ii 5'i 5'2 27 K 65 1362 760 4 18-2 + 22 2 4'6 4-6 28 5 3 68 1365 763 4 18-6 + ' 7 39 4'2 4'5 29 V 1 69 1367 764 4 J 9' J + 22 32 5'3 4'6 30 7' 1369 765 4 '9*5 + 15 20 4'6 5-0 3 1 , 73 13/0 768 4 '9'8 + 14 26 4'9 5'i 32 74 1376 773 4 21-6 + 8 55 37 37 33 e 1 77 1380 775 4 217 + 15 42 39 4i 34 2 78 1381 776 4 21-8 + !5 36 3-6 3-6 35 6 79 1384 111 4 22-1 + 12 47 5'2 5'i 36 1391 783 4 237 + i5 56 4'9 S'i 37 p 86 1409 789 4 26-7 + H 35 4' 8 . 5-0 38 a 87 1420 797 4 29-0 + 16 16 ro ri 39 fZ 88 1421 798 4 29-1 + 9 55 4'6 4\s 40 c l 90 1434 805 4 31*5 + 12 16 4'3 4' 6 4 1 a 1 9' H36 807 4 3 2 '3 + 15 33 5-i 5'3 42 a 2 92 H37 808 4 32-4 + '5 4 2 4'8 5'' 43 T 94 1449 819 4 35' + 22 44 4'4 4'6 44 i 97 H93 842 4 44'3 + '8 39 5-1 5-2 45 ' 102 155' 888 4 55'9 + 21 25 47 4'9 YOL. III. 226 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Eeference. E.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magn tude, o'rTg. Oxford. h. m. o / 46 m I0 4 1568 900 5 0-3 4-18 3 5' 1 5*3 47 n 109 1637 950 5 12-1 + 21 59 5' 2 5'4 48 III 1671 970 5 I7H + 17 17 5-2 5'3 49 112 1681 978 5 '87 + 28 30 1-9 1-8 5 o 114 1695 9 8 7 B 5 2 o*4 + 21 50 4'8 5'i 5i ... 119 1726 1003 5 25-2 + 18 30 4-6 4-6 52 c 123 1767 1032 5 30*5 + 21 4 3 - o 30 53 ... 125 1778 1037 5 32-3 + 25 50 4'9 5'i 54 ... 126 1792 1044 5 34'4 -f- 16 29 4'9 5'i 55 ... 133 1834 1064 5 4'9 + 13 5 2 5'2 5'3 56 ... 132 1837 1067 5 4 I- 7 + 24 33 S'l 5'3 57 ... i.U 1846 1071 5 42-8 + 12 37 4-8 5-0 53 ... 136 1863 1084 5 45'8 + 27 36 4'5 47 59 139 1896 1099 5 5' 6 + 25 56 5' 1 5' *(5-5); Fl. 13 (5-4); B.A.C. 1192 (5.5); Fl. 40 (5.3); H.P. 672 (5.5); Fl. 41 (5.4) ; Fl. 46 (5.3) ; Fl. 51 (5-4) ; Fl. 53 (5.5) ; Fl. 56 (5-4) ; X (5-5) > **. 67 (5-5) ; Fl. 72 (5.4) ; Fl. 75 (5-3) ; Fl. 81 (5-5) 5 FL 83 (5-4) 5 H.P. 810 (5.5) ; Fl. 93 (5-3) ! Z( 5 . 4 ); Fl. 103 (5-5); Fl. 115 (5-4); Fl. 116 (5.5); Fl. 118 (5.4); B.A.C. 1728 (5.5); Fl. 120 (5.3); Fl. 121 (5.4); Fl. 122 (5.4); Fl. 130 (5.5). 77. TELESCOPIUM. Fr. Le T61escope ; Germ. Das Teleskop. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding . . . Following ... North Approximate Boundaries, 1900. R.A. h. m. 18 40 17 40 1 9 30 South Decl. o -52 -46 -60 Telescopium is a small Southern constellation, the brightest star of which is a of mag. 3-5. There are 5 other stars between that and mag. 5^. CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 227 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. K.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. oX : Oxford. h. m. o / I e ... 6140 A 3 1 8 2-3 -45 58 5*2 2 a ... 6240 A 13 18 18-1 - 4 6 2 3-5 3 c ... 6250 A 14 18 19-6 -49 8 4*5 4 A ... 6 443 A 4, 18 48-8 53 5 5'2 5 ... 6592 A 55 19 13-1 -54 38 5-4 6 V ... 6 75i A 67 19 38-2 - 56 38 5'5 Lac. 7608 (5.7); Si (5.7); S 2 (5.7); K (5.7); Lac. 7872 (5.9); p (5.7); Lac. 8091 (5-9). 78. TOUCAN. Fr. Le Toucan; Germ. Der Tucan. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding Following North Approximate Boundaries, 1900. E.A. h. m. 2 3 45 22 O I 30 South Decl. o -68 -57 -76 This constellation comprises only one bright star, a, of mag. 2-8, together with n stars of mags. 4 5^. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. E.A. 1880. Dec]. 1880. Magnitude. Si <*** h. m. O 1 I a ... 7767 A 2 22 I0'3 60 51 2-8 2 8 ... 7808 A 6 22 l8'8 65 35 4'8 3 V 7841 A 8 22 24-9 -62 36 5'5 4 7 ... 8098 A 26 23 I0'4 -58 54 4-0 5 V 8323 A 43 23 5 I 3 -64 5 5'3 6 ... 8334 A 44 23 537 -66 15 4'3 7 c ... 64 A 49 o 13-8 -65 34 4' i 8 p I2 7 A 52 26'O 63 37 4*3 9 p 128 A 53 o 26-1 - 63 38 47 10 ... ... 134 A 54 o 27-2 63 42 5*5 Q 2 228 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV, No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. o? Arg. ' Oxford. h. m. o / II A 2 ... 266 A 70 o SQ'5 70 10 5'5 12 K 392 A 78 I H'7 69 31 5'i Lac. 9112 (5.7); Lac. 9412 (5.7); Lac. 9463 (5.7); Lac. 9474 (5.7); Lac. 9483 (5.8) ; Lac. 9710 (5.9) ; TT (5.7) ; p (5.7) ; ^5-6). 79. TRIANGULUM. Fr. lie Triangle ; Germ. Das Dreieck. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding . . . Following . . . North Approximate Boundaries, 1900. R.A. h. in. 2 O 1 3 2 3 South Decl. o 32 + 37 + 26 Triangulum is one of the ancient constellations, notwithstanding its small size. Its principal stars are : Mag. 3- 1 3-6 There are 3 stars between mags. 4 5-2. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. 5Si ** h. m. O 1 I a 2 569 289 I 4 6'3 + 29 o 3'6 3'5 2 4 656 33* 2 2'4 + 34 25 3' i 3' 1 3 7 691 356 2 8-8 + 32 49 5'2 5*3 4 S 8 6 97 360 2 9'9 + 33 42 S'o 5' 2 5 7 9 698 361 2 IO'2 + 33 17 4*2 4'3 B.A.C. 516(5-4); (5-4); F1 - 6(5-3); FL 10(5.3); Fl. 12(5-5); Fl. 14(5-3); H.P. 39 (5-5)- CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 229 SO. TRIANGULUM AUSTRALE. Fr. Le Triangle Austral ; Das Siidliche Dreieck. Meridional Centre of Constellation / Preceding , Approximate I ^ ,, . \ Following , Boundaries, \N-4-y, '9 00 - South R.A. h. in. *5 4 14 40 16 40 Decl. o -65 -59 -72 The Southern Triangle is, like its Northern namesake, a small constellation, but it contains several bright stars : Mag. There are also 2 stars of mags. 4-3 and 4-6 respectively, but all the others are below . No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Keference. E.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. Ha- : Oxford. h. m. / I 7 3005 A 5 '5 77 68 16 3'i 2 S'03 A ii 15 25-8 ~ 6 5 55 4-6 3 5233 A 17 15 54'6 -63 3 3' i 4 5 ... 5375 A 25 16 4-5 63 23 4*3 5 a ... 5578 A 42 16 36-0 68 48 2'2 (5-7) ; C (5-6) ; i (5-8) ; Lac. 6809 (5.9) ; Lac. 6906 (5-6). 81. URSA MAJOR. Fr. La Grande Ourse ; Germ. Der Grosse Bar. E.A. h. m. Meridional Centre of Constellation ... ... 1 1 o / Preceding 80 j Following ~. 14 j North ( South Approximate Boundaries, Decl. + 58 + 75 + 30 Ursa Major, though certainly not on the whole so rich or so beautiful a constellation as Orion, is probably more generally 230 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. known to all classes by reason of its perpetual visibility in England. Its chief stars are : Mag. (Alioth) 1-8 a (^Dubhe)... ... 2-0 ?7(Alkaid orBenetnasch)2.o C(Mizar) 2-4 2-6 7 ... ... ... 2-6 There are 27 stars of mags. 4 Mag. 3-2 3-4 3-4 3-6 37 37 3-8 3-8 3-9 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Eeference. B.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. 2St ^ h. m. / I I 2819 1558 8 20-3 + 61 8 3'4 3*4 2 7T 2 4 2884 1584 8 297 + 64 46 4'8 4'7 3 ( 9 3048 1636 8 51-0 + 48 3' 3-2 3-2 4 P 8 3049 J6 3 8 8 57 + 68 6 5'o 5'0 5 K 12 3075 1645 8 S5'4 + 47 48 37 3'6 6 ff 13 3099 l65S 8 59-8 + 67 37 4-8 s-o 7 f 15 3106 l6 5 6 9 '4 + 5 2 5 4'4 47 8 T 14 3108 l6 S 8 9 ro + 64 o 4-8 4-9 9 C 16 3125 1669 9 4'9 + 61 55 5' 2 5* 1 10 e 18 3 HO 1675 9 7'6 + 54 3i 4'9 5' n h 23 3221 I7OI 9 22'I + 63 35 37 37 12 d 24 3232 1706 9 23-9 + 70 21 4-6 4-9 13 e 25 3242 1709 9 24-8 + 5 2 13 3'2 3'i H 26 3256 I7IS 9 26-6 + 52 36 4-6 47 15 V 29 3346 1753 9 42-5 + 59 36 4-0 3-9 16 30 3358 1756 9 44-0 + 54 38 4'4 47 i7 A 33 355 1810 10 9-9 + 43 3i 3'6 .rS 18 /* 34 3533 1827 10 15-2 + 42 6 3'i 3'i 19 ... ... 3531 1829 10 !5'5 + 66 ir 5'o 5'o 20 ... 36 358o 1844 10 23-0 + 56 36 4'9 5*o CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 231 No. Letter Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Eeference E.A. 1880. Dec]. 1880. Magnitude. h. m. o / 21 ... 3607 '857 10 26*2 + 4 1 3 5-1 5-1 22 ... 37 3612 1861 10 27-4 + 57 42 5'2 5'4 2 3 38 3647 1877 10 33-8 + 66 20 S'o 5-0 24 ... 3652 1878 10 34'5 + 69 42 5'2 5-0 25 ca 45 3729 1903 10 47-1 + 43 50 4'9 4'9 26 46 3741 1907 10 49-1 + 34 9 5'2 27 ... 47 3757 I9 1 3 10 52-8 + 41 4 5*2 5-2 28 48 37 6 7 '9 2 3 10 54-6 + 57 i 2'6 2-2 2 9 a 5o 3777 1926 10 56-3 + 62 24 2'0 I'Q 30 # 52 3812 1941 ii 2-9 + 45 9 3' i 3' 2 31 53 3851 1959-60 ii n-8 + 32 18 3' 8 {}l}a7 3 2 V 54 3852 1961 II I2'O + 33 45 3'8 3'5 33 ... 55 3856 1962 II I2'6 + 38 51 4-8 4-9 34 ... 56 3868 1967 II l6'3 + 44 9 5'i 5-3 35 ... 57 3905 1980 II 22'6 + 40 o 5'2 5-i 36 X 63 398i 2018 ii 397 + 48 27 3'9 3'8 37 7 64 4017 2036 11 47'5 + 54 22 2-6 2-3 38 ... 67 4057 2054 ii 56-0 + 43 43 S'i 5'i 39 5 69 4 I2 3 2077 12 9-5 + 57 4 2 3'4 3'4 40 77 4335 2191 12 487 + 56 37 1-8 r8 4* ... 78 4366 2207 !2 55' 6 + 57 i 4-8. 5-0 42 i 79 4484 2264-5 13 19-1 + 55 33 2-4J 2 2J5'i 43 9 80 4493 2267 13 2O'4 + 55 37 4-2 4-0 44 ... 83 4568 2315 13 36-2 + 55 17 4-8 5-1 45 77 85 4607 2338 13 42-8 + 49 55 2-0 1-8 A (5-3); * (5-3); B.A.C. 3150 (5-5); Fl. 27 (5.5); Fl. 31 (5-3) ; B.A.C. (5.3); Fl. 44 (5-4); Fl. 49(5-4)5 Fl. 59 (5-S) 5 B.A.C. 3985 (5-3); B.A.C. 4510 (5.4) ; Fl. 81 (5.5) ; Fl. 82 (5.3) ; Fl. 86 (5.5) ; B.A.C. 5058 (5-5). * # * The star numbered above as 26 (Fl. 46) is assigned by B.A.C. to Leo Minor, but as it is numbered in Baily's edition of Flamsteed in Ursa Major I have thought it best to do the same. 232 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. Approximate Boundaries, 82. URSA MINOR. Fr. La petite Ourse ; Germ. Der Kleine Bar. R.A. h. m. . ... 154 ... 13 o l8 o Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding ... Following South Decl. 4-78 90 65 Ursa Minor is often regarded as a sort of counterpart of Ursa Major, but the resemblance is rather far-fetched. The real importance of this constellation arises from the fact that the North Pole and the Pole Star are within its boundaries. Its chief stars are : Mag. 2-1 2-2 (Kochab) a (Polaris) 3-2 There are n stars of mags. 4 5-2. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. h. m. / I ... 2 262 '55 o 52-6 + 85 37 4*5 2 a I 360 213 I 14-6 + 88 40 2-2 : 2-0 3 4339 2188 12 48-1 + 84 4 J 4 4342 2189 12 48-3 + 84 4 j S'o 5 ... 4 4733 2396 14 9'3 + 78 7 4'9 : 5'o 6 5 4822 2437 14 27-8 + 76 14 4'3 : 47 7 . 7 4936 2500 '4 5 1 *' + 74 39 2*1 : 2*2 8 ... ii 5079 2555 15 17-2 + 72 15 5-1 9 7 13 5094 2566 15 20-9 + 72 16 3-2 : 3-0 10 '5 5*9' 2616 15 35'0 + 77 45 5'3 : 5-o ii c 16 5285 2657 15 48-4 + 78 10 4'5 : 4'6 12 77 21 55 11 2759 16 21-0 + 76 "2 5'o : 5'i 13 22 57 8 2851 16 58-3 + 82 14 4'5 : 4*5 H 23 6281 3077 18 iro + 86 37 4'3 : 4'5 BA.C. 4732 (5-3); Fl. ii (5-3); Fl. 19 (5-5); B.A.C, 559' (5-5)- CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 233 83. VIRGO. Fr. La Vierge ; Germ. Die Jungfrau. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding Following ... North Approximate Boundaries, 1 900. R.A. h. m. 1320 u 35 15 o South Decl. o 2 + 15 -20 Virgo is a constellation marked by a fair number of bright stars, including one very bright one (Spica), but astronomically Virgo is chiefly noted for its large number of nebulae. The chief stars are : Mag. a (Spica) ... ... 1-2 v . 2-8 6 (Vindemiatrix) . . . c 3-5 Fl. 109 There are 30 stars of mags. 4-4 5-2. 3-7 3-7 37 3-9 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. R.A. Dec]. 1880. Magnitude. ! j 2 3979 2017 h. m. o / + 8 55 4*9 5'2 2 V 3 3982 2019 ii 397 4- 7 '2 4' 2 4'3 3 A 1 4 3989 2023 ii 41-8 + 8 55 5' 2 5-3 4 5 4002 2028 ii 44-4 4- 2 27 37 3*4 5 * 7 4049 2049 ii 53-8 4- 4 20 5' 2 5*4 6 7T 8 4052 2051 ii 547 + 7 '7 4'4 4*6 7 9 4072 2057 ii 59-1 + 9 24 4*3 4'3 8 * 15 445 2088 12 13-8 4-0 3-8 9 C 16 4U1 2090 12 14*3 + 3 59 5'2 5'3 10 X 26 4257 2150 12 33'i 7 20 47 47 ii 7 29 4268 2I55- 6 12 35-6 - o 47 2 . 8 {35} 2 . 7 12 f 3 4271 2157 12 35'8 4-io 54 5'i 4'9 13 t 40 4330 2186 12 48-1 - 8 53 5'0 5' 1 M 5 43 4340 2193 12 49*6 + 43 37 3'5 15 6 47 4367 2208 12 56-2 411 36 3-o 3-o 234 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Eeference. B.A. 1880. Dec!. 1880. Magnitude. H- g : Oxford. h. m. o / 16 9 49 439 1 2219 13 1-6 10 6 5'2 17 e 51 4401 2224 J3 37 - 4 54 4*4 : 4'5 18 ... 53 4418 2231 13 57 15 33 5' 1 '9 e 59 444 22 44 13 10-8 + 10 5 5'i : 5' 2 20 a 60 4446 2246 13 n'5 + 66 5'o : 5*i 21 6 1 4449 2247 13 I2'I -i/ 38 4-8 22 a 67 4480 2263 13 l8'9 10 32 1-2 +0-04 23 ... 70 4499 2271 13 22-6 + 14 27 5-2 : 5-0 2 4 Z 2 74 45i6 2283 13 25-8 - 5 38 4-9 : 50 2 5 78 45 2 9 2292 13 28-1 + 4 16 4*9 : 5'i 26 C 79 4532 22 94 13 28-6 + I 3'5 : 3'4 27 89 4608 234 1 13 43'3 17 32 5'2 28 T 93 4672 2373 13 55'6 + 2 7 4'4 : 4'3 2Q ... ... 4/oo 2384 H 4'3 15 44 5'2 30 ... 47'3 2388 14 6-2 + 2 5 8 5'o : 5'4 31 K 98 4716 2390 14 6-5 - 9 43 4'3 : 4 -I 3 2 I 99 4727 2398 14 9-7 - 5 26 4-2 : 3-9 33 A 100 4743 2408 14 12-6 12 49 4-6 : 4-7 34 V 1 IO2 4748 2410 14 13-4 - i 42 5" 2 : 5'o 35 10.5 4792 2428 14 22'O - i 41 4'9 : 4'9 36 A* 107 4855 2457 '4 3 6 7 - 5 8 3*9 : 3'9 37 ... 10 9 4878 2468 14 40-2 + 2 24 37 : 4'o ,?8 ... 1 10 495 x 2512 14 56-8 + 2 34 4-6 : 5-0 (5-5) J & (5.4) ; Fl. 57 (5-4) ; K. 63 (5.5) ; i (5-5) ; Ti (5.5) ; m (5-3) ; r (5-3) B.A.C. 4722 (5.5). 84. PISCIS VOLANS (VOLANS). Fr. Le Poisson Volant ; Germ. Der Fliegende Fisch.. R.A. Decl. h. m. o Meridional Centre of Constellation ... ... 8 40 69 Preceding ... ... ... 6 40 Approximate Boundaries, 1900. Following North South -63 -75 CHAP. VIII.] Catalogue of Naked Eye Stars. 235 The proper name of this constellation is the first of those given above, but as there are already two other constellations of Fish it has been found convenient to indicate this asterism by the single name " Volans." Its chief stars are : Mag. 3-8 3-9 There are 5 stars of mags. 4 No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. B.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude, o?^.: Oxford. h. m. o / I 7 ... 2400 A 8 7 9' 8 70 18 3-8 2 5 2447 A 10 7 16-9 67 44 4'i 3 C ... 2607 A 16 7 43*3 72 20 4'3 4 1 2773 A 22 8 7-6 68 16 4'5 5 2835 A 25 8 20'I -71 7 5-2 6 $ ... 2863 A 29 8 24-4 65 44 3'9 7 a ... 3IH A 46 9 0-6 -65 55 4-2 i (5-6) ; Lac. 2646 (5.7) ; Lac. 3313 (5-7) ; Lac. 3357 (5.7) ; 17 (5.7) ; Q (5-6); Lac. 3609 (5.9). 85. VUXiPECULA ET ANSER. Fr. lie petit Renard avec L'oie ; Germ. Das Fuohschen mit der Gans. Decl. Meridional Centre of Constellation Preceding . . . Following . . . North South Approximate Boundaries, 1900. R.A. h. m. 20 IO 19 o 21 2O 25 As a fox and a goose were formerly considered 2 things which naturally went together, so Vulpecula had an Anser joined to it, but the Anser has fallen into disuse. The brightest star is a, of mag! 4-4, and there are in this constellation no fewer than 14 other stars ranging between mags. 4-7 5-2. 236 The Starry. Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Letter. Flam- steed. B.A.C. Harvard or Argent. Reference. E.A. 1880. Decl. 1880. Magnitude. or Arg. 1 I 6589 3300 h. m. 19 li'I o / + 21 II 47 4-8 3 3 6637 3329 I 9 17-9 + 26 2 5'o 5-0 3 ... 4 6654 3347 19 2O'2 + '9 34 5' 2 5' 4 a 6 6674 3357-8 I 9 237 + 24 25 4*4 4' 6 5 ... 9 6709 3372 .19 29-3 + 19 3i 5-o 5-1 6 ... 12 6810 3433 '9 45'9 + 22 18 5*o 5'5 7 13 6827 3443 I 9 48-4 4-23 46 47 5'o 8 '5 6879 348i 19 56-2 + 27 26 4'9 5'o 9 ... 6966 3530 2O IO'2 4 25 14 4-8 5-1 10 ... 23 6 973 3534 2O IO'8 + 27 27 4'8 47 ii ... 29 7 HO 3616 20 33'2 + 20 47 4-8 47 12 28 7H3 3619 20 33'3 4- 23 4 3 5' 1 5*3 13 ... 30 7188 3640 20 397 + 24 51 5' 1 5' H ... 3i 7246 3668 20 47'O + 26 38 47 4-6 15 3 2 7256 3676 20 49'5 4-27 36 5*i 5'3 Fl. 5 (5-4); Fl. 10 (5.4); Fl. 16 (5-4); Fl. 17 (5.3); Fl. 18 (5-5); Fl. 21 (5-3); Fl. 22 (5.5) ; Fl. 24 (5.5) ; Fl. 25 (5-4); Fl. 35 (5-4)- CHAP. IX.] On Finding the Stars. 237 CHAPTER IX. ON FINDING THE STAES a . A RMED with the time and a telescope, the amateur as- Xi tronomer may take the field, and make observations of interest and utility, if he proceed on a deliberate festina lente principle. He has only to recollect that one good observation Fig. 82. APPARENT CHANGES IN A GKOUP OF STARS IN THE COURSE OF 13 HOURS BETWEEN RISING AND SETTING. is worth more than fifty bad ones, and "hasten slowly" to obtain it. It will be necessary for a beginner to accustom himself to the Revised and expanded from Smyth's Cycle of Celestial Objects, vol. i. p. 44> et seq. 238 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. varying positions which the constellations occupy between their risings and settings, and this can only be correctly followed by a telescope turning on a polar axis. In fixed instruments, such as circles or transits,, which are restricted to the meridian, the course of a celestial object across the field of vision, under an astronomical eye-piece, will be from the right horizontally to the left. But in extra-meridian or universal instruments, it will vary as regards its line of position with the horizon at each degree of its advance towards culmination, and from thence to its setting. In the preceding diagram, the arrows show the direction in which the bodies pass the tele- scope, and the dark circles represent the field of vision for every 3 hours after the group rises, till it goes down. Here it is evident that, however the position of the group of stars alters to the eye and the senses, its line of position, as seen from a station at the centre with an equatorial instrument, will be the same at whatever time and point it is looked at. The observer need hardly be reminded that the foregoing diagram refers to an instrument which is turned towards the S. : when it is pointed to the polar regions, each movement becomes re- versed in the field, as to the culminations and passages of the circumpolar stars. The principal stars may be easily recognised by allineations ; but an introductory view will facilitate the application of the rules. The beginner should commence with such stars as never set in our climate, and he may then refer the situations of others to their positions with respect to these. A moonlight night, if not too strongly illuminated, will be the best for him to learn some standard points, because only the principal stars show themselves, and determine the figure of the asterism; and he will find that the winter affords the best nights, both from their length, and the absence of twilight. The observer will have made himself acquainted with the Great and Little Bears, some of the principal points in the Zodiac, Orion, the Pleiades, and the more remarkable groups, as a key to the others. His meridian line, however rude, will show him the southing, or CHAP. IX.] On Finding the Stars. 239 passing of every object over that meridian, and from thence he will readily advance upon the vicinity ; an operation in which good celestial maps or globes will largely assist. But in resort- ing to such aid, it must not be forgotten that by virtue of the apparent rotation of the heavens, the stars, though preserving their mutual distances and relations, turn w r ith that motion : the ideal lines which join them therefore receive variable direc- tions, which may appear to differ from those on the maps, being sometimes horizontal, sometimes inclined, and sometimes vertical, after the manner represented by the small group passed round in the diagram on p. 237. This difficulty, however, need only be alluded to, since it is so readily overcome as to offer no real impediment to allineation ; and though the tyro must not expect to become familiar with all the component stars of a constellation at once, he will soon unravel the apparent con- fusion, and know the lucida of each asterism, together with several of its principal components. The Great Bear is the most conspicuous of those constella- tions which never set in our latitudes ; the tail and hind quarters consist of 7 brilliant stars, 4 of which (a, /3, y, 8) are likened to a wain, the other 3 (e, & 11) being fancifully called the horses ; or the 7 taken together make " The Plough." The hind-wheels, or the two farthest (/3, a) from the horses, are designated the Pointers, because they direct the eye upon the Pole-star (a Ursse Minoris), at the tip of the Little Bear's tail ; and further on to the constellations Cepheus and Cassiopeia, which are situated in the Milky Way, where it is nearest to the pole b . Cassiopeia consists of several well-known stars, which are likened, according as viewed, to the letter M or W in form. The two northern- most wheels of the wain (6, a Ursse Majoris) point to the very bright star Capella, in Auriga, which is also circumpolar in our latitudes. Descending diagonally along the Milky Way from Cassiopeia b The following information respecting The nearest Pointer" (a) is 28$ from the distances of the stars of the Great Bear the Pole ; from a to ft is 5 ; from ft to 7 is given by way of providing an approxi- is 8 ; from 7 to 5 is 4 J ; from 8 mate scale of distances for general use. 5? 5 from e to C is 42 ; from C to 77 is 7 . 240 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. towards Capella, we come to Mirfak, in Perseus (a), and a little further from the pole we find Algol (ft Persei), the variable star in Medusa's head: if we pass across the Milky Way in the opposite direction, we arrive at Deneb, the lucida of Cygnus (a) ; and beyond the Swan, a little out of the Milky Way, is Vega, the bright star in the Lyre (a). The Dragon consists of a very lengthy chain of stars sweeping partly around the Little Bear; and in the space bounded by Cassiopeia, Cygnus, and Draco, is the constellation Cepheus. Near Algenib (y Pegasi), and pointing directly towards it, are two conspicuous stars of Andromeda (a, j8), and a third (y) is a little beyond them. Andromeda will be readily known by the connection of the lucida in her head (a), with the large trapezium of Pegasus (a, /3, y). An imaginary line projected through the Great Bear and Capella passes to the Pleiades (rj Tauri, &c.), and then turning at a right angle towards the Milky Way reaches Aldebaran (a Tauri), the Bull's Eye, and the shoulders (a, y) of Orion, who is known by his brilliant belt, consisting of three stars (5, e, () placed in the middle of a quadrangle. Aldebaran is a star of a reddish tint, and the most prominent of the Hyades, a cluster resembling the letter V, not far from the Pleiades. Aldebaran, the Pleiades, and Algol (/3 Persei), make the upper, while Menkab (a Ceti), in the Whale's jaw, with Aries, form the lower points of a W. The head of Aries is denoted by two principal stars (a, /3), one of them having a smaller attendant. A fancied line drawn from Polaris (a Ursse Minoris), and led midway between the Great Bear and Capella (a Aurigge), passes to Castor (a Geminorum) and Pollux ((3 Geminorum), two well- known stars in the heads of the Twins ; and to the south of Gemini it meets Procyon (a Caiiis Minoris), the lucida of the Lesser Dog. From thence, by bending the line across the Milky Way, and carrying it as far again, it reaches Sirius (a Canis Majoris), in the Greater Dog's mouth, and passes on to the con- spicuous star which is the a of Columba Noachi. Algol (/3 Persei) and the Twins point at Regulus (a Leonis), CITAF. IX.] On Finding the, Stars. 241 the Lion's heart, which is situated at one end of an arc, with Denebola (/3 Leonis), the tuft of the Lion's tail, at the other end. South-preceding Regulus (a Leonis) is Cor Hydrse (a), and the space between them is occupied by the Sextant of Hevelius. The Pole-star and the middle horse of the wain () direct us to Spica, the lucida of Virgo (a), considerably distant, and at the horizon leads us into Centaurus. The Pole-star and the first horse (?; Ursse Majoris) conduct us nearly upon Arcturus, in Bootes (a), by which line star, Spica (a Virginis), and Regulus (a Leonis), a splendid triangle is formed. Following at a distance to the southward is Antares (a Scorpii), the Scorpion's heart, constituting with Arcturus (a Pootis) and Spica (a Vir- ginis) another large triangle, within which are the two bright stars of Libra (a and /3). The Northern Crown is nearly in a line between Wega (a Lyrse) and Arcturus (a Pootis) ; and the heads of Hercules and Ophiuchus are between Lyra and Scorpio. In the Milky Way, below the part nearest to Lyra, and on a line drawn from Arcturus (a Bob'tis) through the head of Hercules, is Altair, in the Eagle (a Aquilse), making with Wega and Deneb (/d Leonis) a conspicuous triangle. Closely following Aquila is a remark- able group of stars called Delphinus. The last and brightest (a) of the three principal stars in Andromeda makes, with three of Pegasus (a, p, y), the large square or trapezium already mentioned ; of which one of the sides (formed by j3 and a) points to Fomalhaut (a Piscis Australis), situated at a considerable distance in the mouth of the Southern Fish, between the tails of Cetus and Capricornus. The line of the ecliptic may, with considerable accuracy, be traced by the eye, when it becomes familiar with the stars here enumerated. Not far from the Pleiades are the Hyades with Aldebaran (o Tauri), a little S. of the ecliptic. To the N.W. of Aldebaran, at some distance, is the chief star of Aries (a) ; while to the N.E. of that star are Castor and Pollux (a and p Gemi- norum). Regulus (a Leonis) is on the line of the ecliptic; and Spica (a Virginis) is but a little S. of it. The ecliptic thus VOL. III. K 242 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. known, the zodiacal constellations are easily distinguished, in their order from W. to E. Thus Aries lies immediately between Andromeda on the N. and Cetus on the S., the three reaching nearly from the horizon to the zenith ; Taurus will be recognised by the Pleiades, Aldebaran (a), and the Hyades ; Gemini by Castor and Pollux (a and ft) ; Cancer, the highest of the signs, by the Prsesepe looming through its desert wastes ; Leo, from the stars Regulus (a) and Denebola *(/3) ; Virgo, by Spica (a), to the S. of Coma Berenices ; Libra in mid-distance between Corona Borealis and the Pole ; Scorpio, b} T the reddish star Antares (a), and its three other very conspicuous stars (3, S, TT) ; Sagittarius, as being the lowest of all the signs ; Capricornus, S. of the Dolphin ; Aquarius, under the neck of Pegasus ; and Pisces between Pegasus, Andromeda, and Cetus. As more will pre- sently be said respecting these signs, it may suffice here to present the Latin hexameters, which were constructed to enable beginners to retain their names : Sunt Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Cancer, Leo, Virgo, Libraque, Scorpius, Areitenens, Caper, Amphora, Pisces. Or in the downright English memory-verses : The Ram, the Bull, the heavenly Twins, And, next the Crab, the Lion shines. The Virgin, and the Scales; The Scorpion, Archer, and Sea-gout, The Man that holds the water-pot, And Fiifh with glitt'ring tails. All the stars which are situated in the same horary circle will obviously pass the meridian at the same time, from the horizon through the zenith to the pole. In proportion to their proximity to the equator, the larger will be the circle described by the star, and the smaller as they near the pole ; consequently, as the stars move over equal portions of circles in equal times, whatever be the diameters of the circles, the motion of those near the equator is apparently very rapid, and that of the polar ones as slow. Thus the changes of the whole are in simultaneous CHAP. IX.] On Finding the Stars. 243 concert ; and the Table on pp. 244-5 exhibits the aspect of the heavens on the first day of every month, at midnight, throughout the year. The exact risings and settings of the constellations cannot, of course, always be observed, owing to terrestrial obstacles, which may block the horizon, but the noting them will mark the spot where they may be first looked for. The Pwngg are taken along the horizon, from the N. round by E. to the S. ; the Culminations from the N. horizon, over the pole and zenith, and thence down to the S. ; and the Settings are brought from the N. round by W. to the S. Polaris, though not always precisely on the meridian, is included in every month, as a standard mark and pointer. With the Tables on pp. 244-5 ma y be use( ^ the following Table, which indicates that the tabular entries for midnight on the I st day of the several months given in the 1 st column stand good also for the different hours and different months exhibited in the next 6 columns. Tabular entries for midnight on Corresponding Months and Hours when the same Entries are available. the i st day of I 6 p.m. 8 p.m. 10 p.m. 2 a.m. 4 a.m. 6 a.m. January . . . March ... February December November October. February ... April March . . . January . . . December November. March May April February January... December. April . . . June May March ... February January. May July June April March ... February. June September August ... July May April March. July October ... September August . . . June May April. August ... November October ... September July June September December November October ... August ... July ... October ... January . . . December November September August . . . November February January... December October ... September December March . . . February January... November October ... H 2 244 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV, THE CONSTELLATIONS ON THE IST DAY OF EVEEY MONTH, AT MIDNIGHT (FOR THE S. OF ENGLAND). 1 Rising. Culminating. Setting. Hercules, the legs. Draco, the body. Cygnus, the neck. JANUARY. Corona Borealis. Bootes, the knees. Virgo, the shoulders. Crater, the middle. Pyxis Nautica. POLARIS. Camelopardus, the head. Lynx, the head and neck. Gemini, the leaf. Monoceros, neck and chest. Pegasus, the hoofs. Pegasus, northern wing. Pisces, the ribbon. Cetus, the body, Eridanus, middle reach. Argo Navis, the mast. Canis Major, the head. Columba. Lyra. Cygnus. the tail. Pisces, the northern fish. FEBRUARY. Hercules, the shoulders. Serpens, the head. Virgo, the feet. Corvus, the feet. Hydra, the lower fold. Cepbeus, the knee. POLARIS. Ursa Major, the head and fore legs. Lynx, the tail. Cancer, the- daws. Aries, the fore legs. Cetus, the head. Eridanus, north reach. Lepus, the fore legs. Canis Major, the hind legs. Antlia Pneumatica. Hydra, the head. Argo Navis, the compass. Cygnus, the following wing. Lacerta, over the back. Andromeda, the body. Lyra. Cepheus, preceding arm. Triangulum. W Hercules, the he-id. POLARIS. Taurus, the neck. Opbiuchus, the head. Ursa Maj., a and/3, the hind legs. Orion, the sicord. E Serpens, the middle. Leo, the flank. Canis Major, the head. Libra, both dishes. Crater, preceding edge. Pyxis Nautica. Hydra, the taiJ. Hydra, the body. Lacerta. Andromeda, the body. Andromeda, the feet. Vulpecula et Anser. Cassiopeia, the waist. Perseus, Medusa's head. j Sagitta. POLARIS. Taurus, the horns. Aquila, the tail. Opbiuchus, the knees. Ursa Major, the tail. Canes Venatici, the fore legs. Orion, the head. Monoceros, head and chest. Scorpio, the head. Virgo, the waist. Pyxis Nautica. Centaurus, the head. Corvus, the tail. Antlia Pneumatica. Andromeda, the feet. Perseus, the head. Auriga, the legs. Pegasus, the fore legs. Cassiopeia, the feet. Gemini, the legs. . Equuleus, the nose. POLARIS. Cancer, the southern leas. ^ Delphinus, the body. Draco, the tail. Hydra, the heart. s Antinous. Bootes, the body. Crater, the base. Scorpio, the tail. Libra, preceding lanx. Corvus, the body. Lupus, the head. Centaurus, the hand. Centaurus, the head. Perseus, Medusa's head. Auriga, the kids. Gemini, the heads. Triangulum. Camelopardus, the chest. Cancer, the body. Pisces, the nor them fish. POLARIS. Leo, the fore legs. t3 1-5 Pegasus, the wing. Aquarius, the shoulders. Draco, the body. Hercules, the back. Sextans. Corvus, the wings. Capricornus, the head. Ophiuchus, preceding thigh . Hydra, the tail. Sagittarius, the body. Scorpio, the tail. Lupus, the head. CHAP. IX.] On Finding the Stars. 245 o Rising. Culminating. Setting. JULY. Auriga, the waist, Perseus, the feet, Aries, the head. Pisces, the tails. Aquarius, the legs. Sagittarius, the hips. Lynx, the head. Camelopardus, head and neck. POLARIS. Draco, two folds. Lyra. Scutum Sobieskii. Sagittarius, the head. Lynx, the hind legs. Leo minor, the legs. Leo, the rump. Virgo, the shoulders. Libra, the preceding lanx. Scorpio, the body. AUGUST. Lynx, the body. Gemini, Castor's arm. Auriga, the knees. Taurus, the head. Cetus, mouth and body. Piscis Australis, the head. Microscopium. Ursa Major, the head. POLARIS. Cepheus, the sceptre. Cygnus, a, the body. Vulpecula, the flank. Delphinus, the body. Capricornus, the neck. Leo minor, the head. Coma Berenices. Bodtes, the feet. Libra, the fottoicing lanx. Ophiuchus, the legs. Sagittarius, the waist. SEPTEMBER. Leo Minor, the head, Lynx, the hind legs. Gemini, the bodies. Orion, the shoulders. Eridanus, upper reach. Cetus, the legs. Sculptor. Ursa Major, the body. Draco, lip of the tail. POLARIS. Cepheus. head and body. Pegasus, the chest. Aquarius, the stream. Piscis Australis, the head. Canes Venatici, Chara's chest. Bootes, the knees. Serpens, the head. Ophiuchus, the waist. Scutum Sobieskii. Sagittarius, the robe. Piscis Australis, the tail. OCTOBER. Leo Minor, the fore body. Cancer, the body. Canis Minor, the head. Monoueros, the neck. Orion, the folloiving leg. Lepus, the head. Fornax Chemica. Ursa Major, the tail. Draco, the tail. POLARIS. Cassiopeia, the head. Andromeda, the breast. Pisces, the ribbon. Cetus, the tail. Bootes, the shoulders. Corona Borealis. Hercules, the shoulders. Ophiuchus, the head. Capricornus, the head. Piscis Australis, the head. NOVEMBER. Canes Venatici, Chara's chest. Leo, the fore body. Hydra, the head. Monoceros, the flank. Canis Major, the head. Lepus, the body. Eridanus, middle stream. Draco, the last quoil. Ursa Minor, the head. POLARIS. Perseus, the head and shoulder. Aries, the body. Cetus, the mouth. Fornax Chemica. Hercules, the legs. Vulpecula. Sagitta. Aquila, head and body. Equuleus. Aquarius, the legs. Sculptor. | DECEMBER. Bootes, the head. Coma Berenices. Leo, the hind legs. Sextans. Hydra, the heart. Argo Navis, the mast. Canis Major, the hind legs. Draco, the middle. Ursa Minor, the haunch. POLARIS. Camelopardus, the body. Taurus, the head. Eridanus, the northern reach. Eridanus, the southern reach. Lyra. Cygnus, the head. Vulpecula, the hind legs. Pegasus, the head. Pisces, the preceding fish. Cetus, the tail. Fornax Chemica. 246 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. Those who are possessed of an Astronomical Catalogue may readily find the mean apparent time of any individual star passing the meridian on any given day of the year, by adding the number placed against the date, in the following Table (p. 247), to the Right Ascension of the star taken from the catalogue. This depends, as the reader will perceive, on the star's distance to the East of the Sun at the required time ; and as the Table shows the Sun's Eastern distance from the first point of Aries, the culmination of every object is of course easily found by the proposed addition. If the Sun be more than 24 hours, the latter number must be subtracted from it. From the sum thus obtained to be roundly exact subtract i m , 2 m , or 3 m , according as it exceeds 6, 12, or 18 hours, or approaches closely upon them : by this ready means the time of culmination is found, counting from the noon of the given day. This Table will be sufficiently exact for mere star-gazing purposes till the end of the 19 th century. As it may assist a first attempt to give an example or two, we will show the culmination of Sirius on the n th of January 1890, of Arcturus on the n th of March, and of Vega on the 3 20 38 a Tauri Aldebaran i 9 5i 7 49 5 55 3 49 1 5 1 23 49 21 51 a Aurigse C'apellci ... I 10 30 8 28 6 34 4 28 o 20 o 28 22 3O 1 w W w OT * O u * O /3 Orionis Piyel ... I 10 30 8 28 6 34 4 28 2 30 o 28 22 30 Tauri Nath ... 2 10 40 8 38 6 44 4 38 2 4 o 38 22 40 a Orionis Betel yeuze I ii 4 9 2 7 8 5 2 3 4 I 2 23 4 a Canis Majoris... Sirius ... I 12 I 9 59 8 5 5 59 4 i 1 59 I e Canis Majoris ... A.dara ... 2^ 12 15 10 13 8 19 6 13 4 15 2 13 o 15 a Canis Minoris... Procyon... i| 12 55 10 53 8 59 6 53 4 55 2 53 o 55 Geminorum ... Pollux ... 2 13 o 10 58 9 4 6 58 5 o 2 58 I a Hydrse Alpha rd ... 2 H 43 12 41 10 47 8 41 643 4 4i 2 43 a Leonis Reyulus ... I 15 24 I 3 22 ii 28 9 22 7 2 4 5 22 3 24 a Ursse Majoris . . . Dubhe ... i \ 16 18 14 16 12 22 10 16 8 18 6 16 4 18 j8 Leonis Denebola... 2\ 17 5 15 3 13 9 11 3 9 5 7 3 5 5 7 Ursae Majoris... Phecda ... 2 17 9 15 7 13 13 11 7 9 9 7 7 5 9 10 t;8 o o 10 50 1 / 4 14 ^O 1 ") 1U >)O y /J 1 Scorpii Acrcib ... 2 2 1 2O 19 18 i H o i TC iS T ^ on ii 18 9 20 17 j \ * 1 ^ ^U a Scorpii Antares ... i 21 44 19 42 I? 48 15 42 J 3 44 ii 42 9 44 /3 Draconis ... ... Alwuid ... 2 22 49 20 47 >8 53 16 47 14 49 12 47 10 49 a Ophiuehi Jlaxalagite 2 22 5 I 20 49 18 =5 16 49 14 5 1 12 49 10 51 7 Draconis EtcMtin ... 2 23 15 21 I 3 '9 T 9 17 13 '5 15 3 J 3 ii 15 a Lyrse Vega ... I 2354 21 5 2 19 5 !7 5 2 15 54 13 52 ii 54; cc AuuilaB ... . Alt lir li I "7 92 C T T T T n c 17 7 T C C T } *- / *d i? J, 11 J 9 5 1 / / J o 8 1 6 / a Cygni Dene!) ... i i 59 23 57 3 19 57 J 7 59 J 5 57 J 3 59 a Cephei Alder amin 3 2 37 o 35 22 4 I 20 35 18 37 J 6 35 H 37 e Pegasi JS 1 "*/ ... 2| 3 o o 58 23 4 20 58 19 o 16 58 15 o a Piscis Australis Fomalhaid I 4 13 211 o 17 22 1 I 20 13 18 ii 16 13 a Pega8i, ii 1-5" 4", multiple. **6 if/ 1 Piscium 59 47 + 2*0 53-0 both 5 i 29-4 *7 a Ursae Minoris i 18 14 + 88 43.3 2| and 9^ 18.4 8 6 Eridani i 35 37 -56 45-2 both 6| 6-3 (1880). Binary. ** 9 7 Arietis i 47 29 + 18 45-3 4 i and c 8-3" *IO X Arietis i 5i 47 + 23 3-6 5| and 8 37 **n a Piscium r 56 21 + 2 14-0 5 and 6 3-0 **I2 7 Androinedae i 57 8 + 4 I 4 8.1 3| and s| 10-5 ; B also double. *I3 59 Andromedse 2 4 12 + 38 31-2 6| and 7 16 *H t Trianguli 2 5 59 + 2 9 47-2 5| and 7 3-8 *i5 i Cassiopeise 2 2O O + 66 54.4 4|,7,and9 2-1 and 7-5 16 1 1 2 P. II. Fornacis . . . 2 29 I -28 42.7 5| and 8 ii *i 7 30 Arietis 2 30 37 + 24 10-2 6 and 7 38 *i8 12 Persei 2 35 18 + 39 43-7 6 and 7^ 23 **i 9 7Ceti 2 37 36 + 2 33-5 3 and 7 2-7 **20 77 Persei 2 42 40 + 55 26-3 5 and 8| 28 *2I 220 P. II. Persei ... 2 53 2 + 5 1 54-9 6 and 8 12 22 Eridani 2 54 5 -40 44.8 5 and 6 8-5 23 12 Eridani 3 7 23 29 26-0 3| and 8 2-6 2 4 /Eridani 3 44 33 -37 57-8 5 and 5| 8-5 l 5 32 Eridani 3 48 46 - 3 16.8 5 and 7 6-7 *26 c Persei 3 50 28 + 39 4 1 '5 3i and 9 8-4 *2 7 X Tauri 4 !5 53 + 25 22-2 6 and 8 19.2 *2S rTauri 4 35 38 + 22 44-8 5 and 8 63 29 t Pictoris 4 48 28 -53 39- 5| and 6} 12.3 30 14 Aurigse => 8 14 + 3^ 33-6 t; and 7i 14.6 **3i Orionis c? T^ 5 9 J 5 - 8 19-9 } / 4Q K. 2 + 36 59-7 -33 38-9 5 and 6 6 and 6| 6-2 II **IOI ** I02 Scorpii /3 Scorpii ... .... ;.. O T^-7 O 15 58 I 9 15 59 2 OO O w y -ii 4-1 1 9 30-2 4} and 7| 2 and 5| S7- 1 ; A also double (LI"). ( 13-6; A also double *I0 3 105 K Herculis v Scorpii 36 P. XVI. Scorpii,.. 16 3 6 16 5 36 16 12 35 + 17 20-6 -19 IO -3 -30 38-4 5| and 7 4 and 7 7 and 71 540 ; both stars double ; 0-7", 2-0". 27 CHAP. X.] A Catalogue of Celestial Objects. 259 No. Star. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Mags. Distance and Notes. *io6 o Scorpii h. m. s. I 6 14 30 o / 25 16-8 4 and oi 2O **io 7 **io8 p Ophiuchi 17 Draconis T O 16 18 59 16 33 37 -23 1 1-5 + 53 8-8 5* 3-5 107 and 338 *i 3 6 *I 3 8 *i 39 a 2 Capricorn! K Cephei {& Capricorn! o 2 Capricorni 7 Delphini 20 ii 57 20 12 35 20 14 50 20 23 36 20 41 33 -12 53-1 + 77 22-7 -15 7-8 -18 56-7 + 15 43-9 3 and 4 4! and 8| 3| and 7 6 and 7 4 and 6| ^376 [use a very low 1 power]. 7-2 205 21 "3 S 2 260 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV, No. Star. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Mags. Distance and Notes. h. m. s. o / n I 4 I 8550 Lac. Pavonis ... 2O 4 2 26 -62 50-1 both 6| 3-2 *I 4 2 e Equulei 20 53 35 + 3 52-5 5| and 7| f 10-6 ; A also double *i43 X(2)Equulei 20 56 4 7 + 6 44.8 6 and 6| 2-8 1 ' *I 44 61 Cygni 21 i 57 + 38 12-5 5| and 6 20 (1884) 145 i Pegasi 21 17 O + 19 2O-O 4 and 9 37 **i 4 6 Cephei 21 27 I 4 +V 4-6 3 and 8 13-3 **i 4 7 2 4 8 P. XXI. Cephei 21 35 33 + 56 59-5 6, 8|, 8| ii'7 and 20 *i 4 8 A* Cygni 21 39 12 + 28 15-0 5, 6, and 7| 3-9 and 208 *! 49 Cephei 22 o 35 + 64 5.4 5 and 7 6-6 *I 5 nP. XXII. Cephei 22 4 5 2 + 5 8 45-3 6 and 6| J 21 ; B also double 1 (0.6"). *I 5 I 33 Pegasi 22 l8 21 + 20 17.5 6|, 10, & 8 1-9 and 63 *I52 53 Aquarii 22 20 34 17 18-0 both 6| 7-8 *i53 Aquarii .... 22 23 9 - o 35.0 4 and 4^ 3-2 (1879) * J 54 5 Cephei 22 2 5 5 + 57 5 1 ' 1 4l and 7 40. A is var. *i 55 8 2 Lacertse 22 30 58 + 30 3-Q 6- 6- ii 10 Two nearest, 23 i/*? *i 5 6 7 Piscis Australia . . . 22 46 25 -33 27-5 5 and 9 3-5 '57 9367 B.A.C. Gruis ... 23 o 53 -51 16-8 6| and 7 8 *I 5 8 107 Aquarii 23 40 18 -19 17-5 6 and 7| 5-8 * 159 ff Cassiopeise 23 53 25 + 55 8.5 6 and 8 2.9 CHAP. X.] A Catalogue of Celestial Objects. 261 PART II. CLUSTERS AND NEBULA. Many clusters and nebulae are visible with small telescopes, which cannot in any satisfactory way be examined by such instruments. The largest and brightest only have been selected for insertion in this list ; and it may as well be stated at the outset, that many of them will be found disappointing with apertures below 5 inches. Abundant light and (generally) low magnifiers are essential requisites for the satisfactory examina- tion of all kinds of clusters and nebulae. In the column of Synonyms D refers to Dreyer's new great Catalogue of 1888. M Messier's Catalogue. H Sir John Herschel's General Catalogue of 1864. IJl Sir William Herschel's Catalogues. h Sir John Herschel's old Catalogue of 1833. S Smyth's Bedford Catalogue (i st ed.). S & C Smyth and Chambers's Cycle. The notes are partly selected and partly original, but those who are accustomed to observe clusters and nebulae will be well aware how different are the impressions conveyed by the same objects to different observers using telescopes of different capa- bilities. 262 Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. CATALOGUE OF CLUSTERS No. Name or Constellation. Synonym in various Catalogues. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. D M H h S s&c h. m. s. o / **I 47 Toucani 104 ... 5 2 2322 17 o 19 9 -72 41-6 ** 2 3 Andromeda Cetua 224 253 3i 116 138 fc y - 5 61 H 3o 35 4i ; o 36 47 o 42 13 + 40 40-1 -25 53-7 4 Nubecula Minor 292 165 2 35 6 ... ... o 48 41 -73 58-7 5 6 *7 Toucan Cassiopeia 362 581 598 103 33 193 34 1 352 2375 126 I3 1 55 57 78 So o 58 3 1 1 2 5 5 6 i 27 38 71 26-2 + 60 7-1 + 30 6-8 Triangulum 17 v. ** 8 Perseus 869 5 12 33 vi. 207 9 2 133 2 11 20 + 56 38-5 *9 Perseus 1039 34 584 248 106 152 2 34 57 + 42 15-7 10 **n **ia 13 H '5 *i6 17 Eridanus 77 Tauri J 3 6 5 73i 2552 142 159 204 218 241 329 3 29 26 3 4 56 4 13 3i 5 10 29 5 22 2 5 24 6 5 27 51 5 29 2 -36 30-4 + 23 45-9 + 15 21-7 40 IO'2 + 35 44-i -69 34-1 + 21 56-6 4-34 4-2 7 Tauri Columba Auriga Nubecula Major Taurus Auriga 1851 1912 38 1061 1119 2777 J 95 2 1960 i 36 "57 n 66 357 358 212 2I 4 34i 343 18 Dorado 1978 1181 2878 ... 5 28 32 66 19-0 **i 9 Orion 1976 42 1179 360 216 348 5 2 9 52 - 5 27-7 **20 Orion 1981 ... 1184 362 217 350 5 30 4 - 4 25-4 **2I *22 *2 3 2 4 30 Doradus Auriga 2070 2099 2168 2169 37 35 1269 1295 1360 1361 2941 369 377 379 230 2 3 6 238 367 376 388 39i 5 39 2 9 5 45 2 6 2 4 6 3 15 -69 9-4 + 32 3i-3 + 24 26-2 + 13 58-5 Gemini 24 viii. Orion *2 5 Canis Major 2287 4i M54 411 265 437 6 42 13 -20 37-8 26 *2 7 28 2 9 Monoceros Puppis 2323 2422 2437 2477 50 46 1483 i55i 1564 '593 38 viii. 425 459 463 3103 276 2 9 6 302 45 1 488 496 59 6 57 4 1 7 3 1 33 7 36 47 7 48 23 - 8 10-7 -H 14-3 -14 27.3 -38 15-7 Puppis Puppis 3 Argo Navis 2516 1619 3111 7 56 31 -60 34' i CHAP. X.] A Catalogue of Celestial Objects. 263 AND NEBULAE. Description. 2 II 13 /Superb globular cluster, 15' to 20' in diameter. Central stars pale rose colour; outer [ ones white. The great nebula ; an elongated ellipse 2 long. {One of the finest, though faint, elliptic nebulae, 30' long, 5' wide + : some small stars \ involved. Visible to the naked eye. A highly condensed cluster, 4' in diameter. A fine field. Large roundish faint oval nebula, 40' in diameter + ; resolvable into stars. The magnificent double cluster in the sword-handle of Perseus : stars 7 to 14 mag. A fine group of rather large stars. An oval and possibly spiral nebula. The Pleiades. The Hyacles : a scattered group of rather large stars. Bright globular cluster, 3' in diameter. Cruciform cluster. In same field, 30' S., is 39 Iff. vii. In a rich neighbourhood. Visible to the naked eye. The " Crab " nebula. Large elliptical nebula, resolvable into stars. JA neat cluster of 9 to 1 1 mag. stars, near M 38, with double star in field, dist. 12 . \ Mags. 8 and 9. Large and bright oval nebula. JThe great nebula in Orion, with multiple star involved. The most magnificent c 1 the nebulae. A brilliant field, i N. of 9. Very large and irregular nebula. Compact cluster of small stars. f Fine large cluster of 9 to 16 mag. stars. In same field to the N. is a neat cluster ol 1 small stars, 17 $ vi. f Loose cluster in the form of a trapezium, containing a pair of mags. 7j and 8 Z 2< 4 \ apart. i S. of v. Large scattered cluster, 4 below Sirius. Cluster ; rather more than ^ from Sirius to Procyon. Bright neat cluster, with double star, 8" dist. A bright orange star precedes. Large loose cluster of small stars, 8 to 13 mag., with faint planetary nebula involved. Superb cluster, 20' in diameter. Cluster of 200 or more stars, visible to the naked eye. 264 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Name or Constellation. Synonym in various Catalogues. R.A. 1890. Dacl. 1890. D M H W h S S&C h. m. s. I 31 Puppis 2547 1636 3^7 ... 527 8 7 25 -48 56-3 S 2 Monoceros 2548 ... 1637 22 vi. 496 3i8 53i 888 - 5 280 ** O&ucGr 2632 A A 1681 *>I7 331 C47 8 33 55 + 20 19-4 oo 34 Cancer ^^o 2682 T-T 6 7 1712 D 1 531 Oo 339 \)l 558 8 45 10 + 12 12-7 35 Carinae ... ,. 2932 1881 '" 3179 ... 606 9 3i 13 46 26-9 **6 Ursa Major 3O1I 81 1 04-0 640 360 617 9 46 23 + 69 38-8 O" 37 Ursa Major o w o*- 3034 82 a y^y 1950 79 iv. T;/ o^y 369 / 617 9 4 6 2 7 + 70 20-8 38 Carina 3114 2CO/ 3224 ... 623 9 59 8 -59 35-4 **39 Sextans 3115 ... 2008 1631. 668 373 624 9 59 45 - 7 "-3 40 Hydra 3242 2IO2 27 iv. 3248 378 643 10 19 25 -18 5-1 ** 4 i 77 Argus 3372 ... 2197 3295 ... 658 10 40 47 -59 6 '5 42 Centaurus 3532 2308 3315 684 ii i 50 -58 4-7 *43 Ursa Major 3587 97 2343 838 402 692 ii 8 19 + 55 36-7 *44 Ursa Major 4258 ... 2841 43v. "75 441 796 12 13 33 + 47 54-5 *45 Coma Berenices... 4382 85 2946 1242 ... 815 12 19 49 + 18 47-9 * 4 6 Virgo .. 4472 49 3O2I 1294 447 825 12 24 8 + 8 36-3 ; ^ *47 "& w Virgo 45 i 88 3049 1312 448 831 12 26 26 + 15 1-9 48 Coma Berenices.. 4 6 3i ... 3^5 42 v. 1397 853 12 36 50 + 33 8-8 *49 Canes Venatici ... 4736 94 3258 1456 459 867 12 45 43 + 41 43-3 T" *5 K Crucis 4755 3275 3435 870 12 47 7 -59 45-2 V Coma Berenices.. 4826 64 332i 1486 467 879 12 5T 19 + 22 16-9 *52 Coma Berenices.. 5024 53 24C2 1558 474 897 13 7 30 + 18 45-3 i? *53 Canes Venatici . . 5055 63 OTOO 3474 1570 476 y 4 901 13 ^ 53 + 42 36-7 **54 4234 .7 1970 U d 587 1118 16 39 51 + 24 o-o **62 Ophiuchus 6218 12 4238 1971 590 II2I 16 41 31 - i 45-9 *63 Ophiuchus 6254 IO 4256 1972 595 1136 16 51 22 - 3 56-8 *6 4 Scorpio 6266 62 4261 3 66l 59 6 1139 16 54 14 -29 55-4 *6 5 Ophiuchus 6273 19 4264 J 975 597 1141 16 55 48 26 6-9 CHAP. X.] A Catalogue of Celestial Objects. 265 No. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 42 43 44 45 47 49 5 5* 5 2 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 Description . Large loose cluster, fully 20' in diameter. Loose bright cluster of stars, 9 to 13 mag. ; double star in centre 4" dist. The fine cluster "Prsesepe." Large cluster of small stars, 10 to 15 mag. Large rich cluster, upwards of i in diameter. Bright elliptical nebula, 15' long, 6' wide +. In same field is M 82. Long narrow nebula, a bright ray, 7' long, i' wide +. In same field is M 81. Large loose cluster. Long narrow nebula, 5' long, 40" wide + ; a flashing stellar nucleus. Very bright planetai'y nebula, 32" diameter; bluish. A very large and remarkable nebula. Large scattered cluster. Large planetary nebula, 3^' to 4' diameter. Large bright elongated nebula, with stellar nucleus. Round nebula ; with attentive gaze, perhaps bi-nuclear ; rather faint. Round nebula, which becomes suddenly much brighter in the centre. Large elliptical nebula, rather faint. JVery elongated nebula, rather faint, 15' long +, with a star close to its edge in the \ centre of its length. Bright, large, round nebula ; resolvable. Much brighter in centre. Rich loose cluster, containing many coloured stars. Very large, bright, elliptical nebula, with stellar nucleus. Very large, very fine, globular cluster of i2-mag. stars ; 3' diameter ; very compressed. Large oval nebula ; rather faint, with small brightish nucleus. Fine globular cluster. Remarkably singular double neb., the larger 6' diam. + , and ring-shaped. Spiral neb. /Very superb globular cluster of ii-mag. stars, very condensed; brighter than, but { not so large as 13 M. Very bright superb globular cluster of stars, II to 15 mags. ; very compressed, j Globular cluster of 14-mag. stars (Herschel) : a round bright nebula in ordinary \ telescopes. Rather loose cluster, compressed in centre, but dim. Precedes a Scorpii by about i|. Large superb globular cluster of stars, u to 20 mags. One of the finest of its class. Small bright planetary nebula, 8" diameter. Cobalt-blue colour. Fine globular cluster of small stars, 10 mag., much compressed. Fine large globular cluster of small stars, 10 to 15 mags., much compressed. Large bright globular cluster of very small stars, 14 to 16 mags. Bright globular cluster of very small stars, 1 6 mag., very compressed. 266 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. Xo. Name or Constellation. Synonym in various Catalogues. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. D M H y h s S&C h. m. s. o / *66 Ophiuchus 6333 Q 4287 IQ7Q 609 1163 17 12 37 18 24-2 **67 Hercules 6341 J Q2 T / 42O4 -7 / J 611 116;; 17 13 46 -f 43 i r.T / 68 Ara OT <>397 y T yT 43" 3692 o 1185 17 3i 43 ^ TO * 3 L -53 36-3 : *6o Ophiuchus 64O2 AT.IK. iqSq 621 1184 17 31 50 O 1 1-2 .7 *7o ^ W TO i? y o *f. 17 39 35 O " A * + ^ .t^-2 *7i Ophiuchus 6 494 23 434 6 I 99 626 1203 17 50 28 D ri -18 58- 9 * 7 2 Sagittarius 6514 20 4355 J IO,II,I2V. I 4i v. J 1991 ... 1210 !7 55 4i -23 1-8 *73 Sagittarius 6^23 8 4361 ^722 1214 17 57 8 24 22-6 / *} *74 Draco J D 6543 TO ^ 4373 37 iv - o / 635 1217 17 58 35 + 66 38-0 **75 Scutum Sobieskii 6603 24 4397 2004 642 1238 18 ii 44 -18 26-8 *;6 Scutum Sobieskii 6611 16 4400 2006 6 4 3 1239 18 12 34 -i3 49-7 *77 Scutum Sobieskii 6613 18 4401 2007 644 1240 18 13 30 -17 10-8 **78 Scutum Sobieskii 6618 17 4403 2008 645 1242 18 14 16 -16 14.9 **79 Sagittarius 6656 22 4424 2015 6 54 I2 57 18 2 9 28 -23 59-4 **8o Antinous 6705 11 4437 2019 66 4 1280 18 45 13 - 6 24.1 **8i Lyra 6720 57 4447 2023 669 1287 18 49 28 + 32 53-6 *S2 Lyra 6779 56 4485 2036 688 1321 19 12 16 + 29 59-3 *3s Sagittaiius ... 6838 71 4520 2056 7 2 5 J 372 19 48 49 + 18 29-6 **8 4 Vulpecula 6853 27 4532 2060 729 J 377 19 54 48 + 22 25-0 85 Capricornus 6 9 8i 72 4608 2O 9 O 766 1446 20 47 24 -12 56-6 86 Aquarius 7oo 9 4628 i iv. 20 9 8 774 M59 20 58 10 -II 47-7 **8 7 Pegasus 7078 *5 4670 2I2O 785 1484 21 24 38 + 11 40-3 **88 Aquarius 78 9 2 4678 2I2 5 787 1489 21 27 44 I 19-1 *8 9 Capricornus 7o 9 9 30 4687 2128 79i H93 21 34 7 -23 39-o * 9 o Lacerta 7 2 43 ... 4773 75 viii. 2155 807 1526 22 ii 57 + 49 19.9 * 9 i Cepheus 7 6 54 5 2 4957 2238 837 1575 23 I 9 21 + 60 59.5 ** 9 2 Andromeda 7662 ... 4964 1 8 iv. 22 4 I ... 1577 23 20 35 + 4i 55-5 **93 Cassiopeia ... ... 7789 503 T 30 vi. 2284 847 23 5 1 35 + 56 6-2 CHAP. X,] A Catalogue of Celestial Objects. 267 No. 66 67 68 69 70 7 2 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 85 86 S7 90 9 1 92 93 Description. Bright globular cluster of small stars, 14 mag., 2' diameter + . Magnificent globular cluster of small stars, condensed in centre. Globular cluster. . Fine large globular cluster of small stars, 15 to 16 mags., 4' diameter +. Large group of bright stars, closely nf Ophiuchi. B. A. C. 6012. Interesting group of small stars. f An open cluster of stars, superposed upon a singular trifid nebulous mass. Requires \ a large telescope. Irregular cluster with nebula adjoining. A pretty low-power fiej^d. f Brilliant small planetary nebula, cobalt-blue colour ; stellar nucleus ; flashing light ; \ very singular. Gaseous (?). Really requires a large aperture. Globular cluster of small stars, 15 mag., in a superb field of stars. A loose cluster with nebulous background. Very rich field. The " Horse-shoe " nebula. In ordinary telescopes more the shape of a swan. Fine large globular cluster of stars, II to 15 mags. Exceedingly beautiful aggregation of small stars of about 1 1 mag. The annular nebula in Lyra, midway between and 7. In a fine field ; a globular cluster of small stars, 1 1 to 14 mags., 3' diameter. Cluster of *mall stars, n to 16 mags., 3' diameter +. The " Dumb-bell " nebula ; oval in shape ; major axis 9' long, minor axis 5' + . Large mass of very small stars, 3' diameter. A globular cluster. Small bright planetary nebula, stellar nucleus, blue colour. Similar to No. 74. Fine globular cluster of very small stars, 5' diameter + , much compressed in centre. Fine globular cluster of very small stars, 5' diameter . Globular cluster of small stars, 12 to 1 6 mags., 2' diameter +, rather faint. A magnificent field of stars. An irregular cluster of stars, 9 to 13 mags., of no great interest. A very bright planetary neb. ; J 2"diam. + ; cobalt-blue colour; flashing light. Gaseous (?). A superb cluster of small stars and star dust, n to 18 mags. 268 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. PART III. MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS. The following list contains objects which are not within the scope of the two foregoing sections ; to wit, coloured and variable stars of large or considerable magnitude, and, in the case of variables, of short periods: No. Name. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Mag. Notes. h. m. s. o ' I Piscium i 10 4 + 25 II- 2 7 Fiery red &. 2 R Sculptoris i 21 54 -33 7-3 6 Beautiful orange-red *. 3 3 1 Birm. Cassiopeiae . . . 1 47 44 + 69 39-8 8 Fiery red *. rMax. 2 ; generally invisible at 4 oCeti 2 13 47 - 3 28-6 var. ) minimum. Period 33O d . Fiery / red at max. 5 41 Birm. Persei 2 14 15 + 56 38.2 9 Fiery red *. In a grand field. *6 a Ceti 2 ^6 31 -f 2 T.(\.X. 2 i [Fine orange ^, with a blue neigh- * 0" O * o oy o 2 \ bour in the field to the N. *7 Persei 3 i 2 440 31-9 var. Max. 2; min. 4; period, 2 d 2of h . 8 65 Birm. Camelopardi 3 3 2 2I + 62 17-4 7 Pale crimson *. 9 W. B. IV. 585 Eridani 4 29 8 - 9 io-3 6 Fiery red *. 10 82 Birm. Aurigse 4 38 7 + 32 42 -8 84 Pale crimson & : large orange ^ p. **u 85 Birm. Aurigse 4 44 37 + 28 20-2 8 Unmistakeably crimson *. 12 5 Orionis 4 47 38 + 2 19-5 5? Deep orange *. " Probably var." **i3 R Leporis 4 54 36 -I 4 58-2 var. JMax. 6 ; min. 9 ; period 438 d ; an \ intense crimson &. 14 899 H. P. Orionis ... 4 59 43 + i i-5 7 Intense fiery red %. I 5 Leporis 5 6 38 12 1-2 71 Deep red ^. 16 10149 Lai. Aurigse ... 5 20 7 + 29 49-5 8 Almost pale ruby ^". i7 Arg. + 7: 929 Orionis 5 2 7 l6 + 7 3-6 71 Very red ^. 18 124 Birm. Pictoris ... 5 40 8 -46 30-5 8 Vivid red > i c . 19 U Orionis 5 49 J 7 + 20 9-6 6| Fiery red *. Period + 365 d . 20 5 Lyncis '... 6 17 12 + 58 28-7 si Fiery red *. In a striking group. *2I 144 Birm. Geminorum 6 19 ii + 14 46-8 7 Reddish yellow *. 22 Canis Majoris 6 19 16 26 59-6 8 Pale crimson &. **2 3 2 139 B. A. C. Aurigge 6 28 59 + 38 32-2 6 Deep fiery red *. 2 4 fj. Canis Majoris 6 5 1 3 -13 54- 5i Fiery red *. 2 5 165 Birm. Monocerotis 7 i 36 - 7 2 3-3 8 Crimson #. CHAP. X.] A Catalogue of Celestial Objects. 269 No. Name. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Mag. Notes. h. m. s. / 26 14776 Lai. Puppis ... 7 28 44 -14 17-0 5 Fiery red #. Brilliant field p. 27 16320 Lai. Hydrse ... 8 14 21 + 3 6-6 H Very red *. 28 17576 Lai. Cancri ... 8 49 ii + 17 390 7 Pale crimson *. 29 3121 B. A. C. Argus... 9 3 J3 -25 24-6 4l Deep red *. **3o R Leonis 9 4i 39 + 11 56-5 var. JMax. 5; min. 10; period, 31 2 d : \ pale crimson &. 3i 2874 Brisb. Antliae ... 10 7 5 -34 46-7 7 Scarlet *. 32 36306. A. C. Antliae... 10 30 20 -38 59-9 6| " Orange, almost scarlet ^." 33 3637 B.A.C. Hydrae 10 32 7 -12 48-7 6 Fiery red *. " Var." *34 20918 Lai. Hydrse ... 10 46 16 -20 37-9 7 " Copper red ^ : most magnificent." 35 R Crateris 10 55 8 -17 44-0 var. fRed *;' follows a 42^ and i' S. \ Max. 8 ; min. 9. ** 3 6 277 Birm. Virginis ... 12 19 37 4- I 22-7 8| Good crimson *. " Var." 37 38 42876. A.C.Can.Venat. 291 Birm. Crucis 12 39 57 12 40 58 + 46 2-4 -59 5-6 5i 8| " Deep orange brown ^ ." f Intense blood-red *; in the field \ with /3 Crucis, a white *. 39 298 Birm. Draconis ... 12 5 2 5 + 66 35-3 7 Pale crimson #. * 4 o 328 Birm. Bootis 14 19 14 + 26 12-2 71 Vivid red *. ** 4 i Librae 15 ii 5 - 8 58-6 2| Beautiful pale-green #. 42 347 Birm. Apodis 15 H 3 -75 32-o 7 " Very high red #." 43 39 Librae 15 30 21 -27 46-2 4 Decided red *. **44 a Scorpii '.. 16 22 39 26 II- 2 i Fiery-red * : double diet. 3". **45 410 Birm. Ophiuchi ... 17 2 3 14 -19 2 3-I 8 Very decided red *. 46 W.B. XVII. 912 Ophi. 17 4 6 57 + i 20-4 6| Fiery red *. Fine field. *47 422 Birm. Ophiuchi ... 17 52 39 + 2 44-0 7i Reddish *. ? Var." ** 4 8 Arg. + 36 : 3168 Lyrae 18 28 30 + 36 54-5 8 Decided crimson *. c ' ? Var." 49 464 Birm. Scuti 18 43 57 - 8 1.9 8 Rich fiery red *. " ? Var." 5 35611 Lai. Aquilaa ... 18 58 32 - 5 50-9 71 Very fine fiery red *. " ? Var." 5 1 4 Vulpeculae 19 20 38 + 19 35-o 51 Orange ^ : fine field. S 2 Arg. + 45 : 2906 Cygni 19 25 21 + 45 48-9 8 Pale crimson *. " ? Var." 53 6702 B.A.C. Draconis 19 25 30 H- 76 2I-I 6| Strong fiery red *. " ? Var." 54 36981 Lai. Sagittarii... 19 28 o -16 36-8 7 Deep red *. ? Var. in colour. *55 6769 B.A.C. Cygni... 19 40 16 + 40 26-6 6 Fiery red *. 56 X Cygni 19 46 20 + 32 38-2 var. JMax. 4 ; min. o ; period, 4o6 d . \ Fiery red when approaching max. 57 77 Aquilae 19 46 52 + o 43-4 var. Max. 3-6 ; min. 4.7 ; period, 7-i7 d . *58 526 Birm. Sagittarii... 2O O 12 -27 32-5 7 Deep red *. 270 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Name. K.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Mag. Notes. h m. s. / *59 545 Birm. Capricorni... 20 10 40 -21 38-3 7l Decided red *. rMax. 7; min. n<; period, ^6i d . 60 U Cygni 20 16 12 + 47 32-9 var. 3 Very red & : in striking contrast ( with a blue * nf. 61 6 1 P. XXI. Cephei ... 21 9 59 + 59 38-6 71 Remarkable fiery red *. " ? Var." 62 874; Lac. Indi..., 21 14 IQ 70 11.7 6 Ruby-orange ^. 63 589 Birm. Cygni T ,y 21 37 23 4 t + 35 *o- 4 7 Unmistakeable fiery red *. **6 4 592 Birin. Cygni 21 38 43 -37 30-7 8 Deep fiery red *. **6 5 p. Cephei 21 40 8 + 58 16-5 var. [Max. 4 ; min. 6 ; period, 5 or 6 \ years : " very fine deep garnet." **66 42431 Lai. Aquarii ... 21 40 50 - 2 43-4 6| Decided red *. *6 7 68 Arg. + 65 : 1691 Ceph'ei 5 Cephei 21 54 22 22 25 5 + 65 37-6 + 57 5i-i <4 var. Fiery red *. Blue ^ 6| mag. near, p. JMax. 3| ; min. 4^ ; period, 5>36 d . \ Orange "^ with blue comes. 69 Arg. -t- 57 : 2562 Cephei 22 30 23 + 57 36-i 71 Fiery red *. 70 8 Andromedse 23 12 38 + 48 24-9 5 Fiery red ^. 7 1 19 Piscium.^. 23 4 45 + 2 52-5 5l- Decided red *. ? Var." ** 72 R Cassiopeise 23 52 49 + 50 4 6 '5 var. [Max. 5 ; min. 12 ; period, 43o d . \ Vivid red &. **73 6259 Rad. Cassiopeiae 23 55 39 + 59 44-5 8 (Very fiery red *. 9 th mag. blue \ "^ near. *74 30 Piscium 23 56 19 - 6 37-5 4f Fiery red *. CHAP. XI.] A Catalogue of Variable Stars. 271 CHAPTEK XL I A CATALOGUE OF VARIABLE STARS. PART I. KNOWN VARIABLES. the Astronomical Register, vol. ii. p. 194, August 1864, I published a Catalogue of Variable Stars, based upon the latest information then accessible ; that Catalogue was copied into various publications, English and foreign, and a revised and enlarged version of it was published in Month. Not., vol. xxv. p. 208, May 1865. The present Catalogue may be considered an extension of the latter. As regards the Catalogue itself, the headings of the columns are sufficiently explicit, and it is only necessary to state that the symbol < signifies that the star's minimum magnitude fell below that given, but how much is unknown. Various stars suspected to be variable have been formed into a sub-class by themselves. Argelander's very crude and unsatisfactory nomenclature 8 has been followed, but at no very distant period it will have to give place to something more artistic. I have to thank Mr. J. Baxendell and Mr. G. Knott for much important assistance in revising this Catalogue up to date. In revising the Catalogue for the present edition of this work the following sources of information are amongst those which have been made use of: 1874. SCHONFELD, Ziveiter Catalog der Verdnderlichen Sterne. 8vo. Mannheim. 1884. GORE, J. E., Catalogue of Knoicn Variable Stars. (Proceedings Roy. Irish Acad., 2nd Ser., vol. iv. p. 149.) 1885. GORE, J. E., Catalogue of Suspected Variable Stars. (Proceedings Roy. Irish Acad., 2nd Ser., vol. iv. p. 267.) 1888. GORE, J. E., Revised Catalogue of Variable Stars. (Proceedings Soy. Irish Acad., 3rd Ser., vol. i. p. 97.) 1888. CHANDLER, S. C., Catalogue of Variable Stars. (Astronomical Journal, vol. viii. p. 81. Sept. 6, 1888. 1889. PICKERING, E. C., Index to Observations of Variable Stars. (Annals of Harvard College Observatory, vol. xviii. part VIII. p. 244.) a Ast. Nach., vol. xl. No. 959. May 3, 1855. 272 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Star. R.A. 1890. Decl. i! Period. Change of Magnitude. Discoverer. TCeti T Cassiopeiae .. R Andromedse S Ceti B Cassiopeiae .. T Piscium .. Nova Androm. V Cassiopeiae .. UCephei S Cassiopeise .. S Piscium U Piscium R Sculptoris .. R Piscium .. S Arietis RArietis T Persei oCeti S Persei R Ceti h. m. s. o 16 12 o 17 17 o 18 13 o 18 27 o 18 41 o 26 17 o 36 43 o 40 13 52 32 1 U 35 i ii 48 i 17 8 i 21 54 i 24 58 1 58 44 2 9 52 2 II 28 2 13 47 2 14 57 2 2O 26 -20 40-3 55 IO -9 + 37 58-0 - 9 56-3 + 63 32-2 + 13 59- 6 + 40 39-9 + 47 39-3 + 81 16-9 + 72 2-O + 8 2I-I + 12 17-4 -33 6-8 + 2 18-8 + 11 59-9 + 24 32.7 + 58 26-5 - 3 28-7 + 58 5-0 - o 40-4 Days. 65? 441 4 II 323 Irreg. 260 + 2-49 + 607 406 33 207? 345 290 187 Irreg. 331 346 167 From to 5 7 7 9* 6| 10 51 71 7 i3 9 H? 71 13* 8 9 i i| io 8 I2| 71 13* Chandler 1 88 1 Kriiger 1870 Argelander 1858 Borrelly 1872 Tycho Brahe 1572 R. Luther 1855 I. W. Ward Espin Ceraski Argelander Hind Peters Gould Hind 1885 1887 1880 1861 1851 iSSo 1872? 1850 C.H.F.Peters 1865 Argelander 1857 Safarik 1882 D. Fabricius 1596 Kriiger 1873 Argelander 1866 1. A star of the same type as the long-known variable R Scuti. 2. Increase of light less rapid than the decrease. At times a very red star. An 8 th mag. star follows io s and 0-5' to the N. 3. At max. the star's light fluctuates but little for 2 or 3 weeks. 4. Schonfeld finds the increase quicker than the decrease. 5. This is Tycho's celebrated star as placed by Hind. An n fch mag. star thought to show signs of variability is still there. (See Cycle, p. 679.) 7. This is the temporary star which suddenly appeared in August 1885 * n ^ ne great nebula in Andromeda (31 Messier). 8. Chandler calls this U Cassiopeiae. 9. This is a very remarkable star. It remains at its maximum for the greater part of its period, the decrease and increase being together accomplished in the short space of 6 h . Sometimes it varies a whole magnitude in one hour. 10. Light increases more quickly than it decreases. A 9^ mag. star follows 2O S and 2' to the S. 13. " One of the most brilliantly-coloured stars in the heavens." (Gould.} 14. Light increases more quickly than it decreases. There is an II th mag. star nf. 15. Observers differ as to the period. 16. Period well determined. From max. to min. the interval is 99 d ; and from min. to max. 88 d . 1 8. Described in detail in Chap. III. (ante). 19. There is a io th mag. star nf. CHAP. XI.] A Catalogue of Variable Stars. 273 No. Star. R.A. 1890. ; Decl. 1890. Period. Change of Magnitude. Discoverer. h. in. s. o / Days. From to 21 UCeti 2 28 25 -13 37-8 233 6f ioi Sawyer 1885 22 T Arietis 2 42 II j + 17 3-2 3 2 3 8 9! Auwers 1870 23 P Persei 258 7 + 38 24-9 33? orirreg. 3* 4^- Schmidt 1 854 2 4 /3 Persei 3 i i -t 40 31-9 2-86 2| 4 Montanari 1669 2.5 R Persei i 3 23 3 +35 17.7 212 {^or 1 ^} Schonfeld 1861 26 A Tauri ' 3 54 35 +12 10-8 3-95 or 3-38 3* 4* Baxendell 1848 27 T Tauri 4 15 35 +19 16-5 Irreg. 9^ 13^? Hind 1861 28 W Tauri 4 21 45 +15 51-4 275 8 13 Espin 1886 2 9 R Tauri 4 22 17 + 9 55-o 325 71 13* Hind i 849 30 S Tauri 4 23 ii + 9 42.2 378 9 1 2 '3|< Oudemans 1855 3 1 RReticuli ... 4 32 23 -63 15.4 281 7 *3< JC. Ragoonatha \ Chary 1867 S 2 R Doradus . . . 4 35 28 62 17-6 51 6| JThome (Gould) I 1874? 33 V Tauri 4 45 40 + 17 2I-I 169 8| I3|< Auwers 1871 34 R Orionis 4 5 2 59 + 7 57-7 379 8| i3< Hind 1848 35 e Aurigae 4 54 2 + 43 39-7 Irreg. 3 4| ? Fritsch 1821 36 R Leporis 4 54 36 -14 58-2 436 6 8|? Schmidt 1855 37 R Aurigae 5 8 25 + 53 27-7 460 6| 13 Argelander 1862 38 S Aurigse ... 5 19 52 + 34 4-2 r 400? 1 9? T 4< Dune'r 1881 39 S Orionis ... 5 23 34 - 4 47- 4i 3 8| i3< Webb 1870 40 5 Orionis 5 26 23 o 22-9 Irreg. 2i 2| SirJ.Herscheli834 23. Period irregular. 24. Described in detail in Chap. III. (ante]. 25. Sometimes at its min. this star remains almost without change for 2 months. 26. The fluctuations of light are for the most part accomplished in about io h . 27. In immediate proximity, to the ??/, of D' Arrest's var. neb. (See Chap. V. ante.} 30. Only for about 7o d of its period is this star brighter than 12 th mag. 32. " Excessively red." (Gould.) 33. A 1 2^- mag. star follows. 34. The decrease of light is less rapid than the increase. 35. Schonfeld thinks that there is no regular period and that the variation is often for a long period imperceptible. 36. This is Hind's celebrated " crimson star." It well deserves all that has been said of it. (See Cycle, No. 281.) 37. A red star. About H4 d before max. the light remains unchanged at 9 th mag. for about 48 d . The increase from 8^ mag. lasts 4O d , and the decrease 62 d . 38. A very red star. 39. Very red. Webb says: "Centre of little triplet, n, 11.5 in large triangle; sweep 6i m W. from minute pair 10' N. of 42." 40. Schonfeld finds no regular period, but Auwers suggests i6 d , with min. nearly in middle interval of 2 max. "VOL. III. 274 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Star. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Period. Change of Magnitude. Discoverer. h. m. s. 1 Days. From to 4 1 T Orionis 5 30 26 - 5 32-8 ... 9l 13 Bond 1863 42 a Orionis 5 49 13 + 7 23-1 Irreg. i 'I SirJ.Herschel 1840 43 U Orionis 5 49 !7 + 20 9-4 365 6 I2< Gore 1885 44 i) Geminorum 6 8 13 + 22 32-3 140+ ? 3 4 Schmidt 1865 45 V Monocerotis 6 17 10 - 2 8. 3 . 334 7 io|< Schonfeld i83 3 46 T Monocerotis 6 19 17 + 7 *-7 26.8 5l H Davis 1871 47 R Monocerotis 6 33 10 + 8 50-0 Irreg. 92 J 3 y *? / j -i. / 2 VHydrse ... 10 46 17 2O 40-0 575 6 9 < Gould 1874? W Leonis 10 47 49 + 14 18-0 395 9? i 4 < Peters 1 880 T Carinae 10 50 53 -59 5 6 - 6 7 Thome 1872 R Crateris ... 10 55 8 -17 44-0 160? 8 9 < Winnecke 1861 S Leonis ii 5 10 + 6 3-7 188? 91 3<^ Chacornac 1856 o / 1 o ^ T Leonis ii 32 48 + 3 58-9 10? I 4 < C.H.F.Peters 1862 X Virginis . . . ii 56 13 + 9 41-1 ... 7 12 C.H.F.Peters 1871 R Comae ii 58 37 + 19 23-8 363 7| i3l< Schonfeld 1856 71. A very red star. 72. A red star; or, as Sir J. Herschel has it, "between scarlet and carmine red." Gould's averages make the period about 32o d . 73. Light increases more quickly than it decreases. The increase from mag. 9 to max. occupies from 4O d to 8o d . A red star. 74. One of the best known long period variables. " A fine rich ruby star." (MS. Jan. 20, 1865.) 78. A reddish star. 80. " Intensely orange red." (Gould.} 81. Increase of light to max. takes 3 months less time than the decrease to min. In 1876 it rose from mag. 13 to max. in 28 d , but it occupied H2 d in passing from max. to invisibility. 82. For a full account of this see Chap. V. (ante}. 83. An intensely red star. 86. Usually a very red star. Schonfeld suggests a period of i6o d . Follows a Crateris 43 s , and 1-2' to the S. A io th mag. star p, and there is a 9 th mag. star sf. 88. Not seen by Schonfeld since 1866, excepting perhaps in Feb. 1874. 89. Seen by Schonfeld March 1873 and Feb. 1874, but not since. A 12 th mag. star /. 2 s . 90. Owing to the near coincidence of the period of this star with the solar year it has since 1 875 been unfavourably situated for observation. There is an 8 th mag. star np. CHAP. XL] A Catalogue of Variable Stars. 277 No. Star. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Period. Change of Magnitude. Discoverer. h. m. s. o / Days. From to 9 1 T Virginia ... 12 8 58 - 5 2 5-3 337 8 i3 2 < Bogualawski 1 849 92 K Corvi 12 I 3 56 -18 38-4 317 6| IT!< Karlinski 1867 93 Z Virginia 12 28 13 - 3 49-o 2IO + 8 14 Henry 1874 94 Corvi 12 28 3 6 -22 47-3 ... 2| 3* Smyth ? 95 T Ursse Major! s 12 31 23 + 60 5-6 257 6 I 13? Argelander 1860 96 R Virginia 12 32 55 + 7 35-7 146 61 ii< Harding 1809 97 R Muscae 12 35 22 -68 48-2 0-9 6! 7* Gould 1871 98 S Ursae Majoris 12 39 7 t6i 41-7 231 7 i3 Pogson 1853 99 U Virginia ... 12 45 3i + 6 9-1 207 71 i3 Harding 1831 100 W Virginia ... 13 20 21 - 2 48-2 17.27 8| ioi Schonfeld 1856 IOI V Virginia 13 22 7 - 2 36-0 251 8 i3< Goldschmidt 1857 102 RHydrse 13 23 4 2 -22 42-7 43o 4 io< J. P. Maraldi 1 704 103 S Virginia 13 27 16 - 6 37-7 374 5* 13 Hind 1852 I0 4 Y Virginia ... 13 28 50 -12 39-0 ... 5 8? Schmidt 1866 105 RCanumVenat. 13 44 H + 4 5-3 71 '3*? Espin 1 888 106 RR Virginia ... 13 59 3 - 8 40-2 383 ii i4< Peters 1880 91. "A very red star." (Schonfeld.} 92. Light increases more quickly than it decreases. There are two 8 th mag. stars and a io th mag. star, near. 93. Chandler calls this Y Virginis, rejecting (but unreasonably as I think) the star below, to which Gould applied the letter Y. 94. Gould and Gore both confirm Smyth as to the variability of this star. 95. Latter portion of rise to maximum is, at times, extremely rapid (Baxendell, jun.). 96. Both the epochs of maxima and the epochs of minima seem not to recur at strictly regular intervals. The light curve also exhibits irregularities. 97. Gould's period is more exactly 2i h 2O m . The max. follows the min. by 9 h . 98. The light curve is irregular. Shortly before maximum the increase of light undergoes a marked retardation, and shortly before maximum the decrease is similarly checked. Pogson notes that the increase and the decrease of light take place in intervals of time more equal than is usual with variable stars. 99. Near the epoch of max. the light curve is very irregular. There is a io th . mag. star up. 101. The increase from io th mag. to max. occupies 35 d , with marked fluctuations : the decrease to the same mag. 5i d , much more uniform. A yellowish red star. 102. The period has undoubtedly diminished. In 1708 it was 5OO d ; in 1785 it was 48 7 d ; in 1870, 437 (l ; and it is still diminishing at the rate of 9 h for each period according to Gould. A red star. 103. The period seems to be diminishing. The min. has been found to occur about Ii9 d before the max. Very red at max. Stated to be subject to marked changes of colour. 104. This is one of Burnham's close doubles. Pos. 80; dist. 0-48"; epoch, 1879-4. The components were found by him nearly equal in magnitude. 278 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. 107 108 109 no in 112 "3 114 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 Star. Z (Iris) Virginis R Centauri . . . T Bootis X Bootis... S Bootis V Bootis R Caraelopardi R Booth V Librae W Bootis U Bootis 5 Librae T Librae Y Librae R Triang. Aust U Coronae S Librae S Serpentis ... S Coronae R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. h. m. 14 4 25 -12 46-9 14 8 39 -59 24-0^ 14 8 57 +19 34-9 14 18 58 + 16 49-0 14 19 10 I +54 18-6 14 25 18 H 25 55 14 32 20 + 39 21-0 + 84 19-8 + 27 13-0 14 34 14 -17 10.9 H S 8 35 | + 26 59-8 14 49 14 I +18 8-4 H 55 5-8 4-9 15 4 27! -19 35-8 15 5 52 - 5 35- 6 9 56 3 4 2 '5 15 15 J5 4 15 16 30 i5 16 54 5-5 -66 + 32 3-i -19 59-4 + 14 42.5 + 3 1 45-8 Period. Days. 33 Probably ong&irreg, 272 267 269 224 J Long and\ I irreg. j 174 2-32 723 3-4 3-45 I.J2 365 Change of Magnitude. 9 i3| 13? 9 6 9l 9 71 7 71 6 9 5 9 5 10 6| 7* 71 i2 6 13 Disco verar. Palisa 1880 Gould 1871 Baxendell 1860 Baxendell 1859 Argelander 1 860 Dune'r 1884 Hencke 1858 Argelander 1858 Schonfeld 1882 Schmidt 1867 Baxendell 1880 Schmidt 1859 Palisa 1878 Bauschinger 1887 Gould 1871 Winnecke 1869 Borrelly 1872 Harding 1828 Hencke 1860 107. Chandler calls this simply Z. See note ante on Z Virginis (No. '93). 108. The light curve is very irregular, and the period uncertain. Gould suggests 525** with 2 intermediate maxima. ? R.A. 22 s too little if star = 323 Birmingham. A red star. 109. Not seen since 1860. Evidently one of the so-called temporary stars. no. Increase of brightness takes more than twice as long as the decrease; but light curve is very irregular. in. Period fairly certain. Light curve irregular. 113. Fluctuations of light irregular. 114. Schmidt made the period 229 d . 1 1 8. A variable of the Algol type. The fluctuations of light occupy about I2\ of which 5| h represents the decrease and 6| h the increase. 122. A variable of the Algol type. The fluctuations of light occupy about 9| h , of which 4| h represents the decrease and 5^ h the increase. 123. Peters suggests a period of only 98 d . There is a 13 th mag. star np, and a 1 2 th mag. star mf. 124. The period is uncertain or irregular. The min. occurs nearer to the following max. than to the preceding one. There is an II th mag. star np, and a I2| mag. star rtf. " A very red star." (Schonfeld.) 125. Increase of light rapid, decrease slow. (Sawyer.} Baxendelt gives increase I26 rt and decrease 234^. Period irregular, owing to varying position of " head" on maximum portion of light curve. CHAP. XL] A Catalogue of Variable Stars. 279 No. Star. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Period. Change of Magnitude. Discoverer. 126 T (&&) Librae... h. m, s. 15 2 9 5 / 20 48-0 Days. 302? From to II? I4< C.H.F.Peters 1878 127 128 129 U Librae |O-Arg. 14782! 1 Librae j R Coronae 15 3i 4 15 35 38 !5 44 3 -15 48-6 -20 49-5 + 28 29-6 380? 228 irreg. 9 T 4< 5l '3 C.H.F.Peters 1878 C.H.F.Peters 1878 Pigott i 795 130 V Coronae J 5 45 36 + 39 54- 1 357 /i 12 Dune'r 1878 131 R Serpentis ... 15 45 38 + 15 28-0 358 5| i3< Harding 1826 I 3 2 RLupi 15 46 20 -35 58-2 9 i2< Gould 1 884 J 33 R Librae J 5 47 23 - J 5 54-4 723 9 !32< Pogson 1858 *34 T Coronse T 5 54 53 + 26 14-0 2 9\ Birmingham 1 866 135 R Herculis 16 i 17 + 1 8 40-0 3i9 8 T 3 |< Argelander 1855 136 W Scorpii ... 16 2 4 -21 13.9 405? u 13 C.H.F.Peters 1876 137 V Scorpii 16 5 20 19 51-0 224 10 14! J. Palisa 1877 138 T Scorpii 16 10 29 22 42-2. ... 7 T 3< Auwers 1860 139 R Scorpii 16 ii 5 ! -22 40-3 225 9 J 4< Chacornac 1853 140 S Scorpii . . 16 1 1 6 -22 37-2 177 9 J 3< Chacornac 1854 141 W Ophiachl ... 16 15 29 7 26-2 328? 9 I3K Schonfeld 1881 142 U Scorpii 16 16 8 -17 37-5 ... 9? i3?< Pogson 1863 126. The true period may be the half of 3io d . Chandler calls this X Librae. 127. The true period may be the half of 38o d . Chandler calls this W Librae. 128. Chandler calls this U Librae. 129. The fluctuations of light are very irregular, and all sorts of periods have been suggested. Sometimes it remains unchanged in light for a period as long as a year. 1 30. A red star. 131. The period is certainly irregular. 133. This star has not been much observed owing to the short duration of its max. phase. Schonfeld thinks that the period of 723 d given in the table may be a multiple of the true period. 134. This is Birmingham's Nova of 1866, of which a more particular account is given in Chap. III. (ante). Regarded as a variable it lias been suspected by Schmidt and Schonfeld to undergo regular fluctuations of light in 94 d . 135. The period seems to be increasing. 136. Chandler calls this X Scorpii. 137. Chandler calls this W Scorpii. 138. This is Pogson's Nova of 1860, of which a more particular account is given in Chap. V. (ante). 139. This is close to the cluster 80 M. The light curve is said by Schonfeld to be very variable. 140. This is 3^' distant from R Scorpii. There is a 9J mag. star sf. 142. This has not been seen since 1863. It diminished from mag. 9 to mag. 12, between May 20 and 28. Its precise place has not been well ascertained. 280 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Star. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Period. Change of Magnitude. Discoverer. h. m. s. / Days. From to H3 V Ophiuchi ... 16 20 36 12 IO-4 37 7 102- Duner 1881 144 U Herculis ... 16 20 56 + 19 8-6 411 6* i3 Hencke 1860 J 45 g (30) Herculis 16 25 2 + 4 2 7-5 40 to 125 4l 6} Baxendell 1857 146 T Ophiuchi . . . 16 27 26 -15 53-8 359? 10 i3< Pogson 1 860 147 S Ophiuchi ... !6 27 55 -16 5.v7 * 234 8 4 L J3z< Pogson 1854 148 V Herculis ... 16 31 19 + 37 33-7 289 8 14 Duner 1880 149 E Ursse Min.... 16 31 26 + 72 30-0 180? Si ioi Pickering 1881 150 R Draconis ... 16 32 21 + 66 59-3 245 7 i3< Geelmuyden 1876 l$! S Herculis 16 46 53 + i5 7-5 309 6 i3< Schonfeld 1856 152 Nora Ophiuchi 16 53 20 - J 2 43-5 4^ i.vl< Hind 1848 153 V Herculis ... 16 54 16 + 35 13-9 257 or 324 9 12 Baxendell 1880 J 54 R Ophiuchi ... 17 i 27 -15 56.6 302 71 i3|< Pogson 1853 T 55 a Herculis 17 9 38 + 14 30-9 . irreg. 3 4 W. Herschel 1759 156 U Ophiuchi ... 17 10 56 + i 19-9 20 h 6 6| Sawyer 1881 157 u (68) Herculis !7 J 3 15 + 33 13-0 3*4 4* 5* Schmidt 1869? 143. A very red star. 144. A highly yellowish-red star. 145. Schonfeld calls this stnr misunderstanding Bayer's intentions, as it would seem. The period appears to be itself variable. The n.ax. follows the min. by i85 d . At some maxima the star is barely visible to the naked eye. A red star. 187. The period seems variable to the extent sometimes of 6 h . 188. Owing to its proximity to a good comparison star, n Sagittse, the variation, though small, is very evident. Duration of increase = 3 d ; of decrease 5-38 d . 189. A red star. Period as yet undetermined. Light curve probably interesting. 190. There is a 9 th mag. star nf. CHAP. XL] A Catalogue of Variable Stars. 283 No. Star. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Period. Change of Magnitude. Discoverer. h. m. s. o / Days. From to I 9 I R Capricorni . . . 20 5 8 -14 35-7 347 8| 13* Hind 1848 I 9 2 S Aquilae 20 6 33 + 15 i7-4 147 8| n| Baxendell 1863 T 93 Y Sagittarii ... 20 8 I -22 18-8 364? n? 14? C.H.F.Petersi872? 194 RSagittsj 20 9 3 + 16 23-7 71 8 io| Baxendell 1859 195 R Delphini ... 20 9 37 + 8 45-4 284 7^ 13 Schonfeld 1859 196 R Cephei 20 7 36 + 88 48-3 I' 5 ii Pogson 1856 197 P (34) Cygni... 20 13 43 + 37 4 T '4 ... 3 ? Janson 1 600 198 UCygni .. 20 16 12 + 47 32-Q 461 7 111 Knott 1871 ;7 199 S Capricorni ... 20 35 16 ~ T-/ o* y 19 23-2 / 11 2 9 ii Hind 1854 200 VCygni... 20 37 A.e. + 47 44-0 8 6^ I3 1 Birmingham 1 8 8 1 2OI S Delphini ... J Di *Td 20 38 ' 'T/ TT y + 16 41-6 277 8 12 Baxendell 1860 2O2 X Cygni . . . 20 39 6 6 6A 7^ Chandler 1886 oO O 5 "2 /4 203 T Delphini ... 20 40 i 6 + 15 59-9 332 8 I3?< Baxendell 1863 20 4 IT Delphini ... 20 40 25 + 17 41-5 m ? 6 i 7l ? Espin 1 884 205 U Capricorni... 20 42 3 -15 II. I 203 10 I3|< Pogson 1857 206 T Cygni 20 42 48 + 33 58-3 365? 5 6 Schmidt 1864 191. The period is sometimes irregular to the extent of as much as 3o d . 192. Light curve variable. Period has undergone remarkable changes. There is a 9 th mag. star #/". 193. Is called W Capricorni by Chandler. 194. This star has two maxima and two minima in each period. The two minima have been reversed. 195. No min. seems to have been observed. There is a 12 th mag. star sp. 196. The annual Precession in R.A. of this star is about 42 seconds of time. This star is 24 Cephei of Hevelius. 197. This is the Nova of 1600, as to which see Chap. III. (ante}. It has undergone numerous unquestionable changes of magnitude, but no attempts to assign a period have been successful. 198. A very red star, with variation, probably cyclical, in min. mag. There is an 8 th mag. blue star nf, which Birmingham believed to be slightly variable. 200. Forms with 3 other stars the S. end of an irregular cross. A deep red star. A secondary max. follows the principal one 2 or 3 m . Remains at min. mag. about 4. 201. A red star. Period and fluctuations of light irregular. There is an 8 th mag. star np. 202. Bright and faint minima, but not regularly alternating. The increase occupies 4 l ; the decrease io d , with a pause about the middle of the latter. 203. The light increases from io th mag. to max. generally in 28 d , and decreases again to the same point in the curve in 49**. A yellowish-red star. There is an II th mag. star np, and a io th mag. star nf. 206. Period about i y , but in some years the variation is scarcely noticeable. 284 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. Star. T Aquarii T Vulpeculae . . . Y Cygni R Vulpeculae . . . W Capricorni... X Capricorni . . . TCephei T Capricorni . . . W Cygni S Cephei Nova Cygni . . . fj. Cephei 207 208 209 210 211 212 2I 3 2I 4 215 2l6 217 218 219 I U Aquarii 220 TPegasi... 221 222 223 22 4 225 R Piscis Aust. 5 Cephei ... RIndi R Lacertae S Aquarii R.A. 1890. h. m. s. 20 44 8 20 46 49 20 47 39 20 59 30 1 12 2 15 8 5 21 15 57 21 31 53 21 36 36 21 37 23 21 40 8 21 57 20 22 3 31 22 ii 45 22 2 5 5 22 28 IO 22 38 22 22 51 13 Decl. 1890. - 5 33-2 + 27 50.0 + 34 J 4-7 + 23 23-2 -24 21.7 -2i 47-5 + 68 2.6 -'5 37-5 + 44 53-i 4-78 7-7 + 42 20-4 + 58 16.5 -17 9.4 + 12 O-O -30 9-1 + 57 5i-i -67 5!-3 + 41 47-6 -20 53.8 Period. Days. 203 4* I Oh I d I2 h i37 310? 210? 383? 269 126? 485 irreg. 200-300 373 5-37 279 Change of Magnitude. From to 6| 13 5* 61 7 8 5z 10 9 H 51 7* 7 1 "z 3 I3z 3| 6 10? 14? 3| 5 8 n< 8| i3i 7 | i2i< Discoverer. Goldschmidt 1 861 Sawyer 1885 Chandler 1886 Argelander 1858 C.H.F.Petersi867 C.H.F.Peters 1872 Ceraski 1878 Hind 1854 Gore 1885 Hencke 1858 Schmidt 1876 [Sir W. Herschel I 1782 Peters 1881 Hind 1863 Gould 1884 Goodricke 1784 Gould 1884 Deichimiller 1883 Argelander 1853 207. Though Goldschmidt in 1861 from his own observations announced this as a variable, it is so marked in the XX th Berlin Star Chart (by Hencke) published previously. 208. The increase occupies i d ; the decrease 3| d . 210. There is a 9^ mag. star nf. 211. Chandler calls this V Capricorni. 2 1 3. A red star. 2 14. There is a 9 th mag. star np. 216. An intensely red star. Winnecke finds that the max. follows the min. by about 24O d . 217. This is Schmidt's Nova discovered on Nov. 24, 1876 shining as a 3 rd mag. star. For further particulars see Chap. III. (ante}. It has now disappeared. 218. This is Sir W. Herschel's well-known " Garnet star." Period very uncertain ; at any rate much less than " 5 or 6 years" as sometimes stated : perhaps 14 months is not far from the truth. 220. This star seems to remain a long time at the II th mag., especially when approaching a max. 222. The period otherwise expressed is 5 d 8 h 48. The interval from max. to min. is 3 d I9 h , but from min. to max. only i d 14'-. The fluctuation of light seems to receive a check from i6 h to 24 h after max. CHAP. XI.] A Catalogue of Variable Stars. 285 No. 226 22; Star. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Period. Change of Magnitude. Discoverer. Pegasi . . . h. m. s. 22 58 25 23 i 7 / + 27 29-0 + 9 57-0 Days. 40 + , irreg. 382 From to 2 2| 7 i3|< Schmidt 1847 Hind 1848 R Pegasi 228 SPegasi 23-14 59 + 8 19-1 318 7 J3< Marth 1864? 22 9 R Aquarii 23 38 8 -15 53-8 388 5l "* Harding 1 8 1 1 230 19 Piscium 23 40 46 + 2 52-6 165 + 4l 6i Espin 1884 2 3 I R Phoenicia . . . 23 5 45 -50 24-1 8| ii< Gould 1885 232 T Ceti 23 S 2 16 - 9 34-4 273? 9* ^4? C.H.F.Peters 1879 233 R Cassiopeiae . . . 23 52 49 + 50 46-4 429 4* i3< Pogson 1853 234 U Cassiopeise . . . 23 55 39 + 59 44-5 6 9 Birmingham 1877 1040 -Hydra ... 13 42 49 -27 49.2 + 1 year 7 8 Sawyer 1889 226. The period is indeterminate ; Schmidt said sometimes 36 d ; sometimes 43 d . Argelander suggested 4 i d , but Schonfeld considers it altogether irregular between the limits of 30 d and 5O d . 227. It does not seem possible to reconcile the recent with the earlier observations as regards the period. 229. Some uncertainty in the period may perhaps be explained by the supposition that the star has a secondary as well as a primary max. A red star. 230. A deep orange star. 232. Chandler calls this V Ceti. 233. At times a very red star. Schonfeld considers that the period is certainly diminishing. There is an i i th mag. star closely np. 1040. Colour "quite red." 280 The Starry Heavens. [Boox XIV. PART II. STARS PROBABLY VARIABLE. No attempt has been made to render this list exhaustive, for the simple reason that there are hundreds of stars believed with more or less probability to be subject to fluctuations of light. The last edition of this work contained but 35 stars ranked as suspected variables. I have however increased that number considerably in the present edition by the aid of the valuable catalogues compiled by Mr. J. E. Gore a . But as Mr. Gore's first list comprises 773 objects, it is evident that I have passed over a very great many. In making the present selection I have been guided in the main by the following considerations : (1) That the star should be one usually visible to the naked eye. (2) That the suspicion of variability should depend on the observations of at least 2 observers of known experience. Eesides the 2 foregoing conditions, a slight preference has been shown to stars which are (a) situate in the Northern hemisphere, or (b) which are red or orange in colour. From these explanations the reader will have no great difficulty in understanding that the list as here framed is in- tended to suggest to amateur astronomers a branch of research in which they can render useful service to science, and the fact that such a large proportion of the stars here given belong to the Southern hemisphere is significant of the amount of work re- maining to be done there. For practical hints on the conduct of variable star observations, see vol. ii. p. 283 (ante). The magnitudes given in the 5 th column, and the resulting range, are only to be deemed approximate. a These are referred to at p. 271 ante. more or less conclusive, to be variable And some particulars of about 350 stars star;*, will be found in Annals of Harvard contained in the Harvard Photometry College Observatory, vol. xiv. Part II. which may be regarded, on evidence p. 431. CHAP. XI.] A Catalogue of suspected Variable Stars. 287 No. Star. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Probable changes of Magnitude. Authority : Remarks. h. m. s. o / I 7 Pegasi 7 34 + 14 34-3 ** 3 Schwab. Period 27| d ? 2 -Ceti O iS 12 10 14-2 7 10 Borrelly. 3 Arg.+ 8ii8Ceph. o 40 58 + 8l 22-0 [through | a"! 1 mag. J Pickering; Knott. 4 2598 Lai. Ceti... r 20 16 - 4 3 J -9 61 71 Gould. 5 112 Piscium ... i 54 26 -*- 2 34-3 6 6| Schmidt. 6 61 Ceti i 58 10 - o 52-1 6 7 Sir W. Herschel. 7 v Fornaois i 59 33 -29 49.5 5 6 Gould. 8 J937 Lac. Horo-1 I logii j 2 49 56 -63 21.5 6 6| Gould. "Strikingly red." z Eridani 3 26 18 4.1 4.4.-4. 4 6 ^ Houzeau. 187^. 10 7172 Lai. Tauri 3 47 17 T- 1 T-T -T + 7 26-9 6| 8 Gould. ii 7 Eridani 3 52 53 I 3 40- 3 2 i 3! Secchi. 12 48 Tauri 4 9 30 O T";7 O + 15 7-7 2 O2 6 7 Schmidt. 13 U Tauri ... ... 4 J 5 24 + 19 33-3 9 loi Baxendell. A double, 3". 14 54 Eridani 4 35 38 -19 53-o 4l 5 Gould. 15 Tr 1 Orionis ... 4 43 5i + 6 46-1 3z 5 Gould. Period 54^ (Gage). 16 5 Orionis 4 47 38 + * 19-5 5} 6| Gould. Red star. J 7 R Eridani 4 5 21 -16 35-6 5-4 6 Gould. 18 S (64) Eridani... 4 54 49 12 42-0 4-8 5-7 Gould. 19 fi6 Birm. Add.l \ Leporis J 5 6 38 12 1.2 si rt-: Burton. Very red star. 20 31 Orionis 5 23 59 - i 10-8 4l 6 Gould. Very red. 2 I Tauri <; 28 16 + 21 ^2-1 81 n 1 Schmidt. 22 T (Us) Orionis... * 3 6 Fiery red. Red " (Uran. Ary.). ** 5 6 Si ... a Tauri 4 29 36 + 16 17-2 i Deep reddish orange. 57 82 4 Aurigse 4 38 7 + 32 42-8 * Pale crimson ; a larger orange star p. *58 83 4 1 i 45 7B.A.C.Ca- melopardi. 4 39 48 + 67 58-4 7 Fiery red. *59 85 43 Aurigse 4 44 37 + 28 20-2 8 Unmistakably crimson. 60 87 44 o 1 Orionis 4 46 19 + 14 4-2 5i Reddish orange. *6i 88 45 5 Orionis 4 47 38 + 2 19-5 5l Deep orange. " Pro- bably var." 62 89 46 236 P. IV. Ori- onis 4 48 51 + 7 36-0 6 Deep golden yellow. " Orange red " (Brodie). 63 9i 6 Aurigse 4 5 2 49 + 39 29-3 61 Red. 64 ... ... 3 Espin Aurigse 4 53 3 + 40 4-6 7-2 Fiery red. **6 5 94 49 R Leporis 4 54 36 -H 58-2 Var. Decided crimson. 66 93 48 a Aurigse 4 54 47 + 40 54.8 4 Fine deep orange. "Slightly orange" (Uran. Oxon. ). 67 95 5 276 P. IV. Ori- onis 4 56 ii + o 33-7 6 Pale orange. " ? Var." 68 96 5i 899 H.P. Orionis 4 59 43 + i i-5 7 Intense fiery red. 6:j 97 6 Leporis 5 o 48 --22 31.1 3i Reddish orange. "?Var." * 7 o ... ... Leporis 5 6 38 12 1-2 H I / 2 Deep red. 7i IO2 ... Arg. - o : 890 Orionis 5 9 i o 41-2 7 Pale orange. 72 ... ... 5 Espin Aurigse 5 10 59 + 40 20-6 7 Reddish orange. *73 ... Arg. + 40 11245 Aurigse 5 ii 12 + 4 58-7 71 Red. 74 ... ... 50 Espin Aurigse 5 ii 49 + 35 4-3 8i Fiery red. 75 ... W.B. V. 266 Aurigse 5 12 5i + 41 0-3 5* Orange. " Slightly red " {Uran. Oxon.). * 7 6 ... ... 53 Espin Orionis 5 19 50 10 26.9 6 Reddish orange. *77 5 2 Espin Orionis 5 20 7 + 2 9 49-5 8 Almost pale ruby. J CHAP. XII.] A Catalogue of "Bed " Stars. 299 Number. Star. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Mag. Colour ; Remarks. G. F. C. Birm. Dun- sink, Schj. h. m, s. o / 78 ... ... Aurigae 5 20 38 + 35 13-3 7 Good orange. In cl. 39 VII. 79 ... ... 6 Espin Aurigae 5 22 39 + 4 25-5 71 Orange. 80 I0 9 57b S Orionis 5 23 34 4 47.0 Var. Reddish. In centre of small equilat. triangle of 3 stars. 81 110 58 31 Orionis 5 24 8 - i 10.8 5-6 Deep orange. " Var." 82 III 59 119 Tauri 5 2 5 47 + 18 30-7 4* Pale red. "Good orange " (Brodie). 83 ... ... 7 Espin Aurigae 5 26 31 + 41 2.3 71 Reddish. 84 ... ... 5 4 Espin Auriga; 5 26 31 + 32 40-0 7 Reddish orange ; blue star 6J mag. near. *5 ... ... !56EspinOrionis 5 27 16 + 7 3-6 71 Very red. 86 .. . ... 10483 Lai. Ori- 5 28 29 - i 32-4 7 Fiery red. onis 87 "3 < 2 Orionis 5 30 5 1 + 9 14-1 4z Orange. 88 114 60 Orionis 5 3o 58 + 10 58-0 6| Reddish orange. *8 9 ... 1 24 Tauri 5 32 34 + 23 15-5 71 Quadruple star ; A red. 90 ... # Doradus 5 33 26 -62 33.7 3i "Reddish yellow" (Williams). 9 1 ... 157 Espin Au- 5 33 37 + 31 51.4 6| Fiery red. rigae * 9 2 .. . Arg. + 31: 1058 5 34 59 + 3 [ 49- i 8 Z Fiery red. Aurigae 93 119 ... 51 (b) Orionis 5 36 48 + i 25.3 5? Orange. " Slightly red" ((Iran. Oxon). 94 120 64 Tauri 5 38 3 + 24 22-3 8 "Full red" (Dunsink). 95 ... 55 Espin Aurigae 5 38 41 + 50 2-5 7 Reddish orange. 96 Aurigse 5 39 5 + 30 39-4 7 Good red. 97 121 6 4 a Geminoruin 5 39 6 + 20 38-9 7? Good red. "Deep orange red "(Brodie). "?Var." 98 I2 4 Pictoris 5 40 8 -46 30-5 8 "Vivid red" (J. Her- schel). 99 ... ... 5 7 Espin Aurigae 5 44 18 + 32 5-8 6| Fiery red. Near neb. 37 M. IOO ... 11061 Lai. Ori- 5 44 22 + 4 23.9 6 Deep orange. " Red " onis (Uran. Arg.). IOI ... 56 Orionis 5 4 6 44 + i 49-7 5 Reddish orange. "Red" {Uran. Arg.). 102 127 a Orionis 5 49 J 3 + 7 23-1 i Reddish orange. 300 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. Number. Star. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Mag. Colour ; Remarks. G. F. C Birm. Dun- sink, Schj. 103 Gore's Nova Ori- onis h. m. s. 5 49 J7 o / + 2O 9-6 61 Fiery red. "Very red" (Robinson). I0 4 I2 9 8 Aurigae 5 50 28 + 54 16.7 3| Pale orange. I0 5 130 67 n Aurigse 5 5' 45 + 45 55-5 4* Reddish orange. " Pale orange " (Brodie). 1 06 13 EspinAurigae 605 - 5 5 1 - n Reddish orange. *,0 7 135 72 n684Lal.Gemi- noruin 643 + 26 2-2 H Good red. 1 08 ... 1 4 EspinAurigae 6 4 56 + 32 43-3 6 Reddish. lOp 136 Arg. + 21: 1146 Geminorum 6 5 14 + 21 53-6 7 Pale red. no 137 ... Arg. + 22: 1220 Geminorum 6 5 39 + 22 55-8 7 Red. III . . . 1 5 EspinAurigae 6 6 48 + 33 16-3 7 Reddish orange. 112 I 4 I Arg. + 39: J 57 6 Aurigae 693 + 39 30-6 71 Pale red. " ? Var." "3 ... 1 6 EspinAurigae 6 9 52 + 39 53-7 7 Reddish. 114 ... 1 8 EspinAurigae 6 10 6 + 39 30-6 7 Deep red. 115 ... ... 6 2 Espin Aurigae 6 10 14 + 33 M-8 9 Very red. 116 2029 B.A.C. Ge- minorum 6 12 42 + 23 I9' 1 7 Pale orange. "Mag- nificent spectrum." 117 ... ... uSsH.P. Canis Majoris 6 12 48 -16 46-3 5 Red. 118 ... 12104 Lai. Ori- onis 6 14 29 - 2 53-2 5 Deep orange. " ? Var." "Yellowish red" (Wick- ham). 119 ... ... 28 95 6 J 4 55 + 5 48-0 Fairly red. 120 1 60 Espin Au- rigae 6 15 24 * 47 43-o 81 " Red and probably var." (Espin). 121 12169 Lai. Canis Majoris 6 15 57 -ii 45-8 7 Fiery red. " Red " (Robinson 122 H3 ... fj. Geminorum 6 16 18 + 22 34-1 3* Reddish orange. I2 3 ... ... 5 Lyncis 6 17 12 + 58 28-7 5? Fiery red. In a striking group. I2 4 ... ... 3 Canis Majoris 6 18 5 -33 22-8 4 " Rich orange yellow " (Tupman). *I2 5 144 74 Geminorum 6 19 ii + 14 46-8 7 Full deep orange. "?Var." "Yellowish" (Brodie). CHAP. XII.] A Catalogue of "Red " Stars. 301 Number. 1 T? A Tk-_i G.F.C Birm. Dun- sink, Star. JV.A. 1890. JJ6C1. 1890. Mag Colour ; Remarks. Schj. h. m. s. / 126 '45 . .. Canis Majoris 6 19 16 -26 59.6 8 Pale crimsom. " In- tense ruby" (.1. Herschel). " Orange red" (Brodie). 127 12359 Lai. Mo- 6 21 31 - 4 2 3-7 7 Deep orange. nocerotis 128 ... 1 25 24 Lai. Canis 6 25 25 -19 8-1 6| Orange. Majoris I2 9 12545 La L Mo- nocerotis 6 26 50 - 8 5-2 5i Reddish orange. "Red " (Uran. Arg.). 130 20 Espin Mono- cerotis 6 28 19 - 2 59 .8 71 Orange. Position ftp- proximate. **I 3 I I 4 8 78 2I39B.A.C. Au- 6 28 59 + 38 3 2 -0 6 Deep fiery red. rigae I 3 2 ... 21 Espin Aurigae 6 31 2 + 39 29-5 6| Reddish orange. 133 v 1 Canis Majoris 6 3i 53 -19 9.7 4 Orange. "Red"(Robin- son). 134 I 5 /" 2i96B.A.C.Pup- pis 6 35 57 -52 50-0 6 ' ' De color rojizo " (Moesta). 135 ... 22 Espin Aurigee 6 36 33 + 40 44.2 7 Double: A 8, pale orange; B io,blue ; dist. 30". 136 !5* 79 b 12907 Lai. Mo- nocerotis 6 36 41 - 9 3-5 5* Orange. J 37 23 Espin Gemi- noruui 6 38 36 + 24 46-5 71 Fiery orange. 138 153 81 Canis Majoris 6 41 14 -20 39.5 8 Pale red ; near centre of d. 41 M. *r 39 13100 Lai. Mo- cerotis 6 42 22 - 8 52.4 5* Reddish orange. 140 ... Arg. +61: 915 6 43 10 + 61 9.5 8 Red. Lyncis . 141 154 5iCephei(Hev.) 6 48 46 + 87 13-1 si Full orange. 142 156 ... Canis Majoris 6 49 5 ii 54-1 4* Reddish orange. J 43 157 o l Canis Majoris 6 49 34 -24 2.7 4 Deep orange. 144 158 ... jj. Canis Majoris 6 51 3 -13 54-o si Fiery red. H5 Arg. -8: 1650 6 52 49 - 8 52-6 7 Orange red. Monocerotis 146 161 2289 B. A. C. 6 53 20 -48 34-o 5f ' De color i-ojizo " Puppis (Moesta). M7 1 60 83 1245 Groom. 6 53 24 + 7o 53-4 4 Pale red. Another star Camelopardi of same colour, mag. and decl. in the field. 302 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. Number. Star. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Mag Colour; Remarks. G. F. C. Birm. Dun- sink, Schj. h. m. s. / I 4 8 . . . . .. i3627Lal.Mono- 6 56 32 - 5 33-7 51 Good orange. "?Var." cerotis I 49 ... ... Monocerotis 6 56 45 - 5 33- 7 Pale orange. 150 162 . . . 22 Canis Majoris 6 57 20 27 46-6 Si Fiery red. "Reddish" (Brodie). "?Var." J5 1 I6 3 86 Monocerotis 6 57 29 - 8 17.7 8 Red. In cl. 50 M. "Reddish "(Brodie). **I 5 2 '65 88 Monocerotis 7 i 36 - 7 23-3 8 Crimson. *I53 I6 7 88 b R Canis Minoris 7 2 40 + 10 11-9 7-10 Red. " Var." *'54 166 89 Canis Majoris 7 2 55 -ii 45-6 71 Decided red. A 9 th mag. np. 155 ... ... 2337 B.A.C. Geminorum 7 3 43 + 13 44-3 6i Deep orange. 156 168 88 a Cauielopardi 7 7 56 + 82 37-3 5! Reddish orange. J 57 170 91 14038 Lai. Gemi- 7 8 59 + 22 9.4 7 Orange, or pale red. norum 158 ... ... L 2 Puppis 7 10 10 -44 27-7 5 " Red and var." ( Uran. Arg.). ?59 ... ... 65 Espin Canis Majoris 7 12 o -23 7- 6| Wid e pair. A 6 1, orange ; B 7, blue. "A probably var." (Espin). 160 ... 14184 Lai. Mo- 7 12 9 - 6 28-7 61 Reddish orange. nocertis 161 171 ... TT Puppis 7 '3 15 -36 54.0 3 "Beautiful orange" (Gore). ' ' Very rich yellow " (Tupraan). 162 ... ... 66 Aurigae 7 16 31 + 40 53.1 5z Orange. 163 J 75 94 Canis Majoris 7 18 28 -25 32-4 7 Red. 164 ... ... 77 Canis Majoris 7 J 9 44 -29 5-3 2| Perhaps purplish. "? Purple "(Tupman). "Pale red "(Smyth). 165 ... ... 171 Espin Lyncis 7 20 10 + 46 1 1-4 8 Fiery red. 166 178 14599 Lai. Mo- 7 24 4 -10 5-9 6 Reddish orange. "?Var." nocerotis 167 179 ... a Argus 7 25 44 -43 4-9 5 " Red " (Schmidt). *i68 ... . 14776 Lai. Pup- pis 7 28 44 -14 17-0 5 Fiery red. Precedes a brilliant field. 169 181 ... v Geminorum 7 29 9 + 27 8-7 4i Orange. 170 .. . ... 25 Espin Lyncis 7 29 38 + 40 15-8 7 Reddish. The p star of a curious curve of 5 stars. 171 182 I444H.P. Gemi- 7 34 20 + 23 17-3 6 Fiery red. norum CHAP. XII.] A Catalogue of "Red" Stars. 303 Number. Star. RA. 1890. Decl. 1890. Mag. Colour; Remarks. G. F. C. Birm. Dun- sink, Schj. h. m. s. o / 172 ... 14952 Lai. Pup- 7 34 26 -16 35-5 6 Pale red. pis 173 26 Espin Canis 7 34 55 -f 4 19-4 7 Reddish orange. Posi- Minoris tion approximate. ?R.A. too great by 30" ; and Decl. too little by 5'. J74 7 Monocerotis 7 36 o - 9 17-7 41 Orange. " Reddish " (Robinson). 175 183 96 ff Gem i nor u m 7 36 26 + 29 9-0 4i Pale orange ; an 8 th mag. red star sp 39"". 176 186 97b 15018 Lai. Mo- 7 37 4 -10 37-2 8 Pale red. nocerotis 177 187 Arg. +5: 1759 7 37 33 + 5 I2 -3 7 Pale red. Canis Min. 178 189 c Puppis 7 41 20 -37 42-1 4* " Orange"(J.Herschel\ The chief star in neb. h 3099- 179 ... 28 Espin Lyncis 7 42 43 + 40 2.9 7 Good red. 1 80 ... 176 Espin Canis 7 4 2 5 1 + 5 42-0 9 Good red. ? Mag. Minoris 181 ... Argus 7 44 4 -24 35-o 3j Good orange. 182 196 2704 B. A.C. 8 I 2 + 58 34-7 6 Orange. Lyncis *i8 3 ... Cancri 8 10 33 + 9 3i-4 4 Reddish orange. 184 ... 16320 Lai. Hy- drse 8 14 21 + 3 6-6 8| Very red. "Vividly red "(Bellamy). i85 2OI ... 2820 B.A.C. 8 19 13 -37 55-9 6 " De color rojizo " Puppis (Moesta). 1 86 e Argus 8 20 15 -59 9-3 2 i " Yellow ; orange" (Tupman). 187 72 P. VIII. 8 20 18 23 4 J -4 5i Orange. " Orange " Puppis (Tupman). 1 88 205 17091 Lai. Hy- 8 34 ii 19 2I-I 6} Red. drse 189 ... ... 3449 Lac. Mali 8 35 5 -28 41.5 7 " Orange" (Gore). ? Place. *I9' Lupi 15 14 49 -35 5!'7 3| "Very red" (Gould). "Reddish yellow" (Wil- liams). 3M 35 1 ... ii Ursae Minoris 15 17 12 + 72 13.4 5 Reddish. 315 e Trianguli Aus- tralia 15 26 39 -65 56-7 4j " Orange " (Tupman). 316 355 39 Librae 15 30 21 -27 46-2 4 Decided red. "Not red" (WatHburn Obs.). 317 ... ... 68 Espin Coronae Borealis 15 33 3i + 24 52-8 7 Orange. * 3 i8 357 ... Ursae Minoris 15 34 4i + 77 42-9 5* Orange. 319 K Librae 15 35 36 -!9 J9-3 5 Reddish orange. 320 358 K Serpentis T 5 43 47 + 18 28-9 : 4 Orange. * 3 2I 363 ... p Serpentis 15 46 25 + 21 [8-6' 4! Pale orange. 322 365 ... 9 Librae J 5 47 33 -16 24.5 4 J. Pale Orange. 3 2 3 ... 2 899 7 Lai. Librae 15 50 57 -15 43-o 6| Red. " Reddish " (Robinson). 3M 367 ... Arg. + 47 : 2291 Coronae Bor. i5 59 25 + 47 32-3 7 Reddish orange. 325 ... ... 666iLac.Normae 15 59 4 2 -5 2 46-9 6| ''Red" (Stone). 326 ... 5347 B.A.C. Scorpii 16 i 25 -26 1.9 5l Good red. S 2 ? 369 185 W.B. (2) XV. 1569 Herculis 16 2 37 + 22 7-0 61 Reddishyellow. "Straw colour" (Washburn Obs.), "Pale yellowish red" (Brodie). 328 ;.. ... Scorpii 16 3 3 26 9-6 7z Red. ? mag and colour. 329 37 ... 47 Serpentis 16 3 10 + 8 50-2 51 Decidedly reddish. 330 ... Ar g . + 9 : 3151 Serpentis 16 3 19 + 8 55-2 7z Orange. **33i 373 5 Ophiuchi 16 8 35 - 3 24-6 2| Reddish orange. "Orange red" (Robinson). 332 374 ... Normae 16 10 6 -45 32-0 8| "Ruby red " (J. Her- sche]). **333 376 ... v l Coronae Bo- realis 16 18 13 + 34 4-5 5 Orange. 310 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. Number. Star. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Ma-. Colour ; Remarks. G. F. C. Birm. Dun- sink, Schj. **334 377 i/ 2 Coronae Bo- realis h. m. s. 16 18 21 o / + 33 57-4 I 5 Orange, i/ 1 is nearly the same in colour. **335 381 ... a Scorpii l6 22 40 26 II- 2 i Fiery red : double, dist. 3". 336 383 ... Herculis 16.25 30 + 21 43-8 a| Golden. There is a red star 2 nf. mag. 7. 337 ... ... 6 9 EspinHerculi 8 16 27 o + 35 2 7' 6 6| Reddish orange. = 30129 Lai. 338 384 ... in P. XVI. Scorpii 16 29 8 -35 i-7 5i " Red." 339 385 ... Scorpii 16 33 34 -S^ 9-7 8 " Deep red, like a drop of blood "(J. Herschel). 34 ... ... a Trianguli Aus- tralis 16 37 i -68 49.5 2} " Orange; yellow" (Tupman). 341 ... ... 77 Arse i 6 40 17 -58 50-6 4 "Orange" (Tupman). 342 ... ... Scorpii 1 6 43 3 -34 5-5 2} " Orange ; yellow " (Tupman). 343 ... ... C 2 Scorpii 16 46 50 -42 10.3 3 " Deep orange yellow" (Williams). 344 ... CAl'33 16 49 31 -55 48-9 4 " Bright orange " (Tupman. ) 345 399 30 Ophiuchi 16 55 16 - 4 3-5 5 Reddish orange. " Pro- bably var." ** 34 6 402 ... a 1 Herculis T 7 9 S 8 + 14 31.0 31 Deep orange. ' Red- dish " (Robinson). ' ' Var. ' ' 347 ... Ophiuchi J 7 9 59 -15 5-3 71 Fiery red. 348 404 ... TT Herculis 17 ii 13 + 36 56-1 3l Fiery orange. " ? Var." 349 407 ... Ophiuchi 17 14 14 + 2 l6-2 7 Red. 350 ... ... 73 Espin Her- culis 17 J 5 50 + 17 9-9 71 Red. ? Decl. too great. 35 1 ... Ara 17 16 9 -55 25-6 3 " Deep bright orange " (Tiipman). 352 408 ... 43 Ophiuchi 17 16 26 -28 2-3 5l Reddish. 353 ... ... S Arae 17 21 IO -60 35.4 3 "Pale orange" (Tup- man. 354 409 ... Scorpii 17 22 49 -35 33-i 9 "Very deep red" (J. Herschel). **355 410 202 Ophiuchi 17 23 14 -19 23-1 8 Very decided red. "Ruby star" (J. Herschel). "Deepred,nearlycrimson" (Brodie). 356 418 205 Serpentis 17 38 28- -18 36-4 8-9 Very little colour. "Very deep red" (Dun- sink). " Probably var. in colour and mag." CHAI-. XII.] A Catalogue of "Red" Stars. 311 Number . Star. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Mag. Colour ; Remarks. G. F. C. Birm. Dun- sink, Schj. ll. III. S. ! / 357 76 Espin Her- 1 7 4 2 58 + 36 7-4 6i Reddish orange. culis 35 ... 77 Espin Her- j 17 44 4 I + 36 35-6 64 Reddish orange. culis 359 ... 79 Espin Ophi- 17 46 27 + i 8-1 7 Red. ? 886 Weisse. uchi 360 80 Espin Ophi- 17 46 57 uchi + i 20-4 6} Fiery red. Fine field. 361 422 207 Ophiuchi | 17 52 32 + 2 44-0 7 Reddish. "?Var." ** 3 62 4 2 3 7 Draconis | 17 54 3 + 5 1 3o-i 2| Fiery orange. 363 4 2 5 7 2 Sagittarii 17 58 44 -3 2 5-4 3 Reddish orange. "?Var." 364 7634 Lac. Sagit- 18 8 3 -29 5i-3 7l "Reddish" (jr a *k~ tarii burn Obs.). 365 ... 8 1 Espin Her- 18 12 55 + 17 55-5 7 Red. culis 366 433 Arg. + 23 :32 9 9 18 13 32 + 23 14.3 7 Orange. Herculis 367 434 ... 5 Sagittarii J 8 13 57 -29 52-5 M Orange red. * 3 68 437 211 a 33896 Lai. Her- 18 16 57 + 25 0-2 71 Rich orange. " No culis red star here " ( Washburn Obs.). "No colour " (Dim- sink). ? R.A. too great by i m 28 s ; Decl. too great by 35'- 369 439 .;. 21 Sagittarii 18 18 461-20 36-1 5 Red. 370 44i \ Sagittarii 18 21 II -25 28-9 3 Orange. **37i 446 213 6306 B.A.C. Sa- 18 26 27 -I 4 56-7 Si Fiery red. "Golden gittarii . yellow " (Brodie). " Red- dish" (Bellamy). "Not - red" (Dunsink). **372| 448 Arg. + 36: 3168 18 28 30 + 36 54-5 8 Decided crimson. Lyrre "?Var." *373 449 i Aquilse 18 29 13 - 8 18-9 4 Orange. 374 ... 82 Espia Lyrse i 8 30 23 + 38 21. i 7 Red. 375 i 45 2 ' 63 4 iB.A.C.Her- 18 30 57 + 23 30-0 .54 3 Orange. culis 376. 457 34746 Lai. 18 38 22 - 6.38-9 >7 / Reddish. Aquilse **377 464 ' 219 ScutiSobieskii I 18 43 57 - 8 1-9 8 Rich fiery red. "?Var." "Orange" ' (Brodie). 312 Hie Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. Number. T) A TW1 G. F. C. Dun- Bii-m. sink, Star. 11. A., 1890. UCCJ. 1890. Mag. Colour ; Remarks. Schj. h. m. s. o / *378 466 ... v l Sagittarii 18 47 32 -22 52-8 5 Red. 379 470 8* Lyrae 18 50 39 + 36 45-5 4l Fiery orange. Good field. 380 9 Aquilae 18 51 10 - 5 59-3 5 Orange "red" (Uran. * 3 8i 471 2 Sagittarii 18*51 9 -21 I 5 .I 3 i Orange. 382 472 w.B.(2)xvnr. J8 51 !5 + 17 58-3 5t Pale orange. 1528 Herculis *383 475 222 Aquilae 18 S 2 3i + 14 12-6 9 "Deep fiery red" (DunsinK). Probably var. (G. F. C.) 384 ... 87 Espin Lyrae 18 53 16 + 36 19.3 7 Orange. 385 47 6 ! ... Arg. + 38: 3362 18 53 23 + 38 39.2 7| Pale orange. Lyrae ** 3 S6 478 ... 12 Aquilse 18 55 47 - 5 53-5 4 Orange. " ? Var." 387 479 ... \ Lyrae 18 55 51 + 31 59-4 5* Orange. "?Var. v 388 480 22 2 H 35562 Lai. J 8 57 4 + 8 12-8 61 Orange. I Aquilae 389 482 22 2 b 35624 Lai. 18 58 15 1 + 8 7.9 i 8 Decided yellow : Good Aquilae I orange. " White " Dun- T. i S/H/I). ? Colour var. **39<> 483 i 222C 35611 Lai. Aquilse 18 58 32 - 5 50-9 7i Very fine fiery red. "?Var." "Decided red" (Brodie). " Deep red" (Wickham). "Copperred" (Dunsink). 39' 485 ... r Sagittarii 19 o 5 -27 49.6 31 Reddish orange. 392 4*7 225 35928 Lai. Vul- 19 4 2 + 24 0-3 7 Red. peculae 393 ... ... 89 Espin Lyrae 19 4 28 + 38 58-7 7 Orange. =78 Weisse. 394 490 ... Arg. + 18 1401 1 19 10 42 + 18 19-8 7 Orange. Sagittae 395 492 ... Lyrae 19 14 49 + 27 3-2 9 Red. "?Var."Mag.7|? ** 39 6 4 Vulpeculae 19 20 38 + 19 35-o Orange ; fine field. In- cludes 2 other orange stars. *397 ... ... 94 Espin Cygni 19 21 44 + 50 i-o 7 ' Fiery red. 398 498 Arg. + i : 4004 19 22 17 + i 57- 1 8 Reddish. "?Var." Aquilae 399 499 ... Arg. + 2 : 3904 19 24 39 + 2 40-6 6 2 i Reddish orange. Aquilae 400 500 227 e (36) Aquilse 19 24 54 - 3 i-i 5} Reddish orange. ' ' Light orange " (Brodie). " Yellow" (Duntitik). CHAP. XII.] A Catalogue of " Red" Stars. 313 Number. Star. R.A. 1890. Dec!. 1890 Majr. Colour; Remarks. G. F. C. Birm. Dun- sink, Schj. h. m. s. o / . 4 OI ... 1 79 Espin Cygni I 9 25 21 + 45 48-9 8 Pale crimson. " Very red ; ? Var." Espin). ** 4 02 5 02 6702 B.A.C. I 9 2 5 3 + 76 21- 1 6| Strong fiery red. Draconis "?Var." "Reddish Orange" (Brodie). **43 503 ... /3 Cygni 19 26 17 + 27 43-7 3 Yellow, with a 7th mag. comes blue. Dist. 34". "?Var." 404 54 Arg. +4: 4(52 !9 2 7 43 T" T"/ 7 Reddish orange. Aquilae *4s 55 228 36981 Lai. Sa- 19 28 o -16 36.6 71 Orange. "Good ruby" gittarii J. Herschel). "Intense red'' (Dimxink, 1875). ' Fiery red " (Gore, 1876). "Red ; deeper at times" (Bellamy). : Var. in colour; no trace of ruby (G.F.C.). Crimson (ti.F.C.). 406 506 Arg. + 5 : 4190 19 28 23 + 5 13-5 7 Orange. Aquilae 40 7 5 11 Arg. + 12: 4060 19 39 29 + 12 58-0 1 Reddish. Most south- Aquilae erly of 3 stars in a row. * 4 o8 ... 101 Espin Cygni 19 40 16 + 4O 26-6 6 Fiery red. 409 512 7 Aquilae 19 41 2 + 10 20-7 2 4 Brilliant orange. "Red- dish yellow " (Robinson). 410 518 232 X Cygni 19 46 20 + 32 38-2 Var. Fiery red, when ap- 4-0 proaching max. 411 519 19 Cygni 19 46 39 + 3 8 26-1 5! Full orange. 412 ... !O9EspinSagittae T 9 55 8 + 17 18-3 71 Orange ; there is a red 9th mag. i\f. 43 522 c Sagittarii T 9 55 5.1 -28 i-o 4f Reddish orange. 414 38428 Lai. Cygni 19 59 41 + 38 0-6 ... Reddish. 415 526 ... O-Arg.(2)20234 2O O 12 -27 32-5 : 7 Deep red. "Rubv" Sagittarii (J. Herschel). "Deep i orange red " (Brodie) 4 l6 530 ... Arg. + 16 14153 20 3 8 + 16 21.4 6| Orange. Sagittae *4'7J 538 66 Aquilae 20 7 33 - i 20-3 5l Orange. 418 54 1 ... Arg. + 38: 395 7 20 9 24 + 38 23.7 8 Decided red. Cygni * 4 i 9 545 238 O-Arg. (2) 20363 20 10 40 -21 38-3 71 Decided red. "Per- Capricorni haps the finest of my ruby stars" (J. Herschel.) "Deep ruby ; finecokmr" (Brodie). " Bright ruby " (Bellamy). 420 546 ... 23 Vulpeculae 20 II 13 + 27 28-6 ! Full orange. 314 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. Number. Star. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Mag. Colour ; Remarks. G.F.C. Birm. Dun- sink, Schj. 4 2I 549 ... o 2 (32) Cygni h. in. s. 1 o / 20 12 5+47 22-6 4i Pale orange. 422 551 ,.. 6986 B.A.C. Cygni 20 12 59 + 40 1.3 5| Reddish orange. 423 553 239 a U Cygni 20 16 12 + 47 32-9 7-1 1 Very red. "Remark- able ruby." " Var." In striking contrast with a blue star nf. 424 ... ... 115 Espin Cygni 20 17 37 + 53 14-2 7 Reddish. 4 2 5 556 ... Aquilse 20 19 IO + o ii. 8 IO Reddish. ?Var. Mag. 8J, Aug. 9, 1885. 426 557 ... 39 c Jg ni 20 19 28 + 3i 5- [ 4J Orange. 427 558 241 39304 Lai. Del- phini 2O 20 27 + 9 42.0 7 Orange. " Probably var." 428 559 ... Capricorni 2O 21 12 -28 37-4 8 Decided red. " Fine ruby " (J. Herschel). * 4 2 9 ... ... 117 Espin Del- phini 20 24 2 + 15 53-8 8| Good red. There is a blue 8th Mag. S. 430 ... ... Arg. + 3 9 :42o8 Cygni 20 24 50 + 39 3 r >-7 9 Fiery red. "Colour very fine " (Espin). 431 563 ... 47 c Jg ni 20 29 37 + 34 52-4 4? Orange. *432 566 ... Arg. + 17: 4370 Delphini 20 32 54 + 17 52-7 7 Full orange. 433 5 6 9 Arg. + 17: 4401 Delphini 20 40 25 +17 41-5 7 Reddish. < Probably var." 434 ... 119 Espin Cygni 20 43 44 45 38-7 81 Pale ruby. 435 ... 121 Espin Cygni 20 46 8 + 50 22-O 71 Red. 436 ... 122 Espin Cygni 20 47 20 + 49 42-6 7 Deep orange. 437 572 ... Arg. + 32 : 3980 Cygni 20 49 26 + 33 o-o si Orange. 438 439 440 575 : 3 Equulei A Capri corni 124 Espin Cygni 20 59 6 21 o 42 21 6 40 + 5 3-9 -25 26-7 + 47 12-4 5l 4| 71 Red. "Ked"(tfi'- Arrf.). Deep orange. Orange ; a blue 7^ mag. to the N. * 44 i 579 247 6 1 P. XXI. Cephei 21 9 59 + 59 38-6 7i Remarkable fiery red. "War." 442 580 ... 8745 Lac. Indi 21 14 19 70 11.7 6 "Red, inclining to orange " (J. Herschel). 443 1 25 Espin Cygni 21 I 4 58 + 49 36-i tm i Fiery red. *444 582 2 4 8b Cygni 21 18 16 + 4i 55-5 9 Deep red. A reddish star follows 15", and 20" s. CHAP. XII.] A Catalogue of "Red" Stars. Number. Star. RA. 1890. DecJ. 1890. Mag. Colour ; Remarks. G. F.C. Birm. Dun- sink, Schj. 445 184 Espin Cygni h. m. s. 21 19 5 o / + 40 28-1 7* Red. *44 6 5*3 ... 2 Pegasi 21 24 58 + 23 9-4 4f Bright orange. 447 585 Arg. + 45 : 3 584 Cygni 21 29 9 + 45 21.9 7 Reddish orange. 448 587 Arg. + 44 13877 Cygni 21 3i 53 + 44 53-i 7 Reddish orange. 449 589 24 9 a 889 Bess. Cygni 21 37 23 + 35 o-4 7 Unmistakablefieryred. 450 59 Cygni 21 37 24 + 42 20-4 7 Strong reddish tinge. " Schmidt's Nova of 1876." **45i 59i ... Pegasi 21 38 47 + 9 22-2 2| Full orange. "Proba- bly var." **452 592 25 1 923 Bess. Cygni 21 38 43 + 37 30-7 8 Deep fiery red or pale crimson. "Good red" (Brodie). **453 594 253 ' p, Cephei 21 40 8 + 58 16-5 4-6 Intense reddish orange. " Light orange " (Brodie) **454 59 r > 254 42431 Lai. Aquarii 21 40 50 - 2 43-4 6i Decided red. "?Var." " Fine red " (Dunsink). *455 599 ... 7658 B.A. C. Cephei 21 53 33 + 6 3 5-7 5* Fiery orange. *45<5 ... 1 33Espin Cephei 21 54 22 + <^5 37-6 6| Fiery red. Blue star 6i mag. near, p. *457 600 258 Pegasi 21 58 59 + 27 491 71 Fiery red. " Orange tinge" (Brodie). "?Var." 45* 60 1 ... 1 8 Cephei 22 o 39 + 62 33-8 51 Reddish orange. 459 602 ... 20 Cephei 22 I 40 + 62 14.9 5* Orange. 460 134 Espin La- certae 22 6 30 + 39 9-9 7i Reddish. 461 604 ... C Cephei 22 7 3 + 57 39-5 si Pale orange. 462 606 7766 B.A.C. Cephei 22 8 56 + 62 43.5 6 Reddish orange. 463 607 260 7765 B.A.C. Lacertse 22 9 9 + 39 10-0 4i Orange. 464 609 261 43501 Lal.Pegasi 22 II 56 + 4 35-8 71 Dull pale red. "Tinge of red " (Brodie). 4*5 610 262 7813 B.A.C. Cephei 22 18 59 + 55 2 4-4 7 Good red. 466 ... ... 36 Pegasi 22 23 39 + 8 34-1 6 Reddish orange. "Red"(Uran. Arg.). 467 612 ... 5 Lacertae 22 24 57 + 47 8.7 4i Reddish orange. 316 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. Number. Star. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Mag. Colour ; Remarks. G.F.C. Birm. Dun- sink, Schj. h. m. s. o / 468 613 262a 5 Cephei 22 2 5 5 +57 ST-I 31-41 Orange; with bluecom- panion in good contrast. "Var." 469 ... ... 1 36 Espin Cephei 22 30 23 +57 36-1 71 Fiery red. 470 ... Arg. + 57: 2568 22 32 16 +57 51-4 n Red. Var. 7-8 " Cephei (Espin). 47 1 615 Arg. + e;6: 2821 22 34 18 + 56 13-6 5i Reddish. Cephei 472 616 ... II Lacertae 22 35 40 + 43 4 2 -i 4l Reddish orange. 473 617 ... Gruis 22 36 6 -47 27-7 3 "Reddish." "Orange" (William*). *474 620 ... r 2 Aquarii 22 44 47 -14 10-4 4 Orange. " ? Var." 475 622 15 Lacertse 22 47 5+42 43.7 5 Reddish orange. 476 ... 138 Espin La- 22 52 25 +42 25-I 7 Orange. certse 477 625 263 267 P. XXII. 22 53 8 -25 45-o 6 Reddish. "Pale red" Aquarii (Brodie). **478 627 2649, Pegasi 22 58 25 + 27 29-0 2 ? Rich golden. ** 479 629 266 55 Pegasi 23 I 27 + 8 48-8 4| Orange. 480 630 266 a 57 Pegasi 23 3 59 + 8 4.8 5| Reddish orange. 481 631 631 B Aquarii 23 8 2 -'3 59-5 7 Reddish. " Double, Ay; B 10 ; dist. 1-40"." 482 632 ... < Aquarii 23 8 37 - 6 38-3 4} Deep orange. 483 633 ... \f/ 1 Aquarii 23 10 5 - 9 41.1 44 Orange. 484 634 X Aquarii 23 ii 9 - 8 19-4 5i Orange. **4*| 635 267 8 Andromedse 23 12 38 + 48 24-9 5 Fiery red. " Orange red " (Brodie). 486 637 268 262 Bess. Pegasi 23 14 44 + 22 29.4 7 Orange. " Var." 487 642 272 46112 Lai. Pegasi 23 27 o + 2 3 14-3 7 Pale orange. 488 643 272a 71 Pegasi 23 2 7 57 + 21 53-5 5} Deep orange. 489 6 44 ... A. Androjnedse 23 32 10 + 45 5i-7 4 Orange. 490 645 77 Pegasi 23 37 46 + 9 43-2 5! Deep orange. 491 647 ... 78 Pegasi 23 38 27 + 28 45-1 5 Pale orange. **^92 648 273 19 Piscium 23 40 45 + 2 52-5 5* Decided red. "Pro- bably var." 493 651 276 4154 Groom. 2 3 47 2 ! + 74 55-8 6| Reddish orange. Cephei 1 494 653 ... 235 P. XXIII. Pegasi 23 5i 5 + 22 2-1 6 Reddish. " Slightly red" (Uran. Oxon.). CHAP. XII.] A Catalogue of "Red " Stars. 317 Number. Star. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890, Mag. Colour; Remarks. G. F. C. Birm. Dun- sink, Schj. h. m. s. o / 495 6 54 ... 9659 Lac. Sculp- 23 5 1 28 -27 142 6| Reddish. toris **4 9 6 655 ty Pegasi ' 23 52 9 + 24 31.9 41 Reddish yellow, **497 656 2 7 8 R Cassiopeia 23 52 49 + 50 46-5 5-12 Very red. "Vividred" (Brodie). " Var." ** 49 8 658 280 6259 Rad. Cassi- opeise 23 55 39 + 59 44-5 8 Very fiery red. A 9 th mag. blue star near. *499 ... ... 30 Piscium 23 5 6 J 9 - 6 37-5 4l Fiery red. " Red " (Uran. Ari].). 500 33 Piscium 23 59 4 2 - 6 19-4 4l Orange. "Red" (Uran. 318 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. CHAPTEK XIII. A CATALOGUE OF KNOWN AND SUSPECTED BINARY STARS. materials for this Catalogue have been selected from the -L latest and most trustworthy sources available, and no pains have been spared to make it fairly complete ; but data for the compilation of such a list as this, even in an elementary form, are rather scarce, though less so than formerly. The signs + and in the last two columns indicate, it need hardly be said, that the position angle or the distance is in- creasing or diminishing as the case may be. A note of inter- rogation (?) denotes probability without certainty, but + ? means that it is wholly impossible, owing to the discordances in the measures, to pronounce an opinion one way or the other. The " Struve " numbers, which are within brackets, refer to O. Struve's Catalogue. The measures given in the last 2 columns are as a rule all as recent as 1 880-6, the new and valuable results of Engelmann and Perrotin a having been utilised as much as possible. a For the titles of these and of other Catalogues of Double Stars, see Vol. II. p. 495. CHAP. XIII,] A Catalogue of Binary Stars. 319 PART I. KNOWN BINARY STARS. No. Name of Star. 2. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Epoch 1800+ Mag. Position. Distance. h. m. s. O ' o fi I 8372B.A.C.Cassiop 3062 O 28 + 57 49-2 80-5 7 8 303 + I-57 + 2 316 B Cephei 2 o 3 13 + 79 6-0 80-5 6| 7 single single ? 3 1007 h Andromedte [2] o 7 57 + 26 23-0 83-8 7 8f 38- 0-71 + ? 4 318 B Cephei 13 9 57 + 76 20-0 80-6 7 71 97- 75? 5 A. Cassiopeiae [12] o 25 41 + 53 54-9 80-6 6 61 144 + 0.47 + ? 6 77 Cassiopeiae 60 o 42 26 + 57 13-9 82.8 4'7l 165 + 5-i - 7 66 Piscium [20] O 48 4.T + 18 35-6 80-7 6 7 8- 0.4.1 +1 1 8 36 Andromedse ... L* V J 73 T 1 T? o 49 4 + 23 2-0 / 85-2 6 7 2 + V T 1 2. i-3 + 9 251 P.O. Piscium... 80 53 45 - o 11.4 85-2 8 9 315 + 20-5 + 10 42 Ceti IJ 3 i 14 ii - i 5-2 77-0 6 8 348 + i-3 ? ii 123 P.I. Piscium ... 138 i 30 17 + 7 5-o 86-9 6| 8 216 + i-3 -? 12 p (6) Eridani ... 1 35 37 -56 45-2 80.4 6| 6| 234? 6-3 + 13 586 B.A.C. Piscium 1 86 I 50 12 + I 18-2 78.8 7 71 169 + ? 0.31- H a Piscium 202 I 56 21 + 2 I4-O 83-8 3 4 323- 2.9 - 15 y* Andromedse [38] i 57 8 + 41 48-1 83-8 5 6j 103- 0-40 ? 16 259 B Andromedse 228 2 6 59 + 46 56-1 83-5 7 8 348 + 0-31- 17 257 2 Persei 257 2 16 37 + 61 3-2 74-2 7 8 181-? 0-46 + ? 18 i Cassiopeiae AB. . . . 262 2 2O + 66 54-4 86-0 4* 7 176- 4-9 + !9 278 2 Cassiopeiae ... 278 2 29 18 + 68 15.0 70-4 8 8| 76 + ? 0.56 + ? 20 114 B. Arietis 305 2 4 I I 5 + 18 54.5 82.9 7 8 3i8- 3-o + 21 c Arietis 333 2 52 55 + 20 54-0 83-8 5 6| 198 + 1. 21 + 22 3672 Ceti 367 3 8 23 + o 19-8 78-9 8 8 246- 0-63- 23 7TauriAB. 412 3 27 55 + 2 4 5-7 84.0 6 6| 224- -39- 2 4 98 P. III. Eridani 422 3 3i 8 + o 13.9 84.4 6 8 244 + 6-2 + 2 5 49 Hev. Cephei ... 460 3 5 1 3 1 + 80 24.3 83-2 5| 6j 35 + 0.9 1 26 5ii2 Camelopardi j 511 4 8 41 + 58 30.7 830 6 7 284- 0-46 + ? 27 55 Tauri [791 4 13 36 + 16 15-5 79.0 6 7 58 + o. 44 +? 28 2^oBTauri 535 4 17 I2 + 11 6-9 84-0 7 8 337- 1.8 -? 2 9 2 Camelopardi 566 4 3i 13 4 53 15-4 82-9 5* 71 291- 1.8 +? 30 577 2 Aurigae 577 4 34 50 + 37 18-6 85-1 7l 8 73- 1.4 ? 320 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Name of Star. 2. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Epoch 1800 + Mag. Position Distance. h. m. s. / o H 31 i Orionis [98] 5 i 54 + 8 21 84-2 6 7 2O2 0-99 32 118 Tauri 716 5 22 30 + 2.5 3.6 82-1 6 7 199 + 5-i ? 33 A (32 ) Orionis ... 728 5 24 54 + 5 52-0 82.9 5 7 I 9 2- 0.34- 34 380 B Tauri 742 5 2 9 5 + 21 55-9 83-6 7 71 257 + 3-4 ? 35 932 2 Geminorum 932 6 28 5 + 14 49-9 83-8 8 8| 327 2-3 '36 SI2 Lyucis AB 1 AC J 948 6 36 30 + 59 33-i (82-7 /S2-2 5 6 5 7 128- 126 + i-7 + 8-3 -1 37 a Canis Majoris ... ... 6 40 18 -16 33-7 86-2 i 9 30- 7-4 -? 38 15 Lyncis [159] 6 47 45 + 58 34-3 83.2 5 6 0- 0-7 + 39 e (38) Geminorum 982 6 48 26 + 13 19-1 82-9 5 8 l6 3 - 6-2 + 40 1037 ^ Geminorum 1037 7 5 58 +-27 24.7 84-1 7 71 3 IO- 1-2 -? 4 1 a Geminorum mo 7 27 35 + 32 7-8 86-3 2 3 232- 5-7 + 42 11575 Monocerotis H57 7 49 i - 2 29-9 82.2 8 8| 2 5 1.4 43 85 B Lyncis 1187 8 2 33 + 32 34-9. 84-1 7 71 47- 2-0 + 44 fCCancri AB ) i AC ] 1196 8 5 54 4-18 0-9 (86-3 j 84- 2 6 7 6 71 56- 125- 1-08 + 5-7 +1 45 1216 5 Hydra 1216 8 15 46 - i 14-9 79-2 7 71 160 + 6-37-1 A6 e Hydrae 1272 8 40 17 + 6 4CM 82.9 4 8i 226 + 3-4 -f- ? 4 U 1 * I D J *T ) / TV J t ^2 O T" _L ' 47 t Urtse Majoris ... ... 8 51 41 4-48 28.4 83-4 3| ii 35 6 + 9-5 - 48 a 2 Ursse Majoris . . . 1306 9 o 44 + 67 35-0 82.8 5 8 238- 2-6 - 49 31212 Cancri 3 2I 9 ii 19 + 29 4-4 80.3 7 71 199 + 0-5 +? 50 157 B Lyncis 1338 9 H 7 + 38 39- 1 82.3 71 8 i53 + 1-8 H- c I / 2161 17 !9 53 + 37 14-9 O d 83-6 2 4 5 *-"r 311 + 3-9 + I0 5 221 B Ophiuchi ... 2173 17 24 44 - o 58-3 84-5 6 7 17 + ? 0.39 -? 1 06 p l Herculis BC ... 222O 17 42 10 + 27 47-7 80-4 IO II 24 r > + o 96 + 107 338 O2 Herculis . . . [338] 17 46 58 + 15 20-7 84-5 6j 6| 19- 0-8 +? 1 08 T Ophiuchi 2262 17 K7 c 8 10-7 86-6 5 6 2 *6 + j-8 + IOO 70 Ophiuchi 2272 * / 3/ i) 17 CQ C3 1 + 2 ^2-5 86-6 4 6 *) J3 2-O y no e 1 Lyrae /* 2382 / tj i/ *} o 18 40 41 O t) + 39 33-2 86-8 5 6 O 15 3-3 -jj III e 3 Lyrse 2383 18 40 41 + 39 29-0 86-8 5 5 134- 2-4 ? IJ2 2402 2 Serpentis ... 2402 18 43 33 + 10 32-6 84-5 8 8| 204 + 1-08 + 113 (274 P. XVIII. 1 \ Aquil. BC J 2434 18 57 5 - o 51.9 80-6 9 loi 63- 1-46- II 4 7 Coronse Aust. . . . 18 59 o -37 *2-9 83-6 6 6 37? 1.62+j H5 2455 2 Vulpec. ... 2455 19 2 12 + 22 O-I 83.6 7* 9l 95- 3-4 ? 116 io8P.XIX.Draconi* 2509 '9 '5 47 + 63 0-5 79-7 61 8 342-? 0-944? 117 5 Cygni 2579 19 41 31 + 44 5i-7 85-9 3 8 3i9- 1-84-? 118 400 O2 Cygni [ 4 00] 20 6 29 + 43 38-3 74-5 71 8 2 i 107- round. 119 2696 2 Delphini ... 2696 20 28 3 + 5 3-9 86-7 8 81 309 0-8 120 13 Delphini 151 20 32 23 + 14 12-8 83-5 4 5 182 + 0-23 + ? 121 A. Cygni [413] 20 43 7 + 36 5-i 83-5 5 6 So- 0-65 + ? 122 4 Aquarii 2729 20 45 35 - 6 2-3 79-7 6 7 167 + 0-56 + ? I2 3 e Equulei AB 2737 20 53 35 + 3 52-5 86-2 6 6 284- 0-97 + ? T2 4 6i l Cygni 2758 21 i 57 + 38 12-5 83-8 5 6 119 + 20-4 + I2 5 2 760 2 Cygni 2760 21 2 17 + 33 4 1 ' 1 86-7 7 8 225 + ? 8-0- CHAP. XIII.] A Catalogue of Binary Stars. 323 No. Name of Star. 2. R.A. 1890. Dec!. 1890. Epoch 1800+ Mag. Position Distance. h. m. s. / ,, 126 SEquuleiAB [535] 21 9 7 + 9 33-9 86-9 4 4i 203- 0.47- 127 2778 2 Aquarii ... 2778 21 9 59 - i 41-4 80-7 8 9 271 + 19.9 - 128 20 B Pegasi 2/99 21 23 31 + 10 36-5 86.7 7 7 306- 1.4 +? I2 9 29 B Pegasi 2804 21 27 52 + 20 13-6 83-7 71 8 328 + 2-8 +? 130 ft Cygni . . . 2822 21 39 12 + 28 i5'O 85-6 4 5 119 + 3-2 MI ' Cephei 2863 22 o 35 + 64 K-4. 8v7 5 6 284- 6-5 + o I 3 2 Aquarii 2909 22 23 9 ' T" P T" - o 35-0 D / 83.6 4 4| V T 330- \j Q -f 3-2 - 133 2934 2 Pegasi 2 9.H 22 36 32 + 20 51-6 84.2 71 9 157- I.I _ 134 TT Cephei [4*9] 23 4 2 3 + 74 47-6 80-5 5 10 25 + IIO !35 o Cephei 3001 23 H 4 + 67 30-5 83-3 5 8 191 + 2-8 + 136 6 9 P.XXTII.Aquarii 3008 23 18 4 - 9 3-8 80-9 8 8| 255- 4.6 - 137 85 Pegasi 23 56 23 + 26 30.3 81-5 6 12 3II + 0.58- Y 2, 324 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. PART II. SUSPECTED BINARY STARS. This list must be regarded as being just a little more than what the above title would indicate, for it includes various pairs which are in motion in a rectilinear direction, and also some objects of which no recent measures seem to exist, or, at any rate, to have been published, in other words, taken as a whole, it may be said to be intended to suggest to astronomers work which needs to be done. The arrangement of the columns is the same as in Part I., and the introductory remarks made there apply, -as a rule, here. No. Name of Star. 2. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Epoch 1800 + . Mag. Position. Distance. h. m. s. o / o H I 4 O2 Andromedae [4] o 10 57 + 35 5i-o 80-5 7 8 I6 3 _ 0-4 - 2 i968hCeti 22 4 -17 LI 80-7 7 10 73 + ? 7-0 - 3 44 2 Andromedaa . . . 44 o 32 27 + 40 22-9 85.8 8i 9 264 t? 9-4 + 4 Andromedae [515] i 3 5 + 4 6 39-5 83-8 4 6| 260 0-25 + ? 5 C Piscium IOO 1 7 59 + 6 43-7 84-0 6 8 63 23-5 6 ^ Cassiopeiae BC . . . 117 i 18 10 + 67 33-3 72.6 9 ii 253 2.7 -? 7 100 Piscinm 136 1 20 I + ii 59-8 65.4 7 8 78 15.8 8 162 2 Androm. AB 162 y i 42 25 + 47 21.2 83-8 6* 7* / 217- 1.8 -? 9 7 Arietis 1 80 1 47 2Q -f- 18 4^'A 8^8 4! c 3C8 + 8.4 - to i o Arietis 208 ^/ y i 57 23 j T-O o + 25 24-3 ^O 83-8 T"2 ~ 6 8i OO" ~ CQ + r 1-04 ii 234 2 Cassiopeiae ... 234 t? 4 O 2 9 16 i ^^ ^ij. ^ + 60 51-1 71-2 2 8 8| d w * 22O 0-6 _ 12 40 O2 Trianguli . . . [40] 2 H 59 + 37 59-8 8.3-9 71 8 51- 0-5 +? 3 285 2 Trianguli ... 285 2 32 1 + 32 57- 83.8 7 71 171 i-8 M 43 O2 Arietis [43] 2 34 H + 26 8-8 83-9 7 9 S 2 - 0-9 + 15 8 4 Ceti 295 2 35 35 - i 9-8 64.9 6 12 3*5- 4.6 ? 16 0PerseiAB 296 2 36 4 I + 48 45-8 80- 1 4 10 299 + !6-5 17 7 Ceti 299 2 37 36 + 2 33-5 83-9 3 6 289 + 2-9 +? 18 85 BPersei 314 2 45 2 + 52 32-2 80-0 7| 8 302 + i-4 ? 19 326 2 Arietis 326 2 49 6 + 26 26-0 83-9 7 9 217 + ? 8-2 - 20 360 2 Persei 360 3 5 10 + 36 48-1 83-9 7i 8 i39- 1-9 + CHAP. XIII.] A Catalogue of Suspected Binary Stars. 325 No. Name of Star. 2. R.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Epoch 1800 + Mag. Position. Distance. h. m. s. o / 21 I P. III. Cas-siopeise [52] 3 7 56 + 65 15-0 74-1 6| 7 139- elong. -f- 22 3672Ceti 367 3 8 23 + o 19-8 77.0 8 8 245- 0-5 - 23 5302Persei .[53] 3 10 31 + 38 13-7 83-9 7 8 252- 0-6 +? 2 4 400 2 Camelopardi 400 3 26 20 + 59 39' 6 79-5 71 8J 301 + 0.7 - 25 672 h Eridani 407 3 24 47 -ii 30-3 79-0 8 9 48 + 2-2 -? 26 4762Persei 47 6 3 54 15 + 38 21.7 80.4 71 8| 285 + 19.9 + 2 7 493 2 Tauri 493 4 53 + 5 24-2 80-0 8 SJ 92- 1.4 - 28 497 2 Tauri 497 4 2 35 + 8 9-0 78.9 8 9 232- 13-3 - 2 9 40 Eridani BC 5i8 4 10 12 - 7 46-7 83-0 9 ii 119- 3.0 - 30 520 2 Tauri 520 4 ii 41 + 22 32-9 83-9 8 8| 109 + o.S + 31 547 2 Eridani 547 4 20 21 - I 38-3 - 81.8 9 12 J 5 + 2.4 - 32 80 Tauri C S.A A 23 Z I + 15 23-Q 79-0 6 8 1 7 o^ O 33 4 B Aurigse OOT- 57 2 4 3 P 1 4 3 1 4 1 ' t) y + 26 43-8 ^ \2 v 84-0 2 61 6| | 203- 3-5 ? 34 589 2 Orionis 589 4 38 59 + 5 5-2 63-7 8 8 3=3- 4-4 35 258 P. IV. Orionis 622 4 52 23 + i 30-3 80-0 8| 9 354- 2-4 ? 36 619 2 Aurigse 619 4 5 2 52 + 50 6-1 71.6 8 8 115 + 5.0 - 37 288 P. IV. Orionis [95] 4 58 9 + 9 38-6 84-0 7 7 336-? 0-8 + 38 269 P. IV. Camelop. 634 5 4 26 + 79 6.1 78-3 51 9 2 + 2O-2 39 676 2 Camelopardi 676 5 J3 53 + 64 38-5 72-6 72- 81 274- 1-0 '+ 40 677 2 Camelopardi 677 5 H 26 + 63 16-4 74.1 71 8 26l- 1-7 +? 4 1 749 2 Tauri 749 5 3 16 + 26 51.5 83-7 7i 8 i77? 1-0 + 42 89 Orionis 5 5i - i 79.6 8 9 i + 0-7 +? 43 1 1 2 O2 Aurigae . . . [Via] 5 32 20 + 37 53-8 85-0 7 7 74- 07 - 44 COrionis 774 5 35 12 2 0-2 83-0 3 6} 155 + 2-6 +? 45 3115 2 Camelopardi 3H5 5 38 o + 62 44-2 83-5 7 8 2 3- i-5 ? 46 52 Orionis 795 5 42 6 + 6 25-0 77.1 6 61 203 ? 1-4 + 47 840 2 Orionis BC... 840 6 O 22 + 10 46-0 79.0 "* 9 174- 0.7 ? 48 4 Lyncis 881 6 12 17 + 59 25-1 83-8 6 7 J IOI + 0-9 +? 49 143 O2 Geminorum [M3] 6 24 52 + 17 1-2 84-0 7 10 101 8.1 + 50 149 O2 Geminorum [H9] 6 29 35 + 27 22-8 84-1 6 9 296- o-5 5 1 15 Monocerotis 950 6 34 55 + 9 59-8 82-6 6* 9 211 +_? 3-o +? 52 1 56 O2 Geminorum [156] 6 40 57 + 18 i-7 84.0 61 ' 7 3 IO- 0.6 + ? 326 TJie Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Name of Star. 2. B.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Epoch 1800 + . Mag. Position. Distance. 1). m. s. / o 53 14 Lyncis 9 6 3 6 43 23 + 59 37' 6 82-8 6 6 66 + 0.5 _ 54 52P.VII.Can.Min. [170] 7 ii 36 + 9 30-1 83-4 7 7 113- i-5 +* 55 8 Geminorum 1066 7 i3 33 + 22 11-3 83-3 3l 9 205 + 7-0 +? 56 1074 ^ Monocerotis 1074 7 H 52 + o 36-8 78-5 7+ 8 135 + 0-6 + 57 1 08 1 2 Geminorum 1081 7 i7 36 + 21 40-6 77.2 71 8| 223 + i-4 ? 58 1093 2 Lyncis 1093 7 21 55 + 50 I2. 4 78-8 8 8 13 + 0-07 ? 59 1104 2 Puppis 1104 7 2 4 22 -H 45-i 82-8 7 9 320 + 2-7 ? 60 175 O2 Geminorum [175] 7 28 9 + 31 10-8 84-0 6 6| 332 0-7 + 61 62 i7oP.VII.Can.Min. 177 O2 Lyncis 1126 [177] 7 34 i7 7 34 42 + 5 29.1 + 37 42-3 84-4 84-0 7 8 7 8 138- 127- 1.4 +? 0-6 +? 63 K Geminorum [179] 7 37 48 +24 39.7 84-0 4 81 235 + 6.5 +? 64 182 O2 Can. Min. [182] 7 46 56 + 3 40.3 8 5 .I 7 7i 34- LI +? 65 187 O2 Cancii [187] 7 57 i 2 + 33 21-5 84-2 6 2 i 71 277- 0.3 +? 66 13 P. VIII. Cancri 1202 8 7 32 + 11 II-O 83-5 7l IO 321- 2-5 +? 67 u 1 Cancri ... y . I22 4 8 20 7 + 24 53-8 8o-2 1 71 42 + 5-8 -? 68 i 2 Cancri 1291 8 47 32 + 30 59.8 8 4 .I 6 6| 328- i-4 ? 69 i Ursse Majoris [I 9 6] 8 51 4i + 48 28-4 83-4 31 ii 356 + 9'5 - 70 a 2 Ursse M;i joris . . . 1306 9 o 44 + 67 35-0 82.8 5| 9l 238- 2-6 -? 7i 1316 2 Hydrse AB I 3 l6 9 2 25 - 6 41-1 73-2 7 "I 139 + 6-7 +? 72 38 Lyncis 1334 9 12 o + 37 i 6 '3 84.1 4 7 236- 2-9 +? 73 201 O2 Leonis [201] 9 17 25 + 28 22-0 85.1 71- 9 222 i-3 ? 74 21 Ursae Majoris ... I34 6 9 17 5i + 54 29-3 74-2 8 9 312 + 5-3 - 75 76 n6B Hydras 1 355 2 Hydrse ... 1348 1355 9 18 41 9 21 30 + 6 49.9 + 6 42-8 84-1 j 7 7* 327- 333 + i-7 + 2-6 -? 77 1423 2 Leonis M23 10 13 10 + 21 7-2 6:-2 8 2 i 9 76- 1-2 +? 78 49 Leonis 1450 10 29 r6 + 9 13-1 8 4 .I 6 81 157- 2-3 ? 79 128 P. X. Leonis ... [224] 10 33 56 + 9 24-5 8 4 .2 7 9 326- 0-5 + 80 227 O2 Leonis [227] 10 35 53 + 11 18-4 8 4 2 7 8 34i + 0-6 +? 81 1472 2 Leonis 1472 10 41 ii + 13-33-2 85-8 71 81 38 ? 36-9 + 82 2290 O2 Ursse Maj. [229] 10 43 4 + 41 41-2 84-2 6| 7 330- 0-8 + 83 158 Kussell Carinse 10 45 -58 38 80.2 7 8 258 + i-i + 84 54 Leonis 1487 10 49 39 + 25 20.2 84.2 5 71 105 + 6-3 -? 85 1500 2 Leonis 1500 10 54 25 - 2 53-1 85.8 71 8 312- i-5 + CHAP. XIII. 1 A Catalogue of Suspected Binary Stars. 327 No. Name of Star. 2. E.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Epoch 1800+. Mag. Position. Distance. b. m. s. t o 86 229 P. X. Leonis... 5*4 10 58 19 + 4 13-8 84-2 7 2 - 71 285 + 1-2 + ? 87 9 P. XL Leonis ... 1517 ii 7 56 + 20 ,44-0 84.2 71 71 IOO 0-5 - 88 339 B Leonis 1527 11 13 I 4 + 14 52-4 84-2 7 8 | 14 + 3-6 -? 89 4737 Lac. Carinae... ii 18 36 -64 21.3 71.4 6 7 292 + ? 2-5 +1 9 5 7 Ursse Majoris . . . 1 543 ii 23 9 + 39 5 6 '5 84.2 5 8 4- 5-6 +? QI 88 Leonis 1547 II l6 K, + 14 58-8 84-2 64 8i 323 + 15.5 + y * 5 T^ "2 "2 O O 92 90 Leonis 1552 ii 28 59 + 17 24.4 84-2 ** 71 209-? 3-i - 93 iiiP.XI.UrsaeMaj. 1555 ii 30 30 + 28 23.5 84.2 6 6| 346+ 0-6 - 94 24iO2Ursae Majoris [241] ii 50 25 + 36 2-0 84-2 64. 84 125 + i-5 +' 95 187 Russell Crucis 12 4 -60 21 80-4 9 10 209- 3.8 - 96 1606 2 Can. Venat. 1606 12 5 14 + 40 30-0 84.2 6 7 338- L2 +? 97 68B.ComaeBerenice.s 1639 12 18 55 + 26 12- O 84.1 6J 8 245- 0-3 -1 98 245 O2 Comae Beren. [245] 12 12 O + 2 9 32.0 84-2 6 10 278 + 8-3 ? 99 1 643 2 Comae Beren. 1643 12 21 43 + 27 39-0 73-2 8 8] 50- 1.8 +? IOO 191 B Virginis 1647 12 24 59 + IO 2O-O 85-3 74 8 217 + 1.4 + 101 1 663 2 Comse Beren. 1663 12 31 4 2 + 21 48-0 85-3 7* 9 107- 0.7 - IO2 2O9Russell Centauri i . . 13 o -59 H 80.4 8 8 25- 0-7 + 103 26 1 O2CanurnVenaf . [261] 13 6 49 + 32 398 84-3 7 7{- 348- 1-4 + I0 4 1734 2 Virginis ... 1734 13 15 6 + 3 3i-o 85-3 7 8 191- I-O 1 105 266 O2 Virginis . . . [266] 13 23 2 + 16 18-2 84-3 7 8 339 + 1.6 + 1 06 i Bootis I7T2 i + 20 30-6 86.3 ' 6 o 4-8 +1 107 1781 2 Virginis ... / 4 1781 13 4 36 + 5 39-8 h * v O 85-9 y 7 8 264 + T _ * 108 T Bootis [270] 13 42 4 + 17 59-8 84-3 5 ii 353 + 9-0 I0 9 238P.XIII.Virginis 1788 13 49 12 - 7 3i-i 85-4 7 84 7 2 + 2-5 ~ no 274 O2 Bootis [274] 14 i 56 + 35 i7- 6 84-3 7 9 66 + 14.1 - 1 1 1 1808 2 Bootis 1808 14 5 ii + 27 7.8 85-4 8 9 73 + 2-7 ? 112 277 O2 Bootis ... [277] H 7 32 + 29 13-9 84-3 71 8 3.H + 0.5 + US 1820 2 Bootis 1820 14 9 2 5 + 55 50.0 85- 8 Si 67 + 2-1 II 4 121 B Bootis 1825 14 ir 27 + 20 38-1 85-3 7 9 176- 3-9 -1 115 1863 2 Bootis 1863 14 34 21 + 5 2 3-2 83-7 7 7 98- 0-6 +? . 116 Bootis 1865 J 4 35 53 + 14 12- 1 86-4 .'! 4 ii3- 0-5 - "7 260 B Bootis 1867 14 36 4 + 31 46.3 75-9 8 8$ 16- i-3 -? 328 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Name of Star. 2. B.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Epoch 1800 + . Mag. Position. Distance. | 1). m. s. o / ff 118 1883 2 Bootis 1883 14 43 26 + 6 24.7 85-4 7 7i 7 6- c.6 - 119 39 Bootis 1890 14 45 57 + 49 I0 '3 85-4 5* 6* 43-? 3-4 - 120 1893 2 Bootis 1893 14 51 6 + 29 55.2 79-3 8 8^ 247- 19.9 - 121 289 O2 Bootis [289] I 4 51 21^ + 32 43.2 84-3 6 10 113- 47 +? 122 18 Librae 1894 H 52 57 10 42-0 83-2 7 10 39- 19-8 + 123 342 B Bootis 1901 14 56 23 + 3 1 48-5 79-3 7i 9 '99- 27.1 - I2 4 279 P. XIV. Bootis 1910 15 2 I 4 + 9 38-9 86-5 7 7 2IO + 4-3 -? 125 1934 2 Bootis 1934 15 13 3 2 + 44 ii-6 85-9 8 8 31- 6-7 + 126 1941 2 Coronas Bor. 1941 I 5 21 2 + 27 i-o- 80-3 8 8 22 7 -? 1.3 _? 127 1944 2 Serpentis ... T 944 I 5 22 17 + 6 29-1 85-4 7 8 331- i-3 ? 128 296 OS Bootis [296] I 5 22 3 I + 44 24-2 84.4 7 8|- 212 1.7 -? 129 195/2 Serpentis ... 1957 15 30 4 1 + 13 16.9 76-4 8 9 I5<5- i-5 ? !3 1985 2 Serpentis ... i9 9 5 15 5 13 - i 50-0 85-4 6i 8i 334 + 5-9 + 131 1993 2 Serpentis ... T 993 15 54 48 + 17 41 86.5 8 8 38 30-0 - 132 133 134 2006 2 Draconis A B. \v Scorpii AB. (=\ \ 0120) ' / 306 O2 Coronse Bor. 2005 [306] I 5 5 8 J2 16 5 36 16 7 39 + 59 14.8 -19 10-3 + 34 4 T '4 79-2 80-6 84-3 8 9 4 7 7 9 193- 10 + 42- 1.7 + 0-7 +? 0-38-? 135 202 2 2 Coronse Bor. 2022 16 8 18 + 26 57-4 85-4 6 9 135 + 2-6 -? 136 a Scorpii A a ... 16 22 39 26 II- 2 79-5 1 7 271- 3-0 -? 137 2049 2 Coronse Bor. 2049 i 6 23 23 + 26 13-7 84-5 6* 7i 210 1-2 + ? 138 2080 2 Herculis ... 2O80 16 34 47 + 38 32-7 79.2 8 12 25- 3-5 ~ 139 313 O2 Herculis ... [313] 16 28 55 + 40 2O. I 83-0 7 8 I 5 I ~ I-O + I 4 3107 2 Ophiuchi ... 3!7 i 6 53 !7 + 4 6-0 78-9 8* 8i 100- i-33- I 4 I 20 Draconis 2118 16 55 52 + 65 12.4 83-4 7 7* round rouncl + ? I 4 2 a Herculis 2140 17 9 38 + 14 30-1 84-5 3i 5i 114- 47 ? H3 p Herculis 2161 17 19 53 + 37 14-3 84-5 4i i 311 + 3-9 ? I 44 281 B Herculis .. 2165 17 21 5 8 + 29 32-5 79-7 71 8| 53 7.6 M5 i35P.XVII.Ophiuc [33i] 17 26 38 + 2 54.9 84.4 7 8i 337 + i-i + 146 2199 2 Draconis .. 2199 *7 36 35 + 55 48-9 83-8 7 8 98- 1.9 +? 147 2218 2 Draconis .. 2218 17 39 36 + 63 43-2 74-5 7 81 35 + 2-1 + ! 148 /* Herculis 2220BC 17 42 10 + 27 47-7 83-9 IO II 80 + 0-6 - 149 260 P. XVII. .. [337] 17 45 18 + 7 16-5 84-6 7 8 292 0-5 4 150 401 B Herculis ... 2277 18 o 16 + 48 28-0 66-7 6i 9 119 + 27-1 +? CHAP. XIII.] A Catalogue of Suspected Binary Stars. 329 N r o. Name of Star. 2. E.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Epoch 1800+. Mag. Position. Distance. h. m. s. / o _ I5 1 5027 h Telescopii ... ... 18 4 39 -54 25 81.7 9 10 91 + 11.4 - 152 \ 73 Ophiuchi 2281 18 4 6 + 3 58-4 83-0 5 7 249- 1.08-? 153 2283 Ophiuchi 2283 18 4 12 + 6 8-i 86-5 7 8 84 I*O 154 417 B Herculis ... 2289 18 5 14 + 16 27.3 83-6 6 7 233- i-5 + 155 15 B Scuti Sob. ... 2303 18 14 6 - 8 1-9 79-0 7 10 222 + 2-6 -? 156 452 B Herculis ... 2315 18 20 35 + 27 19-6 83.9 7 8 244- 0-26 '57 35402 Serpentis... [354] 18 26 40 + 6 42-0 84-5 7 8 166 + 0-9 1 158 55 Tauri Poniat. ,.. 2342 18 30 ii + 4 53-5 76-6 6 9 9- 28.7 + 159 358 O2 Herculis ... [358] 18 30 59 + 16 54.5 83-9 7 7 198- 1-8 + 1 60 2360 2 Herculis ... 2360 18 34 37 + 20 49-8 84-5 7 8 o - 2-5 161 2369 2 Aquilaa 2369 18 38 24 + 2 3 I.I 84-5 7i 8 93-? 1. 1 162 2384 2 Draconis ... 2384 18 38 53 + 67 1-3 8 9 163 o Draconis 2420 i 8 49 34 + 59 15-3 83-4 5 9 337- 31-4 +? 164 2422 Herculis 2422 i 8 52 39 + 25 57-3 85-5 7* 7 96- 0-8 ? 165 ii Aquilae 2424 18 54 2 + 13 28-8 83-2 7 10 26O -j- I7-O 166 2437 2 Sagittse ... 2437 ;T- 18 57 4 + 19 0-7 75-6 7i 7* 70 / w 1-0 167 287P.XVIII.Draco. 2438 18 55 40 + 58 4-4 79-5 7 8 single single 1 68 2 4 5 4 2Lyr33 2454 19 i 53 + 30 16-1 83-4 71 H 243 + 0-8 +? 169 17 Ly* 2461 19 3 16 + 32 1.9-7 84-6 6 10 317- 3-8 ? 170 6 B Cygni 2486 19 9 16 + 49 37-9 79-9 6* 7 220 9.8 - 171 371 O2Lyr8e [371] 19 ii 32 + 27 14.9 84-6 6 7 156 + 0-8 + 172 io8P.XIX.Draconis 2509 J 9 '5 47 + 63 0-5 84-0 8 9 337 i-i + 173 i28P.XIX.Anseris 2521 19 21 40 + 19 40-4 64-6 6 10 41- 23-7 ? i74 22 B Cygni 2525 19 22 4 + 27 5-8 83-2 7 71 227- 0-23- i75 375 O2 Sagittse ... [375] 19 29 43 + 17 52-4 86.5 71 i 145 + 0-7 +? 176 iSsP.XIX.Antino'i 2541 19 30 46 -10 40.5 86-7 8 10 332- 40 +? 177 2544 2 Aquilae AB 2544 19 31 48 + 8 3-6 76-3 7 9* 210- 1-4 - 178 2556 2 Vulpeculae 2556 19 35 43 + 21 59-8 83-5 7 7 '55- 0.4 -? 179 2576 2 Cygni 2576 19 41 23 + 33 21-4 86-7 8 8 121 3-o - 180 1 7 Cygni ... .. 2580 19 42 15 + 33 28.8 83-6 5 9 71- 25-8 +? 181 307 P. XIX. Aquilae 2590 19 47 i + 10 4-1 70.6 7 ii 309 + 13-4 + 182 c Draconis 2603 19 48 32 + 69 59-2 78-8 5* 9t I + 2-8 +? 330 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. No. Name of Star. 2. E.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. ' Epoch 1800+. Mag. Position. Distance. '83 191 B Aquilse 2 597 h. m. s. 19 49 25 ' ! - 7 0-9 80-7 7* 8 88? H 1-2 -? 184 1 16 B Cygni 2607 '9 54 J 3 + 4i 57-5 79.6 8 9 3ii- 0-36 - 185 393 O2 Cygni [393] 19 54 23 + 44 5-4 86-5 7 8 226 + ? 20-6 1 86 16 Vulpeculae [395] 19 57 20 + 24 37-6 86-5 6 6 96 + 07 + 187 396 P. XIX. Capric. 2625 20 o 38' -13 14-5 66-3 8 12 12 12-8 1 88 189 190 2640 2 Draconis ... J0 Sagittae AB \ 1 AC | [178 P. XX. Del-1 \ phini B C J 2640 2637 2690 20 3 21 20 5 5 20 25 56 + 63 34.2 + 20 35-2 + 10 53-4 83-5 J83-9 l3'9 83-4 6 10 7 9 7 8 7* It 21 326-? 22 5 -? 31- S- 2 - 1 1. 5 +? 76.4 + 0-4 - 191 94 Vulpeculae 2695 20 27 16 + 25 25-9 84-2 ^ ?i 81 + 1-4 + r 9 2 K Delphiui [5331 20 33 46 + 9 42.2 81-4 12 324- II- 2 + 193 2708 2 Cygni 2708 20 34 30 + 38 15-4 83-8 7 8& 333- 23-5 + 194 2725 2 Delphini ... 2725 20 41 4 + 15 30-2 86.7 7 8 2 5-2 +? 195 418 O2 Cygni [418] 20 50 18 + 32 17-4 83-7 7 7 109 1-0 + 196 197 c Equulei 429 P. XX. Cygni 2737 2741 20 53 35 20 54 58 + 3 5 2 -5 + 50 2-0 84-5 79-7 5 6 6 7 286- 31- I;2 + I. 9 - 198 \ Equulei 2742 20 56 47 + 6 44-8 86-2 6 6 222 - 2-8 ? 199 2744 2 Aqu; rii ... 2744 20 57 29 + i 5-9 86-7 6 7i 170- 1.6 +? 200 2746 2 Cygni 2746 20 57 36 + 38 49-9 83-6 7^ 8i 290 + I-O 4_? 2OI 431 OS Cygui [43'] 21 7 22 + 40 49-5 86.7 7 71 I2O-f- 3-* ? 202 50 P. XXI. Oygni [432] 21 10 5 + 40 41-6 83-6 7 71 '27- 1-4 +? 203 T Cygni ... 21 10 23 + 37 34-2 79-5 5* 8 148- 0.9 - 20 4 437 02 Cygni ... [437] 21 l6 II + 3 1 59-o 837 6 7 49- 1.5 +? 205 206 2790 2 Cephei 29 B Pegasi 2790 2804 21 16 13 21 2 7 X,4 + 58 9- 1 + 20 13-6 64-5 SW 6 10 -4 8 45 328 + 4.4 2-8 +? 207 448 O2 Cygni *^ T [448] * i OT 21 36 7 + 28 50-1 u o / 86-1 / ^ 8 8 235- 0-8 + 208 2825 Aquarii 2825 21 4 I 17 + o 20-,:; 86-7 8 8 114-1 1-2 +? 209 2847 ^ Aquarii ... 2847 21 52 24 - 4 1.2 86.7 ! 7i 8 305 + I-I 210 41 Aquarii ... 22 8 14 -2i 37-3 77-7 6 H 116- 5-i ? 211 33 P. XXII. Pegasi 2877 22 9 I + 16 38.9 83-4 7 10 354 + 10-4 + 212 33PegasiAB 2900 22 18 21 + 20 17-4 83.9 6 9 179- 2-0 - 213 2I 4 37 Pegasi 2928 2 Aquarii ... 2912 2928 22 2 4 2 4 22 33 41 + 3 5 2 '5 -13 10-5 85-5 77'7 6 7| 8 8j 131 + 316- c-3 ? 4-4 - 215 20oP.XXTI.Aquarii 2935 22 37 17 - 8 53-2 65-o 7 H 3ii- 2-5 - CHAP. XIII.] A Catalogue of Suspected Binary Stars. 331 No. Name of Star. 2. E.A. 1890. Decl. 1890. Epoch 1800 -r. Mag. Position. Distance. h. m. s. / o H 216 209P.XXII.Aquarii 2939 22 39 34 -io 13.4 66-4 8 ii 62 10-8 217 218 T I Aquarii f2I 9 P. XXII.} < Aquar. AB t ( AC ) 2 943 2944 22 41 5 2 22 42 10 -I 4 38.2 - 4 47-8 77-8 J79-4 \8i-9 6 9 7 7* 7 8 115 + 255 138 + 28.3 _ 3-5 48-3 - 219 241 B Cephei 2950 22 47 4 + 61 7-0 837 6 7 t 311- 2-2 +? 220 52 Pegasi [483] 22 53 41 + n 8-1 83-7 5 io 211 + 1-0 + 221 j29762PisciumAB\ 1 A.C| 2976 23 2 8 + 6 0-3 J83-4 184.0 8 io 8 9 263 + 189 + 7-s +? 16.8 + 222 306 P. XXII. Pegasi 2978 23 2 12 + 32 13-8 78-8 7 8^ I 44 - 8-5 -1 223 3006 2 Pegasi 3006 23 15 5 2 + 34 50-6 64-9 8* 9 173- 4-9 ? 224 3009 2 Piscium ... 3009 23 18 40 + 3 6-7 65.2 7i 9i 230 6.9 225 3046 2 Ceti 3046 23 50 46 io 7-0 7 "7. "7 8 81 2i2 + 2.Q -L 226 37 Andromedae ... 3050 O O T* 2 3 53 53 / + 33 7-o lit 83-7 4 6 6 "f O ^ 26 + O ^ " 3.0 - 227 3056 2 Aridromedse 3056 23 59 i + 33 39-o 83-7 7 7 r 5i- 0-7 i? 332 The Starry Heavens. [BOOK XIV. CHAPTEE XIV. A CATALOGUE OF NEW STARS. IN compiling the Catalogue of Uncalculated Comets (Book IV, ante), I found myself much embarrassed in con- sequence of the Chinese chroniclers having intermingled with their comets proper a number of objects specifically termed by them "new stars." In some cases it was tolerably clear from internal, evidence that these " new stars " were veritable comets, but in others it was impossible to express a confident opinion. Some of these uncertain objects were added to the cometary list, and others were wholly . passed over, without any definite rule being conformed to. This manifestly involved serious drawbacks, and on reflection, conceiving that it would be con- venient to astronomers to possess a comprehensive catalogue of all recorded temporary stars, I determined to detach from the comets all objects which certainly were not comets and unite them with all objects which certainly were stars. The two lists, that is to say, this one and that in Book IV. Ch. VII. (ante), between them comprise, it is supposed, every comet of which an unequivocal record has been handed down to us. I cannot, how- ever, assert that this list is equally exhaustive in regard to the temporary stars. Let it be understood, therefore, that whilst the Comet Catalogue probably contains no stars, this, most likely, does contain some comets. I have not included objects which are commonly, and on suffi- cient authority, dealt with as Variable Stars and usually in- cluded in Variable Star Lists ; such will be found elsewhere. CHAP. XIV.] A Catalogue of New Stars. 333 The references cited as " Biot " are to E. Blot's lists published in the Connaissance des Temps for 1846. The better known temporary stars are not dealt with at length, as they are described elsewhere in this volume. For the sake of complete- ness, however, it was necessary to mention them here. 133 B.C. In June or July an extraordinary star appeared near /?, tr, p Scorpii. (Biot; Williams, Comets, p. 6.) Perhaps identical with the comet of 134; or this may have been the temporary star which attracted the attention of Hipparchus and led to the formation of his Catalogue. 76 B.C. In September October an extraordinary star appeared between a and 8 UrscB Majoris. (Biot ; Williams, Comets, p. 7.) 101 A.D. On Dec. 30 a small yellowish-blue star appeared in. the group a, 7, 77, a, K Leonis (Biot) ; as no mention is made of any change of position it may have been merely a temporary star. (Hind, Companion to the Almanac, 1859, p. 12.) 107. On Sept. 13 a strange star appeared to the S.W. of 8, e, rj Canis Majoris. (Biot.) 123. In December January an extraordinary star was seen in the region near a Herculis and a Ophiuchi. (Biot.) 173. On Dec. 10 a star appeared between a and & Centauri, and remained visible 7 or 8 months ; it was like a large bamboo mat, and displayed five different colours. (Biot.) Williams dates this object for Dec. 7, 185. (Comets, p. 16.) 290. In May a strange star was observed within the Circumpolar regions. Ma- tuoan-lin ; Williams, Comets, p. 26.) 304. In May June a strange star was seen in the sidereal division of a Tauri. (Biot; Williams, Comets, p. 27.) 369. From the 2nd to the 7th Moon an extraordinary star was visible in the Western boundary of the circle of perpetual apparition. The 2nd Moon commenced about March 25, and the 7th about August 20. (Biot ; Williams, Comets, p. 29.) 386. Between April and July a strange star was seen in the sidereal division of A, n, if/ Sagittarii. (Biot ; Gaubil ; Williams, Comets, p. 29.) 393. Between March and October a strange star appeared in the sidereal division of ^ 2 Scorpii or in R.A. + I7 h . (Biot.) Williams places this object in R A. + 9^ h . (Comets, p. 30.) 561. On Oct. 8 an extraordinary star was seen in the sidereal division of a Crateris. (Biot; Williams, Comets, p. 36.) 577. Pontanus (Hist. Oelr. iii) dates the appearance of a comet in the year that the son of Chilperic died, consequently in 577. Pingre thinks that it is the object recorded by Gregory of Tours as having appeared in the middle of the Moon on Nov. II, during the celebration of the vigils of St. Martin, and probably a meteor. - (Comet, i. 323). 827 (?). The year is very doubtful. The Arabian astronomers, Haly and Ben Mohammed Albumazar, observed at Bagdad a star in Scorpio for 4 months. It was as bright as the Moon in its quarters. 829. In November an extraordinary star was seen in 0, o, TT Canis Minoris. (Biot; Williams, Comets, p. 46.) 945. A new star was seen near Cassiopeia. (Cyprianus Leovitius, Jndicium de Nova Stelld cited in Tycho Brahe's De Nova Stelld, anni 1572.) [There is no contem- porary authority for this statement, and its authenticity seems open to great doubt, unless, as is very likely, the allusion is to the comet of 945.] 334 The Starry Heavens. 1011. On Feb. 8 an extraordinary star was seen near ff, r, , if Sagittarii. (Biot.) 1012. From May to August (it would seem) a star was visible in Aries. It was of astonishing size and dazzled the eye. It varied in size, and sometimes it was not seen at all. It lasted 3 months. (Hepidannus, AnnalesJ) 1054. On July 4 an extraordinary star appeared to the S.E. of Tauri. It dis- appeared at the end of the year. (Biot.) 1139. In this year an extraordinary star appeared in the division of K Viryinis. (Biot.) 1174 + . An immense star shone by night and by day in the W. It was sur- rounded by numerous others all bright red in colour. (Boethius, Hist. Scot, xiii.) No doubt a meteor. (Pingre\) 1203. Between July 28 and August 6 an extraordinary star was seen in the S.E. in the division i^ Scorpii. The colour was bluish-white resembling that of Saturn. (Biot.) 1245. A bright star appeared in Capricornm for 2 months. It was comparable to Venus, but was red like Mars. (Albertus Stadensds ; Klein, Handbuch der Fixsternhimmel, p. 102.) 1264. A new star was seen in the vicinity of Cepheus and Cassiopeia. (Leovitius.) Klein considers that this and the preceding are identical, but the comments on Leo- vitius made, ante, under the year 945, seem to apply to this record also. 1572. In Nov. 1572 a new star became visible in Cassiopeia ; it lasted till March 1574. [See p. 54, ante.} 1584. On July I a star appeared in the sidereal division of it Scorpii. (Biot ; Williams, Comets, p. 93.) 1604. A new star appeared in Ophiuchus ; at one time it was as bright as J'enus. It was first seen on October 10, 1604, and last seen about the middle of October 1605. Its known duration was therefore about 1 2 months ; but inasmuch as it was lost in consequence of coming into conjunction with the Sun its real duration might have been 14 or 15 months. At any rate in March 1606 it had become invisible. [See p. 55, ante.] " 1612. A new star appeared InAquila. (Riccioli, Quelle Fromordi Meteorologies, lib. iii. cap. 2, art. 7 ; Klein, Handbuch, vol. ii. p. 105.) Klein insinuates that this is identical with a new star dated by the Chinese for 1609. 1621. On May 12 a reddish star was seen in the E. (Williams, Comets, p. 94.) 1848, 1866, 1876. New stars appeared in each of these years, but as they are described at length elsewhere, no further reference to them need be made here. [See PP- 55. S^, ante.] 1885. On or about August 31 a new star burst forth in the great nebula in Andromeda. At its maximum brilliancy it was about mag. 6. (Observatory, vol. viii. PP- 321, 330, &c. Oct. 1885.) INDEX. *** This Index is designed for use in connexion with the Table of Contents. It is not complete by itself. Algol, 45. Andromeda, 125 ; nebula in, 73. Antlia Pneumatica, 126. Apparatus Sculptoris, 220. Apus, 127. Aquarius, 128 ; cluster in, 66. Aquila, 129. Ara, 131. Argo, 132 ; great nebula in, 88 ; star rj Argus, 46, 103. Aries, 140. Auriga, 141. Bible references to stars, 15. Bootes, 143. Csela Sculptoris, 144. Camelopardus, 145. Cancer, 146; cluster in, 61. Canes Venatici, 147 ; nebula in, 63. Canis Major, 148. Canis Minor, 149. Capricorn us, 151. Cassiopeia, 152. Centaurus, 154; cluster in, 90. Central Sun hypothesis, 24. Cepheus, 156. Cetus, 158. Chamseleon, 160. Circinus, 160. Circulus Lacteus, in. Clusters of stars, 58 ; Catalogue of, 261. Clypeus Sobieskii, 221 ; nebula in, 91. Coloured stars, 36. Columba, Noachi, 161. Coma Berenices, 162 ; as a group of stars, 61. Constellations, list of, 114. Cor Caroli, 147. Corona Australis, 163. Corona Borealis, 164. Corvus, 165. " Crab " nebula in Taurus, 85. Crater, 166. Crux, 167 ; cluster in, 89. Cygnus, 1 68. Delphinus, 171. Dorado, 171 ; nebula in. 88. Double stars, 28; Catalogue of, 256. Draco, 172. " Dumb-bell " nebula, 91. Elliptic nebulae, 73. Equuleus, 174- Eridanus, 175. Fixed Stars, i. Fornax Chemica, 177. Galaxy ; see Milky Way. Gemini, 178. Grus, 1 80. Harvard Photometry cited, 12, 120. Hercules, 181. Herschel, Sir J., remarks on stars, 18. Horologium, 183. 'Horse-shoe" nebula, 91. Hyades in Taurus, 61. Hydra, 184. Hydrus, 186. Indus, 44- 33(5 Index. Lacerta, 187. Leo, 188. Leo Minor, 190. Lepus, 190. Libra, 191. Lupus, 192. Lynx, 194. Lyra, 195 ; annular nebula in, 69. Magellanic clouds, 94. Magnitude of stars, 3 ; list of stars of the I s * magnitude, 3. Microscopium, 197. Milky Way, 105. Monoceros, 197. Mons Mensae, 196. Multiple stars, 40. Musca Australis, 199. Nebulae, 66 ; list of, suitable for amateurs, 261 ; Sir J. Herschel's abbrevations, 97; variable, 99. Nebulous stars, 81. Norma, 200. Nubeculae, 94. Octans, 200. Ophiuchus, 201. Orbis lacteus, in. Orion, 203 ; nebula in, 85, 86. Oxford Uranometria cited, 1 2, 1 20. Parallax of stars, 6. Pavo, 205. Pegasus, 206. Periodic stars, see Variable stars. Phoenix, 210. Photometry of stars, 5. Pictor, 211. Pisces, 212. Piscis Australis, 213. Piscis Volans, 234. Planetary nebulae, 76. Pleiades, 59. Pole star, north, 2 ; south, 200. Praesepe (in Cancer), 61. Proper motion of stars, 22. Pyramids, remarkable circumstance con- nected with, 2. Red Stars, Catalogue of, 291. Reticulum Rbomboidalis, 214. Sagitta, 215. Sagittarius, 216; cluster in, 65 ; nebulae in, 90. Scorpio, 2 1 8. Sculptor, 220. Scutum Sobieskii, 221 ; nebula in, 91. Serpens, 222. Sextans, 223. Signs of the Zodiac ; see Zodiac. Spiral nebulae, 74> 77- Stars, double, 28 ; binary, 31 ; coloured, 36 ; multiple, 40 ; variable, 43 ; cata- logue of Variable, 271 ; catalogue of Red, 291; catalogue of Binary, 318; temporary, 54. Stellar parallax, 6. Taurus, 224. Taurus Poniatowskii, 1 1 7. Telescopium, 226. Temporary stars, 54. Toucan, 227. Triangulum, 228. Triangulum Australe, 229. Twinkling, 25. Uranomefria Argentina* 120. Ursa Major, 229. Ursa Minor, 232. Variable stars, 43 ; Catalogue of, 271. Virgo, 233. Volans, 234. Vulpecula, 235; "Dumb-bell" nebula in, 91. " Watling-street," ill. " Way to St. James's," in. "Whirlpool" nebulae, 74. Zodiac, constellations in, 114; invention of, 15. A COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL INDEX TO THE WHOLE WORK. A. ABBE, C., Sun-spots and terrestial tem- peratures, vol. i. p. 39 ; Paper by, on the Distribution of Nebulae, referred to, iii. 95. Abl>ott, R., Observations by, of the Nebula in Argo, i. 103. Aberration of Light, what it is, i. 380 ; the constant of, i. 381 ; different values of, i. 381 ; history of the discovery of, i. 382. Aberrations, spherical and chromatic, of telescopes, ii. 13 ; how remedied, ii. 14 ; tests for, ii. 15. Abney, Capt. W., his researches in meteorological spectroscopy, ii. 316 ; his photographs of the spectra, ii. 389, 4I3- Abul Hassan Ali, his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 488. Abul Wefa, perhaps the discoverer of the Moon's variation, i. 1 20. Abundantia (Minor Planet usO), i. 662. Acceleration, Secular, of the Moon's Mean Motion, i. 121. Achernar (a Eridani), iii. 175; a star of the I st magnitude, iii. 3. Achromatism of telescopes, ii. 14, 296. Adams, an observer of the solar eclipse of 1858, i. 292, 294. Adams, J. C., his researches on the Moon's motions, i. 121 ; his unfair treatment by the French, i. 252 ; his researches in connection with Neptune, i. 253 ; observes the Solar eclipse of 1851, i. 275 ; his researches as to meteor comets, i. 629 ; his researches on the secular acceleration of the Moon's mean motion, i. 121; his opinion on De Cheseaux's Cycle, ii. 463. Adelheid (Minor Planet @), i. 668. Adelinda (Minor Planet Q)~), i. 666. Adelmus the Monk, i. 44. Adeona (Minor Planet (*43$) t i. 662. VOL. III. Adjustments of Newtonian reflectors, ii. ii ; of the Transit Instrument, ii. 129 ; of the Sextant, ii. 150, 161. Adjustments of the Equatorial, ii. in ; different form of, suggested by Sir H. Grubb, ii. 1 17. Adorea (Minor Planet Q)\ i. 668. Adrastea (Minor Planet (239)), i. 666. Adria (Minor Planet (S)) i. 662. JEgina (Minor Planet (J)), i. 658. ^Egle (Minor Planet @), i. 658. Emilia (Minor Planet (S)), i. 662. Aerolites, i. 589 ; chemical constitution of, i. 590; circumstances attending fall of, i. 591 ; ancient, i. 591 ; important modern, i. 592, 594 ; distribution of the falls of through the various months of the year, i. 593 ; some discovered the fall of which was not seen, i. 598 ; catalogues of, i. 596. ^Ethra (Minor Planet Q)} } i. 165, 660. After-glow, Nubian, i. 393. Agathe (Minor Planet (MS)), i. 666. Agathocles, Eclipse of, i. 324. Age of the Moon, ii. 448. Aglaia (Minor Planet (4)), i. 656. Air-bubbles in object-glasses, ii. 243. Airy, Sir G. B., proposes to ascertain Sun's parallax by observations of Mars, i. 2 ; discovers the Long Inequality of Venus, i. 106 ; his account of the figure of the Earth referred to, i. 108; on the Moon's diameter, i. 118 ; on the Moon's motions, i. 122, 140; observes a remarkable spot on Jupiter, i. 176; his value of the period of Jupiter's rotation, i. 181 ; his connection with the discovery of Neptune, i. 253 ; ob- servations of solar eclipses by, i. 275, 285, 286, 295 ; his researches on an- cient eclipses, i. 322, 324 ; remarks by 338 A Comprehensive General Index him on Occultations, referred to, i. 357 ; his Memoir on Tides, cited, i. 361 ; his remarks on aberration, cited, i. 382 ; value of parallax, i. 385 ; his observa- tions of Donati's comet in 1858, i. 410 ; his ''Prismatic Eye-piece," ii. 29; his account of the " Northumberland " tele- scope at Cambridge, referred to, ii. 69 ; his form of Universal Equatorial, ii. 104; his modification of the Zenith Sector, ii. 168 ; his Reflex Zenith-Tube, ii. 170 ; invents the Orbit-sweeper, ii. 177; in- vestigates the alleged changes in the great nebula in Argo,iii. 104 ; pendulum experiments by, ii. 484 ; measurement of arc between Valencia and Greenwich, ii. 484 ; his Catalogues of Stars, ii. 490, 491, 492, 493, 494. Airy, Miss, her observations of the Pleiades, iii. 59. Albategnius, his observations of the length of the day, ii. 423. Albedo of stars, ii. 541. Alceste (Minor Planet (Q)), i. 660. Alcmene (Minor Planet (sT)), i. 658. Alcor (p Ursse Majoris), iii. 230, 258. Alcyone, one of the Pleiades, iii. 59 ; the Central Sun theory, iii. 24. Aldebaran (a Tauri), iii. 224, 225, 240. A star of the I st magnitude, iii. 4, i 2 ; ancient names of, iii. 9 ; colour of, iii. 39 ; occultation of, i. 356 ; spectroscopic observations of, ii. 353, 354, 373, 376. Aletheia (Minor Planet (3)), i. 668. Alexandra (Minor Planet (s?)), i. 656. Algol (/SPersei), iii. 4, 240. A well-known variable star, iii. 45 ; other stars of the same type, iii. 49 ; Pickering's theory as to its variability, ii. 376. Algorab (8 Corvi), iii. 165 ; perhaps the centre of a system, iii. 25. Alidad, ii. 542. Aline (Minor Planet (J)), i. 668. Alioth (c Ursse Majoris), iii. 230, 231. Almanack, some account of, ii. 444 ; deri- vation of the word, ii. 445 ; for use in observations, ii. 263 ; Nautical, i. 355 ; ii. 262, 263; commencement of, 11.478. Almucantar, ii. 173, 542. Alphonsine Tables, ii. 423. Al-Sufi, his. Catalogue of Stars, ii. 48. Altair (a Aquilae), iii. 130. A star of the I st magnitude, iii. 4 ; various estimates of, iii. ii ; parallax of, iii. 10; proper motion of, iii. 23. .Altazimuth instrument, ii. 164. Altazimuth mounting for reflectors, ii. 54- Althaea (Minor Planet @), i. 660. Amalthsea (Minor Planet ("s)), i. 660. Ambrosia (Minor Planet (193)), i. 664. American Nautical Almanac, ii. 263. Amos, Prophet, cited, iii. 15. Ampella (Minor Planet Q)), i. 664. Amphitrite (Minor Planet (*T)), i. 654; Tables for, i. 1 70. Amplitude, ii. 542. Analtasis, Xenophon's, cited, i. 322. Anagram on Venus, i. 105. Anahita (Minor Planet (270)) , i. 165, 668. Anaxagoras on comets, i. 487 ; on the stars, iii. 18. Anaximander, a disciple of Thales, dis- covers the obliquity of the ecliptic, i. 109. Anaximenes, on the stars, iii. 18. Andromache (Minor Planet (ITS)), i- 165, 662. Andromeda (constellation), iii. 114, 125, 240. Meteors of, i. 612, 615, 623, 631, 635, 643 ; orbit of meteors in, i. 630, 635 5 spectrum of new star in, ii. 367 ; great nebula in, iii. 73 ; the nebula 18 y IV. in, iii. 86. Angelina (Minor Planet (6?)), i. 656. Angle, definition of, ii. 542. Angle of position of a double star, ii. 35, 54 2 - Angle of situation, ii. 542. Angstrom, his spectroscopic work, ii. 305, 308 ; his observations of the zodiacal light, ii. 338 ; his map of the solar spec- trum, ii. 381. ^^^ Anna (Minor Planet (2^5)), i. 668. Annual equation of the Moon, i. 12 1. Annular eclipses of the Sun, i. 262 ; red flames seen during, i. 284; of March 15, 1858, i. 291. Annular nebulae, iii. 69; 57 M Lyra, description of, iii. 69 ; list of, iii. 73. Anomalistic year, ii. 422, 467. Anomaly of a planet or comet, ii. 542. Antarctic Ocean, i. 370. Antares (a Scorpii), ii. 542 ; iii. 218, 219. A star of the I st magnidude, iii. 4, 12 ; its colour, iii. 39. Antigone (Minor Planet (129)), i. 660. Antinous, iii. 115; treated as part of Aquila, iii. 129; cluster II M in, iii. 64, 65. Antiope (Minor Planet @)> i- 658. Antipodes, ii. 543. to the Whole Work. 339 Antlia Pneumatica (constellation), iii. 116, 126. Antonia (Minor Planet (Q)), i. 668. Aphelion, Sun in, i. 8 ; derivation of the word, i. 57 ; ii. 543 ; of an orbit, i. 61 ; of Donati's comet, i. 57 ; of certain other comets, i. 484. Apian, P., observes that comets' tails are turned from the Sun, i. 410. Apis (constellation), iii. 115, 117. Apogee, derivation of the word, ii. 543 ; Moon in, during eclipses, i. 268 ; daily motion of Sun in, ii. 419. Apollonius Pergseus, i. 116 ; on comets, i. 487 ; his Life, by Philostratus, cited, i. 281. Apparatus Sculptoris (constellation), iii. 116, 220. Apparent movements of the planets, i. 55- . Apparent noon, ii. 419. Apsides, Line of, definition of, ii. 543 ; of the Earth's orbit, their annual motion, i. no ; of the Moon's orbit, i. 122. Apus (alias Avis Indica, constellation), iii. 115, 127. Aquarius (constellation), iii. 115, 128; cluster 2 M in, iii. 66 ; radiant point of meteors in, i. 640; the nebula I ll IV. in, iii. 80. Aquila (constellation), iii. 114, 129. Ara (constellation), iii. 115, 131. Arabian astronomy, i. 121. Arago, D. J. F., warning by, as to hasty generalisations, i. 36 ; on the relative brightness of the Sun's surface, i. 43 ; his polariscope experiment, i. 43 ; his remarks on Kepler's laws, i. 60 ; anec- dote by, of General Buonaparte, i. 97 ; on the Lunar Librations, i. 120; his account of the Moon's surface referred to, i. 128 ; on the rainfall as affected by the Moon, i. 141 ; on the colour of Mars, i. 151 ; his remarks on the brightness of Jupiter's satellites, i. 196 ; note by, on the discovery of Uranus, i. 243 ; anecdote by, of Le Monnier, i. 244; on the compression of Uranus, i. 244 ; observes the dark Moon, i. 285 ; his ideas respecting certain phenonena seen during occultations, i. 357 ; on the position of a comet's nucleus, i. 399 ; on the character of the nuclei of comets, i. 410 ; his Catalogues of Meteors &c. referred to, i. 591, 596; his statistics as to meteors, i. 593, 602, 625 ; anec- dote of the Paris clocks, ii. 420; his derivation of the word ' Almanack/ ii. 445 ; his remarks on variable stars, iii. 50. Aratus, his Diosemeia cited, iii. 61. Arc of the meridian, measurements of. ii. 481. Arcs, various, ii. 543. Archimedes (Lunar mountain), i. 129, 139. Arcturus (a Bootis), ii. 543. A I st magnitude star, iii. 3, n, 143; parallax of, iii. 10 ; heat radiated by, iii. 21 ; proper motion of, iii. 23 ; perhaps the centre of a system, iii. 25 ; twinkling of, iii. 26 ; spectrum of, ii. 324 ; colour of, iii. 39. Areas, Equal, Kepler's Law of, i. 57, 58. Areas of object-glasses, ii. 247. Arete (Minor Planet (197)), i. 664. Arethusa (Minor Planet @), i. 658. Argelander, F. G. A., his observations of Vesta, i. 165 ; his suggestions for de- termining the brightness of the minor planets, i. 170; his maps, iii. 18 ; his statement as to the number of the stars, iii. 118; his investigation of the orbit of the comet of 1811, i. 447 ; his Uranometria Nova referred to, ii. 264 ; his researches as to Mira Ceti, iii. 43 ; his researches as to Algol, iii. 45 ; his researches as to Lyrse, iii. 46 ; his statement of the place of Tycho Brahe's star, iii. 55 ; his estimate of the num- ber of the stars visible to the naked eye, iii. 1 1 8 ; his Catalogues of Stars, ii. 490, 491, 492 ; his Atlases, ii. 503. Argo (constellation), iii. 115, 132; let- tering of, iii. 17; great nebula in, iii. 88, 103 ; star 77 in, iii. 46, 103. Ariadne (Minor Planet @), i. 656. Ariel (satellite of Uranus), i. 247. Aries (constellation), iii. 114, 140; first point of, ii. 447, 543. Aristarchus of Samos, thought the Earth revolved round the Sun, i. 72, 116. Aristarchus (Lunar mountain), i. 126, 127. Aristillus (Lunar mountain), i. 127. Aristotle, i. 45, 359, 373, 487 ; iii. 112. Aristyllus, i. 377. Armillary sphere, explanation of, ii. 543. Artaxerxes, i. 333. Artemis (Minor Planet (Q)), i. 658. Artificial horizon, ii. 155. Ascending node, of planetary orbits, i. 57 ; of cometary orbits, i. 282. Ascension, Oblique, ii. 543. Ascension, Eight, ii. 447, 543 Aschera (Minor Planet (^u)), i. 666. Ashtaroth, ii. 450. Asia (Minor Planet (^)), i. 656. 340 A Comprehensive General Index Asporina (Minor Planet Q), i. 668. Assyrian astronomy, ii. 291. Astarte, ii. 450. Asteroids, ii. 543. See Minor Planets, i. 164. Asterope (Minor Planet (233)), i. 666 ; (one of the Pleiades), iii. 60. Astrsea (Minor Planet (T)), i. 654 ; name suggested for Uranus, i. 243. Astrolabe, ii. 544. Astrological influences of Mercury, i. 91 ; of Jupiter, i. 183, 241. Aatrology.ii. 544; iii. 17. Astrometer, Knobel's, ii. 191. Astronomical instruments, ii. i. Astronomical Society of London, its Cata- logue of Stars, ii. 489. Astro-Photo-Heliograph, at the Paris Observatory, ii. 177. Atala (Minor Planet (J)), i. 662. Atalanta (Minor Planet (s^)), i. 656. Ate (Minor Planet @), i. 660. Athamantis (Minor Planet (230)), i. 666. Athor (Minor Planet Q)h i- 662. Atlases, celestial, names of, ii. 264, 486. Atmosphere, doubtful if Mercury has one, i. 89; of Venus, i. 100; of the Earth causes refraction, i. 387 ; probably none on the Moon, i. 134; of Mars, i. 159; of Jupiter, i. 174; of Saturn, i. 203. Atropos (Minor Planet (=73)), i. 668. Auerbach, his observations of the solar eclipse of 1860, i. 298. Augmentation of the Moon's semi-diame- ter, ii. 544. Augusta (Minor Planet @), i. 668. Augustus Cdesar, his reform of the Calen- dar, ii. 426. Auriga (constellation), iii. 114, 141. Aurora (Minor Planet (94)), i. 658. Aurora Borealis and spots on the Sun, i. 31, 35 ; vibrations in comets' tails re- sembling, i. 412 ; no such phenomenon on Venus, i. 101. Ausonia (Minor Planet (^B)). i. 656. Austria (Minor Planet (^J), i. 660. Automatic Spectroscope, ii. 185. Autumn, changes in the length of, i. no. Autumnal equinox, i. 375 ; ii. 447. Auvvers, A., his observations of a variable nebula, ii. 102 ; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 494, 495 ; his Catalogue of Nebulae, ii. 501. Auzout, on the Moon's atmosphere, i. 133 ; possesses a telescope of 6oo-feet focus, ii. 294. Averroes, a Spanish Moor, i. 44. Avis Indica (alias Apus, constellation), iii. 115, 127. Axial rotations of the planets, i. 653 ; and See the several planets. Axis, of the earth, ii. 446 ; of a planet, ii. 544- Azimuth, definition of, ii. 544. 13. Backhouse, T. W., his observations of the Zodiacal Light, i. 147 ; his observations of a fireball in 1888, i. 605. Bacon, R., spectacles known to, ii. 291 ; suggests the reform of the Calendar, ii. 426. Bailly, S., writes on the history of ancient astronomy, ii. 506. Baily, F., his value of the earth's density, i. 5 ; describes the " beads" which bear his name, i. 277 ; notes the ruddy hue of the Moon during eclipses of the Sun, i. 284 ; investigates old eclipses, i. 324 ; his value of the Constant of Aberration, 1.381; B. A. Catalogue, ii. 490; revision of the constellations by, iii. 4, 17, 120; his Catalogues of Stars, ii. 489. Baily's Beads, i. 277, 278, 279; photo- graph of, i. 307. Bull, R. S., his Catalogue of Stars ob- served for parallax, ii. 494. Ballot, B., traces a connection between the Sun's rotation and terrestrial tem- peratures, i. 3 ). Baltic Sea, the tides in, i. 367. Barbara (Minor Planet (Q)), i. 666. Bardou of Paris, equatoiial made by, ii. 72. Barlow lens, ii. 21. Barlow-lens Micrometer, ii. 43. Barnard, E. E., his observations of tele- scopic meteors, i. 646. Barnard's periodical comet, i. 415, 427. Barneby, T., his observations of Jupiter's III ra satellite, i. 190. Barnes, A., his Notes on Job, cited, iii. 15. Barometer, use of in determining refrac- tion, i. 389 ; effect of changes of, on clocks, ii. 212 ; in observatory, ii. 220. Bartsch, J., his Plunisplicerium referred to, ii. 488 ; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 488. Base-lines, measurement of, ii. 481. Baucis (Minor Planet (172)), i. 662. Baudouin, his account of the supposed satellite of Venus, i. 103. to the Whole Work 341 Baxendell, J., observes the transit of Mercury of 1861, i. 342. Baxendell, J., jun., his observations of variable stars, cited, iii. 271. Bayer, J., his lettering of the stars, iii. 9, 17 ; his Atlas, ii. 502. Bayeux Tapestry, Halley's comet recorded in, i. 442. Beatrix (Minor Planet @), i. 658. Becquerel, his spectroscopic researches, ii. 388. Bede, his reference to Adelmus, i. 44. Beechey, Adm. F. W., his remarks on the tides in the Pacific, i. 369. Beechey, Rev. Canon, on the appearance of the Moon during a lunar eclipse, i. 331- Bedford Observatory, ii. 196 ; Equatorial of, ii. 68 ; Transit Instrument of, ii.i2O, 204 ; Floating Collimator used at, ii . 1 7 1 . Beer and Madler, their observations of Mercury, i. 89 ; their observations of Venus, i. 99 ; measurements of lunar mountains, i. 124 ; favour the idea of a lunar atmosphere, i. 134 ; joint map of the Moon, i. 139; ii. 503; on the orbits of Saturn's satellites, i. 232 ; their observations of the lunar eclipse of 1883, i. 326. Behrmann, his Atlas des sildlicJien ffe- stirnten Himmels referred to, ii. 264, 504. Belgrade, siege of, i. 331. Belisana (Minor Planet (178)), i. 664. Bellatrix (7 Orionis), iii. 203, 204 ; per- haps the centre of a sidereal svstem, jii. 25- Belli, his explanation of a phenomenon seen during eclipses of the Sun, i. 276. Bellona (IVfinor Planet (^)), i. 654. Belts, of Jupiter, i. 174; of Saturn, i. 205. Bergeron's experiment in imitation of lunar volcanoes, i. 125. Berlin Academy Star Maps, ii. 503. Berliner Astronomisches Jahrl)uch,u. 263. Berosus, hemisphere of, ii. 444. Bertha (Minor Planet @), i. 662. Berthon, Rev. E. L.,his dynamometer, ii. 23 ; observatory planned by, ii. 229. Bertrand, his discussion of the alleged satellite of Venus referred to, i. 104. Berzelius, J. J., his analysis of aerolites, i. 590. Bessel, F. W., memoir by, on the Moon's Atmosphere, i. 128 ; unable to assign a value to Mars's compression, i. 149 ; his measures of Saturn referred to, i. 203, 222 ; on the mass of Saturn's rings, i. 231 ; on the orbit of Titan, i. 234 ; his value of Precession, i. 375 ; his Tables of Refraction referred to, i. 392 ; draw- ings of Halley's comet by, i. 440 ; sug- gests observations of stars in the Prime Vertical, ii. 156; his Catalogues of Stars, ii. 489, 490, 492. Bestiary, old name for the ecliptic, i. 116. Betelgeuse (a Oricnis), iii. 203, 205. A star of the I st magnitude, iii. 3; an- cient name of, iii. 9 ; its brightness, iii. ii ; its spectrum, ii. 353, 354. Bettina (Minor Planet @), i. 668. Bianca (Minor Planet @i), i. 666. Bianchini, his value of the Sun's rotation, i. 14 ; his observations of Venus, i. 98 ; his observations of Jupiter, i. 195. Bible, references to Gen. i. 14, ii. 418 ; iii. 16. Gen. viii. 22, i. 374. Exod. xii. 18, ii. 450. Exod. xx. n, ii. 433. Lev. xvii. 7, i. 490. Lev. xxiii, 5, ii. 450. Job ix. 9, iii. 15. Job xxxviii. 31-2, iii. 15. Isaiah xiv. 12, i. 104, 490. Jer. i., i. 553. Daniel, ii. 461. Amos v. 8, iii. 15. St. Jurle 13, i. 490. Revelation, ii. 461. Rev. xii. 3, i. 490. Bible allusions to Comets, conjectured, i. 489 ; to stars, iii. 15. Bidder, G. P., his micrometer, ii. 37. Biela's Comet, i. 408, 430, 5 2 1-30 passim, 548, 631. Binary Stars, Catalogue of, iii. 318. Biot, E., researches as to Chinese comets, i. 411, 551 ; iii. 332. Birds, effect on, of eclipses of the Sun, i. 272, 293, 305. Birmingham, J ., observes a temporary star in Corona Borealis, iii. 56 ; his Catalogue of Red Stars cited, iii. 291, 294. Birt, W. R.. spots on the Sun observed by, i. 16 ; his Map of the Moon, i. 140 ; his observations of the Zodiacal Light, i. 146 ; his hints on observing the moon, ii. 269. Bishop, G., his Star Charts, ii. 503. Bissextile, origin of the term, ii. 424. Blainpain's comet, i. 430, 434, 526. Blakesley, Dean, his Herodotus referred to, i. 323. Bode, J. E., his so-called Law, i. 67 ; suggests a name for the planet Uranus, i. 243 ; adds to the number of the con- stellations, iii. 117; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 489 ; his Atlas, ii. 502. 342 A Comprehensive General Index Bohnenberger's Collimating Eye-piece, ii. 173- Bolometer, Langley's, ii. 389. Bond, G. P., bis estimate of the Moon's light, i. 138; his estimate of Jupiter's reflective power, i. 182; discovers Sa- turn's Dusky Ring, i. 21 2 ; his estimate of the thickness of Saturn's rings, i. 222; on the shading of Saturn's In- - terior Ring, i. 228; his Memoir on Donati's Comet referred to, i. 457 ; his drawing of the great nebula in Andro- meda, iii. 73 ; his Catalogue of Nebulae, ii. 501. Bond, W. C., his observation of Jupiter's III rd satellite, i. 189; his drawings of Saturn "beaded,"!. 225; his observa- tions of Neptune, i. 258 ; his photo- graphs of stars, ii. 391 ; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 491. Bonn Observatory Atlas, ii. 503. Bonpland, his observations of shooting stars in i799> i- 616. Books, useful in an observatory, ii. 263, 265 ; relating to astronomy, ii. 506. Bootes (constellation), iii. 114, 143; the star a in, see Arcturus. Borda, his repeating circle, ii. 167. " Bore," the, on the Severn, i. 371. Boreel, his statement respecting the in- vention of the microscope, i. 292. Borelli, his inquiries respecting the in- vention of the telescope, ii. 292. Bosanquet, J. W., on ancient solar eclipses, i. 325- Bouger, his estimate of the Sun's light, i. 8 ; of the Moon's light, i. 138. Boulliaud, his theory us to variable stars, iii. 48. Bouvard, A., his Tables of Jupiter, i. 199 ; his Tables of Saturn, i. 241 ; his Tables of Uranus, i. 250 ; investigates the mo- tion of Uranus, i. 252. Box-sextant, ii. 160, 163. Bradley, Rev. J., observes Uranus as a fixed star, i. 244 ; his discovery of nu- tation, i. 378 ; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 488. Brady, his Claris Calendaria cited, ii. 440, 442. Brahe, Tycho; see under "Tycho." Bran fill, Capt., his observations of the solar corona in 1868, i. 305. Brass-work, cleaning of, ii. 249. Bredechin, his paper on the Tails of Comets referred to, i. 413; his pamphlet on Shooting Stars referred to, i. 608. Breeri, J., his observations of Venus, i. 100. Bremiker,his Book of Logarithms referred to, ii. 265. Brett, J. W., his opinion as to Jupiter's spots, i. 1 80; his altazimuth mounting for reflectors, ii. 55. Bre water, Sir D., on the cause of the Sun's corona, i. 280; his spectroscopic re- searches, ii. 306 ; maps the atmospheric bands, ii. 311. Bright, H. E. R., his drawing of the solar eclipse of 1874, i. 315. Brisbane, SirT. M.,his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 490 ; observes ij Argus, iii. 47. Bristol, the tides at, i. 371. British Association, Meteor Committee of, i. 635 ; Catalogue of Stars, ii.-265, 490. Brodie, F., his observations of Sun-spots, i. 20 ; of a solar storm, i. 32 ; his draw- ing of Mars, i. 151 ; his observations of the transit of Venus in 1882, i. 354; his drawings of the great comet of 1861, i. 463 ; his observations of Coggia's comet in 1874, i. 468 ; his modification of the German equatorial, ii. 71 ; his use of a box-sextant, ii. 160; his me- ridian mark, ii. 208 ; design for an observatory by, ii. 220. Brodie, C. G., his observations of red stars, iii. 293. Brooks, W. R., his observations of the great comet of 1882, i. 477, 478; dis- covers various comets, i. 543, 545, 547 ; his observations of telescopic meteors, i. 645. Brorsen's periodical comet, i. 415, 425, 531-541 passim, 548; spectrum of, i. 4 2 5 5 i'. 343- Brothers, A., his photographs of the solar eclipse of 1870, i. 313 ; his atlas, ii. 504. Browning, J., his observations of Venus, i. 100 ; his observations of Saturn, i. 205 ; his Suggestions for the use of Re- flectors cited, ii. 249 ; observes meteors with a spectroscope, ii. 350. Bruhns, C., his observations of the solar eclipse of 1860, i. 296; his Atlas, ii. 504. Brunhilda (Minor Planet (123)), i- 660. Brunnow, F., investigates the orbit of Di Vice's comet, i. 433. Buchanan, Planets mentioned by Bur- mese, i. 246. Buchner, his Catalogues of Aerolites re- ferred to, 596. Buff ham, T. H., his observations of Ju- piter's satellites, i. 195; on tbe ellip- ticity of Uranus, i. 245 ; on the rota- tion of Uranus, i. 245. Bunsen, observations of solar spectrum, ii. 308 ; his map of the .spectrum, ii. 379- Burchell, his observations of r; Argus, iii. 47. Burckhardt, his Tables of the Moon, i. to the Whole Work. 343 140; infers the existence of a planet beyond Uranus, i. 253. Burmese enumeration of the planets, i. 246. Burnham, S. W., his Bright-wire Micro- meter, ii. 40 ; Catalogues of Double Stars, ii. 498, 499. Burr, T. W., his observations of the Zo- diacal Light referred to, i. 143. Burton, his spectroscopic observations of the Zodiacal Light, ii. 328. Busch, his daguerreotype of the solar eclipse of 1851, i. 312 ; his value of the coefficient of nutation, i. 378. Byblis (Minor Planet j), i. 664. C. Cacciatore, N., thinks he observed a phase in the comet of 1819, i. 410. Csela Sculptoris (constellation), iii. 116, 144. Caesar, Julius, understands the connection between the Moon and the. Tides, i. 373 ; reform of the Calendar by, ii. 424. Cagnoli, A., his Catalogues of Stars, ii. 489. Calendar, general account of, ii. 445 ; Gregorian, ii. 424 ; Julian, ii. 426 ; Jewish, ii. 436 ; Greek, ii. 436 ; Ro- man, ii. 437 ; French Revolutionary, ii. 440. Calends, Greek, ii. 438. Calippus, his estimate of the length of the year, ii. 423; his Cycle, ii. 456, 463- Calixtus III., Pope, afraid of the comet of 1456, i. 488. Callimachus, his views on the circum polar stars, iii. 18. Calliope (Minor Planet (J}), i. 654. Callisto (name suggested for one of the satellites of Jupiter), i. 185; Minor Planet g), i. 664. Calorific rays of the Sun, i. 7 ; of the Moon, i. 138. Calypso (Minor Planet @), i. 656. Cambridge Observatory, Catalogue of Stars formed at, by Airy, ii. 490. Camelopardus (constellation), iii. 116, 143- Camilla (Minor Planet @), i. 166, 660. Campani, makes a telescope of 136-ft. focus, ii. 294. Cancer (constellation), iii. 115, 146; what it might symbolise, iii. 15 ; cluster in, iii. 61. Canes Venatici (constellation), iii. 116, 147; cluster 3 M in, iii. 63; spiral nebula 51 M in, iii. 74. Canis Major (constellation), iii. 115, 148 ; star a in (Sirius), iii. 3, 148, 149; parallax of, iii. 10 ; brightness of, iii. ii ; perhaps the centre of a system, iii. 25 ; colour of, iii. 39. Canis Minor (constellation), iii. 115, 149. Cannon-balls as rollers for observatory roofs, ii. 200. Canopus (a Argus), a I st magnitude star, iii. 3, 128; parallax of, iii. 10; not in- cluded in Harvard Photometry, iii. 12 ; perhaps the centre of a system, iii. 25. Capella (a Auriga), iii. 141, 142; a star of the 1 st magnitude, iii. 3, n ; paral- lax of, iii. 10; brightness of, iii. n; colour of, iii. 39 ; perhaps the centre of a system, iii. 25 ; said to have under- gone changes of colour, iii. 39. Capocci, observations of Sun-spots, i. 25. Cappelletti and Rosa, their drawings of the comet of 1860 (iii.), i. 459. Capricornus (constellation), iii. 115, 151. Capron,' J. R., his researches on the rain- band, ii. 315. Cardboard discs recommended for use by Sir J. Herschel, ii. 285. Carl, P., his Catalogue of Comets, ii. 505. Carlini, his researches on the Theory of the Moon referred to, i. 1 40. Carolina (Minor Planet (235)), i. 666. Carpenter, J., his observations of Saturn's dusky ring, i. 217; his observations of Encke's comet in 1871, i. 471. Carrington, R. C., on the distribution of Sun-spots, i. 10; on currents in the solar photosphere, i. 15 ; observes an explosion on the Sun in 1859, * 3 2 n ^ s Catalogue of Circumpolar Stars, ii. 491. Cassandra (Minor Planet (114)), i. 660. Cassegrain, invents the telescope which bears his name, ii. 2, 295. Cassegrainian Telescope, ii. 2. Cassini, J., defends his father's observa- tion of Venus, i. 98 ; asserts that the comet of 1744 exhibited phases, i. 409 ; notes the proper motion of Arcturus', iii. 23. Cassini, J. D., his observations of spots on Venus, i. 98 ; suspects a satellite of Venus, i. 102 ; suspects an active vol- cano on the Moon, i. 126 ; his Map of the Moon, i. 139; his observations of the Zodiacal Light, i. 144; ascertains the period of Mars's rotation, i. 158 ; ascertains the period of the rotation of Jupiter, i. 176, 181 ; his observations of Saturn's ring, i. 208 ; his observations of lapetus, i. 240; of an occultation 344 A Comprehensive General Index of a star by Titan, i. 241 ; observes an occultation of a star by Mars, i. 360. Cassiopeia (constellation), iii. 114, 152; the temporary star of 1572 in> iii- 54- Castor (a Geininorum), iii. n, 178, 179; a star of the 1 st magnitude, iii. II. Catalogue of aerolites, i. 592 ; of calcu- lated comets, i. 511 ; of recorded comets, i. 550; of eclipses, i. 334. Catalogues of Stars for the use of amateurs, ii. 265 ; general list of all the chief ones published, ii. 487. Celuta (Minor Planet Q)\ i. 664. Centaurus (constellation), iii. 115, 154; cluster in, iii. 90; o in, a star of the I st magnitude, iii, 3 ; parallax of, i. 385. Centering of lenses, ii. 243, 289. Central Sun hypothesis, Madler's, iii. 24. Cepheus (constellation), iii. 114, 156. Ceres (Minor Planet (j^)), i. 165, 166, 167, 6-54- Cetus (constellation), iii. 115. 158; srec- trum of star Mira in, ii. 368 ; general account of that star, iii. 43. Chacornac, his observations of Sun-spots, i. 25 ; unsuccessfully seai'ches for a variable nebula in Taurus, iii. 100 ; imagines another variable nebula in Taurus, iii. 103 ; his Atlas, ii. 503. Chairs and seats for observatories, ii. 215. Chaldaean astronomy, i. 265, 332. Challis, Eev. J., his paper on the Moon's Atmosphere cited, i. 128 ; his con- nection with the history of Neptune's discovery, i. 254 ; his observations of the comet of 1862 (iii.), i. 467, 469 ; his Practical Astronomy referred to, ii. i, 164 et seq., 192 ; on achromatic com- binations of lenses, i. 15; his methods of recording transit observations of planets referred to, ii. 136; his method of finding the meridian, ii. 195 ; his remarks on the management of clocks, ii. 210; hints on sweeping for objects, ii. 273. Chameeleon (constellation), iii. 115, 160. Chambers, G. F., drawing of the great comet of 1 86 1, i. 463 ; Catalogue of Bed Stars, ii. 495 ; Catalogue of Variable Stars, ii. 492 ; Catalogue of Comets, ii. 505- Chandler, S. C., recommends the square- bar micrometer, ii. 44 ; his Catalogue of Variable Stars, ii. 495 ; his analysis of variable stars, iii. 50. Charts, celestial, ii. 502 ; necessary in searching for minor planets, i. 168 ; discovery of Neptune by means of, i. 254- Charts of the Moon, i. 139. Chasles, his catalogue of shooting stars referred to, i. 625. Chauvenet, his Spherical Astronomy re- ferred to, ii. i, 266. Chemical rays of the Sun, i. 43. Chepstow, the tides at, i. 368. Cheseaux, De, observes the comet of 1 744, i. 411 ; his cycles, ii. 460. ChiLlrey, his observations of Zodiacal Light referred to, i. 144. Chinese observations : conjunctions of planets, i. 70 ; of Mercury, i. 90 ; of the obliquity of the ecliptic, i. 1 10 ; possible invention of the Zodiac by, i. 117; of eclipses, i. 321 ; of comets, i. 411, 551 ; of aerolites, i. 590 ; of new stars, iii. 333- Chladni, his researches on aerolites, i. 589 ; his Catalogues of aerolites referred to, i. 596. Christie, VV. H. M., observes the spectrum of Hartwig's comet, ii. 344. Chromatic aberration, ii. 13. Chromosphere of the Sun, i. 52 ; spectrum observations of, ii. 335. Chronograph, described, ii. 135 ; use of, in observatories, ii. 215. Chronological astronomy, ii. 417. Chronology, light thrown upon by ancient eclipses, i. 321 ; different modes of reckoning, ii. 460. Chronometers, useful to amateurs, ii. 259; Captain Shadwell's book on the manage- ment of, cited, ii. 156, 211. Chryseis (Minor Planet (202)), i. 664. Cicero, i. 322 ; his De Naturd Deorum cited, i. 90 ; his Academicce Qucextioues cited, i. 1 1 6. Circe (Minor Planet (34)), i. 654. Circinus (constellation), iii. 116, 160. Circle Hour, ii. 69; Mural, ii. 165; Rer peating, ii. 167 ; Reflecting, ii. 168. Circles for telescopes, ii. 251. " Circulus Lacteus," an old name for the Milky Way, iii. in. Civil year, ii. 442. Clairaut, investigates the orbit of Halley's comet in 1759, i. 439. Clapham, T. R., design for an observatory by, ii. 194, 229. Clark, Alvan, American optician, ii. 296, 297 ; his Catalogue of Double Stars, ii. 497. Clark, L., his popular Transit Instruments, ii. 141, 143. Clarke, A. R., his opinion as to the figure of the Earth, i. 108. Clavius, observes the Sun's corona in 1567, i. 281. to the Whole Work. 345 Cleaning of lenses, ii. 248, 289. Cleanthes of Assos, his ideas respecting the Earth and the Sun, i. 71. Clementina (Minor Planet ())> i- 668. Cleopatra (Minor Planet (^)), i. 666. Clepsydra, ii. 445. Climate, depends upon the inclination of a planet's axis, i. 109. Clio (Minor Planet (s?)), i. 658. Clock-motion for equatorials, ii. 69, 77, 251 ; how to extemporise it, ii. 252. Clocks, for observatories, ii. 209, 259 ; regulation of, ii. 210, 420; first in England, ii. 472. Clotho (Minor Planet ()), i. 658. Clouds, average prevalence of, in England, ii. 284. Clusters and nebulae, iii. 58 ; arranged in three classes, iii. 58 ; five kinds of nebulae, iii. 58 ; the Pleiades, iii. 59 ; the Hyades, iii. 60 ; mentioned by Homer, iii. 59 ; Prsesepe, iii. 61 ; opi- nion of Aratus and Theophrastus, iii. 6 1 ; Coma Berenices, iii. 61 ; list of important clusters, iii. 62 ; annular nebulae, iii. 69 ; elliptic nebulae, iii. 73 ; spiral nebulae, iii. 74 ; planetary nebulae, iii. 75 ; nebulous stars, iii. 8 1 ; list of irregular clusters, iii. 83 ; notes to the objects in the list, iii. 83 ; the nubeculae major and minor, iii. 94; list of nebulae in Sir J. Herschel's Catalogue of 1864, iii. 95 ; historical statement relating to the observation of nebulas and clusters, iii. 96 ; Cata- logue of, iii. 261 ; hints on the observa- tion of, ii. 274. Clymene (Minor Planet (104)) , i. 658. Clypius Sobieskii. See Scutum So- bieskii. Clytemnestra (Minor Planet (179)), i. 664. Clytie (Minor Planet (73)), i. 658. "Coal Sack," the, iii. 109. Ccelestina (Minor Planet @) , i. 666. Coggia's Comet of 1874, vibrations seen in its tail, i. 412; general description of, i. 468 ; spectrum of, ii. 344. Colbert, his review of the Intra-Mercu- rial Planet controversy referred to, i. 85. Collimator, Kater's Floating, ii. 170. Collingwood, Dr., his observations of the annular eclipse of 1858, i. 293. Collision of a comet with the Earth, the . question considered, i. 400, 431. Coloured glasses for viewing the Sun, ii. 266 ; for viewing the Moon, ii. 269. Coloured stars, iii. 36. Colours of stars, ii. 278. Columba Noachi (constellation), iii. 116, 161. Columbus, Christopher, anecdote of, con- cerning eclipse of the Moon, i. 333. Coma Berenices (constellation), iii. .115, 162 ; as a group of stars, iii. 61. Coma of a comet, i. 399. Comets, i. 395 ; always objects of popular interest, and sometimes of alarm, i. 395 ; usual phenomena attending the develop- mentof acomet,i. 396 ; telescopic comets, i. 399; comets diminish in brilliancy at each return, i. 399 ; period of revo- lution, i. 400 ; density, i. 400 ; mass, i. 400 ; Lexell's comet, i. 400; general influence of planets on comets, i. 400 ; special influence of Jupiter, i. 400 ; comets move in one of 3 kinds of orbits, i. 401 ; element of a comet's orbit, i. 403 ; for a parabolic orbit, 5 in num- ber, i. 404 ; direction of motion, i. 405 ; eccentricity of an elliptic orbit, i. 406 ; the various possible sections of a cone, i. 406 ; early speculations as to the paths in which comets move, i. 407 ; comets visible in the daytime, i. 407 ; breaking up of a comet into parts, i. 408 ; instance of Biela's comet, i. 408 ; Liais's observations of comet iii. 1860, i. 409; comets probably self- luminous, i. 409 ; existence of phases doubtful, i. 409 ; comets with planet- ary discs, i. 410 ; phenomena connected with the tails of comets, i. 410 ; usually in the direction of the radius vector, i. 410 ; secondary tails, i. 412 ; vibration sometimes noticed in tails, i. 412; Ol- bers's hypothesis, i. 41 2 ; variation in the appearance of comets exemplified in the case of that of 1769, i. 413 ; tran- sits of comets across the Sun, i. 413; sweeping for, ii. 93 ; hints on observa- tions of, ii. 274 ; spectra of comets, ii. 342, 387 ; the ordinary type, ii. 343 ; Tebbutt's Comet, ii. 346 ; Schaberle's Comet, ii. 347 ; Wells's Comet, ii. 347 ; the Great Comet of 1882, ii. 347;. photographs of, ii. 403. Comets, periodic, i. 415 ; conveniently divided into three classes, i. 415 ; comets in Class I., i. 415 ; Encke's Comet, i. 416 ; the resisting medium, i. 419 ; table of periods of revolution, i. 420 ; Tempel's Second Comet, i. 424 ; Winnecke's Comet, i. 424 ; Brorsen's Comet, i. 429 ; Tempel's First Comet, i. 426 ; Swift's Comet, i. 426 ; Bar- 346 A Comprehensive General Index nard's Comet, i. 42 7 ; D' Arrest's Comet, i. 427 ; Finlay's Comet, i. 428 ; Wolfs Comet, i. 429 ; Faye's Comet, i. 429 ; Denning's Comet, i. 430 ; Mechain's Comet of 1790, i. 430; now known as Tattle's Comet, i. 430 ; Biela's Comet, i. 430; Di Vieo's Comet of 1844, i- 433 ; list of comets presumed to be of short periods but only once observed, i. 434 : comets in Class II., i. 435 ; Westphal's Comet, i. 435 ; Pons's Comet of 1812, i. 435; Di Vico's Comet of 1846, i. 435 ; Olbers's Comet* of 1815, i. 437 ; Brorsen's Comet of 1847, i. 435 ; Halley's Comet, i. 437; of special interest, i. 437 ; resume of Halley's labours, i. 437 ; its return in 1759, i- 439; its return in 1835, i. 439 ; its history prior to 1531 traced by Hind, i. 440 ; comets in Class III. not requiring detailed notice, i. 444 ; comets supposed to be associated in groups with certain planets, i. 444. Comets, remarkable, i. 446; the Great Comet of 181 1, i. 446 ; the Great Comet of 1843, i. 447 ; the Zodiacal Light mistaken for it, i. 143 ; the Great Comet of 1858,1.448; the Comet of 1860 (iii.), i. 457; the Great Comet of 1861, i. 457; the Comet of 1862 (iii.), 1.467; the Comet of 186.4 (ii.), i. 467 ; the Cornet of 1874 (iii.), i. 468 ; the Comet of 1882 (iii.)> i- 4745 i ts spectrum, ii. 348. Comets, dimensions of, i. 482 ; dimensions of the nuclei, i. 482; of the comae, i. 483 ; cornets contract and expand on approaching to, and receding from, the Sun, i. 483 ; exemplified by Encke's in 1838, i. 483 ; comets waste away, i. 483 ; lengths of the tails of comets, i. 484 ; dimensions of cometary orbits, i. 484 ; periods of comets, i. 484 ; number of comets recorded, i. 485 ; duration of visibility of comets, i. 485 ; unknown comet found recorded on a photograph of the eclipse of the Sun of May 17, i882,i. 486. Comets, historical notices of, i. 487 ; opi- nions of the ancients on the nature of comets, i. 487 ; superstitious notions associated with them, i. 488 ; extracts from ancient Chronicles, i. 488 ; Pope Calixtus III. and the comet of 1456, i. 488 ; extracts from the writings of English authors of the i6 th and 17 th centuries, i. 489 ; Napoleon and the comet of 1769, i. 489 ; supposed allu- sions in the Bible to comets, i. 489. Comets, Catalogues of, i, 511, 550 ; Nies- ten's arranged in order of Inclinations, referred to, i. 511 ; Lists of Catalogues of, ii. 504. Comet-seeker, ii. 93, 181. Cornfield, R., observes occultation of Saturn in 1825, i. 359. Common, A. A., observes a transit of Titan's shadow ncross Saturn, i. 238. Comparative sizes of the Sun and planets, i. 63, 64, 65 ; of certain comets, i. 398. Compensation pendulums, ii. 210. Complementary colours in the case of double stars, iii; 36. Compression of Mercury, i. 86 ; of Venus, i. 94 ; of the Earth, i. 108 ; of Mars, i. 148; of Jupiter, i. 173; of Saturn, i. 203. Concordia (Minor Planet (s^)), i. 656. Conde, his History of the Arabs cited, i. 615. Conjugate axis of an ellipse, i. 61. Conjunctions of the planets, i. 68 ; of the Moon, ii. 448. Connaissances des Temps, ii. 263. Constant of aberration, i. 381. Constantine, Emperor of Rome, ii. 458. Constellations, iii. 114; list of those formed by Ptolemy, iii. 114; subse- quent additions, iii. 115; remarks by Herschel, iii. 117; Catalogue of the Constellations, with the position of, and stars -in, each, iii. 119. Continents on the Earth and Mars com- pared, i. 150. Cook, Capt. J ., observes the transit of Venus of 1769, i. 348. Cooke, T., optician at York, his altazi- muth mounting, ii. 52 ; equatorials by, ii. 7 2 ^ $ e( l' > hi 8 observatory ladder, ii. 217; large telescopes by, ii. 297. Cooper, E. J., his Cometic Orbits referred to, i. 434 ; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 491 ; his Catalogue of Comets, ii. 505- Copeland, R., remarkable phenomenon ob- served by him during an occultation in 1863, i. 357 ; his spectroscopic observa- tions of Comet iii., 1877, ii. 343; of other comets, ii. 347 ; four remarkable stars discovered by, ii. 364; his ob- servations of Nova Andromedse, ii. 367 ; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 493. Copernican system, i. 72. Copernicus, fails to see Mercury, i. 91 ; anecdote of, respecting Venus, i. 105 ; explains precession, i. 377. Copernicus (Lunar mountain), i. 128. Cor Caroli (a Canum Venaticorum), iii. 147. Cornu, his value of the velocity of light, to the Whole Work. 347 i. 380 ; his spectroscopic researches, " 313, 3S9- Corona in eclipses of the Sun, i. 53, 280, 289, 290, 305, 309, 311 ; spectrum ob- servations of, ii. 335. Corona Australis (constellation), iii. 115, 163. Corona Borealis (constellation), iii. 114, 164 ; variable star in, iii. 46 ; spectrum of variable star in, ii. 365 ; temporary star in, discovered' by Birmingham, iii. 56. Coronis (Minor Planet (5))j i- 662. Correction of object-glasses, ii. 14. Corrugations on the Sun's surface, i. 50. Corvus (constellation), iii. 115, 165. Co-tidal lines round the British Isles, i. 36 I; Coude equatorial at Paris, ii. 109. Coulvier-Gravier, his observations of shooting-stars referred to, i. 609. Couplet, Jesuit missionary at Pekin, his account of Chinese comets, i. 551. " Crab nebula" in Taurus, iii. 85. Crabtree, W., observes the transit of Venus of 1639, i. 347. Crater (constellation), iii. 115, 1 66. Crawford, Earl of, his plan for extem- porising an equatorial, ii. 66. See also "Lindsay, Lord." Croll, J., Papers by, referred to, i. in. Crookes, W., his photographs of the Moon, " 393- Crown glass, its use, in the construction of achromatic object-glasses, ii. 14. Cruls, his observations of the great comet of 1882, i. 481 ; his observations of Sawerthal's comet of 1888, i. 481. Crux (constellation), iii. 116, 167; cluster in, iii. 89 ; the star a in, iii. 4. Crystalline sphere, ancient ideas of, iii. 18. Ctesibius, of Alexandria, invents the clepsydra or water-clock, ii. 444. Culmination of the stars, iii. 237. Currents of the ocean as affecting tides, i. 366. Cusa, Cardinal, advocates the reform of the Calendar, ii. 427. Cuttle, Captain, his principle, ii. 264. Cybele (Minor Planet @), i. 656. Cycles used in chronology, ii. 454; Calip- pic, ii. 456 ; Lunar or Metonic, ii. 457 ; De Cheseaux's, ii. 460. Cygnus (constellation), iii. 114, 168 ; the star a in, iii. 1 1 ; a green star, iii. 39 ; its spectrum, ii. 385 ; temporary star in, discovered by Schmidt, iii. 55 ; its spectrum, ii. 367. Cyrene (Minor Planet (*))) i. 660. D. D'Ailly, P., Cardinal, and the reform of the Calendar, ii. 426. Damoiseau, M. C. T. De, his tables of Jupiter's satellites, i. 199. Danae (Minor Planet (59)), i. 656. Dancer, J. B., his photographs of the Moon, ii. 393. D'Arrest, H. L., unsuccessfully searches for a satellite of Mars, i. 159; his re- marks on the minor planets, i. 167; notes certain coincidences respecting Jupiter's satellites, i. 194; his labours in regard to nebulae, iii. 97 ; his re- marks on the distribution of planetary nebulae, iii. 81 ; misses a nebula in Taurus, iii. 100 ; observes Tuttle's sup- posed variable nebula in Draco, iii. 102 ; his Catalogues of Nebulae, ii. 500, 501. D'Arrest's periodical comet, i. 415, 427, 532-541 passim, 548. Daguerreotype pictures of the Sun, ii. 390. Daphne (Minor Planet (4*)), 656. Davidson, his observations -of Saturn's dusky ring, i. 217. Davis, photographs of the solar eclipse of 1871, i. 309. Dawes, W. E M observations of Sun-spots by, i. 17 ; observations of faculae by, i. 46 ; his value of Mercury's compression, i. 86 ; observes spots on Jupiter, i. 177 ; observes Jupiter apparently devoid of satellites, i. 195 ; his observations of Saturn's rings, i. 211 ; discovers Sa- turn's dusky ring, i. 212 ; on the colour of Saturn's ring, i. 228; observes an eclipse of Titan, i. 238 ; observes the red flames in the solar eclipse of 1851, i. 282 ; observes the transit of Mercury of 1848, i. 342 ; suggests that a star occulted by the Moon not disappearing suddenly may be a double star, i. 357 ; observes an occultation of Saturn, i. 358; observes shooting stars in 1866, i. 619 ; first uses the combination known as the Barlow Lens, ii. 21 ; his Cata- logue of Double Stars, ii. 496, 497. Dawes's solar eye-piece, ii. 26, 267. Day, length of, i. 115; ii. 418; sidereal, ii. 418; solar, ii. 418; days of the week, English names of, derived from the Anglo-Saxon, ii. 434 ; Latin names of, derived from the planets, ii. 434. De Charmeres, perhaps the inventor of the heliometer, ii. 177. Declination of a heavenly body, ii. 447. Declination axis of an equatorial, ii.'67 348 A Comprehensive General Index De Cuppis, P., observes a round spot on the Sun, i. 79. Dee, Dr. J., his allusion to "perspective glasses," ii. 292. Defective illumination of the Moon's disc, transit observations during, ii. 137. D'Eglantine, F., author of the French Eepublican Calendar, ii. 441. De Gasparis, A., discovers several minor planets, i. 168, 654. Deimos, one of the satellites of Mars, i. 160. Deiopeia (Minor Planet (184^, i. 664. Dejanira (Minor Planet (^ST)), i- 662. Delambre, J. B. J.. asserts that the comet of 1682 exhibited phases, i. 409; anec- dote by, of the Paris clocks, ii. 420. De La Rue, W., observations of Sun-spots, i. 34 ; his measurements of the Moon's diameter, i. 118; his engraving of Sa- turn, i. 211, 212, 220, 228; his mea- sures of Saturn, i. 222; suspects the existence of mountains on Saturn's rings, i. 228 ; observes the solar eclipse of 1860, i. 274; unsuccessfully tries to photograph the Great Comet of 1861, i. 462 ; his photographs of the Moon, ii. 393- Delauney, C. E., his investigations on the theory of the Moon, i. 121, 140. Delisle, De R., his suggestion as to cause of the Sun's corona, i. 280. Delphinus (constellation), iii. 114, 171. De M.'iilla, Jesuit missionary at Pekin, verifies a Chinese conjunction of planets, i. 70 ; his account of Chinese comets, i. 551- Dembowski, Baron E., his measures of double stars referred to, 35 ; his Cata- logues of Double Stars, ii. 497, 498, 499. Demetrius, king of Syria, comet seen after his death, i. 410, 554. Democritus of Abdera, his anticipations of new planets, i. 67 ; his ideas on comets, i. 487 ; his estimate of the length of the year, ii. 423; his specu- lations as to the Milky Way, iii. 112. De Morgan, Prof., on an alleged anecdote of Copernicus, i. 105 ; anecdote by, re- lating to theReformed Calendar, ii. 428 ; his memoir on Easter referred to, ii. 451 ; his Book of Almanacs referred to, ii. 453 ; his account of epochs used in chronology referred to, ii. 460. Deneb (o Cygni), iii. 168, 170; a star of the I st magnitude, iii. 11 ; colour of, iii. 39. Denning, W. F., his observations of Mer- cury, i. 88 ; ascertains the period of Mars's rotation, i. 158 ; his observations of a red spot on Jupiter, i. 178; on meteoric astronomy, i. 589 ; drawing of fire-ball observed by, i. 600 ; his observations on a fire-ball in 1888, i. 605 ; his suggestion as to the origin of telescopic meteors, i. 649 ; hints on searching for comets, ii. 273. Denning's periodical comet, i. 415, 430. Density of the Sun, i. 5 ; of the Earth, i. 5 ; of the planets, i. 68, 652. See also the several planets. Denza, F., his observations of shooting stars in 1885, i. 623. Derham, Rev. W., mentions the ashy light on Venus, i. 101 ; his Catalogue of Nebula?, ii. 500. Descartes, R., his account of the inven- tion of the telescope, ii. 293. Desvignoles, his account of a conjunction of the planets recorded by the Chinese, i. 70. Dew -cap, ii. 243. Dewar, Prof., his spectroscopic observa- tions, ii. 370. D'Hombre Firmas, observes the Sun's corona during a partial eclipse, i. 281. Dhurmsala meteorite, ii. 371. Diagonal eye-piece, ii. 25, 267. Dialling, ii. 444. Dialyte, ii. 1 7. Diameter of the Sun and planets, i. 652. See also the several planets. Diana (Minor Planet @), i. 658. Diana, Image of, at Ephesus, perhaps an aerolite, i. 591. Dichotomisation of Venus, i. 102; of the Moon, ii. 448. Dido (Minor Planet Q), 664. Dien, Ch., his Atlas Celeste referred to, 503, 54- Diffraction grating, ii. 380. Diffraction rings, ii. 1 6. Digges, L., his ideas on parallax, i. 386; his ideas on comets, i. 489 ; his allu- sions to lenses, ii. 292. Digges, T., edits his father's book on Optics, ii. 292. Digit, explanation of, i. 266. Dike' (Minor Planet @), 5. 166, 658. Diodorus, his idea of the Milky Way, iii. 112. Diodorus Siculus, cited, i. 323, 324, 423. Diogenes Laertius, records eclipses, i. 265. Dion Cassius, his Historia Eomana cited, ii. 434. Dione (Minor Planet (^)), i. 660; (sa- tellite of Saturn), i. 233, 234, 235. to the Whole Work. 349 Dionysian Period, ii. 459. Dip of the horizon, correction for, to be applied to sextant observations, ii. 153. Dip-sector, ii. 168. Direct motion of a comet, i. 405. Distance, North Polar, ii. 447. Diurnal inequality of the tides, i. 365 ; libration of the Moon, i. 1 20. Di Vico, his observations of Venus, i. 99 ; his observations of Saturn's rings, i. 211. Di Vico's Comet, i. 433 ; comets thought to be identical with it, i. 428, 430, 434- Doberck, W., his analysis of Struve's Bi- nary's Stars, iii. 37. Dollond, G., invents the achromatic tele- scope, ii. 14, 296. Dollond, P., uses three lenses in forming an object-glass, ii. 296. Domes for observatories, ii. 198. Dominical letter, ii. 454. Domitian, Emperor of Home, his death "announced" by an eclipse of the Sun, i. 280. Donati's great comet of 1858, i. 57, 64, 410, 448. Doppelmaier, J. G., his Atlas, ii. 502. Dorado (constellation), iii. 115, 171; the nebula 30 in, iii. 88. Dorfel, suggests that the comet of 1680 moved in a parabolic orbit, i. 407. Doris (Minor Planet (49)), * 656. Double-image micrometer, ii. 42. Double stars, iii. 28; but few known until Sir W. Herschel commenced his search for them, iii. 28 ; examples of, iii. 32 ; binary stars, iii. 33 ; labours of Sir J. Herschel and F. G. W. Struve, iii. 34 ; optical double stars, iii. 36 ; hints on the observation of, ii. 276; list of Catalogues of, ii. 495 ; nomen- clature of, iii. 255. Draco (constellation), iii. 114, 172 ; paral- lax of 7 and a in, iii. 10; the nebula 37 H. IV. in, iii. 80. Draconic period, i. 264. Draper, H., his spectroscopic researches, ii. 310, 386, 387. " Draper Memorial," ii. 387, 414. Draper, J. W., his researches on the spectra of incandescent solids and liquids, ii. 306 ; his photographs of the solar spectrum, ii. 388. Drawing of astronomical objects, hints on the, ii. 285. Drebbel, an early purchaser of telescopes, ii. 293. Dresda (Minor Planet (Jss)), i. 668. Dreyer, J. L. E., his value of precession, i- 375 hi 8 remarks on the comet of 1744, i. 411; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 494; his description of the Dumb-bell nebulae, iii. 94; his Cata- logue of Nebulae referred to, iii. 96 ; ii. 502 ; on the designations of nebulae, iii. 98 ; his paper on variable nebulae, iii. 98 ; doubts the variability of Tuttle's nebula in Draco, iii. 102. Driving-clock, drawing of one by Warner and Swasey, ii. 77. Drum domes for observatories, ii. 199. Du Bartas, his description of comets quoted, i. 396. Dubhe (a Ursae Majoris), iii. 230, 231. Dufour, C., his account of the twinkling of stars, iii. 26. Duillier, first observes the Moon's shadow during a total solar eclipse, i. 285. " Dumb-bell nebula," iii. 91. Duner, N. C., his spectroscopic survey of the Northern heavens, ii. 359 ; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 498 ; his Catalogue of Stars by Spectra, ii. 505. Dunlop, J., observes the comet of 1825, i. 41 1 ; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 465" ; his Catalogue of Nebulae, ii. 500. Dunn, S., his observations of the transit of Venus in 1769, i. 349. Dupuis, C. F., on the origin of the Zodiac, iii. 15. Du Sejour, A. P. D., his calculations respecting the duration of eclipses of the Sun, i. 267, 268 ; on the mass of comets, i. 401. Dynamene (Minor Planet (200)), i. 664. Dynamometer, ii. 23. E. Earth, i. 107 ; period, &c., i. 107 ; figure of, i. 107 ; the ecliptic, i. 108 ; the equinoxes, i. 109; the solstices, i. 109; diminution of the obl : quity of the ecliptic, i. 109; the eccentricity of the orbit of, i. no; motion of the line of apsides, i. 1 10 ; familiar proofs and il- lustrations of the sphericity of, i. in ; Foucaulc's pendulum experiment, i.i 12 ; Madler's tables of the duration of day and night, i. 116 ; opinions of ancient philosophers as to the rotation of, i. 116; English mediteval synonyms, i. 116; the Zodiac-, i. 116 ; mass, i. 117. Earth- shine, i. 135. East wind, ba I for observations of stars, ii. 276. Easter, ii. 449 ; derivation of the name 350 A Comprehensive General Index doubtful, ii. 450; rules for determining it, ii. 450. Eccentricity of a planet's orbit, i. 58, 61, 651. Ecclesiastical calendar, ii. 449. Echo (Minor Planet (^J), i. 656. Eclipses, general outlines of, i. 261; theory of a solar eclipse, i. 262 ; theory of a lunar eclipse, i. 263 ; definitions,]'. 261; position of the Moon's orbit in relation to the Earth's oi'bit, i. 262 ; conse- quences resulting from their being in- clined to each other, i. 262 ; retrograde motion of the nodes of the Moon's or- bit, i. 264 ; coincidence of 223 synodical periods with 19 synodical revolutions of the node.i. 264; known as the i- 329 ; the eclipse of Jan. 28, 1888, i. 331; the eclipse of Sept. 2,1830, as witnessed in Africa by l{. and J. Lander, i. 332 ; Chaldsean observations of eclipses,!. 332; other ancient eclipses, i. 332 ; anecdote of Columbus, i. 333. Eclipses of the Sun, i. 270 ; grandeur of a total eclipse, i. 270; how regarded in ancient times, i. 271; effects of the pro- gress of science, i. 272; Indian customs, i. 272 ; effect on birds at Berlin in 1887, i. 272 ; solar eclipses may be partial, annular, or total, i. 273 ; chief pheno- mena seen in connexion \\ith total eclipses,!. 273 ; change in the colour of the sky, i. 273; the obscm-ity which prevails, i. 274; effect noticed by Pioln, i. 276; physical explanation, i. 276; Baily's Beads, i. 277 ; extract from Baily's original memoir, i. 278 ; prob- ably due to irradiation, i. 277; supposed to have been first noticed by Halley in 1715, i. 279; his description, i. 279; the corona, i. 280; hypothesis advanced to explain its origin, i. 280 ; probably caused by an atmosphere around the Sun, i. 280 ; first alluded to by Philo- stratus, i. 280; then by Plutarch, i. 281 ; corona visible during annular eclipses, i. 281 ; the red flames, i. 282 ; remarks by Dawes, i. 282 ; physical cause un- known, i. 283; first mentioned by Stannyan, i. 283; note by Flamsteed, i. 283; observations of Vassenius, 1.284; aspect presented by the Moon, i. 284 ; > remarks by Arago, i. 285 ; eclipse of July 28, 1881, i. 286 ; observations by Airy, i. 286 ; by Hind, i. 287 ; by Las- sell, i. 289 ; eclipse of March 15, 1858, i. 291 ; eclipse of July 18, 1860, obser- vations by Airy, i. 285 ; observations of the red flames by Bruhns, i. 296 ; meteorological observations by E. J. Lowe,i. 298; eclipse of August 18,1868, i. 303 ; observations by Col. Tennant and M. Janssen at Guntoor, i. 304 ; summary of results, i. 304; observations of Governor J. P. Hennessy and Capt. Keed, K.N., i. 305 ; eclipse of August 7, 1869, i. 307 ; observations in America by Prof. Morton and others, i. 307 ; summary of results, i. 308 ; eclipse of December 22, 1870, i. 308; English expedition in H.M. S. Urgent to Spain, i. 308; observations in Spain and Sicily, i. 308; eclipse of December 12, 1871, 1.309; observed in India, i. 309; eclipse of April 16, 1874, i. 314; summary by Mr. W. H. Wesley of the recent obser- vations as to the physical constitution of the corona, i. 311 ; spectroscopic ob- servations during, ii. 335 ; recorded in ancient history, i. 321 ; eclipse of 585 B.C., i. 321 ; eclipse of 557 B.C., i. 323; eclipse of 479 B.C., i. 323; eclipse of 431 B.C., i. 323 ; eclipse of 310 B.C., i. 324; allusions in old English chronicles to eclipses of the Sun, i. 325. Ecliptic, i. 108 ; obliquity of, i. 109; vari- ation in, i. 374. Edinburgh Observatory, equatorial re- flector at, ii. 103. Egeria (Minor Planet @), i. 654. Egoroff, his spectroscopic researches as to the telluric lines, ii. 312. Egyptian system of the universe described, i. 72. Electra (Minor Planet @), i. 660. Elements of a planetary orbit, i. 58 ; general summaries and tables of, i. 651, et seq. ; of a cometary orbit, i. 403 ; of a binary star, i. 403. Ellery, R. L. J., his observations of Mars to the Whole Work. 351 in 1862, i. 3; bis Catalogue of Stars, ii. 493 ; his Catalogue of Stars by Spectra, ii. 505. Ellicott, observes shooting stars in 1799, i. 617. Ellipse, the properties of, i. 61, 401,406. Elliptic nebula;, iii. 73. Elmer, the monk, anecdote of, relating to the comet of 1060, i. 488. Elongation of planets, i. 55; of Mercury, i. 86 ; of Venus, i. 93. Elsa (Minor Planet @), i. 664. Elvins, A., researches on rainfall and Sun-spots, i. 37. Elvira (Minor Planet @), i. 668. Enceladus (satellite of Saturn), i. 232, 2 33> 2 34- Encke, J. F., his discussion of the transit of Venus in 1 769, i. 2 ; his observations of Saturn's rings, i. 211; his method of calculating the orbits of double stars, iii. 34. Encke's Comet, distance of, i. 64, 400 ; available for determining the mass of Mercury, i. 89; general account of, i. 4i5,4i6,522-45^assm, 548; spectrum of, i. 425; measurements of, i. 483, 484. Engelhardt, B. von, his Catalogue of Nebulae, ii. 502 ; of Stars, ii. 409. Engelmann, R., his Catalogues of Double Stars referred to, ii. 499 ; iii. 318. Engelmann, W., his Catalogue of Double Stars, ii. 499. England and the Gregorian Calendar, ii. 427,429; constellations visible in, iii. 244. Ensisheim aerolite, i. 594. Eos (Minor Planet Q)), i. 666. Epact, ii. 458, 465. Epicycles, theory of, favoured by Coper- nicus, i. 73. Equation, annual, of the Moon, i. 121. Equatorial instrument, ii. 64 ; its prin- ciple, ii. 64 ; Lord Crawford's plan for converting an altazimuth into an equa- torial, ii. 65 ; two forms in general use, ii. 67 ; description of Sisson's form, and of the different accessories to the in- strument generally, ii. 67 ; description of Fraunhofer's form, ii. 71 ; in what its superiority consists, ii. 71 ; types of modern equatorials of English, German and American manufacture, ii. 7 2 portable mountings, ii. 78, 93 ; Erok's window equatorial, ii. 93 ; the star- finder, ii. 95 ; mountings for reflectors, ii. 103 ; universal equatorial, ii. 104 ; the adjustments six in number, ii. in ; method of performing them, ii. in ; method of observing with the instru- ment, reading the circles, &c., ii. 115; examples, ii. 116. Equatorial stands, ii. 64; English form, ii. 67, 198; German form, ii. 71, 198; " Coude " form, ii. 109. Equinoxes, i. IOQ; iii. 15; precession of, i. 374 ; definitions of, i. 375. Equuleus (constellation), iii. 114, 174. Erato (Minor Planet ()), i. 656. Eridanus (constellation), iii. 115, 175; the nebula 26 IfcJ IV. in, iii. 80. Erigone (Minor Planet (*ty), i. 662. Espin, T. E., his photographic catalogue of stars, ii. 405 ; his analysis of variable stars, iii. 51 ; his Catalogue of Stars by Spectra, ii. 505. Establishment of the port, i. 364; ii. 448. Eucharis (Minor Planet (^), i. 664. Euctemon and Meton, their estimate of the length of the day, ii. 423. Eudora (Minor Planet (MT)), i. 666. Eudoxus, his estimate of the length of the day, ii. 423. Eugenia (Minor Planet (45))? i. 656. Eukrate (Minor Planet @), i. 668. Euler, L , his proposal for a compound object-glass, ii. 296. Euneke (Minor Planet @) i. 664. Eunomia (Minor Planet (*s))> i- 654. Euphrosyne (Minor Planet (sO), i. 654. Europa ("name suggested for one of the satellites of Jupiter), i. 185; (Minor Planet @), i. 656. Eurydice (Minor Planet @), i. 658. Eurykleia (Minor Planet (S)), i. 664. Eurynome (Minor Planet (79)). i. 658. Euterpe (Minor Planet (J)), i. 654. Eva (Minor Planet @), i. 662. Evection of the Moon, i. 120. Everest, Sir G., his form of theodolite, ii. 165. Eye, pupil of, ii. 244. Eye-and-ear transits of stars, ii. 135. Eye-pieces, ii. 13, 18, 244; the positive eye-piece, ii. 18 ; the negative eye- piece, ii. 19; formulae for calculating the focal lengths of equivalent lenses, ii. 20; Kellner's eye-piece, ii. 20; the Barlow lens, ii. 21 ; the terrestrial eye- piece, ii. 21 ; the pancratic terrestrial 352 A Comprehensive General Index eye-piece, ii. 22 ; Grubb's prismatic terrestrial eye-piece, ii. 23; Ramsden's dynamometer, ii. 23 ; Berthon's dyna- mometer, ii. 23 ; Dawes's rotating eye- piece, ii. 25; the diagonal eye-piece, ii. 25 ; Dawes's solar eye-piece, ii. 26, 267; Hilger's solar eye-piece, ii. 37 ; the polarising solar eye- piece, ii. 38 ; Airy's eye-piece for atmospheric dispersion, ii. 29 ; table of, for object-glasses of various apertures, ii. 244 ; hints on the use of, ii. 289. F. Fabricius, D., discovers the spots on the Sun, i. 44 ; observes the variable star Mira Ceti, iii. 44. Fabry's comet of 1886, its colour, i. 399. Faculae on the Sun, i. 45, 53. Fallows, F., his observation* of 77 Argus, iii. 47 ; his Catalogues of Stars, ii. 489, 491. Faye's periodical comet, i. 415, 429, 529- 54 6 , 548. Fedorenko, I., his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 491. Felicitas (Minor Planet (S)), i. 660. Ferguson, J., his remarks on the Harvest Moon quoted, i. 135. Feronia (Minor Planet ()), i. 658. Ferrer, J. J., observes the solar eclipse of 1806, i. 275 ; observes irregularities in the Moon's surface during a solar eclipse, i. 285. Festing, his researches in meteorological spectroscopy, ii. 316. Festivals, ecclesiastical, ii. 449. Fides (Minor Planet @), i. 166, 656. Field of view of telescope, measuring the diameter of, ii. 1 7. Fievez, C., his map of the solar spectrum, ii. 384. "Finder" of a telescope, ii. 50, 243. Finlay's periodical comet, i. 415, 428. Fireballs, i. 601 ; general description of them, i. 601 ; fireball of Nov. 12, 1861, i. 601 ; monthly table of apparitions, i. 603 ; dates of greatest frequency, i. 603 ; results of calculations with refer- ence to them, i. 604 ; fireball of Oct. 19, 1877, i- 605 ;' fireball of Nov. 13, 1888, i. 606. Firmicus, J., perhaps alludes to the red flames seen during solar eclipses, i. 283. Fixed stars, iii. i. Fizeau, H., his value for the velocity of light, i. 198. Flames, Red, i. 7, 17, 282 ; spectroscopic observations of, ii. 328. Flammarion, C., suggests a trans-Nep- tunian planet, i. 260 ; his rule as to stars visible by object-glasses of given aperture, ii. 246. Flamsteed, Rev. J., observes Uranus as a fixed star, i. 244 ; his remarks on the Red Flames, i. 284 ; his Catalogue of Stars referred to, iii. 122; his Atlas, ii. 502. Flaugergues, discovers the great comet of 1811, i. 446. Fletcher, I., observes Mimas with a 9-inch refractor, ii. 271 ; his Catalogue of Double Stars, ii. 496. Flight, Dr. W., his Catalogue of Aerolites referred to, i. 596. Flora (Minor Planet (J)), i. 654. Focal length of eye-pieces, ii. 19, 20. Focus required for Sun-spots, i. 15. Focussing of telescopes, ii. 245. Fomalhaut (a Piscis Australia), iii. 214; a star of the I st magnitude, iii. 4, 1 1 ; colour of, iii. 39. Fontenelle, B. Le B., his remarks on the proper motion of a AquiLe, iii. 23. Forbes, G., his speculations respecting a trans-Neptunian planet referred to, i. 260. Forbes, Prof. J. D., observes the solar eclipse of 1842, i. 270; observes the Moon's shadow during a total solar eclipse, i. 285. Forms for use in an observatory, ii. 287. Fornax Chemica (constellation), iii. 116, 117. Forster, I. M. T., his observations of the lunar eclipse of 1848, i. 328 ; observes the transit of Mercury of 1848, i. 342 ; observes the August meteors in 1811, i. 620. Fortuna (Minor Planet (j*)), i. 654. Foucault, L., his pendulum experiment to show the Earth's rotation, i. 112; his reflecting telescope <, ii. 9 ; his " Helioscope," ii. 267 ; his early spec- troscopic researches, ii. 305. Foundations for an observatory, ii. 196. Frankland, Dr. W., his spectroscopic re- searches, ii. 307. Fraunhofer, T., invents the ring micro- meter, ii. 43 ; his investigations on the solar spectrum, ii. 302 ; his " Lines," ii. 302 ; seen reversed, ii. 330. Freia (Minor Planet @), i. 658. French names of the constellations, iii. 119. Frigga (Minor Planet (77)), i. 658. Fritsch, his researches as to Auroras, i. 35 ; observes a round black object on the to the Whole Work. 853 Sun, i. 78 ; observes the transit of Mercury of 1802, i. 342. Frodoard, his Chronicle cited, i. 590. G. Gadbury, J., his ideas on comets, i. 489. Galatea (Minor Planet @), i. 658. Galaxy, iii. 105. See Milky Way. Galilean telescope, ii. 1 8; magnifying power of, ii. 20. Galileo, discovers the spots on the Sun, i. 44 ; his anagram on Venus, i. 105 ; discovers the Moon's libration, i. 1 20 ; discovers the phases of Mars, i. 149 ; discovers the satellites of Jupiter, i. 183 ; suggests observations of Jupiter's satellites for determining the longitude, i. 197 ; his observations of Saturn, i. 206; his logogriph sent to Kepler, i. 207; his views on the tides, i. 373; makes telescopes, ii. 293. Galle, J. G., his observations of Saturn's rings, i. 212; note on his drawing of Saturn, 5. 217; discovers Neptune, i. -255; his Catalogue of Comets, ii. 505. Gallet, his observations of Saturn, i. 221. Gallia (Minor Planet Q)}, i. 662. Gambart, discovers a comet afterwards known as Biela's, i. 431. Ganot, his Physics cited, i. 7. Ganymede (name suggested for one of the satellites of Jupiter), i. 185. Garumna (Minor Planet (Tso)\ i. 664. Gassendi, P., his explanation of Kepler's failure to see Mercury, i. 91 ; his draw- ings of Saturn referred to, i. 207 ; ob- serves the transit of Mercury of 1631, i. 341 ; his unsuccessful endeavours to observe the transit of Venus of 1631, i. 346; witnesses the fall of an aerolite, i. 595 ; his opinions as to the origin of aerolites, i. 595. Gaubil, Jesuit missionary at Pekin, his account of Chinese comets, i. 551. Gauss, C. F., his Theoria Motus Cor- porum Coelestium referred to, i. 406 ; his method of finding Easter, ii. 452. Gautier, A., discovery by, relating to the magnetic needle, i. 28 ; Sun-spots and weather, i. 36. Gemini (constellation), iii. 114, 178; ra- diant point of meteors in, i. 614, 623, 642 ; star E, in, spectrum of, ii. 364 ; the nebulous star 45 1$ IV. in, iii. 82. See under "Castor," and " Pollux." Geography, much mixed up with astro- nomy, i. in. George III. King of England, his relations with Sir W. Herschel, i. 243; despatches an expedition to observe the transit of Venus in 1769, i. 348. Georgium Sidus, name proposed for Ura- nus, i. 243. Gerda (Minor Planet Q), i. 660. German names of the constellations, iii. 119. Germania (Minor Planet (241}), i. 666. Gill, D., his value of the Sun's parallax, i. 4 ; photographs the Great Comet of 1882, ii. 403. Gilliss, J. M., observes rj ArgSs, iii. 48 ; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 493. " Girdle of the sky," an old English name for the ecliptic, i. 116. Gladstone, Dr. J. H., his spectroscopic researches on the Sun, ii. 34. Glaisher, J., his observations of the solar eclipse of 1858, i. 291. Gledhill, his Catalogue of Double Stars, ii. 498. Globular clusters, list of, iii. 62. Gnomons, ii. 422, 445. Goad, J., an old English writer, his humorous description of Mercury, i. 91. Golden Number, ii. 457. Goldschmidt, H., discovers several minor planets, i. 169; observes at an attic window, ii. 288. Goodricke, observes the variable star Algol, iii. 45 ; discovers the variability of 5 Cephei, iii. 45. Gould, B. A., his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 494 ; his observations of the great nebula in Argo, iii. 104 ; his Uranometria Ar- gentina commented on, iii. 120. Graham, A., uses the square bar micro- meter, ii. 44. Grant, II. , his account of the discovery of Neptune referred to, i. 255 ; his state- ment respecting the discovery of Hal- ley's comet in 1758, i. 439 ; his remarks on the Central Sun hypothesis, iii. 24 ; his estimate of the number of the stars visible to the naked eye, iii. 118 ; his Glasgow Catalogue of Stars, ii. 494. Granules, solar, i. 50. Gravier, Coulvier, summary of his obser- vations of shooting stars, i. 608. Gravitation, theory of, as applicable to Jupiter's satellites, i. 194 ; as applied to binary stars, iii. 34. Great Britain, eclipses visible in, i. 269. VOL. IIT. A a 354 Comprehensive General Greek Church, still uses the unreformed Calendar, ii. 428. Greek year, ii. 436. Green, J., his Atlas, ii. 502. Green, N. E., Ids observations of Venus, i. 101 ; his observations of Mats, i. 148 comparisons by him between re- fractors and reflectors, ii. 242 ; his ob- servations of Saturn, ii. 271. Greenwich Observatory, 3O-feet dome at, , ii. 237 ; Star Catalogues formed at, ii. 491, 492, 493, 494 ; photographic work at, iii. 396. Greg, R. P., his Catalogue of Aerolites referred to, i. 596 ; his observations of shooting stars referred to, i. 608, (II. Gregorian telescope, ii. 2 ; Calendar, ii. 424. Gregory, J., suggests the use of transit observations for ascertaining the solar parallax, i. 339 ; invents the telescope which bears his name, ii. 2, 294. Gregory VII., Pope, fixes the commence- ment of the Cycle of the Indiction, ii. 459- Gregory XIII., Pope, his reform of the Calendar, ii. 425. Gresharn College, Hooke's place of ob- servation, i. 383. Griesbach, W., observes Jupiter without visible satellites, i. 195. Grimaldi, notes the position of Jupiter's satellites-, i. 174. Grimthorpe, Lord, his explanation of transits of inferior planets, i. 338. Grinding of mirrors, ii. 10, 12. Gronemann, his ideas respecting the Zodi- acal Light, i. 147. Groombridge, S., his Catalogue of Circum- polar Stars, ii. 490. Grosse's planisphere, iii. 252. Grote, G., his History of Greece cited, i. 323- Grubb, Sir H., optician at Dublin, his ter- restrial eye-piece, ii. 23 ; his duplex micrometer, ii. 36 ; equatorials by, ii. 72 et seq. ; his twin equatorial, ii. 103 ; his method of adjusting equatorials re- ferred to, ii. 117; large telescopes by, ii. 297. Gruithuisen, F. von P., observes the transit of Mercury of 1832. i. 342. Grus (constellation), iii. 115, 180. Guillemin, A., his account of the tides, i. 165 ; his explanation of parallax re- ferred to, i. 384 ; his remarks on the Moon in the horizon, i. 391 ; his re- marks on the distribution of nebulae, iii. 95. Guthrie, observations of Venus-, i. 101. H. Hadley, perhaps discovers Saturn's dusky ring, i. 212; invents the sextant, ii. 149. Hakluyt's Voyages citetl, i. 44. Hall, A., discovers the satellites of Mars, i. 159; observes a spot on Saturn, i. 205 ; on the orbit of Hyperion, i. 234 ; on the orbits of Saturn's satellites, i. 287 ; his Catalogue of Double Stars, ii. 499 ; his diagram of c Lyrae, and note thereupon, iii. 41. Hall, C. M., investigates the rotation of Neptune, i. 258 ; makes refracting telescopes, ii. 296. Halley, E., suggests finding the Sun's distance by transits of Venus, i. 2 ; de- tects the acceleration of the Moon's mean motion, i. 121; investigates eclipses, i. 266 ; his account of the solar eclipse of 1715, i. 273; first ob- serves Baily's Beads, i. 279; observes the transit of Mercury of 1677, i. 341 ; brings about the publication of New- ton's Principia,, i. 437; makes reflect- ing telescopes, ii. 295 ; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 488 ; his Catalogue of Nebulas, ii. 500 ; suspects the varia- bility of stars in Argo, iii. 47. Halley's comet, i. 437 ; extent of its orbit, i. 400, 438 ; drawn on the Bay en x Tapestry, i. 443 ; measurement of, in 1835, i. 483; elements of, 512-528 passim, 548. Hammond, Captain, observes shooting stars in 1832, i. 617. Hansen, P. A., his opinions respecting the Sun's parallax, i. 4 ; his investiga- tions on the Moon's motions, i. 121 ; his Tables of the Moon, i. 140; his Tables of the Sun cited, ii. 426. Hansteen, C., his investigations relating to the magnetic needle, i. 35. Harding, K. L., observes the transit of Mercury of 1799, i. 341 ; observes the transit of Mercury of 1832, i. 342 ; his Atlas, ii. 502. Hardy's noddy, ii. 212. Harkness, W., his photographs of the solar eclipse of 1878, i. 316 ; his remarks on transits of planets cited, i. 338 ; on making models of cometary orbits, i. 403. Harmonia (Minor Planet (40)), i. 656. Harriot, T., discovers the spots on the Sun, i. 44 ; uses a telescope, ii. 293. Harris, J., predicts in 1729 that tele- scopes will not be further improved, i. 2 34- to the Whole Worl:. 355 Harvard Photometry cited, iii. 12, 120. Harvest Mooii, i. 135. Hasselberg, B., his review of the spectro- scopic observations of certain comets, ii. 344. Hasselgren, observes the solar eclipse of 1851, i. 287. Hastings, his spectroscopic researches, ii. 312. Hatt, his observations of the transit of Venus in 1882, i. 354. Haze, stars seen through, ii. 275, 289 ; Saturn's dusky ring discovered dur ing ii. 284. Hearne, optician in London, makes re- flecting telescopes, ii. 295. Heat rays of the Sun, i. 43 ; of the Moon, i. 138; of the Stars, iii. 21. Heather, J. F., Ins Mathematical Instru- ments cited, ii. 165. Hebe (Minor Planet Q), i. 654. Hecate (Minor Planet @), i. 658. Hecuba (Minor Planet UQS)), i. 660. Hedda (Minor Planet @), i. 664. Heinsius, G., denies that the comet of 1744 exhibited phases, i. 409. Heis, E., his observations of shooting stars referred to, i. 608 ; his Neuer Himmels Atlas referred to, ii. 264, 504. Helena (Minor Planet Q)}, i. 658. Heliometer, ii. 177. Helium, new metal supposed to have been found in the Sun by Frankland, ii. 333. Hell, M., forms the constellation of Psalterium Georgianum, iii. 117* Helinert, F. R., his value of the velocity of light, i. 380. Hencke, K. C., resumes the search for Minor Planets, i. 168. Henderson, T., observes Encke's comet in 1832, i. 418 ; his Catalogues of Stars, ii. 490. Hennessy, Sir J. P., his observations of the solar eclipse of 1868, i. 305. Henrietta (Minor Planet (225)), i. 666. Henry I. King of England, his death mentioned by William of Malmesbury, i- 325- Henry, King of France, his death pre- ceded by a comet, i. 488. Henry, MM., their observations of Saturn's rings, i. 230; their observa- tions of Saturn's belts, i. 246, 248 ; their photographs of stars, ii. 405, 406 ; of the Pleiades, ii. 406. Hera (Minor Planet Q), i. 658. Hercules (constellation), iii. 114, 181 ; advance of the solar system towards, iii. 24 ; cluster 13 M in, iii. 64 ; cluster 92 M in, iii. 65. Hermione (Minor Planet, (**}), i. 660. Herodotus, his History cited, i. 322, 323, 444. Herrick, E. C., his observations of shoot- ing stars, i. 621. Herschel, Sir W., suggestions by, as to influence of Sun-spots on weather, i. 36 ; his theory of Sun-spots, i. 40 ; his estimate of the brightness of the different parts of a Sun-spot, i. 43 ; large facula observed by, i. 46 ; considered that there was a difference between the two hemispheres of the Sun, i. 53 ; his ob- servations of Mercury, i. 87, 88, 89 ; his observations of Venus, i. 98, 99; his observations of Mars, i. 148, 156, 158 ; his observations of snow-patches on Mars,i. 156 ; his observations of Ceres, i. 1 66; thinks the minor planets frag- ments of a large planet, i. 167 ; his value for Jupiter's rotation, i. 181 ; infers the actual rotation of Jupiter's satellites, i. 195 ; his strange idea as to the shape of Saturn, i. 203 ; ascertains the period of Saturn's rotation, i. 205 ; obtains indications of an atmosphere on Saturn, i. 205 ; his observations on the divisions in Saturn's ring, i. 208 ; infers the ro- tation of Saturn's rings, i. 220 ; on the form of Saturn's rings, i. 228 ; suggests that an atmosphere surrounds Saturn's rings, ^ i. 229; observes a transit of Titan's shadow across Saturn, i. 238 ; his discovery of Uranus, i. 242 ; his observations of Uranus, i. 244 ; imagines the existence of a ring round Uranus, i. 246 ; his remarks on the axis of Uranus, i. 246 ; discovers two satellites of Ura- nus, i. 248 ; notes a peculiar circum- stance connected with them, i. 249 ; his opinion that comets shine by their own inherent light, i. 409 ; sees no phase in the comet of 1807, i. 410 ; his observations of the comet of 1811, i. 446 ; his form of reflecting telescope, ii. 5 ; his observations on the solar spec- trum, ii. 388 ; his Catalogues of Stars, ii. 489, 495, 497, 498 ; his Catalogues of Nebulae, ii. 500; his table of the com- parative brilliancy of stars, iii. 4 ; his inquiry as to the proper motions of stars, iii. 23 ; suggests stars which may be centres of systems, iii. 25 ; discovers binary stars, iii. 31,33; reputed changes in the colours of certain stars observed by, iii. 39 ; studies the variable star Mira Ceti, iii. 45 ; misses a star in Hercules, iii. 57; invents the name A a 2 356 A Comprehensive General Index Planetary Nebula, iii. 76; his classifi- cation of nebulae, iii. 96 ; notes the enormous number of stars in the Milky Way, iii. 109; his Stratum Theory of the Milky Way, iii. 109 ; Proctor suggests that he abandoned it, iii. no. Herschel,Sir J. F.W., his remarks on the matter on the Sun, i. 6 ; his estimate of the Sun's heat, i. 7 ; his remarks on the distribution of Sun-spots, i. 10 ; believed one hemisphere of the Sun to be hotter than the other, i. 43 ; his discussion of Kepler's Laws referred to, i. 61 ; his remarks on suspected lunar volcano, i. 126; doubts the- existence of a lunar atmosphere, i. 134 ; on the heat of the Moon, i. 138 ; his idea as to the Moon's influence in dispersing cloud?, i. 141 ; his opinion as to the Zodiacal Light, i. 143 ; on the cause of the colour of Mars, i. 150 ; his remarks on the Minor Planets, i. 167 ; his account of the phases of Saturn's rings referred to, i. 219; his estimate of the thickness of Saturn's rings, i. 222 ; his ideas as to the surfaces of Saturn's rings, i. 228 ; on the orbits of Saturn's satellites, i. 234 ; his test for the observation of TJranus's satellites, i. 248; his observa- tions of the lunar eclipse of 1837, i. 329; his account of nutation, i. 378; his statement of refraction referred to, i. 387 ; his explanation of the dilated size of the Sun and Moon seen near the horizon, i. 391 ; watches Biela's comet pass in front of a cluster of stars, i. 414 ; his observations of the comet of 1861, i. 458 ; notes the radiant point of shooting stars in Camelopardus, i. 621 ; his scale of star magnitudes men- tioned, ii. 281 ; recommends the use of cardboard discs, ii. 285 ; his observations on the solar spectrum, ii. 388 ; his Ca- talogues of Stars, ii. 495, 496 ; his Ca- talogues of Nebulae, ii. 500, 501 ; on the light of Sirius, iii. 5 ; his remarks on the stars, iii. 18; remarks on the proper motion of stars, iii. 22 ; his labours as to double stars, iii. 28 ; list of double stars selected as tests, iii. 31, 32 ; his method of calculating the orbits of double stars, iii. 34 ; his remark on isolated coloured stars, iii. 37 ; his observations of 77 Argus, iii. 47 ; his remarks on temporary stars, iii. 56 ; misses a star in Virgo, iii. 57 ; his desciiption of the annular nebula in Lyra, iii. 69 ; his drawing of the great nebula in Andromeda, iii. 73 ; his de- scription of the spiral nebula 51 M Canum Venaticorum, iii. 74 ; his de- scription of the cluster 47 Toucani, iii. 83; of the " Crab nebula" in Taurus, iii. 86 ; of the great nebula in Orion, iii. 86 ; of the nebula rj Argus, iii. 88, 103 ; of the cluster K Crucis, iii. 89 ; of the cluster cu Centauri, iii. 90 ; of the cluster 20 M Sagittarii, iii. 90 ; of the cluster 8 M Sagittarii, iii. 90 ; of the nebula 27 M Vulpeculae, iii. 92 ; of the Nubeculse Major and Minor, iii. 94 ; distribution of the nebulae included in his general Catalogue, iii. 95 ; symbols to represent his Catalogues, iii. 96 ; ab- breviations used by, iii. 97 ; scales of brightness, size and form used by, iii. 98 ; his description of the Milky Way, iii. 105 ; his estimate of the total number of star?, iii. 109 ; his letter to Miss Herschel on void spaces in Scorpio, iii. in; his comments on the constella- tions, iii. 117 ; his proposed reform of the constellations, iii. 120. Herschel, A. S., his account of the meteor- ite of 1881, i. 597 ; his calculations as to fire-balls, i. 604 ; his observations of shooting stars referred to, i. 608 ; his observations of shooting stars in 1872, i. 623. Herschel, Colonel John, his observations of the great nebula in Argo, iii. 104. Herschel, Miss C., the second discoverer of Encke's comet, i. 416 ; note by, on spaces in Scorpio void of stars, iii. 1 10. Herschelian telescope, ii. 5. Hersilia (Minor Planet (206)), i. 664. Hertha (Minor Planet @), i. 660. Hesiod, Theoyonia, quotation from, i. 116. Hesperia (Minor Planet )), i. 656. Hestia (Minor Planet (4^)), i. 656. Hevelius, J., discovers the Moon's libra- tion in longitude, i. 119; pays much attention to the Moon, i. 139 ; observes the transit of Mercury of 1 66 1, i. 341 ; observes the comet of 1652, i. 410; his CometograpMa referred to, i. 550 ; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 488 ; his Atlas, &c., ii. 502 ; observations of Mira Ceti, iii. 44. High water, found by means of an almanac, ii. 448. Hilda, (Minor Planet (g)), i. 165, 166, 662. Hind, J. R., his statement of planetary characteristics, i. 57 ; his account of the orbit of Donati's comet, i. 57; his re- marks on the planet Vulcan, i. 78, 80; on the alleged satellite of Venus, i. 104; to the Whole Work. 357 his account of the Moon's motions quoted, i. 120; his account of the Moon's mountains cited, i. 128; his observations of Vesta and Victoria, i. 166; his remark on Jupiter's axial rotation, i. 182 ; his account of the phases of Saturn's rings cited, i. 219; favours the idea of change in Saturn's rings, i. 227 ; his elements of 2 of Ura- nus's satellites, i. 250; his elements of Neptune's satellite, i. 259; investigates solar eclipses visible in England, i. 2 69 ; observes the solar eclipse of 1851, i. 237 ; his note on future solar eclipses, i. 336 ; criticises Pastorff's claim to have seen a comet cross the Sun, i. 414; his treatise on Comets referred to, i. 434 ; his observations of the comet of 1861, i. 461 ; his calcula- tions respecting the tail of Coggia's comet, i. 474 ; his Catalogues of Comets referred to, i. 551 ; his Atlas, ii.*5O3; his Catalogues of Comets, ii. 505 ; his re- marks on the colour of variable stars, iii. 50 ; his statement of the place of Tycho Brahe's star, ii. 55 ; observes a temporary star in Ophiuchus, iii. 55 ; observes a nebula in Taurus suspected to be variable, iii. 99 ; suspects nebu- losity about some of the stars in the Pleiades, iii. 103. Hindu astronomy, i. 17, 207, 271 ; cele- bration of an eclipse, i. 271. Hints on Astronomical Observations at, ii. 242 ; on the choice of instruments, ii. 242 ; eye-pieces, ii. 244 ; areas of object-glasses and mirrors, ii. 249 ; on cleaning lenses and mirrors, ii. 248 ; on the choice of stands, ii. 250 ; clock- work, ii. 251 ; the parallactic ladder, ii. 252 ; observing-box, ii. 257; Stein- heil's transit-prism, ii. 259 ; sidereal time indicator, ii. 260 ; useful books, ii. 263 ; how to observe the Sun, ii. 266 ; the Moon, ii. 269 ; the planets, ii. 270; hints as to Venus, i. 95; sweeping for objects, ii. 273 ; comets, clusters, and nebulae, ii. 274; draw- ing nebulae, ii. 274; stars, includ- ing double stars, ii. 275 ; triangular star discs, ii. 2 76 ; observations of stars for colour, ii. 278 ; magnitudes of stars, ii. 280; observations of variable stars, ii. 283 ; miscellaneous hints, ii. 283 ; lights in an observatory, ii. 283 ; clothing for an observer, ii. 284 ; number of nights available in a year, ii. 285 ; aperture of object-glass may sometimes be reduced with advan- tage, ii. 285 ; forms to facilitate work at the telescope, ii. 286 ; hints by Admiral Smyth, ii. 286. Hipparchus, suspects the lunar evection, i. 1 20 ; discovers precession, i. 377 his estimate of the length of the day, ii. 423 ; observes a temporary star, iii. 54 ; origin of his Catalogue, iii. 54. Hippisley, on the position of Saturn's rings, i. 228. History of the telescope, ii. 291 ; of astro- nomy, sketch of, ii. 468. Hitchins, his observation of the transit of Venus in 1769, i, 349. Hodgson, R., observes an explosion on the Sun, i. 32. Hodgson, Rev. W., his paper on the Prismatic Transit referred to, ii. 260. Hofmann, K. F., completes Kirchoff's map of the spectrum, ii. 379. Holden, E. S., his observations of Saturn, i. 204; note by, respecting the dis- covery of Uranus, i. 243 ; his observa- tions of the compound nucleus of the Great Comet of 1882, i. 481 ; hints on drawing nebulae, ii. 275 ; his account of the annular nebula in Lyra, iii. 69 ; his account of the planetary nebula, 37 y IV. Draconis, iii. 80 ; his account of the nebula 17 M Scuti Sobieskii, iii. 91. Holwarda, Phocylides, discovers the vari- ability of o Ceti, iii. 44. Homer, in the Iliad mentions Venus, i. 104 ; in the Odyssey mentions the Pleiades and Hyades, iii. 59. Honoria (Minor Planet (236)), i. 666. Hooke, R., first observes spots on Jupiter, i. 1 76 ; his note on the luminosity of Saturn, i. 222 ; his efforts to detect stellar parallax, i. 382 ; invents the zenith-sector, ii. 168 ; invents the siderostat, ii. 181 ; makes the first re- flecting telescope, ii. 295. Hooke's joint, ii. 52. Hopkins, B. J., his observations of the Great Comet of 1882, i. 476. Horizon, i. 383. Horizon, artificial, ii. 155. Horizontal parallax, i. 384. Home and Thorn thwaite's star-finder, ii. 95; Steinheil's transit prism, ii. 259. Hornstein, 0., his opinion as to the Minor Planets, i. 170. Horologium (constellation), iii. 1 1 6, 183. Horrebow, C., suggests the periodicity of Sun-spots, i. 25. Horrox, Rev. J., observes the transit of Venus of 1639, i. 346. " Horse-shoe" nebula, iii. 91. Hough, G.W., his observations of Jupiter, i. 179; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 499. Hour-circle, ii. 69, 105. Hours, ii. 430. 358 A Comprehensive General Index Houzeau, J. C., his account of the Milky Way referred to, iii. 105 ; his Atlas, ii. 504. Howard, L., describes the aerolite of J 795> 595- Howe, H. A., his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 498. Hewlett, Rev. F., his observations of Sun- spots, i. 15 ; his method of viewing them by projection, ii. 267, 268. Huberta (Minor Planet Q)), i. 668. Huggins, W., his summary of pheno- mena seen on the Sun, i. 50; observes* the transit of Mercury of 1861, i. 343, see also i. 345 ; his lecture on the theory of comets referred to, i. 413; his spectroscopic researches, ii. 307, 328 ; his researches on solar promi- nences, ii. 331 ; his account of the spectrum of the corona, ii. 336; ob- serves spectroscopically an occultation of a star by the Moon, ii. 339 ; his spectroscopic observations on the planets, ii. 341 ; his spectroscopic ob- servations of nebulae, ii. 369 ; his ob- servations of the motions of stars in the line of sight, ii. 372 ; iii. 24; his photographs of the spectra of stars, iii. 385 ; his experiments on stellar radiant heat, iii. 21 ; his spectroscopic obser- vation of the annular nebula in Lyra, iii. 69. Humboldt, A. Von, his ideas as to the Moon's weather influences, i. 141 ; his observations of the Zodiacal Light, i. 143, 145 ; his observations of shooting stars in 1799, i. 616 ; his account of Tycho Brahe's star, iii. 54. Hunniades, the Hungarian general, i. 488. Hunter's Moon, the, i. 136. Hussey, Rev. T., 'suggests a planet beyond Uranus, i. 253. Huth, his observations of Encke's comet in 1805, i. 416. Huygens, C., notices snow-patches on Mars, i. 156 ; his logogriph respecting Saturn's ring, i. 207 ; observes the transit of Mercury of 1661, i. 341 ; presents a telescope to the Royal Society, ii. 294 ; invents the negative eye-piece, ii. 18, 294. Hyades, the, in Taurus, iii. 61. Hydra (constellation), iii. 115, 184; the nebula 27 $ IV. in, iii. 80! Hydrus (constellation), iii. 115, 186. Hygeia (Minor Planet @), i. 654. Hygre (tidal phenomenon), i. 371. Hygrometer, as an adjunct to an obser- vatory, ii. 220. Hypatia (Minor Planet (J), i. 666. Hyperbola, properties of, i. 401, 406. Hyperbolic comets, i. 368. Hyperion (satellite of Saturn), i. 233, 234, 2 37- I. lanthe (Minor Planet (9^)), i. 658. lapetus (satellite of Saturn), i. 233, 237; observations of, by Cassini and Sir \V. Herschel, i. 240. " Ibrahim Ben-Ahmed, Sultan of the Arabs, falling stars seen at the death of, i. 615. Ida (Minor Planet @), i. 666. Ideler, L., his Handbuch der Chronologic referred to, ii. 460. Idunna (Minor Planet (^}), i. 664. Illumination of wires, ii. 37, 39, 123. 284. Use (Minor Planet Q), i. 668. Inclination of the ecliptic, i. 374; of a planet's orbit, i. 58. Indentations, apparent, in the limb of the Sun, i. 1 8, 42. Index error of an equatorial, ii. 112 ; of a transit instrument, iii. 134; of a sextant, ii. 152. Indian astronomy, i. 271. Indicator for the planets devised by I. Roberts, ii. 273. Indiction, ii. 458. Indus (constellation), iii. 115, 186. Inequality, parallactic, of the Moon, i. 120 ; diurnal, of the tides, i. 365. Inferior planets, i. 54. Tno (Minor Planet UTS))? i- 662. Instruments, astronomical, iii. I. See the several instruments. Intra-Mercurial planets, i. 75, 81. lo (name suggested for one of the satel- lites of Jupiter), i. 185; (Minor Planet 0), i. 658. Iphigenia (Minor Planet (Jjj)), i. 660. Irene (Minor Planet ^T)), i. 654. Iris (Minor Planet (T)), i. 654. Irma (Minor Planet (177))? i- 664. Iron, meteoric, i. 590. Isabella (Minor Planet }) } i. 664. to the Whole WorL 359 Isaiah xiv. 12, cited, i. 490. Isis (Minor Planet (42)), i- 656. Ismene (Minor Planet (190)), i. 165, 664. Isolda (Minor Planet (J7)), i. 666. Istria (Minor Planet (^s)), i. 664. Izarn, his Des Pierres Tombees du del cited, i. 592. J. Jacob, Captain W.S., regards the so-called division in Saturn's exterior ring as merely a depression , i. 2 T i ; his measures of Saturn, i. 222 ; elements of Saturn's satellites, i. 237 ; his Catalogues of Stars, ii. 490, 492 ; his Catalogue of Double Stars, 11.496, 497 ; an observer of double stars, iii. 35. "Jacob's Ladder," an old name of the Milky Way, iii. in. Jahn, G. A., his Catalogue of Comets, ii. SOS- Jamieson, A., his Atlas, ii, 502. Jan sen, Z., one of the inventors of the telescope, ii. 292. Janssen, J., his photographs of the Sun, i. 51 ; his observations of the solar eclipse of 1868, i. 304 ; 1m observations of the solar eclipse of 1870, i. 308 ; his observations of the solar eclipse of 1883, i. 318 ; his spectroscopic researches, ii. 311 ; his method of taking solar photo- graphs, ii. 395 ; his photographs of the Sun, ii. 400. Jeaurat, his diagram of the Pleiades, ii. 59 > 60. Jedrzejewicz, his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 499- Jehangir, Emperor of Hindustan, his sword made of meteoric iron, i. 591. Jenkins, his summary of the observations of Mercury's transits, i. 344. Jewish year, ii. 436. Job, ix. 9 cited, iii. 15; xxxviii. 3 1-2 cited, iii. 15. Johanna (Minor Planet ("/)), i. 660. Johnson, M. J., speech on awarding medal to Schwabe, i. 25 ; his rule as to stars visible with object-glasses of given aper- ture, ii. 246 ; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 490, 492. Jolmson, Rev. S. J ., his Eclipses Past and Present referred to, i. 269, 321; on the appearance of the Moon during a lunar eclipse, i. 329. Johnston, A. K v his account of the tides, i. 370; his Atlas of Astronomy referred to, ii. 264. Jones, Felix, his identification of Kimrud and Mosul, i. 323. Jones, Rev. G., his observations of the Zodiacal Light, i. 144. Jude, St., 13, cited, i. 490. Juewa (Minor Planet (139)), i. 660. Julia (Minor Planet @), i. 658. Julian Calendar, ii. 426 ; period, ii. 459. Juno (Minor Planet (T)), 1.166,187, 654. Jupiter, period, &c., i. 173; subject to a slight phase, i. 174; its belts, i. 174; their physical nature, i. 175: first observed by Zucchi, i. 176; dark spots, i. 176; luminous spots, i. 177; the great red spot, i. 178; the great white spot, i. 178; Hough's observa- tions, i. 179; alleged connection be- tween spots on Jupiter and spots on the Sun, i. 181 ; axial rotation of Jupiter, i. 181 ; centrifugal force at its equator, i. 182 ; luminosity of Jupiter, i. 182 ; its apparent motions, 1.183 ; astrological influences, i. 183 ; attended by 4 satel- lites, i. 183 ; application of Kepler's third law to the satellites of, i. 60 ; are they visible to the naked eye, i. 183 ; Table of them, i. 185 ; eclipses of the satellites, i. 186 ; occupations, i. 187 ; transits, i. 188 ; peculiar aspects of the satellites when in transit, i. 1 88; sin- gular circumstance connected with the interior ones, i. 192 ; instances of all being invisible, i. J 94 ; variations in their brilliancy, i. 195 ; observations of eclipses for determining the longitude, i. 197 ; practical difficulties, i. 197 ; Romer's discovery of the progressive transmission of light, i. 197 ; mass of Jupiter, i. 198 ; the " Great Inequality," i. 198 ; Tables of Jupiter, i. 199 ; occul- tation of, i. 358; its influence on comets, i. 400, 401, 429, 439 ; hints on obser- vations of, ii. 272 ; of its satellites, ii. 340 ; spectrum of, ii. 340. Justin, his History cited, i. 324. Justitia (Minor Planet (g)), i. 668. K. Kaiser, F., investigates the rotation of Mars, i. 158. Kalends, Greek, ii. 438. Kater, Captain W., his floating collima- tors,ii. 170; his observations of Saturn's 360 A Comprehensive General Index rings, i. 211; his mercurial clepsydra, ii. 445. Keeler, his observations of Saturn at the Lick Observatory, i. 230; his remarks on the power of telescopes, ii. 247. Kellner's eye-piece, ii. 20. Kepler, his laws, i. 57 ; the second, i. 58, 491; the third, 59, 77; his anticipa- tion of new planets, i. 67 ; the foun- dation of Newton's theory of gravi- tation, i. 60; treats of the Zodia- cal Light, i. 144; suggests that Mars has satellites, i. 162; mentions the" solar eclipse of 1590, i. 274; observes the Red Flames during a partial eclipse of the Sun, i. 284 ; notes the ruddy hue of the Moon during eclipses of the Sun, i. 284; his observations of the lunar eclipse of 1598, i. 329; predicts the transit of Mercury of 1631, i. 341 ; his Rudolphine Tables, i. 345 ; predicts the transit of Venus of 1631, i. 345 ; ob- serves an occultation of Jupiter, i. 359; indicates that gravitation influences the tides, i. 373 ; changes in the Great Comet of 1618 noticed by, i. 483; suggests a telescope of two convex lenses, ii. 294. Kesselmeyer, his opinion on the origin of aerolites, i. 595. Kew, photoheliograph, ii. 396. Key, Kev. H. C., observes Encke's Comet in 1871, i. 422 ; makes reflecting tele- scopes, ii. 9 ; his observations of the nebulous star 45 Ijl IV. Geminorum, iii. 82. Khandrikoff, his drawing of the solar eclipse of 1887, i. 320. Kirch, verifies an ancient Chinese con- junction of planets, i. 70. Kirchhoff, his spectroscopic researches, ii. 33 3 2 7> I" 8 ma P f the spectrum, ii. 379 ; his experiments with the spec- trum of iron, ii. 308. Kirkwood, D., on the longitude of Sun- spots, i. 13; his treatise on the Minor Planets referred to, i. 165; coincidences with respect to the satellites of Saturn, i. 238 ; suggests some connection between certain comets, i. 435 ; his researches as to the November meteors, i. 631 ; his theory that meteors are fragments of comets, i. 634 ; his theory of temporary stars, iii. 57. Klein, H. J., his Atlas (London ed., S.P.C.K.) referred to, ii. 264, 504; his Asironomische Objecte fur gewohn lick e Telescopen referred to, ii. 504. Klinkerfues, investigates the orbit of Biela's comet, i. 433. Kb'hler, suggests a symbol for Uranus, i. 243. Kolgo (Minor Planet Q)), i. 664. Konigsberg Observatory, heliorneter at the, ii. 177. Konkoly, N. Von, his treatise on Astro- nomical Instruments referred to, 11.192 ; his treatise on Astronomical Photogra- phy referred to, ii. 416 ; the equatorial reflector at his observatory, ii. 105 ; his remarks on the spectra of meteors, ii. 350 ; his spectroscopic survey of the Southern heavens, ii. 359. Kriemhild (Minor Planet (Q)), i. 666. Kriiger, A., his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 494. Labaume, B., his Catalogue of Double Stars, ii. 496. La Caille, N. L., his Catalogues of Stars, ii. 488, 490 ; his Catalogue of Nebulae, ii. 500 ; his nomenclature of the con- stellation Argo, iii. 1 7 ; observes rj Argus, iii. 47; adds to the number of the constellations, iii. 116, 117. Lacerda, his observations of Venus, i. 96. Lacerta (constellation), iii. 116, 187; radiant point of meteors in, i. 640. Lachesis (Minor Planet (}, i. 660. Lacrimosa (Minor Planet *&}), i. 664. Ladder for use in observatories, ii. 217; parallactic, ii. 252. " Ladye's Way," an old English name for the ecliptic, i. 117. Laertius, Diogenes, records the number of eclipses observed in Egypt, i. 265. Loetitia (Minor Planet Q), i. 656. Lagging of the tides, i. 363. La Hire, G. P., his observations of Venus, i. 99 ; his suggestion as to the cause of the corona, i. 280; his explanation of certain phenomena seen during occul- tations, i. 357. Lalande, J. J. Le F. De, on the orbit of lapetus, i. 237; infers the existence of an unseen planet, i. 253 ; observes Nep- tune as a fixed star, i. 259 ; his Table of Transits of Venus cited, i. 340 ; his theory as to phenomena seen during transits of Venus, i. 349 ; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 489; adds to the number of the constellations, iii. 117. Lamb, his translation of Aratus cited, iii. 61. Lamb, Miss A. M. , her Catalogue of Stars, ii. 495. Lambert, J. H., passage in his Lettres to the Whole WorL 361 Cosmoloyiques suggesting binarj' stars, referred to, iii. 33. Lamberta (Minor Planet ^87)), i. 664. Lameia (Minor Planet Q)), i. 668. Lamont, J., discovery by, relating to the magnetic needle, i. 28; his observa- tions of Tethys, i. 232; observes Nep- tuiie as a fixed star, i. 259; his Cata- logue of Stars, ii. 492, 493 ; his Cata- logue of Nebulae, ii. 500. Lander, African explorer, observes an eclipse of the Moon, i. 332. Landgrave of Cassel, his revolving dome, ii. 198. Langley, S. P., his estimate of the Sun's heat,i. 7 ; his observations of solar spots, i. 8 ; his experiments on the Moon's heat, i. 138; his observations of the transit of Venus in 1882, i. 353 ; his in- strument called the Bolometer, ii. 389. Lansberg, P. Van, his Tables of Venus, i. 346. La Nux, observes the comet of 1769, 1.411. La Place, P. S. De, on the relative bright- ness of the Sun's surface, i. 43 ; on the ancient observations of Mercury, i. 91 ; partially investigates the Moon's mo- tions, i. 1 2 1 ; on Jupiter's satellites and the law of gravitation, i. 194; cal- culates the rotation of Saturn's rings, i. 220; on the week, ii. 433; on the origin of zodiacal constellations, iii. 16. Lardner, D., his Astronomy referred to, ii. 265. Larissa, eclipse of, i. 322. Lassell, W., his observations of Venus, i. 101 ; his observations of the Zodiacal Light, i. 143 ; his observations of Jupi- ter, i. 175, 177, 190, 195 ; his observa- tions of Saturn's rings, i. 211; observes the dusky ring of Saturn, i. 212 ; on the colour of Saturn's rings, i. 228 ; suspects the existence of mountains on Saturn's rings, i. 228; notes the dull colour of the rings, i. 231; his observations of Hyperion, i. 234 ; observes the satellites of Uranus, detecting one of them, i. 248, 249; discovers the satellite of Neptune, i. -258 ; observes the solar eclipse of 1851, i. 276, 289 ; his drawing of Jupi- ter being occulted by the Moon, i. 358 ; his reflector presented to the Greenwich Observatory, ii. 237 ; on the manage- ment of specula, ii. 250; his opinion on Newtonian reflectors, ii. 270; his Catalogue of Nebulae, ii. 501 ; investi- gates the alleged changes in the great nebula in Argo, iii. 104. L' Astronomic (French magazine) referred to, ii. 263. Latitude, to find, ii. 140, 156; aspect of the celestial sphere varies with, i. 112; ii.446; iii. 1 18, 239. Laugier, P. A. E., his value of the dura- tion of the Sun's axial rotation, i. 14; investigates the early history of Halley's comet, i. 443 ; his Catalogue of Nebulas, ii. 500. Laurentia (Minor Planet (ife)), i. 662. Laussedat, A., observes the horns of the solar crescent during eclipse truncated, i. 285. Layard, Sir A. H., his identification of Larissa and Mespila, i. 323 ; discovers at Nimrud a plano-convex lens, ii. 291. Leap-year, peculiarity of, ii. 435. Leda (Minor Planet (38)), i. 656. Ledger, Rev. E., his summary of the Intra- Mercurial Planet Controversy cited, i. 79 ; his remarks on the satel- lites of Mars, i. 161 ; his lecture on Twinkling referred to, iii. 26. Lee, Dr. J., observes a star projected on the Moon, i. 356; his Meridian Circle, ii. 148. Le Monnier, P. C., observes Uranus as a fixed star, i. 244; anecdote of, related by Arago, i. 244. Lenses of eye-pieces, ii. 18. Leo (constellation), iii. 115, 188; radiant point of meteors in, i. 623 ; orbit of meteors in, i. 628, 630, 631, 633, 635. Leo Minor (constellation), iii. 116, 190. Lepus (constellation), iii. 115, 190. Lescarbault, Dr., his supposed discovery of an Intra-Mercurial planet, i. 75. Lespiault, G., his remarks on the simi- larity of the orbits of the Minor Planets Fides and Maia, i. 166. Leto (Minor Planet @% i. 656. Leucothea (Minor Planet (3?)), i. 654. Levander, F. W., observes the satellites of Jupiter with the naked eye, i. 184. Level, striding, ii. 119. Levels, tests for, ii. 130. Le Verrier, U. J. J., his investigations into the theories of the planets, i. 3 ; his investigation into the theory of Mercury, i. 75, 8 1 ; his interview with Lescarbault respecting Vulcan, i. 76 ; tests some Chinese observations of Mercury, i. 90 ; his Tables of Venus, i. 106; on the eccentricity of the Earth's orbit, i. 1 10 ; his Tables of Mars, i. 163; his estimate of the mass of the minor planets, i. 166; his Tables of Jupiter, i. 199 ; his Tables of Saturn, i. 241 ; his connection with the planet 362 A Compreh e naive General Index Neptune, i. 253 ; his investigations of the orbit of Faye's comet, i. 429 ; un- successfully searches for a variable nebula in Taurus, iii. 100. Lewis, Sir G. C., hh Astronomy of the Ancients cited, ii. 437. Lewis, H. C., remarks on solar storms, i. 32. Lexell, first announces Uranus to be a planet, i. 243; his comet, i. 400, 521. Liais, E., artillery projectiles on the Sun, i. 6 ; disputes the discovery of Vulcan, i. 79 ; claims to have seen a double comet, i. 409. Liandier, his remarks on Twinkling, iii. 26. Liapounov, M., his observations on the Great Nebula in Orion referred to, iii. 87. Liberatrix (Minor Planet (^s)), i- 660. Libra (constellation), iii. 115, 191 ; what it might symbolise, iii. 1 5 ; cluster 5 M in, iii. 63. Libration of the Moon, i. 119, 137; photographs of, taken at Oxford, ii. 402. Libussa (Minor Planet 3 I 3> his suggestion respecting transits of Venus, i. 345. See also " Crawford, Earl of." Lippersheim, H., one of the inventors of the telescope, ii. 292. Little, Dr., observes the transit of Mer- cury of 1 88 1, i. 344. Littrow, C. Von, his suggestion as to the minor planets, i. 165 ; his Atlases, ii. 503, 504 ; his estimate of the number of the stars visible to the naked eye, iii. 1 1 8. Liveing, E. H., his portable star- finder referred to, ii. 106; his spectroscopic observations, ii. 370. Lockyer, J. N. , description of the phases of Saturn's rings, i. 239 ; his division of the stars into groups, ii. 360 ; his spectroscopic researches, ii. 307 ; his work at South Kensington, ii. 322 ; his theory of basic lines, ii. 325 ; his observations of the spectra of meteor- ites, ii. 351 ; his classification of the spectra of stars, ii. 360. Logarithm books for the use of amateurs!, ii. 265 ; use of, in connection with the transit instrument, ii. 139; use of, in computations for finding the latitude, ii. 157. Logogriphs on Venus, i. 105 ; on Saturn, i. 207. Lohrinann, W. G., his map of the Moon, i. 139- Lomia (Minor Planet (?)), i. 660. Longitude, mean, of a planet, i. 58. Loomis, E., on the periodicity of Sim- spots, i. 31 ; his Practical Astronomy referred to, ii. I, 129, 266; his light curve of 77 Argus, iii. 48. Loomis, L. W., his observations of an occultation of Saturn, i. 359. Loreley (Minor Planet (165)), i. 662. Louis XIV., telescope made for, by Cam- pani, ii. 294. Louville, Red Flames seen by, in 1715, i. 284. Low water, found by means of an almanac, ii. 448. Lowe, E. J., his observations of the comet of 1 86 1, i. 462 ; his observations of shooting stars in 1872, i. 623. Lower, Sir W., suggests that comets may move in ellipses, i. 407. Lb'wy, M., his observations on the Sun in association with De La Rue re- ferred to, i. 34 ; his period for Donati's comet, i. 457. Lubbock, Sir J. W., his paper on tides referred to, i. 361. Lubienitzki, S., his Theatrum Comcticum referred to, i. 550. Lucia (Minor Planet Qft, i. 666. Lucifer, the classical name of Venus, i. 104. Lucina (Minor Planet (j^)), i- 662. Lucretia (Minor Planet (J)), i. 870. Lucretius, his ideas as to the stars, iii. 18; his ideas as to a Central Sun, iii. 25. Luculi on the Sun, i. 46. Lumen (Minor Planet (*4*)), i- 660. Lmniere cendree, on the Moon, i. 135 on Venus, i. 101. to the Whole Work. 363 Lummis, his observations of some object on the Sun, i. 77. Lundahl, G., his value of the co-efficient of nutation, i. 378 ; his value of the constant of aberration, i. 381. Luni-solar precession, i. 375, 376. Lupus (constellation), iii. 115, 192. Lutetia (Minor Planet (^T)), i. 654. Luther, E., his observations of the sup- posed variable nebula in Scorpio, iii. ICI. Luther, R., discovers Minor Planets, i. 168, 654, 656, 658. Lydia (Minor Planet (");, i. 166, 660. Lynn, W. T., his remarks on certain con- stellations, iii. 115. Lynx (constellation), iii. 116, 194. Lyra (constellation), iii. 114, 195; an- nular nebula in, iii. 69 ; radiant points of meteors in, i. 623, 640 ; orbit of meteors in, i. 631 ; the multiple star in, iii. 28, 40, 41. M. M c Clean's star spectroscope, ii. 1 84. Macculloch, his account of the Tides in Scotland cited, i. 371. Mackay, his observations of 17 Argus, iii. 47- Maclaurin, C., observes Baily's Beads at an annular eclipse, i. 279 ; observes the Red Flames during an annular eclipse, i. 284. Maclear, Sir T., notes a strange incident connected with Jupiter's II nd satel- lite, i. 189; his observation of an occultation of Aldebaran in 1831, i. 357; his value of the constant of aberration, i. 381 ; his Catalogues of Stars, ii. 493, 494; his observations of i] Argus, iii. 47. Macrobius, his Comment, in Somnium Scipionis cited, i. 116. Madan, names the satellites of Mars, i. 160. Madler, J. H., his value of Venus's horizontal refraction, i. 100; Table of length of clay by, i. 116; his obser- vations on the snow-patches on Mars, i. 156; ascertains the time of Mars's rotation, i. 158; ascertains the time of Jupiter's rotation, i. 181 ; measures the ellipticity of Uranus, i. 244; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 491 ; of Double Stars, 496, 497 ; investigates the Central Sun hypothesis, iii. .24. Magellanic clouds, iii. 94. Magnetism, terrestrial, and solar spots, i. 28. Magnitude of the solar system, popular illustration of, i. 63. Magnitude of stars, iii. 3 ; subdivisions of, iii. 3; list of stars of the 1 st magnitude, iii. 3 ; of all the stars visible to the naked eye, iii. 125; Comparative Table of, ii. 282. Mahomet II., Sultan of Turkey, i. 488. Mahometan year, ii. 438. Maia (Minor Planet (^)), i. 165? 656 ; (one of the Pleiades), iii. 59. Maimonides, his statement as to Sabian astrologers, i. 490. Main, Rev. R., his measures of Saturn referred to, i. 203, 222 ; his value of the constant of aberration, i. 381 ; his Cata- logues of Stars, ii. 490, 492, 493. Malmesbury, William of, mentions the solar eclipses of 1133 and 1140, i. 325. Manilius, his description in the Astro- nomicon of the Milky Way cited, iii. H3- Maps, astronomical, ii. 264, 502 ; Berlin Star, i. 1 66 ; iii. 503. Maps of the spectrum, ii. 379 ; Kirch hoff 's map of the solar spectrum, iii. 379 ; advantages of a diffraction grating, iii. 380 ; Angstrom's normal spectrum, iii. 381 ; wave-lengths of the principal Fraunhofer lines, iii. 382 ; reduction of measures, iii. 383 ; maps of the spec- trum, iii. 384 ; Rowland's photographs, iii. 384 ; the ultra-violet spectrum, iii. 385 ; Huggins's photographs of stellar spectra, and of the spectra of nebulae and comets, iii. 385 ; fluorescence, iii. 388 ; the infra-red spectrum, iii. 388 ; phosphorescence, iii. 388 ; Abney's photographs of the infra-red, iii. 389 ; entire range of the spectrum, iii. 389. Maraldi, J. P., notices snow-patches on Mars, i. 156 ; his observations on the ansaa of Saturn's rings, i. 222 ; con- firms the variability of Algol, iii. 45. Mardokempadius, lunar eclipse during the reign of, i. 332. Maria, or Myrrha (Minor Planet (17)), i. 662. Marie-Davy, his experiments on the Moon's heat, i. 138. Marius, S., fraudulently claims to have discovered the satellites of Jupiter, i. 183. Markab (a Pegasi), iii. 207 ; perhaps the centre of a system, iii. 25. Mars, use of, for determining the Sun's 364 A Comprehensive General Index parallax, i. 2 ; Ellery's observations of, i. 3 ; application of Kepler's third law to the satellites of, i. 59 ; period, &c., i. 148 ; phases, i. 149 ; apparent mo- tions, i. 1 49 ; its brilliancy, i. 1 50 ; telescopic appearance, i. 150; its ruddy hue, i. 150; Schiaparelli's "Canals," i. 152 ; general statement of the physical details of, i. 152; map of, on Mercator's projection, i. 153; polar snow, i. 154; axial rotation, i. 158 ; its seasons, i. 158 ; its atmosphere, i. 159; its satellites, i. 159; ancient observation of, i. 162;" Tables of, i. 162 ; spectrum of, ii. 339; spectroscopic observations of, ii. 339. Marth, A., discovers a Minor Planet, i. 168, 654; his Catalogue of Nebulae, ii. 501. Martha (Minor Planet (Q)), i. 664. Martin, Dr., watches a fish during the solar eclipse of 1858, 5. 293. Mascaret, the, on certain French rivers, i- 373- Maskelyne, Rev. N., observes Uranus soon after its discovery, i. 242 ; his method of recording transits of stars, ii. 135 ; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 488. Mason's hygrometer, useful in an observ- atory, ii. 220. Mason, C., observes the satellites of Ju- piter with the naked eye, i. 183. Mass of the Sun, i. 5, 652 ; of the planets, i. 652 ; of comets, i. 400; and see the several planets. Massilia (Minor Planet (^y), i. 165, 654. Matilde (Minor Planet (Q), i. 668. Maunder, E. W., observations of Sun- spots, i. 15; his photographs of the solar eclipse of 1886, i. 319; his spec- troscopic researches on Sun-spots, ii. 317; his spectroscopic observations of Tebbutt's comet, ii. 346. Maurice, T., his Indian Antiquities cited, i. 207. Maurice, Prince of Nassau, had a telescope presented to him in 1610, ii. 293. Maximilian, Archduke, Scheiner shows him a telescope, ii. 295. Maximilian, Emperor of Germany, and the aerolite of Ensisheitn, i. 594. Mayer, T., his map of the Moon, i. 139 ; observes Uranus as a fixed star, i. 244 ; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 488. Mazzaroth, probable meaning of, iiS. 15. Mean distance of a planet, i. 58, 61. Mean longitude of a planet, i. 58. Mean Moon, ii. 419. Mechain, P. F. A., the first discoverer of Encke's comet, i. 416; discovers the planetary nebula 97 M Ursse Majoris, iii. 79. Medea (Minor Planet Q), i. 665. Mediterranean Sea, the tides in, i. 367. Medium, Resisting, i. 419, 425. Medusa (Minor Planet (Q), i. 165, 662. Melbourne Observatory, the great equa- torial at, ii. 1 06. Melete (Minor Planet @), i. 656. Meliboea (Minor Planet @), i. 660. Melloni, M., on the heat of the Moon, i. 138. Melpomene (Minor Planet (^}) 5 ' 654. Menippe (Minor Planet (^)), i. 664. Menkab (a Ceti), iii. 158 ; perhaps the centre of a system, iii. 25. Mercator, G., observes the transit of Mercury of 1661, i. 341. Mercury, apparent movements of, between 1708 and 1715, i. 57 ; period, &c., i. 86; phases, i. 86 ; physical observations by Schroter, Sir W. Herschel, Denning, Schiaparelli and Guiot, i. 87 ; when best seen, i. 88 ; determination of its mass, 1.89; acquaintance of the ancients with, i. 90; Copernicus and, i. 91 ; Le Verrier's investigations as to the motions of, i. 75, 81, 91 ; Tables of, i. 92 ; spectroscopic observations of, ii. 339- Meridian, how to find it, ii. 195, 444. Meridian circle, ii. 147. Meridian mark, ii. 206. Mersenne, suggests the reflecting tele- scope, ii. 294. Merz, optician at Munich, large telescopes by, ii. 297. Messer, J., his Atlas, ii. 504. Messier, observes the rapid changes in the comet of 1769? i. 413 ; forms the well- known Catalogue of Nebulae which bears his name, ii. 500 ; iii. 96 ; reprint of many of the entries in it, iii. 262. Meteoric astronomy, i. 589 ; suggested connection between Meteors and Sun- spots, i. 36. Meteorological instruments for observa- tories, ii. 220. Meteors, theory of, i. 626 ; are planetary bodies, i. 626; their periodicity, 1.627 ; meteoric orbits, i. 628 ; researches of Newton, i. 628 ; of Adams, i. 629 ; orbit of the meteors of November 13, i. 629 ; identity of the orbits of comets and meteors, i. 630; the meteor showers of November 13 and 27, i. 634; recent progress of meteoric astronomy, i. 635; to the Whole Work. 365 table of the chief radiant points of, i. 639 ; spectra of, ii. 350. Meteors, telescopic, i. 644 ; our knowledge of them limited, i. 644 ; observations, i. 644 ; probable heights in. the atmo- sphere, i. 645 ; showers of, i. 646 ; sum- mary of Prof. Safarik's observations and deductions, i. 647 ; fireball observed in a telescope on October 19, 1863, i. 650. Metis (Minor Planet (T)), i. 654. Metius, A., his connection with the in- vention of the telescope, ii. 293. Meton, length of the day stated by, ii. 423 ; invents the cycle which bears his name, ii. 457. Metonic Cycle, ii. 457, 462. Metrodorus, his idea of the Milky Way, iii. 112. Michelson, A., his value of the velocity of light, i. 380. Micrometers, ii.3o; the reticulated, ii. 30 ; the parallel-wire, ii. 32 ; the position, ii. 34 ; measurement of angles of posi- tion, ii. 35 ; Grubb's duplex, ii. 36 ; bright-wire, ii. 37 ; Bidder's, ii. 37 ; Burnham's, ii. 39 ; the double image, ii. 42 ; the ring, ii. 43; the square-bar, ii. 44. Microscopium (constellation), iii. 1 16, 197. Middleton, J., his Celestial Atlas, ii. 503. Milky Way, iii. 105 ; its course amongst the stars described by Sir J. Herschel, iii. 105 ; the " Coal Sack " in the Southern hemisphere, iii. 108; remarks by Sir W. Herschel as to the prodigious number of stars in the Milky Way, iii. 109 ; computation by Sir J. Herschel of the total number of stars visible in an 1 8- inch reflector, iii. 109; SirW. Herschel's " Stratum Theory," iii. 109; void spaces in the heavens, iii. in ; terms applied to the Milky Way by the Greeks, iii. in ; by the Romans, iii. 112 ; by our ancestors, iii. 113; planetary nebulae in, iii. 81. Miller, Prof. W. H., his early spectro- scopic researches, ii. 305. Milner, Rev. T., his Gallery of Nature cited, ii. 618. Milton, J., Paradise Lost, his allusion to comets, i. 489 ; his allusion to Astarte, ii. 450 ; his description of the Milky Way, iii. 113. Mimas (satellite of Saturn), i. 232, 233, 237- Minerva (Minor Planet (93)), i. 658. Minor Planets, i. 164; sometimes called Ultra-Zodiacal Planets, i. 164 ; sum- mary of facts, i. 165 ; notes on Ceres, i,i6 5 , 166; Pallas, i. 165, 166; Juno, i. 165, 166 ; Vesta, i. 165, 166 ; Olbers's theory, i. 167 ; history of the search made for them, i. 167 ; independent discoveries, i. 168 ; progressive diminu- tion in their size, i. 169 ; is the Zodiacal Light connected with them? i. 144; Table of, i. 654. Mira (o) Ceti, ii. 368 ; iii. 43. Miriam (Minor Planet (102)), i. 658. Mirrors of telescopes, Browning's method of mounting, ii, 10. Mitchell, J., conjectures the existence of binary stars, iii. 33. Mitchell, 0. M., his Catalogues of Stars, ii. 498. Mnemosyne (Minor Planet (57)), i. 656. Model of a comet's orbit, i. 403. Moesta, C. W., his remarks on rock foundations for observatories, ii. 196; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 492. Mostlin, observes an occultation of Mars by Venus, i. 360 ; his enumeration of the stars in the Pleiades, iii. 59. Moll, G., observes the transit of Mercury of 1832, i. 342 ; see also i. 345. Molyneux, W., observes Jupiter without visible satellites, i. 195 ; makes a re- flecting telescope, ii. 295. Monck,W. H. S., on the' appearance of the Moon during a lunar eclipse, i. 329 ; his review of the photometric results of Pickering and Pritchard, iii. 13. Monoceros (constellation), iii. 116, 197. Mons Mensse (constellation), iii. 116, 196. Montaigne, suspects a satellite of Venus, i. 103. Montanari, discovers the variability of Algol, iii. 45 ; his note on the dis- appearance of stars in Argo, iii. 57. Montbaron, suspects a satellite of Venus, i. 103. Months, ii. 435 ; derivations of the names of, ii. 437 ; verse giving number of days in, ii. 435 ; Jewish, ii. 436 ; Roman, ii. 437 ; Mahometan, ii. 438 ; French Revolutionary, ii. 440. Montigny, C., his researches on Twink- ling, iii. 26. Moon, i. 118; period, &c., i. 118 ; its phases, i. 119; its motions and their complexity, i. 119; libration, i. 119; evection, i. 120; variation, i. 120; parallactic inequality, i. 120; annual equation, i. 121; secular acceleration, i. 121 ; diversified character of the Moon's surface, i. 123; lunar moun- tains, i. 124; seas, i. 124; craters, i. 124; volcanic character of the Moon, i. 124; Bergeron's experiment, i. 125; 366 A Comprehensive General Index the lunar mountain Aristarchus, i. 127; Teneriffe, i. 128; lunar atmo- sphere, i. 128; researches of Schroter, &c., 1.133; Hnnsen's curious specula- tion, i. 134; the Earth-shine, i. 135; the Harvest Moon, 1.135; astronomy to an observer of the Moon, i. 137 ; luminosity and calorific rays, i. 138 ; historical notices as to the progress of lunar chartography, i. 139 ; lunar Tables, i. 140 ; meteorological influ- ences, i. 140 ; influence of, on the tide?, i. 362 ; transit observations of, ii. 136 ; * general observations of, ii. 269 ; spec- trum of, ii. 339 > spectrum of eclipsed Moon, ii. 340; photograph of, ii. 401. Moonlight, brightness of, i. 138. Morton, Prof., his observations of the solar eclipse of 1869, i. 307. Mossotti, 0. F., discovers Encke's comet in 1832, i. 418. Motion of the Sun in the ecliptic, ii. 419 ; of the stars through space, ii. 372. Motions of the planets, i. 1 38 ; of comets, i. 405. Motions of the stars in the line of sight, spectrocscopic observations of, ii. 373- Mouchez, E., his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 495- Mountains, suspected, on Venus, i. 99 ; on the Moon, i. 124; suspected on Saturn's ring, i. 228. Mudge, T., makes reflecting telescopes, ii. 295. Multiple stars, iii. 29, 40. Mural circle, ii. 165. Murray, Sir W. K., observes luminous spots on Jupiter, i. 177. Musca Australis (constellation), iii. 117, 199. N. Nadir, definition of, ii. 549. Nairne, his observations of the transit of Venus in 1769, i. 349. Naked eye, number of stars visible to, iii. 14, 109, 1 18; useful Catalogue of such stars, iii. 119. Names of the stars, origin of, iii. 15. Napoleon Buonaparte and Venus, i. 97 ; and the comet of 1769, i. 489. Narrien, Prof. J., his Astronomy and Geodesy cited, ii. 149, 165, 168. Nasmyth, J., his observations of" Willow- leaves " on the Sun, i. 46 ; his labours as to the Moon's surface, i. 123, 140; his Newtonian telescope, ii. 9. Nausikaa (Minor Planet (^92)), i. 664. Nautical Almanac, contains a list of occupations, i. 355 ; referred to, ii. 262, 263; commencement of, ii. 478. Neap tides, i. 163. Nebulae, objects recorded as, which may have been comets, i. 588 ; spectroscopy as applied to, ii. 369 ; spectra of nebulae, ii. 369 ; connection with meteorites, ii. 372 ; Catalogues of, ii. 500 ; account of, iii. 66 ; Sir J. Herschel's abbreviations, iii. 97 ; variable, iii. 99 ; list of, suitable for amateurs, iii. 261. Nebulous stars, iii. Si. Needle, magnetic, variation in the de- clination of, i. 28. Negative eye-piece, ii. 19. Neison, E., corrects Madler's and Ly- man's values of Venus's horizontal re- fraction, i. 100. Nemausa (Minor Planet (^)), i. 656. Nemesis (Minor Planet (g)), i. 660. Neptune, circumstances which led to its discovery, i. 252 ; summary of the in- vestigations of Adams and Le Verrier, i. 253 ; telescopic labours of Challis and Galle, i. 264 ; the perturbations of Uranus by Neptune, i. 256 ; statement of these perturbations by Adams, i. 257 ; period, &c. of, i. 257 ; attended by I satellite, i. 258; elements of its orbit, i. 258 ; mass of Neptune, i. 259 ; observations by Lalande in 1795, i. 259 ; spectrum of, ii. 341. New Stars, Catalogue of, iii. 332. Newall, R. S., observes in 1859 a ver y large Sun-spot, i. 17; observes a flick- ering in the tail of Coggia's comet, i. 4!3- Newcomb, S., confirms Le Verrier .as to the discordances in Mercury's orbit, i. 91 ; his value of the Earth's mass, i. 117; disputes certain conclusions of Hansen respecting the Moon, i. 134 ; his researches respecting the Minor Planets, i. 169 ; his Tables of Uranus, i. 251 ; his Tables of Neptune's satel- lite, i. 260 ; his opinion respecting the solar eclipse of 557 B.C., i. 323; his memoir on Solar Eclipses cited, i. 334 ; his memoir on Transits of Mercury cited, i. 340 ; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 494- Newton, Sir I., his birthplace at Wools- thorpe, i. 74 ; explains the Moon's varia- tion,!. 120; investigates the prophecies of Daniel, i. 332 ; explains the theory of tides, i. 373 ; discovers the cause of pre- cession, i. 377 ; applies to the comet of 1680 his theory of gravitation, i. 437 ; invents the telescope which bears his to the Whole Work. 367 name, ii. 2, 295 ; his experiment on the composition of Sun-light, ii. 299. Newton, H. A., his investigation of the November meteors, i. 628. Newtonian telescope, ii. 2. Nice Observatory referred to, ii. 193. Nicetas, of Syracuse, i. 1 16. Nicias, Athenian general, i. 333. Nicolai, his value of the mass of Jupiter, i. 198. Niesten, L., his summary of the Minor Planets referred to, i. 165 ; his remarks on the light of Donati's comet, i. 410 ; his Catalogue of comets in order of In- clinations referred to, i. 511 ; his ana- lysis of the colours of binary stars, iii. Niobe (Minor Planet (^)), i. 658. Nitrogen gas, found in nebulae, iii. 69. Noble, W., observations of Venus, i. 101 ; hints on observing the Sun, ii. 268. Noddy, Hardy's, ii. 212. Node, ascending, of the Sun, i. 15 : of a planet's orbit, i. 58, 61 ; of the Moon's orbit, i. 264; of the Earth's orbit, i. 375- Nodical revolution of the Moon, i. 264. Noon, mean, ii. 419. "Noonstede Circle," old English name for the ecliptic, i. 117. Norie, his method of determining the time by the sextant, ii. 158. Norma (constellation), iii. 116, 200. Northumberland equatorial at Cambridge, account of, referred to, ii. 69. November meteors (Leonids), i. 627, 628, 630, 631, 632, 635, 643. Nubecula Major, iii. 88, 94. Nubecula Minor, iii. 94. Nubian after-glow, i. 393. Nucleus of a Sun-spot, i. 8 ; of a comet, . i- 396. Numa Pompilius, sacred shield of, perhaps an aerolite, i. 592. Nutation, i. 377 ; the coefficient of, i. 378. Nuwa (Minor Planet ("5)\ i. 662. Nyre*n, M., his value of the constant of aberration, i. 381. Nysa (Minor Planet (44)), ' 656. O. Oberon (satellite of Uranus), i. 247. Object-glass, ii. 13, 243; list of large ones, ii. 296. Obliquity of the eclipti?, i. 109, 374. Observing chairs, ii. 215. Observatory, ii. 193; article on, in En- clyclopcedia Britannica, referred to, ii. 193 ; introductory statement, ii. 193 ; the Bedford observatory, ii. 194 ; choice of a site, ii. 195 ; foundations, ii. 196 ; details of the structure of the observa- tory, ii. 196; the equatorial room, ii. 198; construction of domes, ii. 198; hemispherical dome, ii. 199 ; drum dome, ii. 199 ; polygonal dome, ii. 199 ; bearings for a dome, ii. 200 ; cannon balls, ii. 200; movement of a dome, ii. 201 ; transit room, ii. 203 ; transit room arrangements at Bedford, ii. 204; set- ting circles, ii. 206 ; meridian mark, ii. 206 ; observatory clocks, ii. 209 ; Hardy's noddy, ii. 212 ; chronograph, ii. 215 ; observing seats and chairs, ii. 215 ; Dawes's chair, ii. 215; Cooke's obser- vatory ladder, ii. 2 1 7 ; ladder at the Dear- born Observatory, ii. 218; Knobel's ob- serving chair, ii. 219; meteorological instruments, ii. 220 ; plans and specifi- cations for a lo-ft. observatory, ii. 221 ; adaptation of the same to a private house, ii. 227 ; the "Komsey " form of cheap observatory, ii. 229; plans and specifications of the same, ii. 230 ; the 3O-ft. Lassell dome at the Royal Obser- vatory, Greenwich, ii. 236 ; the Wash- burn Observatory, Madison, U.S., ii. 237 ; the Lick Observatory, Mount Hamilton, California, ii. 238 ; account of several important modern ones by Newcomb, referred to, ii. 296. Observatory, magazine, referred to, ii. 263. Occultations, i. 355 ; how caused, i. 355 ; Table annually given in the Nautical Almanac, 1.355; occultation by a young Moon, i. 356 ; effect of the horizontal parallax, i. 356 ; projection of stars on the Moon's disc, i. 356 ; occultation of Jupiter, January 2, 1857, i. 358; oc- cultation of Saturn, May 8, 1859, l - 358 ; occultation of Saturn, April 9, 1883, i. 359 ; historical notices, i. 359. Ocean, curvature of, i. in. Oceana (Minor Planet (224)), i. 666. Octans (constellation), iii. 116, 200. CEnone (Minor Planet @), i. 666. CEnopides of Chios, his estimate of the length of the day, ii. 423. Olbers, W., his speculations regarding the Minor Planets, i. 167 ; his remarks on vibrations in the tails of comets, i. 41 1 ; criticises Pastorft's claim to have seen a comet cross the Sun, i. 414; his periodical comet, i. 437, 524-5 368 A Comprehensive General Index his memoir on the November meteors referred to, i. 624. Olefiant gas, spectrum of, ii. 343. Olmsted, D., his estimate of the period of auroras, i. 35 ; his statement on re- fraction quoted, i. 387 ; suggests the cometary character of the November meteors, i. 631. Oltzen, W., his edition of Argelander's Star Catalogue, ii. 491. Olympia, alias Elpis (Minor Planet (&)), i. 656. Open-air observations, ii. 253, 263. Opera-glass, ii. 18. Ophelia (Minor Planet @), i. 662. Ophiuchus (constellation), iii. 114, 201; Hind's Nova in, iii. 55. Oppavia (Minor Planet @), i. 668. Oppolzer, T. Von, his Catalogue of Eclipses cited, i. 334 ; his Lehrluch zur Bahnbestimmuny der Kometen ^lnd Planeten referred to, i. 406 ; his calcula- tions respecting Winnecke's comet, i. 424. Optical double stars, iii. 31, 35. " Orbis lacteus," Latin name of the Milky Way, iii. in. Orbit-sweeper, ii. 177- Orbits of planets and their elements, i. 58 ; of comets and their elements, i. 401 ; graphical process for determining, i. 491 ; of double stars, iii. 33 ; method of calculating, iii. 34. Orion (constellation)? iii- H4> 203; the great nebula in, iii. 85, 86; its spec- trum, ii. 386 ; radiant point of meteors in, i. 623, 642 ; referred to in the books of Job and Amos, iii. 15 ; the multiple star a in, iii. 42 ; nebulous stars in, iii. 82. Ovid, his description of the Milky Way, iii. 102. Oxford Uranometria cited, iii. 12, 120. Oxygen, in the Sun, ii. 309. P. Pacific Ocean, the tides in, i. 368. Pales (Minor Planet @), i. 656. Palitzch, detects Halley's comet in 1758, i. 439 ; observes the variable star Algol, iii. 45. Palladium of Troy, perhaps an aerolite, i. 591- Pallas (Minor Planet Q), i. 165, 166, 167, 654. Pancratic terrestrial eye-piece, ii. 22. Pandora (Minor Planet (s^)), i. 656. Panopea (Minor Planet (7)), i. 656. P;ipe, C. F., his drawings of Donati's comet, i. 449, 455. Parabola, the, i. 401, 404, 406. Paracelsus, his ideas on comets, i. 488. Parallactic inequality of the Moon, i. 120. Parallactic ladder, ii. 252. Parallax, its effect on occultations, i. 356, 383 ; explanation of its nature, i. 383 ; parallax of the heavenly bodies, i. 384 ; parallax of the Moon, i. 384; ii. 154 ; importance of a correct determination of the parallax of an object, i. 386 ; Leonard Digges on the distance of the planets from the Earth, i. 386; correc- tion for, to be applied to sextant obser- vations, ii, 153 ; parallax in altitude of the Sun, ii. 154. Parallax, equatorial horizontal, of the Sun, i. 2 ; Stone's value of, i. 3 ; Winnecke's value of, i. 3 ; Gill's value of, i. 4 ; popular comparison of the amount of, i. 4. Parallax, stellar, photographic results, ii. 411 ; in the case of certain stars, iii. 6. Parallel wire micrometer, ii. 32, 248. Paris Observatory, 11.9,109,145,147,177. Paris Photographic Congress, ii. 409. Parkhurst, his Lexicon referred to, iii. 15. Parthenope (Minor Planet ()), i. 654. Pastorff, suspects that he saw a comet cross the Sun, i. 413. Paulina (Minor Planet @), i. 668. Pavo (constellation), iii. 115, 205. Pearson, Rev. W. , notes a strange incident connected with Jupiter's II nd satellite, 1.189; his Practical Astronomy referred to, ii. i, 164 et seq., 192 ; his refractor, ii. 253 ; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 490. Peek, C. E., his observations of the nebula in Argo, iii. 104. Peers, his photograph of the solar eclipse of 1878, i. 316. Pegasus (constellation), iii. 114, 206; cluster 15 M in, iii. 65. Peirce, B., supposes Saturn's rings to be fluid, i. 222. Peitho (Minor Planet Qfi, i. 660. Pendulum experiments, i. 112 ; compen- sation pendulums for astronomical clocks, ii. 209 ; Challis's hints on the management of, ii. 210. Penelope (Minor Planet (J^)), i. 664. Penrose, F. C., his graphical process for determining the orbit of a comet, i. 491. to the Whole Work. 369 Penthesilea (Minor Planet (g)), i. 668. Penumbra, of a solar spot,i. 8 ; derivation of the word, i. 8 ; seen during eclipses of the Moon, i. 329. Peri-astron passage of a binary star, i. 403. Pericles, anecdote of, during an eclipse, i. 323- Perigee, definition of, ii. 550 ; solar, its motion, i. no, 467 ; daily motion of the Sun in, ii. 419. Perihelion, Sun in, i. 8 ; derivation of the word, i. 57 ; longitude of, i. 58, 62, 403 ; distances of comets, i. 484; pas- sage of a comet, i. 403. Period, Dionysian, ii. 459; Julian, ii. 459. Periodic comets, i. 415. Periodic stars ; see variable stars, iii. 43. Periodical publications relating to astro- nomy, ii. 263. Periodicity of shooting stars, i. 640 ; of fireballs, i. 613. Periods of the planets, i. 651 ; of comets, i. 400. Perrotin, J., his Catalogue of Double Stars, ii. 499; iii. 318. Perry, Rev. S. J., his spectroscopic re- searches, ii. 321. Personal equation, ii. 129 ; instrument, ii. 187. Perseus (constellation), iii. 114, 208 ; ra- diant point of meteors in, i. 623, 640, 642 ; orbit of meteors in, i. 630; cluster in the sword-handle of, iii. 62. Perturbations, definition of, ii. 550; of Uranus by Neptune, i. 256. Peters, C. A. F., his value of the secular variation in the obliquity of the ecliptic, i. 374 ; his value of precession, i. 376 ; hh value of the coefficient of nutation, i. 378 ; his value of the constant of aberration, i. 381 ; his results as to stellar parallax, iii. 10 ; his researches as to the proper motions of stars, iii. 24. Peters, C. H. F., sees a solar spot in a high latitude, i. 9 ; on peculiarities as to neighbouring spots, i. 24 ; criticises Lummis's observations alleged to be of Vulcan, i. 78 ; criticises Swift's and Watson's observations on the same subject,!. 85 ; discovery of minor planets by, i. 169, 658, 660, 662, 664, 666, 668 ; his short-period comet (1846, vi.), 434 ; his Zodiacal Charts, ii. 504. Petit, F., his estimate of the depth of the Sun's atmosphere, i. 53. Phaedra (Minor Planet (m)), i. 662. Phases, of an inferior planet, i. 55 ; of Mercury, i. 86 ; of Venus, i. 94 ; of the Moon, i. 119; mentioned in almanacs, ii. 448 ; of Mars, i. 149 ; of Jupiter, i. 174; of Saturn's rings, i. 217, 226; of a comet, i. 409. Philia (Minor Planet @), i. 668. Philip Augustus, King of France, his death preceded by a comet, probably Halley's, i. 443. Philip's planisphere, iii. 252. Phillips, Prof. J., his estimate of the depth of the Sun's envelopes, i. 53. Philogoria (Minor Planet @), i. 668. Philolaus, his ideas respecting the Earth's rotation, i. 116. Philomela (Minor Planet &j\ i. 165, 664. Philosophia (Minor Planet (227)), i. 666. Philostratus, the first to mention the solar corona, i. 281. Phobos, one of the satellites of Mars, i. 1 60. Phocea (Minor Planet (^?)), i. 654. Phoenix (constellation), iii. 115, 210. Photography, as applied to the Moon, i. 140; as applied to the Sun, ii. 395; general account of astronomical, ii. 390 ; the daguerreotype, ii. 390 ; the collo- dion and gelatine processes, ii. 392 ; advantage of reflectors for photography, ii. 394 ; adaptation of refractors, ii. 394 ; solar photography, ii. 396 ; the two forms of photoheliograph, ii. 396 ; transits of Venus, ii. 400; total solar eclipses, ii. 401 ; lunar photography and libration, ii. 402 ; the first photo- graphs ofnebulse and comets, ii. 346,403; Pickering's determination of stellar magnitudes by photography, ii. 404 ; Espin's, ii. 405 ; the Brothers Henry, ii. 405 ; photograph of the Pleiades, ii. 406 ; Roberts'^ photographs of Nebulae, ii. 407 ; the Photographic Congress, ii. 409 ; the Cape Photographic Durch- musterung, ii. 409 ; photography at the Paris Observatory, ii. 410 ; stellar paral- lax, ii. 410 ; observation of meteors, ii. 411 ; spectrum photography, ii. 412 ; Vogel's dyed plates, ii. 412; Abney's infra-red photographs, ii. 413; Hug- gins's stellar photographs, ii. 413 ; the Draper Memorial, ii. 414 ; the province of photography, ii. 415. Photoheliograph at Kew, ii. 396 ; at Har- vard College Observatory, ii. 397 ; at Greenwich, ii. 397 ; at Dehra Diln, ii. 397- Photometer, ii. 1 88; Pritchard's wedge, ii. 1 88 ; Pickering's meridian, ii. 190. Photometry of the Sun and Moon, i. 7, 8, 138; of the stars, ii. 188, 280; iii. 5. VOL. in. B b 370 A Comprehensive General Index Photosphere of the Sun, 5. 52. Phthia (Minor Planet @), i. 664. Piazzi, G., discovers the planet Ceres, i. 654 ; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 489. Picard, J., perhaps discovers Saturn's dusky ring, i. 212. Piccolomini, applies Roman letters to certain stars, iii. 17. Pickering, E. C., his photometric mea- surements of the satellites of Mars, i. 162 ; his observations of the solar eclipse of 1869, i. 307; his photo-* graphs of the solar eclipse of 1886, i. 319 ; his meridian photometer, ii. 190 ; suggests the use of large telescopes in a horizontal position, ii. 193 ; his Har- vard Photometry referred to, ii. 265 ; iii. 12 ; his theory as to Algol's varia- bility, ii. 376 ; his photographs of stars, ii. 404 ; his Catalogues of Stars, ii. 494, 495, 499 ; his Catalogues of Nebulae, ii. 502. Pictor (constellation), iii. 116, 211. Pigott, his theory as to variable stars, iii. 48 ; his Catalogue of Changeable Stars, ii. 488. Pillar-and-claw stand, ii. 49; conversion of, into equatorial, ii. 65. Pinsire', A. G., observes vibrations in the tail of the comet of 1769, i. 412; his Cometographie referred to, i. 550 ; his Catalogue of Comets, ii. 504. Piola, observes the solar eclipse of 1842, i. 276. Pisces (constellation), iii. 115, 212. Piscis Australia (constellation), iii. 115, 213. Piscis Volans (constellation), iii. 115, 2 34- Pistor and Martins, their prismatic sector, ii. 163. Plana, Baron G., observes the Moon's shadow during a total solar eclipse, i. 285. Planet, derivation of the word, i. 54. Planetary nebulae, iii. 76. Planetoids, i. 164. See Minor Planets. Planets, epitome of the motions of, i. 54; characteristics common to them all, i. 57; Kepler's laws, i. 57; elements of a planet's orbit, i. 58; curious rela- tions between the distances and the periods of the planets, i. 59 ; the ellipse, i. 6 1 ; popular illustration of the extent of the solar system, i. 63 ; Bocle's law, i. 64 ; miscellaneous characteristics of the planets, i. 67 ; curious coincidences, i. 68 ; conjunctions of the planets, i. 68 ; conjunctions recorded in history, i. 70 ; different systems, i. 71 ; the Ptolemaic system, i. 71 ; the Egyptian system, i. 72 ; the Copernican system, i. 72 ; the Tychonic system, i. 73; spectra of, ii. 339, 387 ; do not usually twinkle, iii. 25. See the several planets. Planets, transit observations of, ii. 136 ; general observations of, ii. 270. Planispheres, iii. 251 ; description of Grosse's, iii. 251 ; description of Philip's, iii. 252; description of Prit- chard's, iii. 252 ; Plans and specifications of 2 observa- tories, ii. 221. Plantade, observes the transit of Mercury of 1736, i- 34 1 - Pleiades, described, iii. 59 : the northern limit of the Zodiacal Light, i. 142 ; Catalogue of Stars in, by C. Wolf, ii. 407 ; photographs of, by MM. Henry, ii. 406, 410; C. P. Smyth suggests that the Pyramids had something to do with them, iii. 2 ; referred to in books of Job and Amos, iii. 15 ; pos- sibly the central point of the solar system, iii. 24 ; general description of, iii. 59 ; mentioned by Homer, iii. 59 ; diagram of, by Miss Airy, iii. 59 ; by Jeaurat, iii. 59, 60 ; lithograph of, by Tempel, referred to, iii. 59 ; suspected variable nebula in, iii. 103. Pliny, perhaps he observes the Zodiacal Light, i. 144; his opinions on the tides, i. 373 ; his ideas on the distances of the stars, i. 386; enumerates 12 kinds of comets, i. 487 ; his statement as to the origin of Hipparchus'ri Cata- logue, iii. 54. Plutarch, mentions the Sun s corona, i. 281 ; his allusion to the battle of Salamis, i. 323 ; his Life of Pericles, i. 324 ; refers to the speculations of Democritus, iii. 112. Plymouth breakwater, curious occurrence at, i. 7. Poczobut, forms the constellation Taurus Poniatowski, iii. 117- Poey, discussion of tropical storms by, i. 37 ; his observations of the light of the comet of 1861 for polarisation, i. 467. Pogson, N., perhaps observes Biela s comet in 1872, i. 433; his rule as to stars visible by object-glasses of given aperture, ii. 246 ; his account of a nebula in Scorpio suspected to be variable, iii.i 01 ; hisCatalogues of Stars, ii. 491, 495. Poinsinet, suggests Cybele as a name for Uranus, i. 243. Polana (Minor Planet Qj), i. 662. Polaris (a Ursae Minoris), iii. 232 ; parallax of, iii. 10; taken both by to the Whole Work. 371 Pickering and Pritchartl as their standard star, iii. 12. Polarisation of a comet's light, i. 467. Polarising solar eye-piece, ii. 28. Pole, definition of, ii. 550 ; North, iii. 2, 232 ; South, iii. 200. Pole-star, ii. 140. Poles of Mars, snow at the, i. 156. Pollux (/3 Geminorum), iii. 178, 179; a star of the 1 st magnitude, iii. 4, ii; spectroscopic observations of, ii. 353, 354- Polydoras Vergilius, records a spot on the Sun, i. 44. Polyhymnia (Minor Planet (32)), i- 654. Pomona (Minor Planet (32)), i. 654. Pompeia (Minor Planet (203)), i. 664. Pond, J., his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 489. Pons, the fourth discoverer of Encke's comet, i. 416 ; periodical comet, i. 435. Pontecoulant, P. G. D. De, investigates the theory of the Moon, i. 140 ; his memoir on Halley's comet, i. 439. Porta, J. B., his claim to the invention of the telescope, ii. 292. Position, angles of, ii. 35. Positive eye-piece, ii. 1 8. Pouillet, his estimate of the Sun's heat, i. 7. Pound, his observations of the IV th satel- lite of Jupiter, i. 198. Powell, Prof. B., his suggestion as to the cause of the corona, i. 280 ; his theory respecting phenomena seen during transits of Mercury, i. 345 ; his Cata- logue of Double Stars, ii. 497. Preesepe (in Cancer), iii. 61. Precession, of the equinoxes, i. 374 ; Pole- star, varies owing to, iii. 2 ; Table of, for ascertaining star places, ii, 537. Prime vertical, Bessel suggests observa- tions of stars in, ii. 156. Priming and lagging of the tides, i. 365. Prince, C. L., on alleged weather cycles, i. 38 ; his observation of Jupiter's IV th satellite, i. 188 ; republishes old draw- ings of Saturn, i. 207 ; on the bright- ness of Saturn's dusky ring, i. 28 ; his observations of the transit of Venus in 1882, i. 350, 351 ; his observations of the Great Comet of 1882, i. 475 ; his remarks on e Lyrae, iii. 41. Principia, Newton's, referred to, i. 437. Prismatic eye-piece, Airy's, ii. 29. Prismatic sextant, ii. 163. Pritchard, Rev. C., his wedge photo- meter, ii. 1 88 ; his Urcmometria Nova Oxoniensis, ii. 494 ; iii. 1 2 ; his Oxford planisphere, iii. 252. B b Procter, E. A., ascertains the period of Mars's rotation, i. 158 ; on the sizes of Saturn's satellites, i. 233; his altazi- muth stand, ii. 54 ; his alterations of the names of constellations condemned, iii. 118; his Atlas, &c., ii. 504. Procyon (a Canis Minoris), iii. 150; a star of the I st magnitude, iii. 3, ir; colour of, iii. 39 ; twinkling of, iii. 26. Projection, of stars on the Moon's limb in . occultations, i. 356 ; observations of the Sun by the method of, ii. 267. Prokne (Minor Planet (Q)), i. 664. Prominences, solar, i. 7, 17, 282 ; spectro- scopic observations of, ii. 328. Proper motion of stars, iii. 22 ; Table of, iii." 2 3. Propus (I Geminorum), iii. 179 ; perhaps the centre of a system, iii. 25. Proserpine (Minor Planet (*?)), i. 654. Prosperin, suggests Neptune as a name for Uranus, i. 243; calculates in 1795 an orbit for Encke's comet, i. 416. Protogeneia (Minor Planet (MT)), i. 662. Prymno (Minor Planet (2^)), i. 658. Psyche (Minor Planet @), i- 654. Ptolemy, C., his system of the universe, i. 71 ; records observations of Mercury, i. 90; records observations of Venus, i. 104 ; discovers the lunar evection, i. 1 20 ; records observations of Mars, i. 162 ; records observations of Jupiter, i, 198 ; records observations of Saturn, i. 241 ; confirms the discovery of preces- sion, i. 377 ; first notes the refraction of light, i. 391 ; makes no mention of comets, i. 487. Pyramids, remarkable circumstance con- nected with, iii. 2. Pythagoras, identifies Venus, i. 104; per- haps discovers the obliquity of the ecliptic, i. no; his speculations as to the Milky Way, iii. 112. Pytheas of Marseilles, is said to have pointed out the connection between the Moon and the tides, i. 373. Q. Quadrans Muralis, iii. 117. Quadrantid meteors, radiant point of, i. 623, 640. Quadrature of the Moon, ii. 448. Quadruple stars, iii. 28, 40. Quarter-days, in England, ii. 443; in 372 A Comprehensive General Index Scotland, ii. 443 ; mentioned in alma- nacs, ii. 449. Quarters of the Moon, ii. 448. Quetelet, A., his observations of Saturn's ring, i. 211; his Catalogue of Meteor Showers, i. 621, 628. R. Radau, R., his elements of Vulcan, i. S ,0. Eadcliffe Observatory, Oxford, heliometer at, ii. 176. Radiant points of meteors, i. 605, 636, 640. Radius vector of a planet, i. 57. Rain-band, term invented by C. P. Smyth, ii. 315 ; observations of, by various physicists, ii. 315. Rainfall and Sun-spots, i. 37 ; researches by Elvins, i. 37; by Brocklesby, i. 38. Rambaut, A. A., his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 495. Rammelsberg, analysis of aerolites by, i. 590. Ramsden, J., his dynamometer, ii. 23; setting circle devised by, ii. 206. Range of the tides, i, 364. Ran yard, A. C., his observations of the Zodiacal Light, i. 146; his observations of Saturn, i. 204 ; observes the solar eclipse of 1870, i. 274; his book on Solar Eclipses mentioned, i. 304 ; his opinion on the corona seen in 1871, i. 314; his photographs of the solar eclipse of 1878, i. 315 ; suggests a con- nection between the form of the corona and the number of the Sun-spots, 1.319; photographs an unknown comet during the solar eclipse of 1882, i. 486; his observations of shooting stars in 1885, i. 623. Rastel, records shooting stars during the reign of William Rufus, i. 616. Rating instrument, ii. 144. Reckoning, astronomical and chrono- logical, the difference between, ii. 460. Red flames in eclipses of the Sun, i. J,!?, 282 ; spectroscopic observations of, ii. 328. Red spots on Jupiter, i. 178. Red Stars, Catalogue of, iii. 291 ; mostly belong to Secchi's IV th type, ii. 354. Reed, Captain, his observations of the solar eclipse of 1868, i. 307. Reflecting circles, ii. 167. Reflecting telescope, ii. 2, 9, 103, 242, 249 ; hints on the management of, ii. 249. Reflex zenith-tube, ii. 170. Reformation of Calendar, by Julius CsBsar, ii. 424; by Pope Gregory XIII., ii. 425. Refracting telescopes compared with re- flecting telescopes, ii. 13, 242, 270, 393. Refraction, i. 387 ; its nature, i. 387 ; importance of a correct knowledge of its amount, i. 389 ; Table of the cor- rection for refraction, i. 389 ; ii. 530 ; effect of refraction on the position of objects in the horizon, i. 390 ; history of its discovery, i. 391 ; formula for correction for, ii. 113; correction for, to be applied to sextant observations, ii. 153 ; Table of, ii. 530. Regiomontanus, invited to assist in re- forming the Calendar, ii. 426. Regulus (a Leonis), iii. 188, 189 ; star of the I st magnitude, iii. 4, ii ; colour of, iii. 39. Repeating circle, ii. 168. Resisting medium, i. 419, 425. Respighi, L., his spectroscopic researches on the solar prominences, ii. 332 ; his spectroscopic observations of twinkling stars, iii. 26. Reticulated micrometer, ii. 31, 248. Reticulus Rhomboidalis (constellation), iii. 116, 214. Retrograde motion of a planet, i. 405. Reversal of lines in spectrum of solar prominences, ii. 328. Rhea (satellite of Saturn), i. 233, 234, 237- Rheita, De, his enumeration of the stars in the Pleiades, iii. 59. Rhodope (Minor Planet (J))., i- 662. Riccioli, G. B., his map of the Moon, i, 1 39 ; his ideas on the distances of the stars, i. 386. Ricco, A., his observations of Sun-spots, i. 19; observes birds flying across the Sun, i. 179. Rice-grains on the Sun, i. 49 ; ii. 399, Richards, Rev. W. J. B., his hints on observing the Moon, ii. 269. Rigaud, S. P., Harriott's papers edited by, cited, ii. 293. Rigel (ft Orionis), iii. 203, 204 ; a star of the I st magnitude, ii. 3, n ; colour of, ii. 39. Right ascension, ii. 447. Ring micrometer, ii. 43. Rings of Saturn, i. 206. Rittenhouse, a self-made American astro- nomer, i. 269. Roberts, L, his planet indicator, ii. 273 ; his photographs of nebulae and clusters, ii. 407 ; his photograph of the great nebula in Andromeda, iii. 73. Robertson, his History of America cited, i- 333- to the Whole Work. 373 Robespierre and the French Revolution- ary Calendar, ii. 441. Robinson, Rev. T. R., his comparisons between refracting and reflecting tele- scopes, ii. 13; his. Catalogue of Stars, ii. 492. Rodkier, imagines he sees a satellite of Venus, i. 103. Rogers, W. A., his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 499- Roman year, ii. 437. Romberg, H., his Catalogue of Double Stars, ii. 497. Bonier, discovers the progressive trans- mission of light by observation of Jupiter's satellites, i. 197. Romulus, i. 431. Rosa (Minor Planet Q), i. 666. Rosa, drawings of Comet iii. 1860 by, i. 459- Roscoe, Sir H. E., his interpretation of Kirchhoff's spectroscopic experiments, ii. 304. Rosenberger, investigates the orbit of Halley's comet in 1835, i. 439. Rosse, Earl of, telescope of, ii. 6 ; his account of the spiral nebula 51 M Canum Venaticorum, iii. 74 ; his Cata- logues of Nebulae, ii. 501 ; iii. 97. Rosse, Earl of (II.), his experiments .on the Moon's heat, i. 1 38 ; applies an. equa- torial mounting to his 3-feet reflector, ii. 105 ; spectroscopic observations of ne- bube, ii. 371 ; his Catalogue of Nebulae, iii. 97. Rosser, his Navigation, sextant adjust- ment cited from, ii. 151. Rotation of the Sun, i. 14 ; of the planets, i. 68. See also the several planets. Rotundity of the Earth, i. in. Royer, A., forms some Southern constel- lations, i. 116. Riimker, C., observes Encke's cornet in the Southern hemisphere in 1822, i. 417; his Catalogues of Stars, ii. 489, 490, 492. Russell* H.C., his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 499 ; his account of the cluster K Crucis, iii. 89. Russia (Minor Planet (232)% i. 166. Russia, still uses the unreformed Calendar, ii. 428. Rutherfurd, his spectroscopic observa- tions, ii. 353; 'his photo-lithograph of the solar spectrum, ii. 384. S. Sabine, General E., his discovery relating to the magnetic needle, i. 28. Safarik, observes the ellipticity of Uranus, i. 245 ; his observations of telescopic meteors, i. 647. Safford, T. H., his value of Neptune's mass, i. 259 ; his Catalogues of Stars, ii. 492, 494, 495; his Catalogue of Nebulae, ii. 502. Sagitta (constellation), ii. 114, 215. Sagittarius (constellation), iii. 115, 216; cluster 22 M in, iii. 65; the nebula 51 y IV. in, iii. 80; the nebula 8 M in, iii. 90 ; void space in, observed by Trouvelot, iii. in. Saigey, J. F., his observations of shooting stars cited, i. 610. Salamis, battle of, i. 323. Sand-glasses, ii. 445. Sani (Hindu deity ), i. 207. Santini, G., his value of Jupiter's mass, i. 198 ; investigates the orbit of Biela's comet in 1832,!. 431 ; his Catalogues of Stars, ii. 490, 491, 492. Sapientia (Minor Planet (275)), i. 668. Sappho (Minor Planet (&>)) i- 658. Saros, i. 265. Satellites of Mars, i. 59, 159 ; of Jupiter, i. 60, 183 ; hints on the observation of, ii. 272 ; spectra of, ii. 340; of Saturn, i. 60, 231 ; hints on the observation of, ii. 271 ; of Uranus, i. 60, 247; of Nep- tune, i. 258. Saturn, period, &c., i. 200 ; figure and colour of Saturn, i. 203 ; belts and spots, i. 203 ; observations of the belts by Holden, i. 204; by Ranyard, i. 204; bright spot recorded by Hall, i. 205 ; probable atmosphere, i. 205 ; observa- tions of Galileo, and the perplexity they caused, i. 206; logogriph sent by him to Kepler, i. 207 ; Huygens's discovery of the ring, i. 207 ; his logogriph, i. 207 ; the bisection of the ring discovered by Cassini, i. 208; Sir W. Herschel's doubts, i. 208 ; historical epitome of the progress of discovery, i. 211; the "dusky" ring, i. 212 ; facts relating to the rings, 1.217; appearances presented by them under different circumstances, i. 218; rotation of the ring, i. 220; Secchi's inquiries into this, i. 220; the ring not concentric with the ball, i. 221 ; measurements by W. Struve, i. 221 ; other measurements, i. 222 ; miscel- laneous particulars, i. 222 ; theory of the ring being fluid, i. 2 2 2 ; now thought to consist of an aggregation of satel- lites, i. 222; the "beaded" appearance of the ring,i. 225 ; 0. Struve's surmise about its contraction, i. 227; irregu- larities in the appearances of the aniae, 374 A Comprehensive General Index i. 228 ; rings not bounded by plain sur- faces, i. 228; mountains suspected on them, i. 228 ; an atmosphere suspected, i. 228; physical observations between 1872 and 1876 by Trouvelot, i. 229; observations by MM. Henry, i. 230; by Keeler, i. 230; brightness of rings and ball, i. 231; Bessel's investiga- tions into the mass of the rings, i. 231 ; Saturn attended by 8 satellites, i. 231; application of Kepler's 3 vl law to them, i. 60; Table of them, i. 233; physical data relating to each,* i. 234; elements by Jacob, i. 237; coincidences in the rotation -periods of certain of them, i. 233 ; transits of Titan, i. 238 ; celestial phenomena on Saturn, i. 238; Lockyer's summary of the appearances presented by the rings, i. 239; peculiarity relative to the illu- mination of lapetus, i. 240 ; mass of Saturn, i. 240 ; ancient observations, i. 241 ; Saturnian astronomy, i. 241 ; oc- cultations of, i. 358; hints on obser- vations of, ii. 271; spectrum of, ii. 340; spectrum of the rings, ii. 342. Savary, his application of thy law of gravitation to double stars, iii. 34. Sawerthal, his comet of 1888, i. 481. Sawyer, E. F., his variable star U Ophi- uchi, iii. 49. Scaliger, J. J., devises the Julian Period, ii. 459. Scarlet, makes reflecting telescopes, ii. 2 95- Schedir (a Cassiopeia), iii. 152, 153, 358 ; perhaps the centre of a system, iii. 25. Scheiuer, C., observes the spots on the Sun, i. 44 ; uses a polar axis, ii. 67 ; describes a telescope, ii. 294. Scheuten, claims to have seen a satellite of Venus, i. 103. Schiaparelli, J. V., observations of Mars, i. 151; his so-called "Canals," i. 152 ; measures the ellipticity of Uranus, i. 245 ; observes belts and spots on Ura- nus, i. 245 ; his observations of shooting- stars referred to, i. 608 ; his investiga- tions as to the identity of meteors and comets, i. 630; his Catalogue of Double Stars, ii. 499 ; observes a nebula in the Pleiades, iii. 103. Schiller, J., his Maps, ii. 502. Schjellerup, H. C., his Catalogues of Stars, ii. 492 ; his Catalogue of Red Stars cited, iii. 291. Schmidt, J . F.F., observes suspicious round spots on the Sun, i. 79 ; his map of the Moon, i. 140; his account of the Zo- diacal Light referred to, i. 144; his memoir on Twilight, i. 393 ; his obser- vations of the Great Comet of 1882, i. 476 ; drawing of fire-ball observed by, i. 600; his observations of shooting stars referred to, i. 608 ; observes a telescopic lire-ball, i. 650 ; his Cata- logue of Nebulae, ii. 501 ; observes a temporary star in Cygnus, iii. 55. Schonteld, E., his Catalogue of Nebulae, ii. 501 ; his Southern extension of the Bonn Durchmiitterung, iii. 14. Schroter, J. J., his observations of Mer- cury, i. 87, 88 ; his observations of Venus, 98, 102 ; asserts the existence of mountains on Venus, i. 99 ; on the Moon's atmosphere,!. 133 ; his diagrams of the Moon's mountains, i. 139; ob- serves the transit of Mercury of 1779, i. 341 ; suspects a change in the nebula 17 M Scuti Sobieskii, iii. 91. Schubert, General, his opinion as to the figure of the Earth, i. 108. Schultz, H., his Catalogue of Nebulae, ii. 501. Schumacher, H. C., criticises PastorfTs claim to have seen a comet cross the Sun, i. 414 ; founds the Attronomische Nachrichten, ii. 482. Schurig, R., his Ilimmels Atlas referred to, ii. 264. Schuster, Dr., his photographs of the solar eclipse of 1875, i. 315 ; his photographs of the solar eclipse of 1882, i. 317 ; his photographs of the solar eclipse of 1 886, i. 3!95 " 337- Schwabe, H., observations of Sun-spots, i. 7, 25 ; opinion as to spots visible to the naked eye, i. 23 ; opinion as to dis- appearance of spots, i. 25 ; presentation of gold medal to, i. 25 ; table of obser- vations by, i. 26 ; his estimate of the period of Sun-spots, i. 34 ; his views on the brightness of the Sun's surface, i. 44; his observations of Saturn, i. 221; suggests that Saturn's interior ring is variable, i. 228. Schwerd, G., his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 491. Schwink, G., his Map, ii. 503. Scorpio (constellation), iii. 115, 218; cluster 80 M in, iii. 63, 101 ; the same mentioned, ii. 367 ; void spaces in, ob- served by Sir J. Herschel, iii. in. Sculptor, alias Apparatus Sculptoris (con- stellation), iii. 116, 220. Scutum Sobieskii (constellation), iii. 1 16, 221; nebula 17 M in, iii. 91. Scylla (Minor Planet @), i. 166, 662. Seabroke, G. M., spectroscopic observa- tions by, ii. 373, 375 ; his Catalogue of Double Stars, ii. 499. to the Whole Work. 375 Searle, A., his opinions on the Zodiacal Light, i. 145. Seas, lunar, i. 124. Reasons on the Earth, i. no; on Mars, i. 158. Secchi, A., his book Le Soleil cited, i. 2; suggests that the diameter of the Sun is liable to change, i. 5 ; observation of Sun-spots, i. 1 7 ; on the relative bright- ness of the Sun's surface, i. 43 ; observa- tions of Mars, i. 151, 156; his measures of Saturn's rings, i. 2 20; favours the idea of a change in Saturn's rings, i. 227; his observations of the comet of 1861 for polarisation, i. 467 ; his spectro- scopic observations, ii. 329 ; of comets, ii. 342 ; his types of stars, ii. 354, 360, 361 ; observes meteors with a spectro- scope, ii. 350; his Catalogue of Double Stars, ii. 497 ; of Stars by Spectra, ii. 505 ; his account of the nebulous region in Orion, iii. 87. Secretan, optician at Paris, equatorials by, ii. 79, 81, 83, 297; transit circles by, ii. 125, 127. Sector, Dip-, ii. 168; Zenith-, ii. 168. Secular acceleration of the Moon's mean motion, i. 121. Sedillot, L. A., claims for Abul We fa that he discovered the lunar Variation, i. 1 20. Seeliger, H., his enumeration of stars of different magnitudes, iii. 14. Self-focussing eye-pieces, ii. 244. Selwyn, Rev. VV., his solar autographs, ii. 396, 397- Semele (Minor Planet (sa)), i. 658. Semi-axis major of a planet's orbit, i. 58, 61. Semi-diameter, correction for, in sextant observations, ii. 153. Seneca, perhaps he observes the Zodiacal Light,i. 144; notes the extreme tenuity of comets, i. 400 ; observes a great comet in 146 B.C., i. 410; his ideas on comets, i. 487 ; attributes the constella- tions to the Greeks, iii. 16. Separating power of telescopes, ii. 277. Serpens (constellation), iii. 114, 222. Serpieri, ascribes to the Zodiacal Light an electrical origin, i. 147. Setting circle, ii. 206. Sextans (constellation), iii. 116, 223. Sextant, ii. 149 ; its invention, ii. 149 ; description of the instrument, ii. 149; the optical principle on which it de- pends, ii. 150 ; its adjustments, ii. 150 ; corrections to be applied to observations made with it, ii. 153 ; method of finding the Sun's zenith distance, ii. 154; the artificial horizon, ii. 155; to find the latitude, ii. 156 ; to determine the time, ii. 158. Sextant, Box-, ii. 160, 163; prismatic, ii. 163. Sextus IV., Pope, proposes to reform the Calendar, ii. 427. Shadow of the Moon, seen during eclipses of the Sun, i. 285 ; the velocity with which it travels, i. 267, 285. Shadow cast by Venus, i. 94 ; by Jupiter, i. 182. Shakerley, J., observes the transit of Mercury of 1651, i. 341. Shakespeare, W., his allusions to comets, i. 489. Sharp, A., his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 488. Sheepshanks, Rev. R., his articles on the Transit Instrument cited, ii. 140 ; sug- gests to Admiral Smyth an extempo- rised driving clock, ii. 252. Shooting stars, i. 608 ; have only recently attracted attention, i. 608 ; are visible with greater or less frequency every clear night, i. 609 ; summaries of the monthly and horary rates of apparition from observations by Coulvier-Gravier and Denning, i. 610 ; number of known meteor showers', i. 611 ; their distribu- tion amongst the constellations, i. 6n ; monthly number of meteors catalogued, i. 614 ; early notices of great meteor showers, i. 615 ; the showers of 1799, 1831, 1832, 1833, 1866, and following years, i. 616 ; the shower of Aug. lo, i. 620; of Nov. 27, 1872, and Nov. 27, 1885, i. 622 ; nomenclature of meteor systems, i. 623; views of Olbers, i. 624 ; monthly summary of great mete- oric displays, i. 625. Short, J., observations by, of the Sun's surface, i. 46 ; suspects a satellite of Venus, i. 102 ; said to have seen marks on Saturn's ring, i. 211. Shutters for transit instruments, ii. 203. Sibylla (Minor Planet (Jas)), i. 662. Side-transit instrument, ii. 124. Sidereal day, ii. 418 ; year, ii. 422. Sidereal Messenger (American Maga- zine) referred to, ii. 263. Sidereal-time Indicator, ii. 260. Siderostat, ii. 181. Signs of the Zodiac, iii. 114. See Zodiac. Silesia (Minor Planet (257)), i . 668. Silvered glass reflectors, ii. 9, 250. Simms, F. W., his observations of an occultation of Saturn, i. 358 ; his Treatise on Instruments cited, ii. 149, 165. Simms, W., his observations of an occul- tation of Jupiter, i. 359. 376 A Comprehensive General Index Siren a (Minor Planet @)), i- 166, 660. Sirius (a Canis Major), iii. 3, 148, 149 ; Sir J. Herschel's estimate of its light, iii. 5 ; Dr. Wollaston's estimate of it. iii. 5 ; parallax of, iii. 10 ; brightness of, iii. ii ; perhaps the centre of a system, iii. 25; colour of, iii. 39; said to have undergone changes of colour, iii. 39; spectrum of, ii. 353, 374; motion of, in line of sight, ii. 374; Huggins's photographs of the spectrum of, ii. 3 8 5- . Sirius (German Magazine) referred to, ii. 264. Sisson's equatorial, ii. 67 ; origin of the name, ii. 67. Sita (Minor Planet @), i. 165, 666. Site, on the choice of, for an observatory, ii. 195. Si wa (Minor Planet (Q), i. 660. Clipping-piece, ii. 45. Smeaton's block, ii. 63. Smith, H. L., his Catalogue of Nebulae, ii. 500. Smith, E., his Opticks cited, ii. 295. Smyth, Admiral VV. H., notes a strange incident connected with Jupiter's II'- d satellite, i. 189 ; his observations of the lunar eclipse of 1837, i- 3 2 9 > hi 8 observation of an occultation of Alde- baran in 1829, i. 356; his account of the floating collimator, ii. 171 ; his observatory, ii. 196; \\is Bedford Cata- logue, ii. 264; hints by, to observers, ii. 286; his Cycle of Celestial Objects, ii. 504 ; his diagram of coloured discs, iii. 39, 295 ; his diagram of Lyrse, iii. 41 ; his chapter on finding the stars, "i. 237- Smyth, C. P., drawing of the Peak of Tenerifle, i. 128 ; obtains proofs of the Moon's heat, i. 138 ; observes the solar eclipse of 1851, i. 275 ; suggests the use of the spectroscope for predictions of weather, ii. 315 ; invents the term "rain-band," ii. 315 ; his suggestions as to maps of the solar spectrum, ii. 381 ; his remarks on the Pyramids of Gizeh, iii. 2 ; suggests periodical proper motion for stars, iii. 22. Snow, suspected, on Venus, i. 101 ; on Mars, i. 156. Society for Diffusion of Useful Knowledge, its Maps, ii. 503. Solar cycle, ii. 458. Solstices, i. 109 ; iii. 15. Sophia (Minor Planet (g, i. 668. Sophrosyne (Minor Planet (^34)). i. 660. Sosigenes, assists Julius Caesar in re- forming the Calendar, ii. 424. South, Sir J., his observations of Mars's atmosphere, i. 1 59 ; his Catalogue of Double Stars, ii. 495. Spectroscope, ii. 182 ; Browning's star spectroscope, ii. 183; MClean's star spectroscope, ii. 184; the automatic, ii. 185 ; Young's astronomical, ii. 187. Spectroscopic Astronomy, ii. 298. Spectrum analysis, i. 53 ; ii. 298. Spherical aberration, ii. 13. Spherical form of the Earth, proofs of, i. in. Spica Virginis (a Virginis), iii. 233, 234 ; a star of the I st magnitude, iii. 4, n ; colour of, iii. 39. Spiral nebulae, iii. 74, 77. Spitta,his conclusions as to Jupiter's satel- lites, i. 192. Sporadic meteors, i. 609 ; the term obso- lete, i. 609. Sporer, his remarks on the distribution of Sun-spots, i. 13 ; the alleged discovery of Vulcan, i. 178. Spots on the Sun, i. 8 ; discovery of, i. 44 ; and see under " Sun ; " on Jupiter, i. 176 ; on Saturn, i. 205. Spring tides, i. 163. Square-bar micrometer, ii. 44. Stampfer, his photometric experiments on the Minor Planets, i. 169. Stands for telescopes, ii. 48, 250 ; import- ance of having a good stand, ii. 48 ; " pillar-and-claw " stand, ii. 49; the " tinder," ii. 50; vertical and horizontal rack motions, ii. 50 ; steadying rods, ii. 52 ; Cooke's mounting, ii. 52 ; Varley's stand, ii. 53 ; Proctor's stand, ii. 54 ; altazimuth stands for reflectors, ii. 54; Brett's altazimuth mounting for reflec- tors, ii. 55 ; other forms of altazimuth stands, ii. 56 ; interchangeable alta- zimuth and equatorial stands, ii. 62; Smeaton's block, ii. 63. Stannyan, observes the red flames during the solar eclipse of 1706, i. 283. Star- finder, ii. 95. Stark, P., observes a round black spot on the Sun, i. 78. Stars, hints on making observations of, ii. 275 ; Catalogues of, ii. 265, 487 ; spectra of, ii. 352 ; photographs of, ii. 402 ; magnitudes of, iii. 3. Stars, double, iii. 28 ; binary, iii. 31 ; coloured, iii. 36 ; multiple, iii. 40 ; variable, iii. 43 ; Catalogue of Variable, iii. 271 ; temporary, iii. 54. Stars, spectroscopy as applied to, ii. 352 ; elements discovered in stellar spectra, " '353 J types of spectra, ii. 353 ; to the Whole Work. 377 Secchi's classification, ii. 354 ; brighter stars of the different types, ii. 357 : Vogel's classification, ii. 359 ; Lock- yer's, ii. 360 ; relation of the three methods, ii. 362 ; bright-line spectra, ii. 364 ; temporary stars, ii. 365 ; T Coronse, ii. 365 ; Nova Cygni, 1876, ii. 366; Nova Andromedse, 1885, ii. 367- Stars, motions of, in the line of sight, ii. 373 > comparison of results obtained at different observatories, ii. 373 ; mo- tion of Sirius, ii. 374; observations of Algol, ii. 376. Steinheil, his reflecting telescopes, ii. 9 ; his transit prism, ii. 259. Stellar parallax, iii. 6. Stephan, his observations of the solar eclipse of 1868, i. 304. Stephania (Minor Planet (220)), i. 666. Stephen, King of England, an eclipse of the Sun regarded as an omen of his death, i. 325. Stevelly, his remarks on occultations re- ferred to, i. 357. Stewart, B., remarks on magnetic Earth- currents, i. 31 ; on the period of Sun- spots, i. 34 ; spots as affected by certain of the planets, i. 35 ; his early spectro- scopic researches, ii. 306. Stocldard, observes the satellites of Jupiter with the naked eye, i. 184. Stokes, Sir G. G., his early spectroscopic researches, ii. 305. Stone, E. J., his value of the solar paral- lax, i. 3 ; traces a connection between Sun-spots and terrestrial temperatures, i. 39 ; suggests "rice-grains "as a name for phenomena seen on the Sun, 5. 49 ; his observations of the transit of Venus in 1874, i. 350, 351 ; his investigations as to the transmission of heat from the stars, iii. 21 ; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 493; his Cape Catalogue referred to, ii. 494 ; iii. 122. Stone, O., his Catalogue of Double Stars, ii. 498. Stones, meteoric, i. 589. See Aerolites. Strasser, P. G., his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 494. Streete, T., observes the transit of Mer- cury of i66[, i. 361. Striding level, ii. 130. Stroobant, his researches on the alleged satellite of Venus referred to, i. 104 ; his remarks on the Sun and Moon seen in the horizon referred to', i. 391. Struve, F. G. W., his measures of Saturn, i. 2 2 1 ; his value of the constant of aber- ration, i. 381 ; prime vertical instrument erected at Pulkova under Ins superin- tendence, ii. 156 ; his colour observa- tions of stars, ii. 279 ; on the motion of the solar system, iii. 24 ; his labours as to double stars, iii. 28; his classification of double stars, iii. 34 ; generalisations from his Catalogue, iii. 36 ; his estimate of the number of stars visible to the naked eye, iii. 109 ; his Catalogues of Double Stars, ii. 495, 496. Struve, L., his paper on precession cited, i. 375 ; on the motion of the solar system, iii. 24. Struve, 0., his notation for Saturn's rings, i. 221 ; his theory as to Saturn's rings, i. 227 ; discovers one of the satellites of Uranus, i. 247 ; observes the solar eclipse of 1842, i. 276 ; his researches on precession in conjunction with C. A. F. Peters, i. 376 ; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 493, 494 ; his Catalogue of Double Stars, ii. 496, 497 ; his labours as to double stars, iii. 35 ; his search for the variable nebula in Taurus, iii. 100. Struyck, N., his Catalogues of Comets re- ferred to, i. 550. Stuart, his Antiquities of Athens cited, ii. 444. Styles, Old and New, ii. 428. Suggestions for carrying on astronomical observations, ii. 242. Summary of facts concerning the calcu- lated comets, i. 482. Sun, i. i ; astronomical importance of the Sun, i. i ; solar parallax, i. 2 ; the means of determining it, i. 2 ; by observa- tions of Mars, i. 3 ; by transits of Venus, i. 4, 348 ; numerical data, i. 5 ; gravity at the Sun's surface, i. 6 ; light and heat of the Sun, i. 7 ; spots, i. 8 ; description of their appearance, i. 8 ; how distributed, i. 9 ; their duration, i. 13 ; period of the Sun's rotation, i. 14; effect of the varying position of the Earth with respect to the Sun, i. 15 ; their size, i. 17 5 instances of large spots visible to the naked eye, i. 17 ; the great spot of October 1865, i. 20 ; their periodicity, i. 25 ; discovered by Schwabe, i. 25 ; table of his results, i. 26; table of Wolfs results, i. 27; curious connection between the period- icity of Sun-spots and that of other physical phenomena, i. 28 ; the diurnal variation of the magnetic needle, i. 29 ; singular occurrence in September 1859,1. 31; Wolfs researches, i. 33; spots and terrestrial temperatures and weather, i. 36 ; Ballot's inquiry into ter- restrial temperatures, i . 39 ; the physical nature of spots, i. 40; the Wilson- 378 A Comprehensive General Index Herschel theory, i. 40 ; luminosity of the Sun, i. 42 ; historical notices, i. 44 ; Scheiner, i. 44 ; faculse, i. 45 ; luculi, i. 46 ; Nasrnyth's observations on the character of the Sun's surface, i. 46 ; Hug-gins's conclusions, i. 50 ; present state of our knowledge of the Sun's con- stitution.i. 52 ; Tacchini's conclusions!,!'. 53 ; hints on observing the, ii. 266 ; the best time of clay for doing so, ii. 269 ; photographs of, ii. 397. Sun, spectroscopy as applied to, ii. 299, 308 ; elements recognised in the Sun, < ii. 308 ; the telluric lines, ii. 311 ; re- searches of Janssen, ii. 311 ; and Ego- roff, ii. 312; Cornu's device, ii. 313; the rain-band, ii. 315 ; spectra of Sun- spots, ii. 316 ; observations at Green- wich, ii. 317 ; Stonyhurst, ii. 321 ; and South Kensington, ii. 322 ; behaviour of iron lines, ii. 323 ; Lockyer's dis- sociation theory, ii. 323; spectra of faculae, pores, and granules, ii. 327; spectra of prominences, ii. 328 ; method of observing them in full sunshine, ii. 328 ; their systematic observation, ii. 328 ; connection with spots and faculae, " 333 > spectrum of the chromosphere, " 335 > spectrum of the corona, ii. 336 ; its threefold character, ii. 336 ; spectrum of the Zodiacal Light, ii. 338. Sun-dials, made by Sir I. Newton, i. 74 ; the construction of, referred to, ii. Sun-rise and sun-set, methods of reckon- ing, ii. 432, 447. Sunday, ii. 434. Sunday letter, ii. 454. Superior planets, i. 56. Surfaces of the Sun and planets, i. 652. Sweeping for comets, &c., ii. 93. Swift, Dean, his Gulliver'* Travels quoted as regards Mars, i. 162. Swift, L., observes Baily's beads in 1878, i. 278 ; observes the comet of 1881 (ii.) to have a very long secondary tail, i. 412; his observations of telescopic meteors, i. 646 ; his notes on the nebula 17 M Clypei Sobieskii, iii. 91. Swift's periodical comet, i. 415, 426, 538- 542 passim ; claims to have discovered Intra- Mercurial planets, i. 83. Sylvia (Minor Planet (ST)), i. 166, 658. Symbols of the Major Planets, i. 651 ; of the Minor Planets, i. 164. Symons, G. J., his meteorological observa- tions during solar eclipses, i. 276. Synodical revolution of the Moon, i. 137 ; ii. 448 ; of the planets, i. 651. Systems of the universe, i. 71. T. Tables of the Major Planets, i. 651 ; of the Moon, i. 140; of Comets recorded, 1.485 ; of Equation of Time, ii. 421 ; for the Conversion of Time, ii. 518; for ascertaining Dates of Events, ii. 528 ; of Refraction, ii. 530 ; of Precession, ii. 537; . Tacchini, his ideas on solar phenomena, i- 53- Tail-piece for a telescope, ii. 50. Tails of comets, i. 410. Tain tor, E. C., his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 494- Talbot, F., his spectroscopic researches, ii. 306. Talmage, C. G., looks for the nebula in Taurus supposed to be variable, iii. 1 01 ; his Catalogues of Double Stars, ii. 497, 498. Tarrant, K. J., his Catalogue of Double Stars, ii. 499. Tan rus (constellation), iii. 114, 224; ra- diant point of meteors in, i. 642 ; the "Crab nebula" in, iii. 85; variable nebula in, iii. 99. Taurus Poniatowski (constellation), iii. 117. Taylor, T. G., his observations of 77 Argils, iii. 47 ; his Catalogues of Stars, ii. 490, 491. Taylor, his spectroscopic observations of nebulae, ii. 370. Tcheou-Kong, perhaps determines the obliquity of the ecliptic, i. no. Tebbutt, J., observes the transit of Mer- cury of 1881, i. 344; discovers the Great Comet of 1861, i. 457 ; its spec- trum, ii. 346, 387; photographs of; by Common and Draper, ii. 403. Telescopes, ii. I ; two kinds of, ii. 2 ; re- flecting telescopes, ii. 2, 54, 103 ; the Gregorian reflector, ii. 2 ; the Casse- grainian reflector, ii. 2 ; the Newtonian reflector, ii. 2 ; the Herschelian re- flector, ii. 5 ; Lord Rosse's large re- flector, ii. 6 ; Nasmyth's reflector, ii. 9 ; Browning's mountings for reflectors, 11. 10 ; adjustment of reflectors, ii. n ; refractors and reflectors compared, ii. 12, 13, 242, 270, 393 ; refracting tele- scopes, ii. 13, 242, 291 ; spherical aber- ration, ii. 13; chromatic aberration, ii. 13 ; tests for both, ii. 14 ; theory of achromatic combinations, ii. 14 ; tests of a good object-glass, ii. 14 ; the dialyte, ii. 17; the Galilean refractor, ii. 1 8 ; history of, ii. 291 ; early his- tory lost in obscurity, ii. 291 ; Vitello, ii. 291 ; Roger Bacon, ii. 291 ; Dr. to the Whole Work. 379 Dee, ii. 292 ; Digges, ii. 292 ; Borelli's endeavour to find out who was the in- ventor, ii. 292 ; his verdict in favour of .Tansen and Lippersheim of Micklleburg, ii. 292 ; statements by Boreel, ii. 293 ; Galileo's invention, ii. 293 ; Scheiner's use of two double-convex lenses, ii. 294; lenses of long focus used towards the close of the 17 th century, ii. 294; invention of reflectors, ii. 294; labours of Newton, ii. 295; of Halley, ii. 295 ; of Bradley and Molyneux, ii. 295 ; of Mudge, ii. 295 ; of Sir W. Herschel, ii. 295 ; of the Earl of Kosse, ii. 295 ; of Lassell, ii. 295 ; improvements in refracting telescopes, ii. 296; labours of Hall, ii. 296 ; of Euler, ii. 296 ; of the Dollond*, ii. 296 ; the largest re- fractors yet made, ii. 296. Telescopic meteors, i. 644. Telescopium (constellation), iii. 116, 226. Telluric lines, ii. 311. Tempel, W., his drawing of the solar eclipse of 1860, i. 299 ; his observations of the Great Comet of 1882, i. 476 ; suspects the variability of a nebula in Pleiades, iii. 102 ; discovers Minor Planets, i. 656, 658. Tempel' a first periodical cornet, i. 415, 4 26 > 539-4 1 passim, 548. Tempel's second periodical comet, i. 415, 424, 539-41 passim, 548. Tempel's third periodical comet (alias Swift's comet\ i. 426, 538-42 passim, 548. Temperatures, terrestrial, and Sun-spots, 1.36,38. Temporary stars, iii. 54 ; probably variables, iii. 57 ; spectroscopic ob- servations of, ii. 368. TenerifFe, Peak of, i. 128. Tennant, Major J. F., his observations of the solar eclipse of 1868, i. 304 ; his observations of the solar eclipse of 1871, ' 39> 3*3? suggests the use of the spectroscope during total solar eclipses, ii. 328. Terby, F., his AreograpMe cited, i. i.j8 ; his drawing of Saturn, i. 225. Terminator, of the Moon, i. 124. Terpsichore (Minor Planet ()), i. 658. Tests for telescopes, ii. 15, 17 ; for levels, ii. 130. Tethys (satellite of Saturn), i. 232, 233, 237- Thalen,T. R., his spectroscopic researches, ii. 309 ; his map of the solar spectrum, ii. 381. Thales, eclipse of, i. 321. Thalia (Minor Planet ), i. 654. Themis (Minor Planet Q), i. 654. Theophanes, Byzantine historian, records meteors, i. 615. Theophrastus, mentions the cluster Prse- sepe, iii. 61; his idea of the Milky Way, iii. 112. Theory of meteors, i. 626. Thermometer, use of, in determining re- fractions, i. 389 ; as an adjunct to a:i observatory, ii. 220. Thetis (Minor Planet @), i. 654. Thisbe (Minor Planet (ss)), i. 658. Thius, at Athens observes an occultation of Saturn by the Moon, i. 241. Thollon, his spectroscopic researches, ii. 312,327; his map of the solar spectrum, ii. 384 ; to be completed by Tre"pied, ii. 384- Thorpe, B., his edition of the Anglo-Saxon Chronicle cited, i. 325. Thucydide.s, cited, i. 324, 333. Thule (Minor Planet @), i. 165, 668. Thulis, the third discoverer of Encke's Comet, i. 416. Thusnelda-(Minor Planet (g)), i. 666. Thwart Circle, an old English name of the Ecliptic, i. 116. Thyra (Minor Planet @), 660. Tidal-day, definition of, i. 163. Tides, i. 361 ; physical cause of the tides, i. 360 ; attractive force exercised by the Moon, i. 362 ; by the Sun, i. 362 ; Spring tides, i. 363 ; Neap tides, i. 363 ; summary of the principal facts, i. 363 ; priming and lagging, i. 365 ; diurnal inequality, i. 365 ; local dis- turbing influences, i. 366 ; Table of Tidal Kanges, i. 367 ; influence of the wind, i. 367 ; experiment of Smeaton, i. 367; the tides in the Severn at Chepstow, i. 368 ; Tidal phenomena in the Pacific Ocean, i. 368 ; remarks by Beechey, i. 369 ; velocity of the great terrestrial tidal wave, i. 369 ; its course round the earth, sketched by Johnston, i. 370; effects of tides at Bristol, i. 371 ; instinct of animals, i. 371 ; tides extinguished in rivers, i. 371 ; instances of abnormal tidal phenomena, i. 371 ; the " Mascaret " on the Seine, i. 371 ; historical notices, i. 373 > mention made of, in almanacs, 11.448. Tietjen, F., discovers a minor planet, i. 658. Time, determination of, by transit instru- ment, ii. 134 ; by the sextant, ii. 160. 380 A Comprehensive General Index Time generally, ii. 417 ; what time is, ii. 417; the sidereal day, ii. 418; its length, ii. 418 ; difference between the sidereal day and the mean solar clay, ii. 419; the equation of time, ii. 420 ; the anomalistic year, ii. 422; use of the gnomon, ii. 422 ; length of the solar year according to different observers, ii. 423; the Julian Calendar, ii. 424; the Gregorian Calendar, ii. 425 ; Old Style versus New Style, ii. 427; Romish miracles, ii. 429. Time-gun, ii. 445. Timocharis, i. 105, 377. Tirza (Minor Planet @), i. 668. Titan (satellite of Saturn), i. 233, 234, 237 ; transits of, 238. Titania (satellite of Uranus), i. 247. Titius, the originator of " Bode's Law," i. 64. Todd, D. P., his design for a comet-seeker, 1.94. Tolosa (Minor Planet (^s)), 5. 660. Torricelli, claims to have first seen the belts of Jupiter, i. 176. Total eclipses of the Sun, i. 273, 286, 295, 303. Toucan (constellation), iii. 115, 227; the globular cluster 47 in, iii. 83. Trnbes, perhaps the Zodiacal Light, or the Aurora Borealis, i. 144. Trans-Neptunian planet (the supposed), i. 260. Transit Circle, ii. 147. Transit instrument, ii. 118; its import- ance, ii. 118; description of the port- able transit, ii. 118; adjustments of the transit, ii. 129 ; four in number, ii. 129 ; method of performing them, ii. 129 ; example of the manner of record- ing transit observations of stars, ii. 134 ; of the Sun, ii. 136 ; remarks on observations of the Moon, ii. 137; of the larger planets, ii. 138; mode of completing imperfect sets of transit ob- servations, ii. 1 38 ; the uses to which the transit instrument is applied, ii. 140; form for recording observations, ii. 287. Transit prism, Steinheil's, ii. 259. Transit theodolite, ii. 165. Transits of Planets, i. 337 ; use of, sug- gested by Halley, i. 2 ; cause of the phenomena, i. 337; Lord Grimthorpe's statement of the case, i. 338 ; long in- tervals between each recurrence, i. 340; useful for the determination of the Sun's parallax, i. 339; list of transits of Mercury, i. 340 ; of Venus, i. 340 ; transit of Mercury of Nov. 7, 1631, i. 341 ; predicted by Kepler, i. 341 ; observed by Gassendi, i. 341 ; transit of Nov. 3, 1651, i. 341; observed by Shakerley, i. 341; transit of May 3, 1661, i. 341 ; transit of Nov. 7, 1677, i. 341 ; others observed since that date, i. 341; transit of Nov. 9, 1848, i. 342 ; observations of Dawes, i. 342 ; of Forster, i. 342; transit of Nov. ii, 1861, i. 342 ; observations of Baxen- dell, i. 342 ; transit of Nov. 5, 1868, i. 343; transit of May 6, 1878, i. 344; transit of Nov. 7, 1881, i. 344; sum- mary by Jenkins of the main features of a transit, i. 344 ; transit of Venus of Nov. 24, 1639, i. 346; observed by Horrox and Crabtree, i. 346; transit of June 5, 1761, i. 348; transit of June 3, 1769, i. 348 ; where observed, i. 348; singular phenomenon seen on both oc- casions, i. 348 ; explanatory hypothesis, i. 349; other phenomena, i. 349; transit of Dec. 8, 1874, i. 350 ; transit of Dec. 6, 1882, i. 350 ; observations by Prince and Langley, i. 353. Transits of Jupiter's satellites, i. 188 ; of shadow of Saturn's satellite Titan, i. 238. Trapezium of Orion, iii. 86, 87. Trepied, his observations of Pons's comet in 1884, i. 436; his spectroscopic re- searches, ii. 327. Trettenero, his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 493- Triangular star-discs, ii. 276. Triangulum (constellation), iii. 114, 228. Triangulum Australe (constellation), iii. 115, 229. Triple stars, iii. 28, 40. Troughton, E., meridian circle made by, ii. 147 ; thought to have invented set- ting circles, ii. 206. Trouvelot, L., his observations of Jupiter's I st satellite in transit, i. 191; his ob- servations of Saturn's rings, i. 229 ; on the colour of Saturn, i. 231 ; black void in Sagittarius observed by, iii. in, 112. Tubes for telescopes, ii. 46, Ii6. Tupman, Colonel G. L., his observations of the Zodiacal Light, i. 146. Turner, H. H., his spectroscopic observa- tions of the Sun when eclipsed, ii. 337- Tuttle, H. P., suggests the variability of a nebula in Draco, iii. 102. Tuttle's periodical comet, i. 415, 430, 522-44 passim, =48. Twilight, i. 116, 392 ; Schmidt's Memoir referred to, i. 393. "Twin" equatorial, ii. 103. to the Whole Work. 381 Twining, A. C., his Paper on Occupations referred to, i. 36^ Twinklings, iii. 25. Tyche (Minor Planet (3)), i. 668. Tycho (lunar mountains), i. 123. Tycho Brahe, his system of the universe described, i. 73 ; perhaps discovers the Moon's variation, i. 120; investigates refraction, i. 392 ; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 488 ; his observations of the temporary star of 1572, iii. 54. Tychonic system, i. 73. Tyndall, J., investigates the heat ascribed to the Moon, i. 138. U. Ulugh Beigh, his Catalogue of Stars re- ferred to, ii. 488 ; iii. 57. Umbriel (satellite of Uranus), i. 247. Una (Minor Planet @), i. 662. Undina (Minor Planet (92)), i. 658. Universal equatorial, ii. 72, 78, 104. Urania (Minor Planet @), i. 654. Uranometria Argentina, commented on, iii. 120. Uranus, i. 242 ; circumstances connected with its discovery by Sir W. Herschel, i. 242 ; names proposed for it, i. 243 ; early observations, i. 244 ; period, &c., i. 244 ; physical appearance, i. 245 ; belts visible in large telescopes, i. 246 ; position of its axis, i. 246; attended by 4 satellites, i. 247; application of Kep- ler's 3 rd law to the satellites of, i. 60 ; table of them, i. 247 ; miscellaneous information concerning them, i. 248 ; mass of Uranus, i. 250; Tables of Uranus, i. 250; spectrum of, ii. 341. Urda (Minor Planet @), i. 662. Ursa Major (constellation), iii. 114, 229; binary star in, iii. 33, 34; planetary nebula 97 M in, iii. 76. Ursa Minor (constellation), iii. 114, 232. V. Vala (Minor Planet @), i. 660. Valda (Minor Planet @), i. 668. Valz, B., his elements of Vulcan, i. 78 ; anticipates the discovery of a trans- Uranian planet, i. 253; his remarks on the tails of certain comets, i. 411; dis- covers Encke's comet in 1825, i. 418. Vanadis (Minor Planet (240)), i. 666. Varela, his observations of the ansoe of Saturn's ring, i. 225. Variable nebulae, iii. 99 ; nebula in Taurus, iii. 99 ; observations by Hind, iii. 99 ; variable nebula in Scorpio, iii. 101 ; observations by Pogson and others, iii. 101 ; notes of observations on the other nebulae suspected to be variable, iii. 102; the controversy respecting the nebula surrounding 77 Argus, iii. 103. Variable stars, iii. 43 ; o Ceti, iii. 43 ; Algol, iii. 45 ; 8 Cephei, iii. 45 ; /3 Lyrae, iii. 46 ; B, Coronae Borealis, iii. 46 ; 77 Argus, iii. 46 ; Boulliaud's theory, iii. 48 ; miscellaneous remarks, iii. 48 ; list of prominent variable stars, iii. 49 ; variable stars of the Al^ol type, iii. 49 ; U Ophiuchi, iii. 49 ; Chandler's gene- ralisations on the colours and periods of variable stars, iii. 50; statistics by Espin, iii. 51 ; temporary stars, iii. 54; notices of stars which have disappeared, iii. 56 ; are temporary stars and variable stars identical in character? iii. 57; Catalogue of, iii. 271 ; of stars probably variable, iii. 286; spectra of, ii. 365. Variation of the Moon, i. 120. Varley's stand, ii. 53. Vassenius, describes the Red Flames seen during the solar eclipse of 1715, i. 284; observes irregularities in the Moon's surface during a solar eclipse, i. 285. Vega (a Lyrae), iii. 195, 196 ; a star of the 1 st magnitude, iii. 3, n ; will one day be the Pole-star, iii. 2 ; parallax of, iii. 10; perhaps the centre of a system, iii. 25 ; twinkling of, iii. 26 ; a green star, iii. 39 ; spectrum of, ii. 353 ; Huggins's photographs of the spectrum of, ii. 385- Velleda (Minor Planet @), i. 660. Velocity of tidal wave, i. 369 ; of light, i. 380. Venus, i. 93 ; transits of, i. 2, 345 ; period, &c., i. 93 ; phases resemble those of Mercury, i. 94 ; most favourably placed for observation once in 8 years, i. 94 ; observations by Lihou, i. 95 ; by La- cerda, i. 96 ; daylight observations, i. 97 ; its brilliancy, i. 98 ; its spots and axial rotation, i. 98 ; suspected moun- tains and atmosphere, i. 99 ; its " ashy light," i. 101; phase irregularities, i. 102 ; suspected satellite, i. 102 ; alleged observations of it, i. 103 ; the mass of Venus, i. 104; ancient observations, i. 104; Galileo's anagram announcing 382 A Comprehensive General Index his discovery of its phases, i. 105 : Venus useful for nautical observations, i. 105 ; Tables of Venus, i. 105; hints on ob- servations of, ii. 270 ; spectroscopic observations of, ii. 339 ; probable influ- ence of, on spots on the Sun, ii. 399 ; photographic records of, ii. 400. Vera (Minor planet @)), i. 666. Vernal equinox, i. 109, 375. Vesta (Minor Planet (T)), i- 165, 166, 167, 654. Vibilia (Minor Planet @), i. 662. Victoria (Minor Planet (^})> i- 654. Villarceau, A. F. J. Y., his account of the perturbations of D' Arrest's comet, i. 427. Vindobona (Minor Planet (231)), i. 666. Virginia (Minor Planet @), i. 656. Virgo (constellation), iii. 115, 233; sym- bolic of harvest- time, iii. 15. Vitello, a Pole who uses lenses, ii. 291. Vitruvius, his De Arckitecturd cited, ii. 444. 445- Vocabulary of Definitions, ii. 541. Vogel, H. C., on the relative brightness of the Sun's surface, i. 43 ; his observa- tion of the Zodiacal Light, ii. 338 ; his spectroscopic observations of Jupiter's satellites, ii. 340 ; of Uranus, ii. 341 ; types of stars, ii. 359 ; divides the spectra of stars into 3 classes, ii. 359 ; his spectroscopic survey of the Northern heavens, ii. 359 ; his map of the solar spectrum, ii. 383 ; his Catalogue of Stars by Spectra, ii. 505. Volans, alias Piscis Volans (constella- tion), iii. 115, 234. Volcanic formation of the Moon, i. 124. Voltaire, his Micromeyas quoted with re- spect to Mars, i. 162. Volume of the Sun, i. 5 ; of the planets, . i. 632. See also the several planets. Vulcan, i. 75; LeVerrier's investigation of the orbit of Mercury, i. 75 ; narra- tive of the discovery of Vulcan, i. 76 ; Le Verrier's interview with Lescar- bault, i. 76 ; approximate elements of Vulcan, i. 77 ; observations by Lummis at Manchester, i. 77 ; instances of bodies seen traversing the Sun, i. 78 ; Hind's opinion, i. 80 ; alleged intra- Mercurial planets discovered in Ame- rica by Watson and Swift on July 29, 1878, i. 82. Vulpecula (constellation), iii. 235 ; " Dumb-bell" nebula in, iii. 91. Vyse, Colonel, his researches as to the Pyramids of Egypt, iii. 2. W. Walker, S. C., his Tables of Neptune, i. 260. Wallis, J., observes Jupiter without visible satellites, i. 195 ; observes an occultation of Saturn in 1825, i. 359 ; publishes a tidal theory, i. 373. Walpurga (Minor Planet (255)), i. 668. Walther, his value for the length of the year, ii. 423. Wargentin, 11., his calculations as to eclipses of Jupiter's satellites, i. 194 ; his observations of the lunar eclipse of 1761, i. 328; his observations of an occultation in 1761, i. 356. Warner and Swasey, equatorial by, ii. 89 ; driving-clock by, ii. 77. Wartmann, L. F., his observations of shooting stars in 1835-8, i. 623. Washburn Observatory, ii. 237. " Watling-Street," an old name of the Milky Way, iii. in. Watson, claims to have discovered Intra- Mercurial planets, i. 82. Wax model of the Moon by Madame Witte, i. 140. " Way to St. James's," an old name of the Milky Way, iii. in. Weather influences imputed to the Moon, i. 140. Weather-cock, ii. 220. Webb, Rev. T. W., observations of Venus, i. 101 ; his description of the Moon cited, i. 128, 140; believes Saturn's interior ring to be variable, i. 228 ; his observations of the comet of 1861 re- ferred to, i. 458 ; his observations of the fire-ball of 1861, i. 602 ; his tests of an object-glass, ii. 15 ; his Celestial Objects referred to, ii. 264, 504 ; his com- ments on the analysis of Struve's stars, iii. 37. Wedge, observation of star magnitudes by means of, ii. 188, 281 ; iii. 12. Week, days of the, ii. 433 ; Table for ascertaining, ii. 528. Wells's comet, i. 542 ; spectrum of, ii. Welser, third letter addressed to, by Ga- lileo, i. 46, 206. Wendell, hints as to micrometer measure- ments of suspicious objects, ii. 273. Weringia (Minor Planet (S)), i. 666. Wesley, W. H., his summary of the ob- servations of recent eclipses, i. 311. Westphal, his periodical comet, i. 435, 53 2 - Whatton, Eev. A. B., his Memoir of ITnrrox cited, i. 347. to the Whole Work. 383 Whewell, Kev. W., his Table of Tidal Velocities, i. 370. " Wliirlpool " or spiral nebulae, iii. 74. Wichmann, M., determines the Moon's diameter, i. 118; determines the incli- nation of the Moon's axis, i. 119. \Vilkes, Captain C., his observations of the Zodiacal Light, i. 145. William I., King of England, Halley's comet considered his forerunner, i. 444, 488. William II., King of England, shooting stars seen during his reign, i. 616. William IV., Landgrave of Hesse, has an observatory with a revolving roof, ii. 198 ; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 488. Williams, G., his drawings of the Great Comet of 1 86 1, i. 465. Williams, J., his Catalogue of Chinese Comets referred to, i. 552 ; ii. 505. Willis, General G. H., his observations of the Great Comet of 1882, i. 478. " Willow-leaves" on the Sun, i. 46. Wilson, his theory of Sun-spots, i. 40. Window Equatorial, ii. 78. Window Transit instrument, ii. 143, 144. Wing, V., his Astronomia Britannica cited, i. 341. Winlock, J., his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 494- Winnecke, F. A. T., his periodical comet, i. 415, 424, 538-45 passim, 548 ; his observations of Venus, i. 101. Wisniewski, observes the comet of 1811, i. 446. With, observes oscillations in Coggia s comet, i. 412 ; his reflecting telescopes, ii. 9. Witte, Madame, her wax model of the Moon, i. 140. Wolf, R., note by, on the periodicity of Sun-spots, i. 25; Table of Observations by, i. 27 ; historical researches on Sun- spots, i. 33 ; spots as affected by the Major Planets, i. 35. Wolf, Dr., his periodical comet, i. 415, 429. Wolf and Eayet, their observations of Coggia's comet in 1874, i. 473. Wollaston, F., his estimate of the Sun's light,i. 8 ; his observations of Sun-spots, i. 24 ; his estimate of the Moon's light, i. 138 ; his investigations on the solar spectrum, ii. 301 ; his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 489 ; his Maps, ii. 502 ; his estimate of the light of Sirius, iii. 5. Wood's alloy, i. 125. Woolhouse, W. S. B., his Paper on Eclipses referred to, i. 269. Wrangel, anecdote by, respecting the satellites of Jupiter, i. 184. Wray, W., his observations of Saturn's dusky ring, i. 217. Wright, T., suggests the central Sun hypothesis, iii. 24 ; his spectroscopic observations of the Zodiacal Light, ii. 338. Wrottesley, Lord, his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 490, 491. Wrottesley, Hon. J., his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 490. Wurzelbaur, J. P., observes the transit of Mercury of 1697, i. 341. X. Xantippe (Minor Planet (156)), i. 662. Xenophon, his Anabasis cited, i. 322. Y. Yarnall, M., his Catalogue of Stars, ii. 493- Year, ii. 442 ; mean sidereal, ii. 422 ; anomalistic, ii. 422; mean solar, ii. 423, 455 ; of different nations, ii. 436 ; Egyptian, ii. 436 ; Jewish, ii. 436 ; ancient Greek, ii. 346; Roman, ii. 436. Young, C. A., observes a storm on the Sun, i. 32 ; his criticism on the alleged Intra-Mercurial planets referred to, i. 85 ; measures the ellipticity of Uranus, i. 245 ; observes belts on Uranus, i. 245; witnesses the reversal of lines in the spectrum of a Sun-spot, ii. 319 ; his description of the spectrum of the Sun's chromosphere, ii. 333, 334. Young, J. R., his Nautical Astronomy referred to, ii. 149. Young and Forbes, their value of the velocity of light, i. 380. Zach, Baron F. X. De, organises a search for Minor Planets, i. 168 ; his Catalogues of Stars, ii. 489; missing stars, iii. 57 ; his Catalogue of Red Stars, iii. 291. Zelia (Minor Planet (S)), i. 662. Zenger, C. V., observations of Venus, i. 101. Zenith sector, ii. 168 ; tube, reflex, 170. Zeno, his ideas on comets, i. 487. Zodiac, motion of the Sun through, i. 7 ; constellations in, iii. 114, 242; inven- tion of, i. 117; iii. 15. 384 A Comprehensive General Index. Zodiacal Light, general description of it, i. 142 ; when and where visible, i. 142 ; Sir J. Herschel's theory, i. 143 ; his- torical notices, i. 144 ; modern obser- vations of it, i. 144 ; Backhouse's con- clusions, i. 147 ; Gronemann ascribes a terrestrial origin to it, i. 147. ; Serpieri ascribes an electrical origin to it, i. 147 ; spectrumof,a3 seen by various observers, ii. 338. Zollner, J. C. F. ; his estimate of the Sun's light, i. 8 ; of the brightness of a Sun- spot, i. 43 ; doubts the existence of an atmosphere on Mercury, i. 80 ; his es- timate of the Moon's light, i. 138 ; his estimate of Jupiter's reflective power, i. 182 ; his spectroscopic researches, ii. SSL Zone of Sun spots, i. 9. Zone reticle, i. 45. Zucchi, discovers the belts of Jupiter, i. 176. THE END. RETURN Astronomy /Mathematics/Statistics/ Computer Science Library TO ^ 1 00 Evans Hall 642-3381 ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS DUE AS STAMPED BELOW UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY FORM NO. DD3, 1/83 BERKELEY, CA 94720